Full text of "Psyche"

See other formats

H |

2 -i 2 _ .

IfUllSNI NVINOSHJ.il/MS S3iaVaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

n , Z r* 2 r~

ro ° 5 /sds^s. - in /jCsSSl

co _ co £ co

5 R ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIirUllSNI NVIN0SH1MS S3IUVH1

z v co 2 co

—i
X
CO

uwji!/ 2 >

> 2 ' \^*' > ' 2 Xioosv^z > v

IfUllSNI NV1N0SH1IWS^$3 I d Vd a n\| B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUT
” </> ^ co =

XJF O 5 «•' * X 5 N%£d

IRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIIIUIISNI "WlNOSHillAIS ^S3 I a va
z r~

03
TO
>

— vc;

ixniuSNi^NviNosHiiws^ss i avaa n~Li b r ar i es "smithsonian “institut

s > -vr 5 » >

U5 Z </> ♦ Z y,

5RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N0IJ.rUIJ.SNI NVINOSHilWS S3iaVH

. ^ CO T* ^ ^ ... CO

A^O'V/X W (n <-U £ ^C\ N UJ

5 ® o

iniUSNI^NVINOSHillNS SaiavaaiT^UBRARI ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUT

2 r- 2

m ' W ~ x^ast^ m xi\osv^>2 ^ ro

CO £ CO £ co

IRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHJLIWS S3 I H V d S
* 2 . z: * co 2 co

> 2 X^osv^x >

IfUllSNI NVINOSHIIINS^SB I dVH a nZLI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUT

nillSNI^NVINOSHillNS^SB I d V d a 1 1 ^ L I B R A R I ES^ SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTIO
r~ z “ ~~

m v^v - m

co - co ± C r>

R ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinilJLSN! NVINOSHillAiS S3I9V99

CO Z *■ CO Z CO

2 2 s

<j\

I t z /V/' t ^ubjww =.»

LnilJLSN! NVINOSHIMS^SB I dVd 9 n\l BRAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTIC

co _ ” CO —

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlifUllSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3ldVda

~ 2 r* . z

CO ™ CO

millSNI NVINOSHillAiS S3ldVdail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE

:,< 5 /// /w**- ^

I 9 4§k*X £ (?£

1 ^

> W" 2 >

RAR I ESC°SM1THS0NIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHilWS^Sa I d V d a
co =; co — co

Q __ N^UIJL^ Q

LniliSNI^NVINOSHillNS S3 I dVd 9 ll^LI B RAR I ES^ SMITHSON I AN™* INSTITUTE
r~ , Z r* Z r-

m ' vs^ 5^ m

co co

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillNS S3ldVd9

CO z * co z CO

2 X^v'TO/X < A 2 <

S /®p"*Sv I ^

fyF'/ffly'' x tafe- o

> > '■ ^ ^
inillSNI NVINOSHimS^SB I dVd a ll^LI BRAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTK

PSYCHE

A Journal of Entomology

Volume XXXII
1925

Edited by Charles T. Brues

Published by the Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey
Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass., U. S. A.

Printed by The St. Albans Messenger Company
St. Albans, Vermont.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXII FEBRUARY, 1925 No. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

A Note on the Moulting of the Tarantula. Eurypelma hentzii

Phil Rau 1

New Nemestrinidse (Diptera) from Rhodesia and New Guinea

J. Bequaert . 4

Some Species of the Genus Leucospis. C. T. Brues 23

The Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Over- Wintering Larvae

of the European Corn Borer in New England. G. W. Barber , ... 30

A New Species of the Genus Gaurax. C. W. Johnson 47

New Neotropical Thysanoptera Collected by C. B. Williams.

J. D . Hood 48

Some Hitherto Undescribed Habits of Meskea dyspteraria Grote.

R. L. Schwartz 70

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1924

President ,

C. T. Brues

Vice-President

R. H. Howe, Jr.

Secretary

J. H. Emerton

Treasurer

F. H. Walker

Executive Committee

. A. P. Morse, S. M. Dohanian

S. W. Denton

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson, Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander, A. P. Morse,

Washington State College, Peabody Museum.

J. H. Emerton, J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $ 2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, Canada or Mexico; foreign postage, 15 cents extra. Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages in length will be required to bear a
part of the extra expense, for additional pages. This expense will be that of typesetting
only, which is about $2.00 per page. The actual cost of preparing cuts for all illustrations
must be borne by contributors; the expense for full page plates from line drawings is
approximately $5.00 each, and for full page half-tones, $7.50 each; smaller sizes in pro-
portion.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

Entered as second-class mail matter at the Post Office at Boston, Maas. Acceptance
or mailing at special rate of postage provided in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917,
authorised on June 29, 1918.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXII. FEBRUARY 1925 No. 1

A NOTE ON THE MOULTING OF THE TARANTULA.
EURYPELMA HENTZIP

By Phil Rau,

St. Louis, Missouri.

A specimen of this spider was brought to me from Texas
by a friend on April 15, 1922. It lived in confinement almost a
year, and fed upon various insects which were placed in the cage,
such as grasshoppers, Dissosteira Carolina, cabbage butterflies,
larvae of the pipe mud-wasp, Trypoxylon politum, larvae of the
green June-beetle and unidentified small moths. It refused,
however, to eat adult May-beetles, Lachnosterna sp., dung
beetles, Canthon Iceiis, centipede, Scutigera forceps, bugs belong-
ing to the family Pentatomidae, and male wasps, Polistes pallipes.
It is also possible for this species to go for long periods entirely
without food. At one time when I was out of the city, a star-
vation period of two weeks did not seem to harm it.

On one occasion I caught it in the act of eating a fat larva
of the June-bug. The spider stood high up on its legs while
under its jaws it held the large mass of meat which shortly
before had been the larva. Upon repeated proddings, the
spider walked slowly away carrying the morsel in its mouth.
Finally under provocation the spider let go and then I saw that
the food had been reduced to a mushy mass. So thoroughly was
it masticated that only by a small portion of the skin was I able
to learn its identity. That the tarantula actually chews its prey
was demonstrated in the case of the larva of the mud wasp also,
but whether the spider actually eats these food masses or only
sucks the juices, I do not know.

This spider lived an uneventful life, with the exception of
its maneuvers of moulting. This process took place on August

identified by J. H. Emerton.

Psyche

[February

13. For two weeks previous to this date, the spider had refused
all food. At eight o’clock that morning it seemed fairly lively.
At 2:30 p. m. when I again tried to tempt it with food, I found it
lying prostrate on the floor of the cage, with the legs stretched
out flat. When I attempted to place it in preserving fluid, I
found signs of life, and after watching over it for fifteen minutes
I found that the spider was actually in the throes of moulting.
First the carapace cracked at the sides and along the front, and
fell back on the abdomen and lay there inverted. Then by
bodily contortions the skin was slowly slipped off the abdomen,
or rather the abdomen slowly emerged from the old skin. At
this stage all of the legs, as well as the mouth-parts, were still
in the old skin, and it was puzzling to me to guess just how they
would be shed. Up to this time the legs had been spread in a
very natural, free position, but before the abdomen had com-
pletely left the old skin I noticed that the spider was gradually
raising itself up, up and up, gradually pulling itself out of the
old legs, palpus and chelicera coverings. It was a beautiful
process to observe. All eight legs were lifted simultaneously,
and soon the spider lay helpless on its side, entirely free from
the old skin, all limp and clean, and beautiful as new velvet.
The entire process of moulting, from the time that the skin began
to crack at the shield to the complete extrication, took twenty
minutes. Fig. 1 shows the shed skin intact, just as the spider
left it. C — carapace, DC — dorsal covering, v. c. — ^ventral covering,
F — one of the fangs removed from the main portion for photo-
graphing.

The spider after moulting was very pleasing to the eye.
While the carapace had the same grayish-white color, the ab-
domen had a beautiful covering of silvery brown hair. Some
change had occurred in the color of the legs and chelicerae, for
while they had been brown, after moulting they were of a slate
gray color, and remained thus without change until the death of
the spider, five months later. However, three weeks after
moulting it was noticeable that some of the hairs on the front
legs had changed to brown. I suppose that the slate color is not
a permanent character, but one that changes with age.

Another item of interest was the behavior of the dorsal

1925]

A Note on the Moulting of the Tarantula

groove on the carapace at that time. Under normal conditions,
this seems tightly closed, but during moulting it pulsated slowly
and constantly, in a way suggestive of air being pumped in.
This groove is the point of attachment of the thoracic muscles.

Fig. 1. Moulting Tarantula, Eurypelma hentzii.

The animal was probably adult after this moult, and the
hazard of moulting had been surmounted.

One other item of interest should be recorded in connection
with this narrative. Into this large glass box that served as its
house I at one time placed a spider, Latrodectus mactans. This
creature made a straggly web in one corner, and the tarantula
often used it to climb to the top, a distance of fifteen inches.
It picked its way carefully and slowly among the strands of web,
carefully placing a foot here and lifting one there, as with great
dexterity, it lifted its ponderous body, thread by thread, among
the apparently insufficient threads.

Psyche

[February

NEW NEMESTRINIDtE (DIPTERA) FROM RHODESIA
AND NEW GUINEA

By J. Bequaert.

Department of Tropical Medicine, Harvard University Medical

School.

The curious and apparently archaic family Nemestrinidae is
rather abundantly represented in South Africa, but very few
species are known north of the Orange and Limpopo Rivers.
It is, therefore, of much interest to record three new forms, of
the genera Prosceca and Stenobasipteron, which have been re-
cently discovered in Southern Rhodesia. I wish to thank Dr.
G. Arnold, Curator of the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo, for
the opportunity of studying these insects.

. On this occasion I shall also describe a new species of
A yct°rimyia, from New Guinea, entrusted to me some time ago
by the Paris Museum.

Prosoeca rhodesiensis sp. nov.

Type female from Matopos, Southern Rhodesia, April 17,
1923 (R. Stevenson Coll.); allotype male from Mt. Bambata,
Matopos, Southern Rhodesia, March 23, 1924 (without collector.)
Both in the collection of the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo.

A robust, black species, covered with dull grey tomentum;
vertex and dorsum of thorax with short black hair; pilosity
otherwise greyish white, very long and dense on the under side;
a dorsal row of brownish black, dull spots on the middle of ab-
domen; legs dark clove brown. Wings of normal shape in the
male, with all longitudinal veins turned up at apex; brownish
along costa and gradually fading into the hyaline hind margin.

Female : Integument black, faintly clove brown at extreme
lower apex of face. Antennae, palpi, and proboscis black; the
proboscis faintly clove brown toward the base. Legs very dark
clove brown, the tarsi and claws almost black.

Body short pilose above, densely hairy on the ventral side.
Vertex with erect, black hairs as far as the anterior ocellus; the
remainder of the head with white pile, which is extremely short

1925] New N emestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea

on the front, longer on the face and posterior orbits, and very
long and dense on the cheeks. Dorsum of thorax with moder-
ately long and rather sparse., erect, black pile; scutellum with
similar, but somewhat longer, black hair, except behind its
posterior margin, where the pilosity is greyish white; sides and
ventral face of thorax densely covered with long, soft, greyish
white hairs, which extend as a distinct white stripe above the
base of the wing. Abdomen dorsally with sparse and short,
erect, black pile; at the base and along the hind margins of the
segments there is a mixture of greyish white hairs; ventrally the
pilosity is longer, den'ser, greyish white, and generally appressed.
Coxae and femora with long, greyish white hairs; the pilosity of
the tibiae and tarsi extremely short, black; the longer setae at
the tip of the tibiae also black. Except where the pilosity is very
long and dense, the integument is covered with a dull, ashy grey
bloom; on this, one may see, in the proper light, two wide,
longitudinal stripes of blackish pruinescence in the anterior half
of the thoracic dorsum, on each side of, and close to, the middle
line. Brownish black pruinescence also forms a row of median,
rounded, dull spotb on the second, third, and fourth abdominal
tergites; each spot being located close to the anterior margin.
In the female I have seen, these spots are quite well marked.

Head large, flattened, much broader than the thorax;
semi-elliptical in profile; kidney-shaped and nearly one and
one-half times as wide as high when seen in front. Front rather
narrow, widest at the insertion of the antennae, where it measures
about half the width of the eye; the inner orbits converge dis-
tinctly toward the aiiterior ocellus, wheire the front is only half
as wide as at the antennae. Vertex nearly parallel-sided. Ocellar
protuberance elongate and low, but slightly separated from the
inner orbits, with a transverse, saddle-shaped depression in the
middle; ocelli placed in an isosceles triangle, the posterior ocelli
being only about half as far from each other as from the an-
terior ocellus. Eyes bare. Antennae short, small, placed on the sides
of the face, close to the inner orbits; basal segment subcylin-
drical, slightly longer than wide, broadly truncate and some-
what emarginate at apex; second segment nearly as long as
wide, about two-thirds the length of the first, squarely truncate

Psyche

[February

at apex, with rounded edges; third segment flattened, pear-
shaped, but little shorter than the first and second segments
together, twice as long as wide, broadest in its basal half and
thence gradually narrowed to the truncate and slightly sinuate
apex. Style longer than the whole antenna, very sharply three-
jointed; the two basal divisions thick, of about equal length,
together about two-thirds the length of the third antennal seg-
ment. Front slightly convex between ocelli and antennae. Face
moderately swollen as a whole, gradually slanting from between
the antennae to the oral margin, without grooves. The lower
part of the head distinctly excavated between the cheeks.
Proboscis of medium length, reaching about to the hind margin
of the scutellum if supposed folded beneath the thorax; rather
thick, especially in its basal half; directed downward, with a
slight posterior slant. Palpi short and thick, three-jointed; the
second segment much the longest; the apical segment bluntly
truncate. Body quite broad and heavy. Thorax distinctly
broader than thick; dorsum slightly wider than long; transverse
suture quite deep on the sides over one-third of the width of the
dorsum, continued as a shallow, oblique depression to near the
scutellum. Scutellum large, semi-elliptical, cushion-shaped, its
posterior margin separated from the disk by an impressed line.
Abdomen broad and flat; the four basal segments together
shorter than wide; the succeeding apical segments much nar-
rower, decreasing in width, partly retractile within one another
to form a telescope-shaped ovipositor; the last segment ends in
two short, slender, straight, bluntly pointed lamellae which are
wider in their basal half (in profile). Legs stout and long; the
tarsi especially thick; the hind basitarsus but little narrower
than the hind tibia.

Wings rather long and narrow, much longer than the body,
over three times as long as wide. Costal cell and extreme base
of wing, as far as the branching of the fourth and fifth longitudi-
nal veins, infuscate, with a brownish yellow tinge; then fading
into greyish in the first basal and subcostal cells and also along
the costa to the tip of the wing; the remainder of the wing, in-
cluding the alula, nearly hyaline. Veins dark clove brown or
nearly black. Epaulet and basicosta clove brown; the epaulet

1925] New N emestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea

with a tuft of long, appressed, white hairs. Venation of the usual
Prosceca- type; all the longitudinal veins turned upward to end
before the apex of the wing; no cross-veins between the terminal
branches of the fourth vein nor between the second and the
upper branch of the third; fourth posterior cell sessile.

Length not including ovipositor (to apex of tergite 4), 16.5
mm; greatest width of abdomen, 8.5 mm; length of proboscis,
8.5 mm; length of wing, 21 mm; width of wing, 6 mm.

Male. Very similar to the female in every respect. The
abdomen is more clove-brown than black, but this is probably
due to the fact that the greyish bloom is not as well preserved in
the specimen in hand; the dull, black spots on the middle of the
abdomen are present, though not quite as distinct as in the
female. The vertex is just a trifle narrower at the anterior
ocellus than in the female; but the ocellar triangle is still much
longer than wide behind. The wings are slightly wider and a
little more infuscated than in the female; but there is no pro-
minent thickening of the costa beyond the middle and the
passage to the nearly hyaline hind portion of the wing is quite
gradual. The venation is as in the female.

Total length, 18.5 mm.; greatest width of abdomen, 9 mm.;
length of proboscis, 9 mm. : length of wing, 23 mm.; width of
wing, 6.7 mm.

This species is closely related to Prosceca beckeri Lichtwardt,
of which it was at first thought to be but a variation. Owing to
the kindness of Dr. H. Brauns, I was able to examine a male of
P. beckeri from Montagu Pass, George, Cape Province. It differs
from the Rhodesian male in several structural peculiarities which,
however, could not be gathered from published accounts. Thus
the wing of P. beckeri is, in the male, prominently widened
beyond the middle, the costa being there considerably thickened
(length of wing, 21 mm.; width of wing, 6.5 mm.); the wing
being shaped somewhat like that of the males of Ommatius
(Asilidse) and of Stenobasipteron (Nemestrinidse). Such a struc-
ture of the wing is not found in the male of P. rhodesiensis. In
addition, P. beckeri has the wing much darker in its anterior
half; the vertex is quite broad, the ocellar tubercle shorter than
wide, the two posterior ocelli being somewhat farther from each

Psyche

[February

other than from the anterior ocellus; the style is much shorter,
being about as long as the whole antenna; there are also minor
differences in the color of the pilositv, the hairs of the dorsum of
the thorax being to a large extent greyish white, and there are two
rows of blackish spots on the abdomen, instead of one row as in
P. rhodesiensis.

Stenobasipteron arnoldi sp. nov.

Type female from Mt. Bambata, Matopos, Southern
Rhodesia, March 23, 1924 (without collector); paratype female
from the same locality and date. The type in the collection of
the Rhodesia Museum; the paratype in my collection.

A slender, black species, covered with dull, cinereous tomen-
tum; head and under side of abdomen paler; antennae and legs
dirty straw yellow; pilosity sparse; longer and denser on the
ventral side; proboscis considerably longer than the body.
Wings very long and narrow, with the usual venation for the
genus, very slightly smoky, more infuscate in the costal cell.

Female. Integument black on upper part of head and on
dorsal face of thorax and abdomen. Face pale clove-brown.
Sides of thorax blackish, with indistinct, yellowish brown
blotches. Ventral face of abdomen pale dirty yellow. Antennae
yellowish brown, the last division of the style black. Palpi
clove-brown. Proboscis black. Legs entirely pale testaceous;
claws black.

Pilosity sparse (probably but partly preserved in the two
specimens seen). Vertex, front and face with very few, but long,
erect, black hairs; cheeks and posterior orbits densely covered
with long, greyish white pile. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum
with sparse, but rather long, erect, black hairs; sides and ventral
face, as also under side of scutellum, with more abundant and
longer, somewhat yellowish white pilosity. Dorsally on the
abdomen the hairs are mostly black, except at the extreme base;
the anterior third of the second tergite has a sparse, erect, long,
black pilosity ; the remainder of the dorsal side bears many
scattered, extremely short, slanting, rather stiff, black hairs.
Ventrally the abdomen is but poorly covered; there are a few,

1925] New N emestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea

short, appressed, somewhat silvery white hairs, which are more
abundant toward the sides. Coxae and femora with long,
yellowish white pile; that of the tibiae and tarsi extremely short,
white; the under side of the tarsi with more abundant, reddish
brown pile. The integument of the entire body is covered with
a dull, dark ashy grey bloom; on the front and face the pruines-
cence has a slight yellowish tinge, and it is much paler, nearly
white on the ventral side of the abdomen; there are no spots
nor stripes on thorax or abdomen.

Head moderately flattened, much broader than the thorax;
semi-elliptical seen from above; triangular in profile, due to the
conically projecting face; kidney-shaped and nearly twice as
wide as high in the middle, when seen in front. Front rather
narrow, widest at the insertion of the antennae, where it measures
about half the width of the eye; inner orbits distinctly converg-
ing toward the anterior ocellus, where the front is but half as
wide as at the antennae. Sides of the vertex slightly diverging
behind. Ocellar protuberance short and low, about as wide as
long, but slightly separated from the inner orbits; ocelli placed
in an equilateral triangle; anterior ocellus over twice the size of
each of the posterior ocelli, transversely elliptical, occupying
more than half the width of the front. Eyes bare. Antennae
(Fig. la) short, small, placed on the sides of the face, close to the

Fig. 1. Stenobasipteron. Right antenna drawn from the inner side: a, S. arnoldi; b , 5. difficile ;
c, S. gracile.

Psyche

[February

inner orbits; basal segment cylindrical, nearly one and a half
times as long as wide, squarely truncate at the apex; second
segment a little over half the length of the first, about as long
as wide, slightly broader at the apex which is broadly rounded
off; third segment slightly flattened, short pear-shaped, but
little longer than the first, and slightly over one and one-half
times as long as wide, widest in its basal third and thence grad-
ually narrowed to the straightly truncate apex. Style about
twice the length of the whole antenna, sharply three-jointed;
the two basal divisions together but little shorter than the
second and third antennal segments; the second division some-
what longer than the first. Front very feebly convex between
anterior ocellus and antennae. Face much swollen, projecting
anteriorly as a blunt cone, without grooves. The lower portion
of the head is deeply and broadly excavated in the middle
between the cheeks, the eyes continuing for about one-quarter
their length below the oral margin. Proboscis very long and
slender, reaching considerably beyond the tip of the abdomen
when folded beneath the body, in which position it is in the
type; while in the paratype it is directed downward with a
slight anterior slant; labella thin and elongate. Palpi short and
slender, distinctly three-jointed; the two apical segments much
longer and of about equal length; the third truncate at apex.
Body slender. Thorax about as broad as thick; dorsum dis-
tinctly longer than wide; transverse suture deep on the sides
over less than one-third the width of dorsum, continued back-
ward to near the scutellum. Scutellum large, semi-elliptical,
cushion-shaped; its posterior margin faintly separated from
the disk by an impressed line. Abdomen flattened dorsallv,
slightly wider than the thorax; the four basal segments together
about as long as wide; the succeeding, apical segments much
narrower, gradually decreasing in width, partly retractile as a
telescope-shaped ovipositor. The last segment ends in two
short, slender, straight, bluntly pointed lamellae. Legs long and
thin; femora slightly swollen toward the base, more distinctly
so on the front legs; tips of tibiae faintly thickened.

Wings very long and narrow, much longer than the body,
over four times as long as wide. Costal margin nearly straight;.

1925] New Nemestrinidce from, Rhodesia and New Guinea

the posterior margin much constricted in its basal quarter,
where a very narrow trace of the alula extends from the axillary
excision to the base of the wing. Wings very faintly infuscate
all over; more distinctly yellowish grey in the costal cell and
at the extreme base. Veins dark clove-brown; epaulet and
basicosta nearly black; the epaulet mostly covered with black
pile. Venation of the usual type of the genus; fourth posterior
cell with a long petiole at base; sixth longitudinal vein faintly
undulate (more so than in S. gracile Lichtwardt); no “bulla”
at base of second vein; axillary vein not developed beyond
axillary incision.

Length not including ovipositor (to apex of tergite 4), 10.5
mm.; greatest width of abdomen, 4.5 mm.; length of proboscis,
14.5 mm.; length of wing, 14 mm.; width of wing, 3.4 mm. In
the paratype these measurements are respectively 11 mm.; 5
mm.; 16mm.; 15.5mm.; 4mm.

This species is allied to Stenobasipteron gracile Lichtwardt,
also of Southern Rhodesia. From published accounts alone,
it would have been difficult to point out the differences. For-
tunately, I was able to compare specimens of the two species.
The proboscis is decidedly longer in S. arnoldi , being always
much over body length; the wings are narrower (in a female of
S. gracile they measure 14 by 4 mm.) and much less infuscated;
the third segment of the antennae is decidedly shorter (in S.
gracile it is about twice as long as wide at base and amply as
long as the two basal segments together).

Stenobasipteron difficile sp. nov.

Type female from Cloudlands, 6,000 ft., Vumbu Mts.,
Southern Rhodesia, 6 to 17 April, 1923 (without collector). In
the collection of the Rhodesia Museum.

A medium-sized, rather thickset, black species, covered
with cinereous tomentum on the under side, with a black bloom
on the upper side, the dorsal surface of the abdomen somewhat
shiny. Antennae and legs reddish brown; the last antennal
segment and the hind tarsi darker. Pilosity moderately long
and dense on head, thorax and base of abdomen, yellowish white

Psyche

[February

ventrally, pale russet dorsally. Proboscis about as long as the
body. Wings moderately long, uniformly smoky all over.

Female. Integument black even on the face; scutellum
clove-brown. Two basal segments of antennae reddish clove-
brown; the last segment much darker; the style black. Palpi
clove-brown. Proboscis brownish black. Legs reddish clove-
brown; the tip of the tibiae and the tarsi more infuscated; the
hind tarsi almost black; claws black.

Pilosity rather long and abundant on head, thorax, and
base of abdomen. Vertex, front, and face with numerous, erect,
black hairs; cheeks and posterior orbits with a long and dense
beard of greyish white pile. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum
uniformly covered with loose, erect, moderately long, reddish
yellow pile, more russet on the scutellum; sides and ventral face
with long and dense, greyish white hairs, more yellowish below
the wings. Dorsally the abdomen bears on the first and basal
half of second tergites long, erect, reddish yellow pile, similar
to that of the thoracic dorsum; the remainder of the dorsal
side bears many scattered, short and more or less appressed,
black hairs; and in addition a very sparse, long, erect, black
pilosity; ventrally there is on the sides a dense, yellowish white,
matted pile, but the largest part of the sternites has but a very
few, short, appressed, white hairs. Coxae and femora with long,
erect, greyish white pile; the hairs on the tibiae and tarsi very
short and black. The ground color of the integument on the
ventral side of thorax and abdomen is completely hidden by a
dull, cinereous white bloom. On head and dorsum of thorax
the pruinescence is dull and very dark brown, somewhat more
cinereous on the sides of the dorsum and on certain areas of
front and face. The sides of the face rather shiny. On the
dorsal face of the abdomen the pruinescence is velvety black,
with a somewhat oily sheen, and there are two transverse, ill-
defined spots of a yellowish grey, dull bloom near the anterior
margin of the second, third and fourth tergites, so that the
abdomen appears quite distinctly spotted.

Head moderately flattened, much broader than the thorax;
semi-elliptical seen from above; in profile the face ts moderately
projecting, much less so than in S. arnoldi] when seen in front

1925] New N emeslrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea

the head is kidney-shaped and nearly twice as wide as high in
the middle. Front rather wide, broadest at the insertion of the
antennae where it measures a little over half the width of the eye;
inner orbits moderately converging toward the anterior ocellus,
where the front is slightly over half as wide as at the antennae.
Sides of the vertex parallel. Ocellar tubercle short and flat, with
a slight transverse depression below its middle, hardly separated
by a notch from the inner orbits; ocelli placed in a short isos-
celes triangle, the posterior ocelli distinctly, but slightly, closer
to each other than to the anterior ocellqs; anterior ocellus larger
than, though not quite twice the size of, a posterior ocellus,
short elliptical, occupying a little less than one-third of the
width of the front. Eyes bare. Antennae (Fig. 16) short, small,
placed on the sides of the face, close to the inner orbits; basal
segment cylindrical, nearly one and a half times as long as wide,
squarely truncate at apex; second segment but little shorter
than the first, slightly longer than wide, broadly truncate at
apex; third segment much flattened, very elongate pear-shaped,
over twice as long as wide, much longer than the two basal
segments together, widest in its basal half and thence rather
rapidly tapering to the straightly truncate, narrow apex. Style
about the length of the whole antenna, only two-jointed; the
basal division a little shorter than the second antennal segment.
Front very feebly convex between anterior ocellus and antennae.
Face moderately swollen, forming a low, blunt cone, without
grooves. The lower portion of the head is but slightly and very
broadly excavated in the middle between the cheeks. Proboscis
very long and slender, reaching about the tip of the abdomen
when folded beneath the body; in the specimen in hand it is
directed vertically downward, with the apical third curved
forward; labella very thin and elongate. Palpi short and slender,
three-jointed; the two apical segments much longer and of about
equal length; the third obtuse at apex. Body rather thickset.
Thorax about as wide as thick; dorsum nearly square; trans-
verse suture deep on the sides over about one-third of the width
of dorsum, continued backward to near the scutellum. Scu-
tellum large, semi-elliptical, its posterior margin distinctly
separated from the disk by an impressed line. Abdomen flat-

Psyche

[February

tened dorsal ly, much wider than the thorax; the four basal
segments together much shorter than wide; the succeeding,
apical segments much narrower, gradually decreasing in width,
partly retractile as a telescope-shaped ovipositor. The last
segment ends in two comparatively wide, long, straight, bluntly
pointed lamellae. Legs moderately heavy; femora slightly
thickened, more distinctly swollen on the forelegs.

Wings moderately long and narrow, not quite four times as
long as wide. Costal margin nearly straight; the posterior
margin gradually narrowed in its basal quarter, where a narrow,
but distinct alula extends from the axillary excision to the base
of the wing. Wings distinctly and uniformly smoky; veins
dark clove-brown; the epaulets and basicosta black; the epaulet
with a few black hairs. Venation of the usual type of the genus;
fourth posterior cell with a short petiole at the base; sixth longi-
tudinal vein very slightly undulate (nearly as in arnoldi); no
“bulla” at base of second vein; axilla^ vein not developed
beyond axillary incision.

Length not including ovipositor (to apex of tergite 4),
11.5 mm.; greatest width of abdomen, 6.5 mm.; length of
proboscis, 11.5 mm.; length of wing, 15 mm.; width of wing,
4 mm.

This species is exceedingly close to Stenobasipteron gracile
Lichtwardt, much more so than S. arnoldi. There are, however,
a number of differences: the body is more thickset; the legs are
stouter; the anterior ocellus is smaller, not quite twice the size
of a posterior ocellus; the third antennal segment has a different
shape; the style is only two-jointed; the sixth longitudinal
vein is quite straight; the lamellae of the ovipositor are broader,
etc. It is difficult to believe that these discrepancies are all due
to individual variation. Moreover, the unknown male may
show further characters.

Stenobasipteron gracile Lichtwardt

The original description of this species (Deutsch. Ent.
Zeitschr., 1910, p. 615) is extremely brief and is reproduced here
for the benefit of Rhodesian entomologists. It is said to be so

1925] New N emestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea

similar to S. wiedemanni Lichtwardt, that only the differences
are noted: .“Smaller and more elegant in the whole build of the
body; the color is markedly paler than in S. wiedemanni and
has a more greyish tinge; while the uniformly colored surface of
the wing is also more smoky grey, showing but a narrow, yel-
lowish-brown stripe along the anterior margin. Sharp dif-
ferences are the absence of the “bulla’’ in the wing of both sexes;
the inequality in size of the ocelli, of which the anterior one is
twice as large as one of those placed at the occiput; and the
bud-like, rounded shape of the male hypopygium, which is larger
in proportion to the size of the animal. Length of the body,
13 mm.; of the proboscis, 10 mm.; of the wing, 15 mm.” This
description was drawn on a male and female from Mazoe, Mash-
onaland (Southern Rhodesia), in the British Museum. Later,,
Lichtwardt recorded as S. gracile two females from Barberton,,
Transvaal, in the South African Museum (Entom. Mitteil.
Berlin, IX, 1920, p. 97). Bezzi (Ann. South African Mus.,
XIX, 1924, p. 171) does not appear to have seen it.

'I have referred to S. gracile one female and two males of
Cloudlands, 6,000 ft., Vumbu Mts., Southern Rhodesia, 6 to
17 April, 1923 (without collector). It must be stated, however,
that the description quoted above does not allow a positive
identification, so that I feel justified in giving some additional
data that might help in separating S. difficile from what I take
to be S. gracile.

The measurements of the three specimens before me are
as follows:

Female. Length not including ovipositor (to apex of tergite
4), 11.5 mm.; greatest width of abdomen, 5.7 mm.; length of
proboscis, 10.5 mm.; length of wing, 14 mm.; width of wing,
4 mm.

Males. Total length, 11 and 11 mm.; greatest width of
abdomen, 5.5 and 5 mm.; length of proboscis, 11 and 10 mm.
length of wing, 13 and 12.5 mm.; width of wing, 4.2 and 4 mm.

In these examples the proboscis may therefore be said to be
about as long as the body. Quite apart from individual variation,
a certain latitude should be allowed in judging these relative
lengths, as the body length certainly changes after death, while

Psyche

[February

the proboscis is to some extent retractile. Lichtwardt’s meas-
urements seem to indicate that in his specimens the proboscis
was considerably shorter than the body, but this may be de-
ceptive. It is not stated whether the measurements referred to
the male or to the female, and, if the latter was measured,
whether the body length includes the ovipositor.

In the Cloudlands female the integument is generally black;
face, antennae, palpi, and legs rather bright reddish clove-brown;
the femora more yellowish brown. The long pilosity is greyish
white ventrally; black dorsally, even on the dorsum of thorax
and scutellum; on the dorsum of the abdomen there is a mixture
of a few, shorter, white hairs. The pruinescence is dull all over,
cinereous white ventrally, very dark greyish brown dorsally.
The abdomen is not spotted. Face more prominent than in S.
difficile, more as in S. arnoldi. Ocelli in a short isosceles triangle,
as in S. difficile, but the anterior ocellus is larger, being dis-
tinctly twice the size of a posterior ocellus and occupying a little
more than one third of the width of the front. The antennae
(Fig. lc) are shaped much as in S. difficile, the third segment
being slender, pear-shaped and over twice as long as wide at
base; but the arista is considerably longer than the whole an-
tenna and three-jointed. The legs are relatively thinner and
the lamellae which terminate the ovipositor narrower than in
S. difficile. The sixth longitudinal vein is perfectly straight
before the apical curve.

The two males are structurally alike and differ mainly from
the female in the usual sexual peculiarities (wing much widened
at anterior margin, beyond the middle; front much narrowed
above so that the anterior ocellus occupies nearly the whole
width; abdomen ending in a bluntly swollen hypopygium). The
integument of scutellum and dorsal side of abdomen is to a large
extent clove-brown. The long, black pilosity of dorsum of
head and thorax shows a tendency to be russet brown, especially
on the front and the scutellum. The third antennal segment is
a little shorter than in the female, but still at least twice as long
as wide at base.

1925] New N emestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea

Key to the Known Species of Stenobasipteron.

1. Wings relatively short (7.5 mm.); with a short, but chitin-

ized axillary vein, bent at an angle in the middle. Proboscis
shorter than body (4.5 mm.). Ocelli of same size, in an
equilateral triangle. Front (?) a little narrower than

one eye. Small species (7 mm.) ( c? unknown)

S. minimum Bezzi.

Wings much longer than body, with the axillary vein hardly
distinguishable, not chitinized, straight. Front of female
much narrower than one eye. Larger species 2 .

2. First basal cell with a “bulla” near the base of second longi-

tudinal vein.] Ocelli of nearly same size, in an isosceles
triangle. Style of antenna three-jointed. Proboscis much
longer than the body (24 mm.). Large species (17 mm.)

S. wiedemanni Lichtwardt.
First basal cell without “bulla.” Medium-sized species
(10.5 to 13 mm.) 3 .

3. Proboscis much longer than the body (14.5 to 16 mm.).

Third antennal segment short, slightly over one and one-
half times as long as wide; style three-jointed, about twice
the length of the antenna. Length (9): 10.5 to 11 mm.

(cP unknown). S. arnoldi, sp. nov.

Proboscis about as long as the body or a little shorter.
Third antennal segment over twice as long as wide at
base 4 .

4. Style two-jointed, about as long as the whole antenna.

Anterior ocellus (?) occupying a little less than one-third
of the width of the front. Length ($): 11.5 mm. ( c P

unknown) 'S. difficile, sp. nov.

Style three-jointed, much longer than the whole antenna.
Anterior ocellus ( $ ) occupying a little over one-third of
the width of the front. Length ( $ , without ovipositor) :
11.5 mm.; (cT): 11 mm S. gracile Lichtwardt.

1This bulla probably corresponds to the minute swellings of the wing
membrane known as “nygmata” in certain Neuroptera, Trichoptera, Panor-
pata, and Hymenoptera. They are apparently not known in other Diptera.
See W. T. M. Forbes, Ent. News, XXXV, 1924, pp. 230-232, PI. V.

Psyche

[February

Nycterimyia Lichtwardt

This extraordinary genus of flies is at present known in
seven species: N. dohrni (Wandolleck) of Sumatra, Mafor,1
and the Andaman Islands; N. horni Lichtwardt, of Northern
Queensland; N. kerteszi Lichtwardt, N. fenestro-clatrata, and N.
fenestro-inornata Lichtwardt, of Formosa; N. capensis Bezzi, of
Natal; and the New Guinean species described below. Although
all species are closely allied, the distribution of the genus is
extremely discontinuous.

The structure of the antennae appears to be quite different
in N. papuana from what has been described in other species.
Of A. dohrni , Wandolleck (Entom. Nachricht., XXIII, 1897, p.
251) wrote originally: “Fuhler 3-gliedrig, gelb, drittes Glied
stabformig mit welligen Conturen; and der Spitze tragt es ein
ganz kurzes, feines, dqrchsichtiges Tastharchen.” Lichtwardt
(Deutsch. Entom. Zeitschr., 1909, p. 647) says of the same
species: “An den Fiihlern ist das dritte Glied nach vorn ver-
breitert und mit einer stiftartigen, starken, apikalen Borste
versehen.” Bezzi (Ann. South African Mus., XIX, 1924, p.
169) describes the antennae of N. capensis as “very short, with
the third joint rounded and smaller than the preceding one;
they are pale yellowish like the rather thick style, which is
twice as long as the antenna/’ In my example of N. papuana
(Fig. 2a), the third joint is extremely slender and ends in a
narrower, seta-like portion, although no trace of suture could be
discovered between the basal and apical sections. It agrees
therefore best with Wandolleck’s account, but I can not find
a differentiated tactile hair at the tip. I am inclined to believe
that the “thick style” in Bezzi’s description of A. capensis
represents the true third antennal segment, while his “third
joint” is what I describe as the second segment.

Nycterimyia papuana sp. nov.

Type male from “Baie du Geelvink, New Guinea,” (Raffray
and Maindron Coll., 1878). In the collection of the Paris Mu-
seum.

xThis appears to be a misspelling for Mapor, one of the Rhio Islands,
between Singapore and Sumatra.

1925] New N emestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea 19

A medium-sized, robust, brown black species, covered with
a dull, reddish brown tomentum; legs and antennae testaceous.
Pilosity brownish grey on head and thorax; abdomen almost
destitute of hairs. Wings long, deeply bisinuate along the
posterior margin, deep reddish brown; an elongate and narrow
hyaline streak in the fourth posterior cell and faint indications
of hyaline in the center of the combined first and second posterior
and of the second basal cells.

Male. Integument apparently black, though the body is so
uniformly covered with tomentum that it is difficult to see the
proper color. Antennae and legs pale testaceous; coxae more
brownish; apical half of claws brownish black.

Head and thorax with abundant, long, erect, brownish
grey pilosity, which is denser on the ventral side. Hairs of the
abdomen very short and sparse, dark grey; somewhat more
abundant and longer ventrally and on the sides of the second
tergite. Coxae and femora with moderately long, reddish grey
hairs; the pilosity of tibiae and tarsi much shorter, but of the
same color. Head, thorax, and abdomen are covered with a dull,
cinnamon red bloom. There are no traces of dull stripes on the
thorax nor of spots on the abdomen; but the second tergite
bears close to its base a deep, transverse groove, which is shiny
except on the middle; in addition there is a short, transverse,
shiny depression on the side of each of the tergites 2, 3, 4, and 5.

Head large, much flattened, a little broader than the thorax;
semi-elliptical in profile and from above; kidney-shaped and
nearly twice as wide as high when seen in profile. Front nar-
rowly triangular, widest at the antennae where it measures about
one-half the width of the eye; the inner orbits strongly converging
above, where they come extremely close together for a short
distance below the anterior ocellus, though not actually touching.
Vertex triangular. Ocellar protuberance quite prominent, short,
deeply divided behind from the inner orbits which project a
considerable distance beyond the occipital margin of the vertex.
Ocelli large, of about the same size, placed in an equilateral
triangle. Eyes bare, composed in their upper half of large facets
which gradually merge into the much smaller ommatidia of the
lower half. Antennse (Fig. 2a) very small, placed a short dis-

Psyche

[February

tance from the inner orbits on the upper portion of the curved
slope which leads into the deep transverse depression that
separates the front from the face; basal segment short, much
thicker than long, widened and crescent-shaped at the apex;
second segment disk-shaped, almost circular from the side, as
long as the first; third segment apparently fused with the style,
the whole being over twice the length of the two basal segments
together, extremely slender and narrow, strongly tapering from
the basal third to the apex which is very' sharply pointed
Front regularly curved from vertex to antennae, below which it
droops deeply into a very pronounced transverse groove sep-

Fig. 2. Nyclerimyia papuana. a, right antenna drawn from the inner side; b, wing.

arating the face. Face sunken between the eyes, the median,
shorter portion sharply divided from the lateral areas by deep,
vertical grooves. Palpi and proboscis if present, extremely
reduced and not to be distinguished among the long pilosity.
Body broad and thickset. Thorax about as thick as, but shorter
than, wide; its dorsum distinctly convex. Transverse suture
well-marked on the sides over less than one-third of the width of
the dorsum, obliquely continued behind to a short distance from
the scutellum. Scutellum large, nearly elliptical, its posterior
margin not separated from the disk. Abdomen broad and
short, but little longer than wide, quite convex dorsally and
somewhat curved down at the apex. The several segments
are distinctly constricted, their apical portion being slightly
swollen. The first tergite is very short and mostly covered by
the scutellum. Second tergite much the longest, about as long
as the two following tergites together; in its basal half it is
broadly grooved transversally, the bottom of the channel being

1925] New Nemestrinidce from Rhodesia and New Guinea 21

shiny (except medially) and finely alutaceous; in addition there
is on the posterior third of the tergite on each side a short, narrow
and rather shallow, transverse groove, where the integument is
also shiny and alutaceous. Third, fourth, and fifth tergites of
about equal length, each on the sides, shortly behind the an-
terior margin, with a short, transverse shiny groove similar to
that found on the hind third of the second tergite. The apical
tergites are much shortened and somewhat retracted ventrally;
they end in a prominent knob containing the large genitalia.
Legs long and stout; the hind legs considerably longer than the
anterior and middle pair. Fore and mid femora moderately
and rather uniformly swollen, much thicker than the tibiae;
hind femora elongate club-shaped, distinctly swollen toward
the apex. Tibiae slender, not appreciably thickened at the apex.
Tarsi short, narrower than the tibiae.

Wings (Fig. 26) long and moderately wide, over three times
as long as the greatest width, which lies at the apex of the anal
cell. The fore margin quite straight; the hind margin wavy
between the tip of the fifth longitudinal vein and the apex of the
wing: of the two, deep sinuations the proximal one, between the
tips of the diagonal and fifth veins, is much the longest. Alula
small, but quite well developed (as figured by Lichtwardt for
N. horni and allies). Epaulet and basicosta clove-brown.
Wings of a deep brown, opaque color, with a distinct cinnamon
red tinge. A whitish hyaline, narrow, somewhat curved, longi-
tudinal streak, with a pearly sheen, occupies the center of the
fourth posterior cell (the cell immediately below the discal1);
it begins quite a distance from the base of the cell, where it is
widest, and gradually tapers to a short distance from the diagonal
vein. There are no other well-marked hyaline spots; but the
center of the combined first and second posterior and of the
second basal cells is distinctly subhyaline and there is even a
faint indication of a hyaline area in the second basal cell. The
two wings are exactly alike in this respect. Veins bright reddish

xIn Nycterimyia there are only four posterior cells differentiated. To
make the nomenclature of the wing homologous with that of the majority of
Nemestrinidae which have five posterior cells, it is necessary to assume that
the first and second are fused; the cell here called the fourth then corresponds
to the cell of the same name in Prosoeca, for example.

Psyche

[February

brown, darker basally. Venation as in the other species of the
genus: in details it agrees best with Lichtwardt’s figure of V.
kerteszi (Entom. Mitteil., I, 1912, Pl. II, fig. 2), but the short
cross-vein which unites the first and second' longitudinals is
much farther removed from the long cross-vein connecting the
second and third longitudinals. It should also be noted that
the auxiliary vein (or subcosta), which both Wandolleck and
Lichtwardt figure as uniting with the first longitudinal about
the middle of the wing, really continues its course independently
to near the base, as in other Nemestrinidae'; furthermore it is
connected, a short distance from the base, with the costa by a
humeral cross-vein, apparently overlooked by these authors.
The apex of the discal cell is far removed from the base of the
combined first and second posterior cells. The costa extends to
beyond the tip of the fourth longitudinal vein, whence it gradual-
ly fades away to the apex of the wing.

Total length, 11 mm.; greatest width of abdomen, 5 mm.;
length of wing, 13.5 mm.; greatest width of wing, 4 mm.

The species is closely allied to N. dohrni and N. horni , but
differs conspicuously in the markings of the wing.

1925]

Some Species of the Genus Leucospis

SOME SPECIES OF THE GENUS LEUCOSPIS.1

By Charles T. Brues.

The recent paper by Mrs. Weld2 has encouraged me to
undertake the identification of the species of Leucospis which
have accumulated in my collection. Among these are several
undescribed forms of which descriptions are given below, to-
gether with a few notes on known species, mainly in regard to
their geographical distribution.

Leucospis birkmani sp. nov.

$ . Length 12.5 mm. Black, with yellow and ferruginous
markings and strong metallic reflections. The yellow is dis-
tributed as follows: antennal scape; median round spot near
anterior margin of pronotum; entire posterior and lateral mar-
gins of pronotum; transverse band on mesonotum just before
base of scutellum; four anterior knees; triangular spot at base
of hind femur below and band along apical two thirds of upper
edge; outer two thirds of hind tibia and extreme outer tip of
hind coxa. The ferruginous markings include the base of an-
tennal scape; tegulse; inner side of front femora and their tibiae
and tarsi; middle legs; hind coxae, except lower surface; inner
margin of hind tibiae and their tarsi entirely; sides of propodeum;
middle of first abdominal segment above and the elongate
ventral plates of the abdomen. Face finely punctate reticulate;
inter-antennal projection with a strong median carina; nar-
rowest width of face clearly less than its height; malar space
.one-third longer than the second flagellear joint; ocelli on a
distinctly elevated tubercle, the paired ones as close to one
another as to the eye margin; occipital margin prominent
medially, as high as thd ocellar tubercle; vertex rather finely
punctate, confluently so in front; occiput irregularly reticulate,
aciculate only near the middle. Antennae with the second and

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, Bussey Institution,
Harvard University, No. 246.

Clara Jamieson Weld, Studies on Chalcid-flies of the Subfamily Leucos-
pidinae, with Descriptions of New Species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Washington,
vol. 61, art. 6, 43 pp., 1922.

Psyche

[February

third flagellar joints clearly longer than wide, those beyond
becoming quadrate and then distinctly transverse; inner eye-
margin not emarginate. Pronotum without trace of a transverse
carina, its surface densely, coarsely, separately punctate, the
posterior yellow band smooth, except at the sides; mesonotum
more irregularly so, with some of the punctures confluent,
especially at the sides ; scutellum strongly convex, more
shining, with well separated but shallower punctures; post-
scutellum broadly crescentic, coarsely reticulate with a smooth
raised margin. Propodeum medially as long as the postscutellum,
with a median carina that is strongly raised behind; lateral and
apical carina distinct, the surface between reticulate coarsely at
the sides, very finely near the middle. First abdominal segment
scarcely one-half longer than wide, narrower toward base, its
dorsal grooves broad and shallow, the sides coarsely sparsely
punctate at base and very densely and finely so at apex; abdomen
considerably widened beyond the first segment, the fifth (the one
preceding the base of the ovipositor) fully one half wider than
the first; apex narrowly rounded; fourth segment with mod-
erately coarse, well separated punctures at the base, becoming
shagreened on the apical half; fifth coarsely punctured on its
basal three fourths, with the apex very finely punctate or sha-
greened; following segments coarsely punctate, much more
closely so above. Ovipositor reaching the tip of the scutellum.
Propleurse finely closely punctate below, shining and obsoletely
punctate reticulate above; mesopleura, metapleura and sides of
propodeum increasingly more coarsely and sparsely punctate.
Hind coxae entirely shining, finely and densely punctate on the
underside; sides below confluently punctate, above with separate,
punctures and with a small smooth space near the upper angle;
upper edge thin and sharp behind, without tooth. Hind femur
shining, very minutely and closely punctate above, more coarsely
and sparsely below, the punctures widely separated on the lower
edge; length distinctly more than twice the width; basal tooth
the largest, but not conspicuously enlarged, followed by nine
much smaller ones of which those near the basal tooth and at
apex are more minute than the intermediate ones. Anterior
wings distinctly infuscated on their anterior half.

1925]

Some Species of the Genus Leucospis

The metallic reflections on the body are mainly green,
noticeable on the head in the antennal grooves, vertex and
occiput, on the under surface of middle and hind coxae, the
apices of first, third and fifth abdominal segments and upper
side of propodeum. On the face and front of vertex there are
some purplish reflections.

Type from Fedor, Lee County, Texas (Birkman). The
species is named for its discoverer, the Rev. G. Birkman whose
collections have added greatly to the knowledge of the insect
fauna of this portion of Texas.

This species will run to L. cayennensis Westw. in Schletterer’s
key (foe. cit.) and also in the one given by Weld (foe . cit., p. 8)
but differs by the punctate hind coxae, distinctly clavate ab-
domen and maculate thorax. From L. distinguenda Schletterer,
the much longer ovipositor will serve readily to distinguish it.

It is a surprise to find this large fine species undescribed and
I had thought that it might be regarded as a northern subspecies
of L. cayennensis, but there are so many striking differences that
it can hardly be regarded as such.

Leucospis muiri sp. nov.

dL Length 8 mm. Black, with yellow markings and some
fulvous or ferruginous ornamentation. The lemon-yellow is as
follows; scape of antenna; a broad transverse band on prono-
tum, curving forward and attaining the anterior margin at the
sides; a streak above each tegula and a pair of discal spots on
mesonotum; scutellum, except large triangular spot medially in
front; transverse streak on postscutellum ; large spot above on
mesopleura; large triangular one above hind coxa; first ab-
dominal segment above, except basally and at sides before
apex; two transverse bands on gaster, the first quite narrow.
The tegulae and second and third joints of antennae are ferru-
ginous and the body spots are more or less margined with fer-
ruginous. Legs blackish basally but yellow and ferruginous
beyond; the outer tips of four anterior femora and lower edge of
hind femur yellow; remainder of femora and tarsi entirely ferru-
ginous, except that the hind femur is black along the middle and

Psyche

[February

its tibia is streaked with black internally. Wings rather deeply
infuscated, except at base. Face finely vertically shagreened or
punctulate with a short median carina below the antennae; malar
space as long as the second flagellar joint; antennal cavities
strongly transversely striate; vertex densely and rather finely
punctate, the posterior ocelli but little further from one another
than from the eye : occipital carina sharp medially, coming very
close to the ocelli; occiput finely circularly striate-punctate and
shining. Antennae with all the flagellar joints decidedly longer
than thick. Frothorax, mesonotum and scutellum rather finely
and very densely but not confluently punctate, less distinctly
shining than usual; pronotum with a single transverse carina
medially close to the posterior margin, unusually long, three-
fourths the length of the mesonotum. Scutellum oval, with the
hind edge distinctly margined. Postscutellum somewhat promi-
nent, semicircular, the crenate margin with a median emar-
gination. Propodeum very coarsely rugose with a strong,,
almost dentiform median carina at each side of which lies a less
prominent carinate line; sides also distinctly carinate. Pleurae
punctate, much more sparsely and coarsely so behind. Abdomen
short and very strongly clavate, the gaster fully thrice as wide
as the petiole. Petiole slightly wider than long, its sides parallel;
highly convex above and armed below near apex with a cons-
picuous long slender erect tooth; abdomen shining at base,
more opaque apically, closely punctate, the punctures elongated
and giving the appearance of a longitudinal trend to the sculp-
ture. Hind coxae very finely and densely punctate below and
inwardly above, the punctures becoming very sparse and the
surface shining outwardly above; upper edge without tooth
and broadly rounded, not sharply ridged as in most species.
Hind femur very minutely punctate; with a large triangular
tooth at the middle, followed by three widely spaced small teeth,
followed by five or six still smaller ones becoming minute at the
apex of the femur.

Type from Laloki, Papua, 1910 (F. Muir). The body is
not conspicuously pubescent, although the face and abdomen
are clothed with short, pale glistening hairs. There is no trace
of metallic color on the body.

1925]

Some Species of the Genus Leucopsis

This species is similar to L. mysolica Kirby1 in color and in
the dentition of the hind femora. It may be separated readily
by the sculpture of the vertex, position of ocelli, and form of the
antennae, as well as by the single carina on the pronotum.

Leucospis malabarensis sp. nov.

$ . Length 9 mm. Black, with yellow ornamentation and
some ferruginous markings, without metallic color. The yellow
markings are as follows; antennal scape below, oval spot on
each frontal prominence, as long as the scape; two narrow trans-
verse bands on pronotum, the anterior one curved forwards
laterally and the posterior one not reaching the sides; a thin
streak above the tegulse and a pair of small spots on middle of
mesonotum; narrow arcuate band on posterior margin of scu-
tellum; large triangular mark below tegula; short streak on
metapleura above; spot at upper angle of hind coxa; pair of
broad lateral stripes on basal half of first abdominal segment,
their bases nearer to the median line; narrow band at base of
fourth segment, extending halfway down the side; broader,
complete apical band on fifth and a pair of short vertical lines
just before tip of abdomen; margin of hind femur, except the
toothed portion; small elongate spot just above apical teeth;
anterior knees, external streak on all tibiae, not attaining the
base on the hind pair. Tegulae, apices of all coxae and more or
less of fore and middle femora and of all tibiae rufopiceous; tarsi
ferruginous. Antennae more or less rufous; wings moderately
infuscated, except at base. Face microscopically reticulate
punctate, external margin of antennal cavity distinctly carinate;
punctures of vertex moderately large and well separated; post-
erior ocelli almost twice as far from each other as from the eye
margin; occipital carina rather weak; occiput shining, dis-
tinctly striate only at the middle; malar space slightly longer
than the second flagellar joint. First three joints of flagellum
longer than wide, those beyond quadrate. Pronotum three-

tJourn. Linn. Soc. vol. 17, p. 69 (1882); cf. also Schletterer, Berliner
Entom. Zeits., vol. 35, p. 236 (1890) and Enderlein Arch. f. Naturg., Jahrg.
67, vol. 1, p. 216 (1901).

Psyche

[February

fourths as long as the mesonotum, with a single carina near the
posterior margin which is also quite distinctly carinate; surface
shining, with the punctures rather small and closely placed;
mesonotum behind and the scutellum more coarsely punctured;
postscutellum short, transverse, simple. Propodeum short,
finely reticulated, not carinate except for the lateral carinse
which are very distinct although not prominent. Abdomen
shining, its punctures not densely placed except at apex; first
segment two-fifths the length of the abdomen, twice as long as
wide and distinctly broadened at the middle. Ovipositor very
long, reaching well beyond the apex of the scutellum.
Propleura rather weakly confluently punctate; mesopleura and
metapleura more coarsely so, especially the metapleura where
the punctures become confluent above. Hind coxa finely
densely punctate below, very sparsely above where the surface
is highly polished; upper edge very sharp behind, but without
tooth. Hind femur broad, including the teeth scarcely
twice as long as wide; the surface shining and finely,
evenly punctate; basal tooth very small; three succeeding ones
long and widely spaced, the third broadest and blunt at apex;
following tooth close and somewhat shorter followed by several
closely crowded ones that become rapidly shorter. Body with
a moderately dense coat of short white pubescence longer on the
pleurae and especially on the sides of the propodeum.

Type from North Malabar, Southern India (A. P. Nathan).

In Schletterer’s key ( loc . cit ., p. 167) this species will run
to L. japonica Walker from which it differs in the type of den-
tition of the hind femora. In general appearance and in denti-
tion of the hind femora it is similar to L. macrodon Schletterer,
but the first abdominal segment is much narrower and longer,
the ovipositor is longer and the ocelli much more widely sep-
arated. L. macrodon is very variable in color, but the spot is
reduced only in very dark specimens. From L. quettaensis
Cam. and L. nursei Cam. both from Baluchistan, this species
differs conspicuously in color and in the simple postscutellum.
L. viridissima Enderl. from Ceylon is entirely different from the
present form.

1925] Some Species of the Genus Leucospis 29

Leucospis japonica Walker.

Notes on Chalcidise, pt. IV, p. 56 (1871).

This species occurs also in China from whence I have a
specimen collected by N. Gist Gee at Soochow.

Leucospis affinis Say.

A female from Jacumba, California (W. M. Wheeler) has the
pale whitish ornamentation of L. hicincta Viereck. The hind
femora have the basal and apical pale areas connected by a
pale band below, a condition which seems never to occur in
individuals from the eastern states.

Psyche

[February

THE EFFICIENCY OF BIRDS IN DESTROYING OVER-
WINTERING LARVAE OF THE EUROPEAN CORN
BORER IN NEW ENGLAND.1

By Geo. W. Barber.

Cereal and Forage Crop Insect Investigations, Bureau of En-
tomology, U. S. Dept, of Agriculture.

Several years ago, not long after investigations of the
European corn borer ( Pyrausta nubilalis Hiibn.) were begun by
the Bureau of Entomology of the United States Department of
Agriculture, it was frequently observed that cornstalks infested
by the larvae of this insect showed in the spring of the year
numerous holes along the stalks, the burrows of the insect
beneath these holes being empty. This was the first evidence
of any appreciable feeding by birds on this insect. Such evidence
of bird feeding has been found each spring and it is now possible
to associate this work with the downy woodpecker ( Dryobates
pubescens medianus Swainson) a winter resident in this region.
In numerous instances, this bird has been observed at close
range at work on the infested standing cornstalks. Plate 1a,
shows sections of cornstalks from which the larvae of the corn
borer have been removed by this bird. This type of feeding by
chickadees ( Penthestes atricapillus atricapillus Linn.) has also
been observed by Mr. F. H. Mosher.

Within the last few years observations have shown another
type of feeding by birds on the overwintering larvae of this
insect. This is the shredding of cornstalks illustrated in Figure
IB, and is the result of feeding by grackles, blackbirds, starlings
and probably several other species of migrating birds. These
birds arrive in the latitude of Boston, Mass., from the middle to
the last of April. Such work was especially noticeable in corn-
stalks that had been piled in the fall or in stalks that had fallen
over for one reason ojr another and lay on the .surface of the soil.
These birds have frequently been observed feeding in flocks in
the spring, and in a short time they are able to gather the larvae

Contribution from the Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of
Agriculture in cooperation with the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey
Institution, Harvard University, Bussey Institution No. 248.

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Borer 31

from quite a number of cornstalks. They are able also to shred
infested corn stubble and take the larvae in the more exposed
positions, but apparently are not able to reach the larvae con-
tained in standing stalks.

In the fall of 1922, when it was apparent that the birds were
becoming a really important factor in the reduction of the num-
bers of the corn borer, experiments were undertaken to determine
how extensive such feeding was. These experiments were also
carried on during the winter of 1923-1924. The object of this
work was to obtain information on the extent of the combined
feeding by all species of birds concerned rather than the extent
of feeding of any particular species, the intention being to obtain
as far as possible a picture of the present importance of birds as
a group in relation to this insect rather than a study of the value
of any one particular species.

The studies pursued during the fall of 1922 and the spring of
1923 may be treated under two heads; first, the extent of bird
feeding on the larvae in infested cornstalks placed in the field
for this purpose; second, the extent of feeding by birds on larvae
in host plants that remained undisturbed in natural positions
during the winter.

In the first part of this work twenty representative locations
were selected throughout the infested area of eastern New Eng-
land. In each of these locations ten stakes were set upright in
the soil, there being six infested stalks fastened to each of these
stakes. The three following types of corn were represented at
each location: pop corn, sweet corn (Golden Bantam) and field
corn (Longfellow Flint). Counts of the larval population of
representative stalks during the fall gave an average figure as to
the number of larvae expected from each stalk, and from this
average the number of larvae expected from each station was
computed. This series of experiments was placed in the field
in November, 1922, after all larval activity had ceased, and the
stalks were collected in April, 1923, before larval activity had
commenced in the spring. The chance of losing an appreciable
number of larvae by migration was small, since during this
period the larvae were entirely dormant and inactive. Of these
twenty experiments five showed extensive feeding by birds

Psyche

[February

when examined in the spring, mostly the work of woodpeckers.
Of the remaining fifteen experiments one was destroyed by an
over-anxious farmer, one was partly destroyed by a tractor and
the others showed only very slight traces of feeding by birds or
no evidence of bird feeding whatever. Table Number 1 shows
the extent of bird feeding on the five experiments attacked, and
the recovery of larvae from stations that escaped noticeable
bird feeding. The average recovery of larvae from experiments
not attacked by birds was 1,090 larvae per station as compared
with the average expectancy of 1,223.2. This apparent loss of
10.8 per cent of expected larvae per station was undoubtedly

TABLE I

Extent of Feeding by Birds on Experimental Material in the Spring of 1923.

Experiments on which birds fed.

>.1 §11

- .b 0 a <v

Location

e placet
1922

recover

1923

. larvse
pected

> £
U <D

43 >
0

3parent

loss

0^ <0

C Id c

Jv CU S- O U

4, O » a-

I’S

CTj

0 x
£

6 cj
£

b -b

$ 1 1 > §
Oh <j ctJ 0

Cb rt.S m 0

Scituate, Mass.

XI-3

IV- 1 1

906

123

783

86%

84%

Newbury, Mass.

XI-10

IV- 1 4

1289

214

1075

83%

81%

Rockport, Mass.

XI-10

1V-I2

1289

209

1080

83%

8l%

Medford, Mass.

X-25

IV-9

1289

390

899

69%

66%

Arlington, Mass.

XI-2

IV-9

809

576

233

27%

12%

Experiments on which birds did not feed.

Bristol, N. H.

XI-8

1V-29

1289

1397

Framington,N.H.

XI-7

IV-29

1289

1341

Wells, Me.

XI-7

IV-28

1289

1132

Concord, Mass.

XI-4

IV-io

809

854

Falmouth, Mass.

X-31

IV- 7

1289

1135

Quincy, Mass.

XI-4

IV- 1 1

906

944

Harwich, Mass.

XI-i

IV- 6

1289

„ 909

Methuen, Mass.

XI-2

1V-14

1289

T014

Manomet, Mass.

X-30

iV-6

1289

1081

Tyngsboro, Mass.

XI 8

[V-14

1289

990

Wareham, Mass.

Xf-I

IV-8

1289

io56

Wellfleet, Mass.

X-31

IV- 7

1289

1106

Worcester, Mass.

X-26

IV-II

1289

1222

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Borer 33

caused by migration of a few larvae and the loss of small pieces
of stalks containing larvae during transportation of the corn-
stalks used in the experiment.

The average winter mortality in the 18 experiments listed
in table No. 1 was 10.5% percent. The average per cent of larvae
credited to bird feeding in the five stations where stalks were
attacked, was 61. The average per cent of larvae credited to
bird feeding in the 18 stations recovered was 17.

The stations that showed extensive feeding by birds (Fig. 1)
are all within the area most heavily infested by the European
corn borer and localities where infestation has been severe for
several years. Because of this fact and because no marked
evidence of bird feeding was found in areas slightly infested or
areas that had become heavily infested by the insect within the
last year or two, it would appear that woodpeckers are aware
of the fact that infested cornstalks contain desirable food only in
this heavily infested area, and that in more sparsely infested
regions or in areas where infestation had but recently become
severe they are for the most part still unfamiliar with the exis-
tence of this source of food.

Several of the more commonly infested weeds and cul-
tivated plants were also tied to stakes to observe possible feeding
by birds on larvse contained in such plants. These were placed
with the experiment at Medford, Mass., mentioned in Table 1,
where birds took 69 per cent of the larvse from the cornstalks
tied to stakes.

Of the several plants thus observed, common sunflower
(. Helianthus annuus L.), Princesplume ( Polygonum orientate L.),
Polygonum sp., and cocklebur ( Xanthium spp.) showed extensive
feeding by birds of the same sort attributed to woodpeckers while
no evidence of such feeding was noticed in Abutilon ( Abutilon
theophrasti Medic.), pigweed ( Amaranthus retroflexus L.), rag-
weed (. Ambrosia sp.,) beggar-ticks ( Bidens sp.), pot-marigold
( Calendula officinalis L.), aster ( Callistephus sp.), feather cocks-
comb ( Celosia argentea L.), Cosmos bipinnatus Cav., Dahlia sp.,
barnyard grass ( Echinochloa crusgalli L.), Japanese millet ( Echi -
nochloa sp.), Gladiolus sp., strawflower ( Helichrysum bracteatum

Psyche

[February

Andr.), geranium ( Pelargonium hortorum), lima bean ( Phaseolus
lunatus, L.), and African marigold ( Tagetes erecta L.).

The field examinations of cornstalks showed much the same
evidence as was obtained from the experimental work described
in the preceding paragraphs. Numerous instances were found
where birds had removed a high percentage of the larval content
of cornstalks and such instances were found only in heavily

Fig. 1. Map of the area known to be infested by the European Corn
Borer in New England in 1922. Circles show localities where experiments
were placed in the fall of 1922; clear circles indicate that no feeding by birds
was found, while circles having a cross in the center indicate localities where
birds fed on larvae contained in the corn .stalks of the experiment.

A white line surrounds the area known to be infested up to July 1, 1919.

1 — Arlington, Mass.

2 — Medford, Mass.

3 — -Rockport, Mass.

4 — Newbury, Mass.

5— Wells, Me.

6 — Methuen, Mass.

7 — ’Farmington, N. H

8 — Tyngsboro, Mass.

9 — Bristol, N. H.

10 — Concord, Mass.

11 — -Worcester, Mass.

12 — Walpole, Mass.

13 — Taunton, Mass.

14 — Quincy, Mass.

15 — Scituate, Mass.

16— Wareham, Mass.

17 — Falmouth, Mass.

18 — Manomet, Mass.

19 — Harwich, Mass.

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Booer 35

infested areas and in localities that had been infested for several
years. In sparsely infested localities or in areas where infesta-
tion had been severe only recently, no extensive feeding was
noticed although in some cases there were traces of feeding by
birds. The following table shows the condition as found in
certain heavily infested fields that were found to be attacked by
birds.

TABLE II.

Extent of Feeding by Birds on Material Undisturbed by Man in the

Spring of 1923.

Locality

Date

examined

Type
of |
corn

Condition
of corn-
stalks

Size

of area

Estimated
number
of larvae
taken by
birds

Estimated
per cent
of larvae
taken by
birds

Watertown, Mass.

IV-2-23

Sweet

Standing

and broken

over

1 \ acres

186,480

92%

Watertown, Mass.

IV-6-23

standing and

broken over

I acre

26,957

78%

Milton, Mass.

IV-13-23

“

Lying on

soil

1 acre

30%

Marblehead,

V-3-23

standing and

Mass.

broken over

A acre

140,946

97%

Melrose, Mass.

V- 1 1-23

“

In piles

partly burn-

80%

The figures mentioned in this table were obtained by
counting the number of cornstalks in the several fields, estimat-
ing the fall infestation of the stalks, and comparing this figure
with the average infestation found on the date of the examina-
tion. The spring infestation per cornstalk was obtained by
averaging several series of counts made in different parts of each
field. In all these instances both types of bird feeding shown in
figure 1 were found, the feeding attributed to woodpeckers
being extensive in standing stalks and the stalks lying on the
ground being shredded by other birds.

In weeds instances were found of the removal of considerable
numbers of larvae from cocklebur ( Xanthium sp.) and barnyard
grass ( Echinochloa crusgalli L.). In one field several score of

Psyche

[February

dahlia plants were found from which birds had removed nearly
all the larvae of the European corn borer that these plants had
harbored.

Although birds (particularly the downy woodpecker) feed
to a limited extent on the larvae of this insect in the fall and
winter, most of the feeding is done in the spring, especially the
shredding of stalks lying on the ground. The experiment placed
in Medford, Mass., (table 1), showed on April 9, 1923, that
birds had by that time taken 65 per cent of the larvae from the
cornstalks. A similar experiment in the same locality was
continued until June 27, 1923, a date when most of the insects
had transformed to adults. At that time examination showed
that birds had apparently taken 82 per cent of the insects from
the cornstalks.

In the fall of 1923 a series of experiments much similar to
those previously described was placed in the field for the purpose
of obtaining information on the extent of feeding by birds on
this insect. However, this time fifty stations were chosen instead
of twenty as in the previous work. Each station was composed
of four stakes to each of which was fastened five infested corn-
stalks, the larval expectancy as obtained from stalk counts being-
on an average of 15.5 larvae per stalk.

These stations were so selected as to cover the entire area
infested by this insect in New England and were run out in lines
as straight as possible from Arlington, Mass., as a center as fol-
lows: first line comprising 12 stations in a northeasterly direction
as far as Sebago, Me.; second line comprising 5 stations in a
northerly direction as far as Farmington, N. H. ; third line com-
prising 8 stations in a direction north by northwest as far as
Bristol, N. H.; fourth line to the northwest as far as Gardner,
Mass, comprising 3 stations; fifth line comprising 4 stations to
the west as far as Worcester., Mass.; sixth line to the southeast
as far as Touisset, Mass., composed of 4 stations; seventh line
to the south as far as Mattapoisett, Mass., composed of 4 sta-
tions; eighth line composed of 9 stations to the southeast and
extending on Cape Cod as far as Provincetown, Mass. Fig. 2.

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Borer 37

Fig. 2. Map of the area known to be infested by the European Corn
Borer in New England in 1923. Circles show localities where experiments
were placed in the fall of 1923; — clear circles indicate that no feeding by birds
was found, while circles having a cross in the center indicate localities where
birds fed on larvae contained in the corn stalks of the experiment. A white
line surrounds the area known to be infested up to July 1, 1919.

1 — Arlington, Mass.

2 — Medford, Mass.

3 — Saugus, Mass.

4 — Beverly, Mass.

5 — Marblehead, Mass.

6 — Rockport, Mass.

7 — Newbury, Mass.

8 — Hampton, N. H.

9 — Kittery, Me.

10— Wells, Me.

11 — Biddeford, Me.

12 — Scarboro, Me.

13 — Woburn, Mass.

14 — Andover, Mass.

15 — Methuen, Mass.

16 — Kingston, N. H.

17— Farmington, N. H.

18— Bedford, N. H.

19— Hillsboro, N. H.

20— Concord, N. H.

21— Franklin, N. H.

22 — -Bristol, N. H.

23 — Concord, Mass.

24 — -Westford, Mass.

25 — -Harvard, Mass.

26 — Leominster, Mass.

27 — Gardiner, Mass.

28 — Natick, Mass.

29 — Southboro, Mass.

30 — Worcester, Mass.

31 — Medfield, Mass.

32 — Foxboro, Mass.

33 — Attleboro, Mass.

34 — Touisset, Mass.

35 — -Needham, Mass.

36 — Bridgewater, Mass.

37 — Mattapoisett, Mass.

38 — Milton, Mass.

39 — W. Hingham, Mass.

40 — Cohasset, Mass.

41 — Marshfield, Mass.

42 — Kingston, Mass.

43 — Falmouth, Mass.

44 — Sandwich, Mass.

45 — Brewster, Mass.

46 — Wellfleet, Mass.

47 — Provincetown, Mass.

Psyche

[February

Examinations of the cornstalks of these experiments in the
spring of 1924 showed that 16 of these stations exhibited feeding
by birds to a noticeable extent, while the remainder showed
either a mere trace of bird feeding or no evidence of such feeding
at all. In Table 3 those stations that showed bird feeding are
listed together with the number and percentage of larvae ap-
parently removed from the stalks by birds.

The average winter mortality for the 38 stations listed in
table no. 3 was 4 per cent.

The average per cent of larvae apparently taken by birds in
the 16 stations that showed bird feeding (based on the average
recovery per stalk in experiments not touched by birds) was 54.

The average per cent of larvae apparently taken by birds
in the total number of 47 experiments (based on the average
recovery per stalk in experiments not touched by birds) was 19.

Three stations were lost or destroyed, leaving 31 that showed
either a mere trace of bird feeding or none at all. The infestation
in the fall was on an average 310 larvae per station. Spring ex-
aminations of the 31 stations that showed no important feeding
by birds proved that the average infestation at that time was
14.7 larvae per stalk or 294 larvae per station, an apparent loss
per station of 16 larvae or approximately 5 per cent of the ex-
pected larvae. This loss is slight when it is remembered that in
some stations birds apparently did take a few of the larvae, and
that the cornstalks were necessarily handled several times and
were transported for considerable distances, so that small pieces
were sometimes broken off and lost. These figures, however,
are offered to show that the findings as regards bird feeding,
shown in Table no. 3, present a fair picture of the extent to
which birds fed on this material.

These results show a considerable increase in the area in
which birds fed extensively, (Fig. 2 and 3) over the results ob-
tained in the spring of 1923. This may be due to the fact that
the larger number of stations provided a much more accurate
test of conditions and so gave a much better picture, or it may
indicate a widening field over which birds have become aware of
an existing food supply. There is also a possibility of the element
of chance entering to the extent that if the right species of birds

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Borer 39

found the stations, feeding would result, whereas if the experi-
ments remained undiscovered by birds able to take larvae from
the cornstalks no evidence of feeding would be found. Whatever
the reason, however, the fact of evidence of bird feeding on over-
wintering larvae of this insect in cornstalks over a much more
extended area during the spring of 1924 than was observed
previously remains, and it is the writer’s belief that birds were
a more important factor in reducing the numbers of the European
corn borer in the spring of 1923 than in a corresponding period in
1922, and that in the spring of 1924 they were of greater im-
portance than in the same period in 1923; in other words, that
the importance of birds as a means of natural control has been
increasing each spring for the last three years.

The figures showing the percentage of larvae taken by birds
as shown in Table 3 represent the feeding up to the time that
the experimental material was collected in the spring and so do
not show the total amount of feeding that birds might have
done had the material remained in the field a few weeks longer.
As already mentioned, this same condition prevailed in the con-
sideration of the experiments examined in the spring of 1923.
It was necessary, however, to collect these experiments early in
April because of a desire to examine the cornstalks before the
larvae had moved from the exact locations in the stalks in which
they rested at the time the material was set out the previous
fall.

It is probable also that birds were unable to remove some
of the larvae from the staked experiments because in tying corn-
stalks to the stakes that part of the stalks lying next to the
stakes was rendered inaccessible to the birds.

In the series of experiments examined in the spring of 1924,
several of the experiments that showed no feeding by birds were
located in areas that had been heavily infested by the insect for
several years. Noticeable among those was the experiment
located in Saugus, Mass, (table 3). This experiment was placed
on a farm where corn had been severely infested each year since
1919. In this instance, however, little corn was grown in 1923
because of the heavy infestation previously experienced. A
second instance of this condition was found in Marblehead,

Psyche

[February

TABLE NO. 3.

Extent of Feeding by Birds on Experimental Material in the Spring of 1924.

Experiments on which birds fed.

Locality

Date Placed
1923

Date Examined
1924

Total larval
expectancy

Number of
larvae recovered

Apparent num-
1 ber of larvae
taken by birds

“

Per cent of
larvae taken
by birds1

Per cent of
larvae taken
by birds.2

Arlington,

Mass.

11-14

4-13

310

125

185

‘ 59.6

57.4

Attleboro,

Mass.

11-28

4-11

310

229

73.8

72.4

Beverly,

Mass.

11-14

4-11

310

203

102

32.9

29.2

Brewster,

Mass.

11-24

4-14

310

229

73.8

72.4

Cohasset,

Mass.

11-20

4-11

310

201

109

35.1

31.6

Falmouth,

Mass.

11-23

4-12

310

118

192

61.9

59.8

Harvard,

Mass.

11-23

4-12

310

241

22.2

19.

Leominster,

Mass.

11.23

4-10

310

105

205

66.1

64.2

Marshfield,

Mass.

11-20

4-12

310

203

102

32.7

29.2

Medford,

Mass.

11-3

4-25

310

211

68.

66.3

Milton,

Mass.

11-23

4-12

310

131

179

57.7

55.4

Newbury,

Mass.

11-14

4-11

310

248

80.

78.5

Rockport,

Mass.

11-14

4-10

310

119

201

64.8

59.5

Southboro,

Mass.

11-27

4-10

310

233

75.1

73.4

Wellfleet.

Mass.

11-24

4-14

217

141

64.9

63.1

Woburn,

Mass.

11-14

4-12

310

237

23.5

19.3

Experiments on which birds did not feed

Andover,

Mass.

11-19

4-16

310

180

Bridgewater,

Mass.

11-27

4-10

310

262

Concord,

Mass.

11-16

4-12

310

256

Foxboro,

Mass.

11-28

4—1 1

310

262

Gardner,

Mass.

11-29

4-20

310

357

Hingham,

Kingston,

Mass.

11-20

4-12

170

137

(partly destroyed)

Mass.

11-24

4-12

310

414

Marblehead,

Mass.

11-15

4-12

310

388

Mattapoisett,

Mass.

11-27

4-10

310

387

Medfield,

Mass.

11-24

4-11

310

318

Methuen,

Mass.

11-19

4-16

310

256

Natick,

Mass.

11-23

4-10

310

346

Needham,

Mass.

11-16

4-14

310

268

Provincetown,

Mass.

11-24

4-14

310

325

Sandwich,

Mass.

11-23

4-11

310

333

Saugus,

Mass.

11-14

4-11

310

303

Touisset,

Mass.

11-28

4-10

310

228

Worcester,

Mass.

11-27

4-10

310

228

Westford,

Mass.

11-15

4-12 -

310

357

Biddeford,

Me.

11-22 .

4-14

310

328

Kittery,

Me.

11-22

4-14

310

285

Scarboro,

Me.

11-22

4-14

310

295

Wells,

Me.

11-22

4-14

310

232

Bedford,

N. H.

11-21

4-17

310

281

Bristol,

N. H.

11-22

4-16

310

228

(partly destroyed)

Concord,

N. H.

11-21

4-16

263

203

Farmington,

N. H.

11-21

4-16

310

340

Franklin,

N. H.

11-21

4-16

310

181

Hampton,

N. H.

11-22

4-14

310

366

Hillsboro,

N. H.

11-21

4-16

310

200

Kingston,

N. H.

11-20

4-28

310

276

1 Based on the average larval contents of stalks in the fall.

2 Based on the average larval recovery at stations not attacked by birds.

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Borer 41

Mass., where birds did not feed on the larvae contained in the
cornstalks of the experiment (table 3) although it was found in
the spring of 1923 that they had removed a high per cent of the
borers from a field of heavily infested cornstalks (table 2).
From these instances it appears that birds might not be depended
on to feed on corn borer larvae in cornstalks in the same locality
each year. On the other hand, heavily infested localities are
known, noticeably Medford, Mass., where birds have fed on
overwintering larvae consistently in the springs of 1922, 1923 and
1924.

Throughout the infested area of Massachusetts there was
very little corn standing in the field during the winter of 1923-
1924. The condition of all the experiments was the same, there-
fore, in that practically no cornstalks other than the experiments
were to be found by the birds and for this reason there was no
influence brought to bear, as far as the extent of feeding was
concerned, by proximity of the experiments to infested cornfields.
Because of the general scarcity of standing corn during the
winter of 1923-1924 it might appear that a condition of con-
centrated feeding on the experimental material might result.
It does not seem that any such phenomenon took place, however,
because in the experiments examined in the spring of 1924, in no
case was the bird feeding found to be as extensive as on the

TABLE NO. 4.

The Extent of Bird Feeding on Experimental Material at Medford, Mass.,
on different dates in the Spring of 1924.

Date

Examined

Number

stalks

Number

expected

larvae

Number

larvae

recovered

Apparent
number
taken
by birds

Apparent
per cent
taken
by birds

IV-4-24

155

100

35-5

IV-11-24

155

53-

IV-17-24

155

60.

IV-24-24

155

108

30.3

V-2-24

155

I05

67.7

V-8-24

155

123

79-3

V- 1 5-24

155

137

88.4

42 Psyche [February

stalks of several cornfields examined in the spring of 1923 and
listed in table 2.

When birds feed in the spring on larvae contained in corn-
stalks that were piled up the previous fall and remained in such
condition through the winter, an interesting phenomenon is
frequently noticed. In the spring, larvae desert the wet corn-
stalks in the lower parts of such a pile, migrating to the dry stalks
above where conditions for transformation are much more
favorable. It is on the larvae contained in these dry stalks on
the top of the pile that birds such as grackles and blackbirds
feed extensively so that as the spring advances it is frequently
found that few larvae remain in the lower stalks of the pile
because of the migration of the stalks above, and a few larvae re-
main in the dry stocks on the top of the pile because birds have
shredded the stalks and removed a high percentage of them.
This condition has been found several times experimentally, and
has been noticed in several localities in the field where cornstalks
have passed the winter in piles.

Observations as to the extent of feeding by birds on larvae
in cornstalks standing undisturbed in the field in the spring of
1924 were possible in only a few localities, mostly in very small
lots of stalks because of a law in the state of Massachusetts
compelling all persons to destroy standing corn in the fall of
1923. Those found, for the most part in small back-yard gardens,
often showed evidence of extensive feeding by birds. Thus a
small plot of about 1,500 hills of standing corn in Wakefield,
Mass., showed that birds had removed a very high percentage
of the larvae from the stalks. In various localities stubble and
stalks lying on the ground were shredded and many larvae no
doubt removed. As far as these observations were possible,
they coincide with the results obtained in the experimental
work already described.

The question has been asked whether birds know that
infested cornstalks contain larvae or whether the feeding that
they do is more in the nature of an accident. Beside the ex-
periment at Medford, Mass., mentioned in table 3 from which
birds are credited with removing 68 per cent of the larvae a like
experiment was placed in the fall of 1923, similar in every respect

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvce of Corn Borer 43

except that the cornstalks showed no trace whatever of infes-
tation by the European corn borer. Spring examinations showed
that whereas birds had fed extensively on larvae in the infested
stalks, there were only one or two shallow incisions that might
be credited to birds in the stalks that were entirely free from
infestation by this insect. These uninfested stalks were, there-
fore, probably examined by the birds but the experiment showed
that they were soon undeceived as to the fact that these stalks,
although so much like the nearby infested ones in appearance,
contained no larvae of the corn borer. Field observations have
shown that birds also feed in the spring on the pupae of this insect,
the nature of the feeding being similar in every respect to that
described in the case of their feeding on larvae. In some cases
portions of the pupae remain in the burrows of the insect as if
the birds were not entirely pleased with the change that its
food supply had undergone.

These studies have been confined mostly to the feeding by
birds on the larvae of the European corn borer in the fall, winter
and spring, at which time the insect is in overwintering quarters
within the host plant, because no such extensive feeding has
been observed during the growing season. Adults of the insect
are active only at night, resting during the day on the under
sides of leaves unless disturbed when their flight is short and low
and is to the nearest cover from the seat of disturbance. The
larvae for the greater part of their lives feed hidden within the
food plants, leaving their burrows infrequently except during
the warmer nights of midsummer. It is known, however, that
birds readily take the adult of the insect although observations
seem to indicate that up to the present time they have not taken
larvae from growing plants in any noticeable numbers. On two
occasions, during studies of the capabilities of flight of the moths,
birds took the flying insects to such extent as to interfere seriously
with the success of the experiments. It is probable, therefore,
that the reason that they do not feed more extensively on the
moths is not because of any distaste for them, but because of
the inactivity of the moths during the hours of sunlight.

Since the larvae of the European corn borer in the over-
wintering condition are nearly destitute of hairs and the skin is

Psyche

[February

rather thin and sparingly chitinized, they are ideal food for birds.
Furthermore, at this time of the year the body of the larva is
filled with so-called fat body so that the insect becomes food of
the highest value with only a small portion of waste matter.
The larvae in standing stalks, during times of heavy infestation,
provide a plentiful supply of food for birds, such as woodpeckers,
during the winter, provided the stalks are not completely covered
with snow, at a time when other food is scarce. They also provide
a source of food for migrating insectivorous birds in the spring,
especially those arriving early before other insects become active
and available in abundance. There is, therefore, every reason
to hope that birds will take advantage of this food supply to the
benefit not only of themselves, but also of man. This they may
readily do, provided that they are able to locate the larvae in
the stalks, as these experiments seem to indicate they are doing
more and more, and if they are able to remove the larvae from
the stalks after finding them, a feat of which not all insectivorous
birds will be capable. However, there is ample evidence to
indicate that their industry may help to hold the insect partially
in check, or even so to reduce its numbers in some localities
during the winter and spring that damage by the species may
not be extensive enough to cause heavy loss to crops in such
localities the following summer.

Summary.

Evidence of feeding by birds on larvae of the European corn
borer has been found each spring for several years in New Eng-
land. Such work was of two distinct types; the work of wood-
peckers, particularly the downy woodpecker, which drills holes
into standing stalks in order to reach the overwintering larvae
of this insect; and work by grackles, blackbirds, starlings and
other species which shred stalks that have fallen over and devour
the hiding larvae.

For the most part such feeding by birds has been confined
to localities that have been heavily infested for several years,
the extent of such feeding having been found to vary greatly,
but counts have shown that in some fields of sweet corn over

1925] Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Larvae of Corn Borer 45

90 per cent of the overwintering larvae have been removed from
the stalks.

Experiments where infested cornstalks were placed in rep-
resentative localities in the infested area of New England in the
fall of 1922 and 1923 were examined the following spring in each
case, before larvae had become active. These experiments were
for the purpose of determining whether or not the habit of
feeding on larvae of this insect was general. The experiments
examined in the spring of 1923 showed that of 18 localities the
cornstalks of which were recovered in good condition, birds had
fed extensively on larvae contained in the cornstalks of 5 locali-
ties, the proportion of larvae credited to such feeding ranging
from 12 percent to 84 per cent, and averaging 61 per cent for
these 5 localities and 17 per cent for the whole 18 experiments.
Examined in the spring of 1924 showed that of 47 local-
ities the cornstalks of which were recovered in good
condition, birds had fed extensively on the larvae contained in
the cornstalks of 16 localities, the extent of such feeding ranging
from 19 percent to 78.5 per cent. The average proportion of
larvae taken from these 16 localities was 54 per cent and the
average of larvae taken from the whole number of 47 localities
was 19 per cent. The feeding, which was mostly the work of
woodpeckers, was found to be over a much more extended area
in the spring of 1924 than in the spring of 1923.

Feeding by woodpeckers on the larvae of this insect over-
wintering in sunflower, ( Helianthus annuus L.), Princesplume
(Polygonum orientate L.), Polygonum sp., and cocklebur (Xan-
thium spp.) have also been found in experiments and in barnyard
grass (Echinochloa crusgalli L.) and cocklebur ( Xanthium spp.)
in the field.

The importance of the feeding by birds on overwintering
larvae of this insect at the present time, taking the infested area
in New England as a whole, is not great, but in small areas the
importance of their feeding must be considerable, since these
small areas are often very heavily infested. The important
point at present is that birds are finding the overwintering larvae
of the corn borer, that they are feeding on them, and that such
feeding seems to be on the increase.

Psyche

[February

Explanation of Plate I.

At left. The appearance of corn stalks after woodpeckers have fed on
the larvae of the European corn borer that the stalks harbored. The section
to the right shows the holes made by these birds in reaching the larvae.
The two sections to the left are of one corn stalk split open to show the
condition of the center of the stalk, all the larvae having been removed by
these birds.

At right. Corn stalks infested by the European corn borer showing
the appearance of the stalks after birds such as blackbirds and grackles
have broken them open and devoured the larvae that they contained.

PSYCHE 1925 VOL, XXXI'. PLATE I.

BARBER— EUROPEAN CORN BORER.

1925]

A New Species of the Genus Gaurax

A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS GAURAX.

By Charles W. Johnson.

Boston Society of Natural History.

Gaurax dorri sp. nov.

Upper part of front, vertex, and occiput dull black, with
short black hairs, lower part of front and orbits yellow, face
whitish, oral margin above black, cheeks with a narrow black
line which extends as a faint brownish line to the base of the
antennae, the latter yellow, the margin of the third joint and
arista dark brown. Thorax and pleura black, shining, with two
small yellow spots near the base of the scutellum, the latter
yellow, the disc slightly darkened. Abdomen black, shining,
the middle of the first segment and venter yellow, in the female
the first segment is entirely yellow. Front coxae black, middle
and hind coxae yellow, femora black, with bases and apices
yellow, front and middle tibiae and tarsi yellow, posterior tibiae
black, first and second joints of the posterior tarsi yellow, the
others black. Halteres yellow. Wings hyaline. Length 2 mm.

Holotype and allotype, Great Pond, Mt. Desert, Maine,
June 27, 1922 (C. W. Johnson). In the collection of the Boston
Society of Natural History. The species is dedicated to Mr.
George B. Dorr, Director of the Lafayette National Park, who
has greatly aided in the work on the insect fauna of Mt. Desert.

Psyche

[February

NEW NEOTROPICAL THYSANOPTERA COLLECTED BY
C. B. WILLIAMS.

By J. Douglas Hood,

University of Rochester.

The present paper brings forward several new genera and a
number of new species collected by Mr. C. B. Williams during
his residence in Trinidad from 1916 to 1919 and also during a
short trip to the Lesser Antilles in March and April 1915.

It was originally intended by Mr. Williams that the material
be worked up by us jointly; but my own delay in getting at the
task until he had been appointed to the distant post of Ento-
mologist to the Egyptian Ministry of Agriculture has made such
co-operative work seem inadvisable. During his various visits
to the United States the systematic position of many of the
genera and species was worked out by Mr. Williams and ten-
tative manuscript names assigned. These names have been
retained except in the case of several of the more interesting and
conspicuous forms which, I think, are better named after their
collector in recognition of his exceedingly valuable work on this
group of insects.

The following descriptions are preliminary to other papers
in press or in preparation, and are published at this time in order
that the worth of this splendid collection — certainly the largest
ever brought out of tropical America — may not be lessened by
the otherwise inevitable loss of priority in many of the names.

The holotypes, allotypes, and a portion of the paratypes
have most generously been placed by Mr. Williams in my col-
lection.

Stomatothrips septenarius sp. nov.

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.4 mm. Color
testaceous, with head, prothorax, two pterothoracic transverse
bands (one near middle and one at base), abdominal segments
3-9, all tibiae and tarsi, and antennal segments 4-9, blackish
brown; antennal segments 1-3 yellowish white, 4 paler basally;
fore wings pale gray-brown, with two white cross bands, one
narrow and at basal sixth, the other wider and at apical seventh,

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

intermediate brown area somewhat paler at middle; hind wings
light gray with two pale bands corresponding in position with
those on fore wings. Maxillary palpi sei;en-segmented, the basal
segment large; labial palpi five-segmented, the basal segment
short. Fore wings somewhat expanded apically, broadest at
apical sixth, where they are about 1.6 times as wide as at basal
fourth.

Trinidad and St. Thomas; C. B. Williams; taken by sweep-
ing.

The seven-segmented maxillary palpi, the dark brown
fourth antennal segment and the narrower fore wings distinguish
this species at once from S. flavus Hood, the type of the genus,
to which it bears a close superficial resemblance.

Frankliniella parvula sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Color
light brown, apex of abdomen darkest; femora usually brown,
much paler at apex, tibiae and tarsi pale yellowish gray; antennae
with segments 1, 2 and 478 brown, 2 darkest, 3 light yellowish
gray, 4 and 5 paler basally; wings pale brownish, narrowly
lighter along median line; ocellar pigment dull orange. Head
about 1.33 times as wide as long. Segment 2 of antennae slightly
thickened on dorsum at apex and bearing 2 rather prominent
dark bristles; length of antennal segments in microns: 1, 24; 2,
36; 3, 75; 4, 51; 5, 39; 6, 53; 7, 10; 8, 17.

Male (macropterous). — Pale yellow, with a gray-brown
blotch at middle of abdominal tergites 2-8; wings almost clear;
antennae nearly white, segments 4 and 5 tipped with gray, 6-8
gray.

Trinidad, Grenada, Panama, and Costa Rica; C. B. Wil-
liams; on cacao, in various flowers, etc.

Easily recognized by the long third antennal segment. The
prolongation of the second segment can be seen to advantage
only when viewed from the side.

Psyche

[February

Frankliniella nigricauda sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.4 mm. Color

bright orange-yellow, head paler, abdomen shading from yellow
at base to dark blackish brown or black in apical segments.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; swept.

The coloration is unique in the genus.

Anaphothrips bicinctus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.0 mm. Color
dark brown (tip of abdomen darkest), with prothorax, ab-
dominal segments 3-6, legs and segments 3 and 4 of antennae,
abruptly pale yellow; segment 5 of antennae gray, 6-8 dark
brown; wings light gray, with a dark, brownish band across
fore wings from basal fifth to near middle.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; swept.

Very close to A. alternans (Bagnall), but separable by the
smaller size and the coloration of the abdomen.

Astrothrips angulatus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.0 mm. Dorsal
surface deeply reticulate. Color yellowish brown, with base of
abdomen and sides of pterothorax darker; abdominal segments
8 and 9 with a distal gray band; antennae yellow, with segments
1 and 2 darker and apices of segments 4, 5 and 6, and all of seg-
ment 7, brownish; fore legs yellow, the femora and tibiae brown-
ish at sides, especially near middle; middle and hind femora
and middle tibiae brown, yellow at either end; middle and hind
tarsi and hind tibiae yellow, the last clouded with brown in
apical third; fore wings brown, with three transverse, narrow,
white bands, situated at basal fifth, apical two-fifths, and ex-
treme apex, respectively. Vertex slightly elevated but not at
all produced or overhanging. Antennae seven-segmented; seg-
ment 1 short, subcylindrical, about as broad as long; 2 the
broadest in entire antenna, goblet-shaped, pedicellate; 3 slender,
vasiform, pedicellate, about four times as long as wide; 4 about

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

0.8 as long as 3 and somewhat stouter; 5 about 0.7 as long as 4
and of the same width, oval, pedicellate; 6 equal in length to 5
but more slender, of the same form but inverted, the pedicel
being apical and delimited by an oblique transverse line; 7
shorter, very slender; sense cones simple. Pro thorax three-
fourths as long as head. Abdomen strongly and sharply cons-
tricted beyond base of segment 2, which is the longest in entire
abdomen; 10 tubular, about 0.7 as wide at base as long, divided
above by a longitudinal suture.

Grenada, Guadeloupe and Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on
cacao, an unidentified creeper and fustic ( Chlorophora tinctoria).

Readily known by the seven-segmented antennae with
simple sense cones, the non-produced vertex, and the short
prothorax, which is angulate at the sides.

Astrothrips constrictus sp. nov_

Female (macropterous).— Length about 1.1 mm. Dorsal
surface deeply reticulate. Color yellowish brown, paler at
middle of pterothorax and in last three abdominal segments;
segment 10 of abdomen nearly black in apical third; antennae
yellow, with segments 1 and 2 darkened with brown, and apical
three-fifths of segment 5 and all of segment 6 unevenly darkened
with blackish brown; femora brown; tibiae brown, narrowly
yellow at either end; tarsi yellow; fore wings brown at base
(scale darker) and with brown blotches of varying lengths scat-
tered along veins, these blotches forming more or less distinct
transverse bands at basal third and apical fourth; ring vein at
extreme tip of wing dark brown. Vertex produced, overhanging
the insertion of antennae. Antennae six-segmented; segment 1
short, subcylindrical, about as broad as long; 2 broadest in
entire antenna, goblet-shaped, pedicellate; 3 slender, vasiform,
pedicellate, fully five times as long as wide; 4 somewhat more
than half as long as 3 and slightly stouter, subfusiform, pedi-
cellate, with an oblique, transverse line beyond middle; 6 about
one-third as long as 5, slender; sense cones slender, those on
segments 3 and 4 bifurcate beyond base. Abdomen strongly
and sharply constricted beyond base of segment 2, which is the

Psyche

[February

longest in the entire abdomen; 10 strongly constricted at basal
fourth, widened beyond, and narrowed again at apex, divided
above by a longitudinal suture.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on Lantana sp.

Recognizable at once by the basal constriction of the tenth
abdominal segment and the six-segmented antennae with their
Y-shaped sense cones.

Goremothrips gen. nov.

(K opeya, a broom; Opajy, a wood worm.)

Body and all appendages very slender, and all bristles of
monstrous size, hooked and pinnatifid apically. Head with two
pairs of such bristles, one interocellar and the other postocellar;
prothorax with two at each of its four angles. Wings very narrow;
median vein of fore wing fused with costa, the strengthened
anterior margin armed with about fifteen of the usual tremendous
bristles disposed in two series, one inclined forward and the
other backward; fringing hairs weak and sparse. Segment 9 of
abdomen with two pairs of enlarged bristles, segment 10 with
one pair.

Genotype : Coremothrips pallidus sp. nov.

A striking genus, of undoubted affinities with Scolothripst
but far more extreme than even that bizarre form in the de-
velopment of the bristles of the body and fore wings.

Coremothrips pallidus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous) .^Length about 0.9 mm. Color
uniform, pale yellowish white.

Trinidad, Panama, and St. Vincent; C. B. Williams; on
leaves of cacao and avocado pear.

Plesiothrips octarthrus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 0.9 mm. Head,
prothorax and abdomen brown, the latter darker posteriorly;
pterothorax pale brownish yellow; legs pale yellow; antennae

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

uniform dark brown, somewhat darker than head, except seg-
ment 3 which is pale brown, with pedicel and apex pale gray;
wings brown, the fore pair without pale band at base, but with
an indistinct, narrow, median, pale streak. Antennae 8-seg-
mented; segment 3 decidedly less than twice as long as wide.
Segment 10 of abdomen divided above.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; no further data.

An undoubted Plesiothrips, remarkable for the distinctly
eight-segmented antennae.

Plesiothrips amblycauda sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Color
brown, head darkest, prothorax with bright crimson subhypo-
dermal pigmentation; femora brown, the fore pair yellow at
apex; tibiae gray, fading to pale yellow apically; tarsi pale
yellow; antennae dark brown, about concolorous with head,
except segment 3, which has the pedicel and apex pale gray;
wings dark brown, without pale band at base. Segment 3 of
antennae more than twice as long as wide. Segment 10 of ab-
domen not divided above. Ovipositor extremely minute, ves-
tigial, entirely functionless; tip of abdomen rounded, rather
than conical.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on leaf of Arum lily.

The long third antennal segment and the undivided tenth
abdominal segment, together with the dark coloration, make
this a very distinct species. It is a true Plesiothrips, with an-
tennae presumably seven-segmented, though the extreme tips of
both are missing in the unique type.

Merothrips cognatus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.0 mm. Very close
indeed to M. fusciceps Hood and Williams, but with head
smaller (width 0.105 mm.) and eyes larger, these prolonged on
ventral surface to a point directly beneath posterior dorsal
margin of head, and about, equal in width to their interval;
tooth on fore tibia minute.

Psyche

[February

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (/*) 18 33 36 32 20 25 27 33

Width 0) 29 27 22 23 17 17 16 13

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on dead branch of Lagerstroemia
infested with bromeliads.

This species is separable from williamsi Priesner, described
from Paraguay, by the much shorter and stouter antennal
segments, particularly the fourth, which in williamsi is nearly
twice as long as wide.

Adraneothrips gen. nov.

(aspavrjs, feeble; Opi\p, a wood worm.)

Allied to Haplothrips, but wings narrowed and parallel-sided
beyond base, not constricted at middle, sparsely fringed. Body
weakly chitinized. Eyes often prolonged on ventral surface of
head. Terminal segment of antenna long and slender, not
closely united to 7.

Genotype : Haplothrips (?) tibialis Hood. The species des-
cribed by Hood and Williams as Haplothrips (?) bellus also belongs
here, together with the five new species described below.

Adraneothrips simulator sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Bicolo-
rous; thorax and all of abdomen except tube pale yellow, with a
band of bright crimson subhypodermal pigmentation along each
side, broadest in pterothorax and abdominal segments 4 and 5;
head and tube light brown, segments 8 and 9 of abdomen lightly
shaded with brown; antennae with most of segment 3 and base
of 4 pale; tibiae pale yellow or grayish white; femora shaded
with brown. Eyes prolonged on ventral surface of head beyond
their posterior dorsal margins; anterior marginal bristles of
prothorax long and knobbed.

Male (macropterous). — Smaller and more slender than
female.

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; “along midrib on under surface
of leaves of undetermined plant.”

Like A. alternatus in color, but with the eyes distinctly
prolonged on ventral surface of head.

Adraneothrips abdominalis sp. nov.

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.1 mm. Bico-
lorous; head, thorax, and abdominal segments 1 and 7-10
brown, head darkest, no subhypodermal pigmentation; antennse
with most of segment 3 and bases of 4-6 pale; segments 2-6
of abdomen pale yellow, or 6 lightly brownish; tibiae pale yel-
low or grayish white; femora not, or only slightly, darker. Eyes
prolonged on ventral surface of head beyond their posterior
dorsal margins. Anterior marginal bristles of prothorax long
and knobbed.

St. Thomas, West Indies; C. B. Williams; grass.

Easily separable by the abdominal coloration and prolonged

eyes.

Adraneothrips alternatus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Bico-
lorous; head, pterothorax and abdominal segments 4 and 5 and
8-10 light brown, much darker than intervening portions and
with bright crimson subhypodermal pigmentation; prothorax
pale yellow, with a narrow band of crimson pigmentation along
sides; legs pale; antennae with bases of segments 3-6 pale. Head
1.1 times as long as wide; eyes not prolonged on ventral surface
of head, about equal in width to their interval and nearly as long
as their distance from posterior margin of head.

Male (macropterous). — Smaller and more slender than
female, and usually paler in coloration; segment 8 of abdomen
usually much paler than 9, often concolorous with paler portions
of abdomen.

Trinidad and Panama; C. B. Williams; common on dead
banana leaves, on upper side along midrib.

Psyche

[February

Adraneothrips fuscicollis sp. nov

Female .(macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Bico-
locous; head, prothorax, pterothorax and abdominal segments
4 and 5 and 8-10 brown, much darker than the intervening
portions and with bright crimson subhypodermal pigmentation;
legs pale: antennae with most of segment 3 and bases of 4-6 pale.
Head nearly as wide as long; eyes not prolonged on ventral
surface of head, three-fourths as long as their distance from
posterior margin of head, about two-thirds as wide as their
interval.

St. Lucia, British West Indies; C. B. Williams; from mis-
cellaneous bushes.

Adraneothrips uniformis sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Uni-
colorous; pale brown, with bright crimson subhypodermal pig-
mentation at front and along sides of head, throughout thorax,
along sides of abdomen, and in last two abdominal segments;
antennae nearly uniform brown, segment 3 paler basally; legs
brown, with trochanters, tarsi, and both ends of all tibiae, pale.
Head 1.09 times as long as wide; eyes not prolonged on ventral
surface of head, about equal in width to their interval and only
slightly more than one half as long as their distance from posterior
margin of head.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on dead banana leaves with A.
alternatus.

Zygothrips speciosus sp. nov.

Male (macropterous). — Length about 1.0 mm. Color dark
brown, with abdominal segments 1-6, all tibiae and tarsi, and
antennal segments 3-5, clear pale yellow, almost white; segment
2 of antennae pale apically, 6 pale in basal half; wings nearly
colorless. Postocular bristles nearly pointed. Prothorax with
distinct bristles at posterior angles only, outer pair broadly dilated
at tip, inner pair nearly pointed.

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

St. Croix, Dutch (now American) West Indies; C. B. Wil-
liams; from grass.

The only species of the genus so colored.

Hindsiana rhopalocera sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Color
yellow; head decidedly darkened with brown, particularly an-
teriorly; prothorax and sides of pterothorax lightly brownish;
abdomen shading to pale grayish brown in segments 8 and 9;
tube nearly black except for a narrow, pale, brown band at base
and one of equal width at apex; legs uniform pale yellow;
antennae yellow in segments 1-3, uniform dark blackish brown
beyond, segment 1 shaded with brownish basally; wings faintly
yellowish at base, nearly clear beyond. Head about 1.3 times as
long as wide, cheeks parallel; eyes less than one-fourth as long
as head, about two-thirds as wide as their interval; postocular
bristles long, broadly dilated apically; antennae with segments
7 and 8 compactly united to form a heavy club which is twice
the length of segment 6, segment 8 less than half as long as 7,
which is distinctly the longest in entire antenna. Prothorax
with all bristles present, subequal to or shorter than postoculars
and similarly dilated; median thickening distinct. Wings of fore
pair without accessory hairs; outer subbasal bristle short and
pointed, others dilated, about as long as those at anterior angles
of prothorax. Tube about 0.6 as long as head, less than twice
as long as basal width, which is less than twice the apical; sides
somewhat concave; terminal bristles more than twice the length
of tube.

Guadeloupe, French West Indies; C. B. Williams; from an
undetermined plant.

The structure of the last two antennal segments distinguish
this species from its congeners.

Trichothrips calcaratus sp. nov.

Female (apterous). — Length about 2.3 mm. Color brownish
yellow, with prothorax, pterothorax and basal three-fourths of

Psyche

[February

tube darkened with brown; extreme tip of tube light gray;
abdominal segments 3-8 with a dark brown transverse band on
upper surface near base; antennal segments 1 and 2, and basal
half of segment 3, yellow and concolorous with head, remainder
of antenna dark blackish brown except for the yellowish pedicels
of segments 4 and 5; hypodermal pigmentation orange, opaque.
Head with two, more or less evident, setose lateral tubercles
just behind eyes. Fore tibia produced at lower, inner surface of
apex to form a flattened, obtuse spur which is about one-third as
long as width of tibia; fore tarsus with a large, straight, acute
tooth. Tube 0.75 as long as head.

Male (apterous). — Much like female, but with the two
lateral tubercles just behind eyes well-developed and usually
very prominent. Fore tibia with an acute, additional projection
on inner surface of apex, directly above the flattened, obtuse
spur; fore tarsus with the tooth longer than width of tarsus.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from dead branch of Lager s-
troemia infested with Bromeliads, and from bamboo.

The form of the head is suggestive of T. flavicauda Morgan.
It is the only species of the genus with strongly armed fore tibiae.

Eurythrips collaris sp. nov.

Male (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Color
blackish brown with purple subhypodermal pigmentation;
legs paler, mid and hind tibiae and all tarsi, pale yellow, fore
tibiae shaded with brown. Antennae with basal half of segment
3, basal third of 4, and basal fourth of 5 pale yellow. Vertex
sharply conical. Antennae long and slender, all segments elon-
gated. Mouth cone long, fully attaining posterior margin of
prosternum. Bristles long, knobbed; prothorax with anterior
angulars wanting, all others present, anterior marginals shortest.
Fore tarsus unarmed. Wings slender, sparsely fringed, 2 or 3
accessory bristles. Tube very much shorter than head.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from dead tree in forest.

The only species of the genus without long bristles at the
anterior angles of the prothorax.

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

Eurythrips gracilicornis sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. General
color yellow, with pterothorax and tube dark brown; head
brownish yellow, shading to dark brown at sides; legs nearly
uniform yellow, femora lightly shaded with brown; abdomen
brownish at sides and apically; antennae brown (excepting
segment 3 which is clear yellow), segments 1 and 2 darkest, 1
paler at base, 2 paler at apex, 4-6 paler at base and apex. All
segments of antennae, excepting 1 and 2, very long and slender
for the genus, 4 and 5 three times as long as wide. Mouth cone
very short, broadly rounded, hardly attaining middle of pros-
ternum. Bristles long and dilated at apex; prothorax with
anterior angulars well developed and anterior marginals wanting.
Fore tarsus with a long, hooked tooth. Wings brown, fore pair
without accessory bristles. Tube very much shorter than head.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; swept.

Distinguishable by the short mouth cone and tube, and the
slender antennae.

Lissothrips breviceps sp. nov.

Female (brachypterous). — Length about 0.9 mm. Color
dark brown with red subhypodermal pigmentation; segments
1, 2 and 4-8 of antennae nearly concolorous with body, 2. slightly
paler, 3 light gray, much the palest in entire antenna; legs dark,
tarsi slightly paler. Head hardly 0.8 as long as wide; segment 3
of antennae conspicuously small and weak. Prothorax with all
bristles present and broadly dilated at tip. Fore tarsus unarmed.
Tube about 0 . 8 as long as head, 1 . 4 times as long as basal
width, which is distinctly more than twice the apical.

Male (brachypterous). — Essentially like female but smaller.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from dead branches.

The antennal coloration, short head, and short, broad tube
are distinctive.

Psyche

[February

Lissothrips pallipes sp. nov.

Female (apterous). — Length about 1.1 mm. Color shading
from bright yellow in anterior half of head, through yellowish
brown at sides and posterior part of head and in thorax, to nearly
black in abdominal segments 5-10, tube brown in apical two-
fifths; legs and antennal segments 1 and 2 bright yellow; anten-
nae shading from yellowish gray in segment 3 to dark brown at
tip. Head about 1.1 times as long as wide. Prothorax with
anterior marginal bristles wanting, anterior angulars short, mid-
laterals shorter than postoculars and shorter than the two pairs
at the posterior angles, all bristles pointed. Fore tarsus unarmed.
Tube less than 0.8 as long as head and 1.4 times as long as
basal width, which is distinctly less than twice the apical.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from faggots and branches.

The coloration, long head and pointed bristles readily
distinguish this species.

Williamsiella gen. nov.

Head and thorax very small; abdomen exceedingly large
and broad. Eyes small. Antennae 7-segmented; segment 3
very small, shorter and narrower than any of the following
segments. Mouth cone long, broadly rounded at tip, fore tarsus
unarmed.

Genotype : Williamsiella bicoloripes sp. nov.

Evidently a derivative of Lissothrips. Separable by the
7-segmented antennae.

Williamsiella bicoloripes sp. nov.

Female (apterous). — Length about 0.9 mm. Color nearly
u&iforbri dark blackish brown, tube paler apically; segments 1
and 2 of antennae and all femora decidedly paler, the femora
somewhat darker in basal half or more; all tibiae and tarsi and
antennal segments 3-7 (except the pale pedicel of 3) dark black-
ish brown. Head wider than long; postocular bristles pointed,
equal in length to head. Prothorax decidedly longer than head,

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

with prominent pointed bristles at posterior angles only, the
outer pair much longer than prothorax. Fore tarsus unarmed.
Tube more than half as long as head, nearly as wide at base as
long (!).

Male (apterous). — Like female in all essential respects, but
smaller.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on faggots.

Easily known by the seven-segmented antennse, long-
bristles, exceedingly short and broad tube, and the coloration of
the legs and antennse.

Plectrothrips impatiens sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1 .7 mm. Prothorax
with midlateral and anterior marginal bristles longer than post-
oculars. Antennal segments 3-5 each with five (!) sense cones,
6 with three.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on cacao leaf.

The only species of the genus with well-developed midlateral
and anterior angular bristles on the prothorax, and the only one
with more than three sense cones on any antennal segment.

Pristothrips gen. nov.

(777KST1?, a saw; OpL\f/, a wood worm.)

Head much longer than wide, cheeks with one or two strong-
bristles at basal third or two-fifths; eyes large, much wider than
their interval, reniform as seen from above and very closely
facetted; intermediate antennal segments moderately elongated,
clavate, sense cones not unusually long; mouth cone slender,
long and pointed. Fore femora enlarged in both sexes, always
with a large subapical tooth on inner surface, sometimes with a
row of small teeth basally; fore tibise with several (3-8 in the
two known species) strong teeth on inner surface; fore tarsus
with one long tooth. Wings broad, narrower apically, not cons-
tricted at middle, without venation. Tube' shorter than head.

Genotype : Pristothrips aaptus sp. nov.

Psyche

[February

Strongly suggestive of A canthothrips and its allies in the
armature of the apex of the fore femur and the general details of
body structure, but differing from them all in having the fore
tibiae armed with several teeth. In several respects it approaches
Machatothrips , in which, however,' the fore tibiae are unarmed.
Ischyrothrips and Macrothrips lack the subapical femoral tooth.
Eupathithrips has the prominent femoral tooth, but the cheeks
are set with large spiniferous tubercles, and the urn-shaped
intermediate antennal segments are provided with exceedingly
long, slender, sense cones.

Pristothrips albipunctatus sp. nov.

Male (macropterous). — Length 3.0 mm. Color dark brown,
abdominal segments 3-7 each with a pair of small, snow-white,
lateral spots; intermediate antennal segments yellow, irregularly
mottled with brown, 4-6 with a touch of dark blackish brown at
extreme base; femora brown; fore tibiae yellow, mottled with
brown, mid and hind tibiae brown, distinctly yellowish at either
end; tarsi yellow. Head about 1.8 times as long as wide, with
two pairs of long, stout bristles in basal two-fifths of cheeks, the
apical bristle longer. Prothorax about 0.6 as long as head;
bristles at anterior angles exceedingly slender, nearly as long as
prothorax, blunt; bristles at posterior angles two-thirds as long,
much stouter, blunt; all other bristles wanting. Fore wings
with about 30 accessory hairs; two outer subbasal bristles long
and pointed, the other shorter and blunt. Fore femur with two
subapical teeth on inner surface, the basal one largest and tri-
angular; fore tibia with a row of three large, stout teeth along
inner surface, the basal one paired with a fourth one standing
alone in another row; fore tarsus with a very long, stout, straight
tooth. Tube two-thirds as long as head, 2.5 times as long as
basal width, which is fully twice the apical.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on bark and faggots.

Pristothrips aaptus sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length 3.2 mm. Color dark brown
or black, with intermediate antennal segments irregularly slightly

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

paler; legs concolorous with body. Head about 1.9 times as
long as wide, as broad across eyes as at middle, narrowed to base,
with a pair of long, stout bristles at basal two-fifths of cheeks.
Prothorax about 0.4 as long as head, anterior margin deeply
roundly emarginate, posterior margin perfectly straight; bristles
at anterior angles dilated apically, very short, shorter than those
at posterior two-fifths of cheeks; one pair of bristles at posterior
angles, four times as long as those at anterior angles and dilated
apically: all other bristles wanting. Fore wings with about 35
accessory hairs on posterior margin; outer subbasal bristle long
and pointed, others shorter, dilated at tip. Fore femora with
two subapical teeth on inner surface, the basal one largest and
triangular, and followed by a row of about eight smaller, spiniferous
tubercles, of which the basal is decidedly the largest; fore tibiae
with a row of 7 or 8 strong teeth along inner surface, the apical
one longest, the others successively shorter; fore tarsus with a
longer, stout, straight tooth. Tube three-fourths as long as head,
fully 2.5 times as long as basal width, which is more than twice
the apical.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on cacao.

The more distal of the two subapical teeth on the inner
surface of the fore femur could easily be overlooked in a dark
specimen, or one in which the femur is not in just the right
position.

Neurothrips williams! sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.9 mm. Very

close to N. magnafemoralis (Hinds) in general structure and in
color, but without the femoral tooth of that species. Tube one-
half as long as head, uniform blackish brown; segment 9 of
abdomen pale brown.

Panama; C. B. Williams; on faggots.

Macrophthalmothrips williams! sp. nov.

Female (macropterous).— -Length about 1.4 mm. Color

yellowish white, with the space between eyes, and abdominal

Psyche

[February

segments 6-10, abruptly nearly black; antennae nearly white,
with segment 2 at sides, all of 5 except pedicel, and all of 7-8
dark brown; legs nearly white, mid and hind tibiae with a narrow
ring of gray near middle; cup of tarsi dark; wings colorless;
eyes bright red, a dash of brown behind each; mesothorax
lightly marked with brown at sides; metathorax with a brown
spot at middle of metascutum and one at each posterior angle;
abdominal segments 2 and 3 each with two pairs of minute brown
dots, one pair latero-dorsal, the other latero-ventral ; segment 4
with the latero-ventral pair only; segments 6-10 with bright red
subhypodermal pigmentation,

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; on dead branch of Lagerstroemia.

A very beautiful species, as strikingly colored, perhaps, as
any in the family. Named after Mr. C. B. Williams, its dis-
coverer.

Cryptothrips gradatus sp. nov

Female (brachypterous). — Length about 1.6 mm. Color
yellow; abdomen shading from brownish yellow in segment 2 to
nearly black in basal three-fifths of tube, apex of tube pale; head
in front of eyes, and first two antennal segments brownish yellow;
segment 3 of antennae brown, pedicel yellowish; 4-8 dark blackish
brown; legs uniform yellow. Head 1 . 5 times as long as wide,
narrowed behind eyes and at base; eyes small, composed of a few
large, separated facets; ocelli wanting; postocular and post-
ocellar bristles subequal, knobbed; dorsum of head with a pair
of pointed bristles behind postoculars. Segment 8 of antennae
conical, closely united to 7. Fore tarsi unarmed. Prothoracic
bristles all present, knobbed, those at posterior angles longer
than postoculars, others subequal to postoculars. Tube about
0 . 6 as long as head, less than twice as long as width at base, which
is somewhat more than twice the apical.

Tobago, British West Indies; C. B. Williams; from grass.

A true Cryptothrips, allied to C. icarus Uzel, but readily
known by the color, and the form of the last antennal segment.

1925]

New Neotropical Thysanoptera

Cryptothrips acuticornis sp. nov.

Female , forma macroptera. — Length about 1 . 6 mm. Color
nearly uniform dark brown, head somewhat darker than rest of
body; tarsi, fore tibiae and articulations of legs paler, as is also
the apical portion of segment 2 of the antennae and all of segment
3 except the brown apex and a barely perceptible shading at
basal two-fifths; segments 4 and 8 of antennae uniform dark
brown. Head very slightly longer than wide, roundly converging
from eyes to base; vertex tumid; eyes more than one-third as
long as head, slightly more than one-half as wide as their interval;
ocelli small, widely separated; postocular bristles blunt but not
dilated at tip; postocellars and mid-dorsal pair minute. Segment
8 of antennae long and slender, four times as long as greatest
width, not pedicellate. Fore tarsi unarmed. Wings not narrowed
at middle, brownish at extreme base; fore pair with 6 or 7 ac-
cessory hairs and with only two subbasal bristles, which are
blunt at apex. Prothoracic bristles all present, hardly pointed,
the two pairs at posterior angles longest and subequal to post-
oculars. Tube 0.9 as long as head, more than twice as long as
width at base, which is somewhat less than twice the apicftl #

Female , forma brachyptera. — Almost indistinguishable from
the macropterous form save for the short wings.

Male (brachypterous) . — Decidedly paler than female, the
tube and head dark brown and the intervening portion brownish
yellow, darker posteriorly. Fore tarsus armed.

St. Croix and Barbados, West Indies; C. B. Williams; from
grass.

A true Cryptothrips. The structure of the terminal antennal
segment is distinctive.

Cryptothrips connaticornis sp. nov.

Male (macropterous). — 'Length about 1.4 mm. Color
bright yellow, with anterior part of head and all of prothorax
brown; mesothorax brownish at sides and along anterior margin;
abdomen lightly shaded with brown in basal three or four seg-

Psyche

[February

ments; tube yellow, tipped with gray; subhypodermal pigmen-
tation maroon red, disposed in head, thorax and abdomen
wherever they are shaded with brown and also along sides of
abdomen; antennae bright yellow in segments 1 and 2, segment
3 grayish at tip, 4 shading from yellowish gray at base to brownish
gray apically, remaining segments successively darker, 5 and 6
somewhat lightened basallv, 7-8 dark blackish brown; mid and
hind femora yellowish gray, remainder of legs clear yellow. Body
bristles expanded but not divided at apex.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from faggots.

Structurally almost indistinguishable from the North
American Cryptothrips junctus Hood. The figures of that species
given in the Canadian Entomologist, Yol. XLIV, p. 140, 1912,
would serve almost equally well for this. The coloration, how-
ever, is utterly different.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 2.1 mm. Color
brown, head darker than thorax, abdomen shading to black in
tube; legs yellow, femora and tibiae somewhat darkened with
brown, mid and hind tarsi slightly darker; antennae with segments
1 and 2 about concolorous with legs, 1 darker, 2 paler at apex;

3 pale yellowish white in basal sixth, bright lemon yellow in
apical two-fifths, darkly shaded with blackish brown between;

4 bright yellow in apical three-fifths, remainder darkened with
brown; 5 brown basally and apically, brownish yellow at middle;
6 brown, with a yellowish tinge, particularly at middle; 7 and 8
dark blackish brown. Head 1.2 times as long as wide; cheeks
slightly rounded, with three prominent bristles; segment 8 of
antennae inserted on ventral surface of apex of 7. Prothorax
about 0.6 as long as head; two pairs of bristles at posterior
angles moderately long and pointed, others short. Fore tarsus
with a long, stout, curved tooth. Wings short, broad, nearly
colorless, fore pair with 12 or 13 accessory hairs; subbasal
bristles subequal, short, pointed. Tube about equal in length to
head, fully 2.5 times as long as basal width and 2.3 times as
wide at base as at the abruptly constricted apex.

Barythrips heterocerus sp. nov.

1925]

New N eotropical Thysanoptera

St. Thomas, West Indies; C. B. Williams; swept from grass
and in epiphytic bromeliad on tree.

Male (brachypterous) . — Very much like female in color and
structure, but smaller and slenderer.

I am not perfectly satisfied with the assignment of this
species to Barythrips , but have put it here until the female of
Barythrips sculpticauda Hood and Williams shall have been
made known. Both species agree in most of the important
details of structure, and furthermore have the intermediate
antennal segments dark at base and pale apically — ah inversion
of color pattern which is unusual. The mode of insertion of the
eighth antennal segment in heterocerus is of interest.

Pygothrips conifer sp. nov.

Female (macropterous) . — -Length about 1.3 mm. Brown,
shading to almost black in segments 8 and 9 of abdomen; tarsi
and articulations of legs paler; “tube” bright brownish orange,
tipped with black; segments 1 and 2 of antennse clear yellow, 3
yellow at extreme base, remainder of antennae shading to dark
blackish brown in last segment; wings light brown, darker at
base, with a pale median streak. Head fully as wide as long;
eyes about 0.4 as long as head and two-thirds as wide as their
interval. Prothorax 0.6 as long as head, all bristles pointed.
Wings without accessory hairs on posterior margin. Fore tarsus
with a short, strong tooth. “Tube” sub-conical, fully 1.4 times
as long as basal width, sides nearly straight.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from dead branch of Lagers-
troemia infested with bromeliads.

More closely allied to metulicauda Karny from Java, than
to rugicauda Hood, the genotype. This and the following are
the first species of their group to be recorded from the New
World.

Pygothrips nigricauda sp. nov.

Female (macropterous). — Length about 1.7 mm. Cofor
dark brown, shading to opaque coal-black in “tube” and distal

Psyche

[February

half of abdomen; femora brown at base, shading to bright
yellow apically; fore tibine yellow, shaded with brown at sides,
mid and hind tibiae darker than femora; tarsi brownish yellow;
antennae yellow in segments 1 and 2, 1 lightly shaded with darker
at base; 3 yellowish brown, paler at base of pedicel and distinctly
lighter in color than rest of antenna, which is nearly black.
Head 1.3 times as long as wide, broadest iust behind eyes, thence
tapering to base, which is about 0.85 as broad; eyeis about one-
fourth as long as head, hardly four-fifths as wide as their interval.
Prothorax slightly more than half as long as head, bristles pointed.
Wings with 5-7 accessory hairs. Fore femora long, swollen, fore
tarsi with a long, stout, curved tooth. “Tube” subconical, about
1 . 36 times as long as basal width, sides slightly arched.

Male (brachypterous). — Slenderer than female, with fore
femora greatly swollen and longer than head; tarsal tooth long
and curved.

Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from branches.

The long head is distinctive.

Bradythrips Hood and Williams, gen. nov.

((3pa&vs, slow; Opuf/, a wood worm).

Antennae seven-segmented. Vertex of head with one pair of
prominent bristles; antennal segments 3-5 decidedly longer than
wide; tube much longer than head, very slender, fully ten times
as long as greatest width and with four long hairs at tip.

Genotype : Bradythrips hesperus Hood and Williams, sp. nov.

Allied to Urothrips Bagnall by the 7-segmented antennae
but abundantly distinguished b}r the other characters given in
the diagnosis.

Bradythrips hesperus Hood and Williams sp. nov.

Female (apterous). — Length about 1.8 mm. Color straw
yellow, with head (except sides), pterothorax, and middle legs,
brown; abdomen at sides, tip of tube, hind legs, and last an-
tennal segment, shaded with brown or gray; bright red sub-

1925]

New Neotropical Thysanoptera

hypodermal pigmentation in head, ptero thorax, and along sides
of abdomen.

British Guiana; C. B. Williams; at base of Imperata caudata.

This and the following are the first species of their super-
family to be recorded from the New World.

Stephanothrips occidentalis Hood and Williams, sp. nov.

Female (apterous) .—Length about 1.4 mm. Color straw
yellow, with head, prothorax, and fore femora (except apex) dark
brown; tube brightened with yellow, shading to dark brown at
extreme apex. Vertex of head with three pairs of long bristles,
which are slightly expanded at tip, the middle pair about three-
fifths as long as third antennal segment, others shorter, outer
pair set close to, but at a lower level than, the other. Ninth
abdominal segment about 2.6 times as long as eighth. Tube
nearly 1 . 5 times as long as head and about 1 . 8 times as long as
ninth abdominal segment.

St. Croix and Trinidad; C. B. Williams; from bushes.

Readily known from its congener by the characters given
above.

Psyche

[February

SOME HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED HABITS OF MESKEA
DYSPTERARIA GROTE.

By Richard L. Schwartz,

University of Texas, Austin, Texas.

A number of lepidopterous galls were collected during the
summer of 1923 in the stems of Abutilon incanum while the
plants were still in foliage. When opened these galls were found
to contain lepidopterous larvae of the internal borer type, naked
and spotted with brown. The gall chambers were entirely free
of excrement, yet there was no apparent opening of the gall.
Upon careful inspection, it was discovered that there were several
minute holes scattered over the gall and through these holes the
tiny pellets of excrement were thrust out by the moth larvae
after discharge. Since these early galls were immature, none of
them were kept.

On February 8, 1924, about thirty galls were collected from
the dry stalks of another species of mallow, Malvaviscus drum-
mondii near Austin. From that date on during the winter and
early spring more galls were obtained until the total number
collected and examined reached sixty-three. In February when
the first galls were gathered, photographs were taken of the
galls and caterpillars. These are shown in the accompanying
figures (la; lb) including one case in which three larvae were so
close together that the result was a single gall. All of the galls
gathered were on the stems except a single one which was at-
tached to a leaf petiole.

Galls were broken open from time to time to observe the
time of pupation and the first pupae were found on March 24.
In the galls collected in February, the caterpillars had eaten out
all the tender pith of the stems, but the hard lignified outer wall
of the stem was not penetrated. In all the galls which contained
pupae it was found that the larvae had cut through the hard wall
a small, round perforation large enough to allow the mature moth
to emerge, but the paper-like outer membrane of the stem was
intact. The sawdust accumulated by the boring of this hole was
piled up in both ends of the gall, and in the upper end was also
the last larval skin. The sealed aperture is undoubtedly a

1925] Hitherto U ndescrihed Habits of Meskea dy spier aria

Fig. 1. Meskea dyspteraria Grote. FA, galls; B , communal gall formed by three larvae; C,'moth
resting on gall; D , mothslin copula.

precaution which permits the easy emergence of the moth, and
at the same time prevents the location of the place of emergence
by parasites and enemies of the pupae. The moths usually
pupate upside down with the head placed directly in front of the
future doorway through which the adult is to come out. The
position of the pupae in the gall is shown in figure 2b.

On the morning of March 15, 1924, the first moth emerged.

Psyche

[February

This was the female which was sketched as shown in figure 2a.
No other moths came out till April 20 when two males appeared.
These were killed and with the female were sent to Dr. H. G.
Dyar, of the United States National Museum at Washington
where Dr. Busck kindly identified them as Meskea dyspteraria
Grote.

On April 23 three more moths emerged. One of these, was a
male. The gall from which it emerged is shown in figure la.
Photographic work was done under great difficulties as the

Fig. 2. Meskea dyspteraria Grote. a , Female moth resting on gall ;b, section of gall showing
position of pupa; c, male with copulatory tuft extended; d, egg seen from the top;
e , same from side.

strong light necessary for the camera disturbed the moths.
This difficulty was later overcome in studying the moths at
night by the use of a red light which did not seem to disturb
them. After April 23 several moths emerged each warm night,
although six was the greatest number of living moths under
observation at any one time. On June 6, when the author left
Austin, several of the moths had not yet appeared.

Some very interesting and hitherto unobserved details of
the habits of the moths in mating were observed with the use of
the red light mentioned above. Soon after darkness, the male
moths extrude from the posterior tip of the abdomen an elongated

1925] Hitherto Undescribed Habits of Meskea dyspteraria 73

tuft of hairs which we may call the copulatory tuft. After this
tuft is extruded, it is spread out much in the manner in which a
peacock or turkey spreads its tail. This spreading is dorso-
ventral as well as lateral, and the tuft is vibrated if the moth
is disturbed. Though the presence of the female in the same
breeding cage is not necessary to induce this behavior, there
every indication that the tuft functions in mating. Unfortunately
the author was not able to observe the moths at the moment in
which the final stages of courtship took place and a more thorough
study would probably bring out other details of interest. In this
species the wings and body of the two sexes are identical in
color pattern.

Attempts to photograph the copulatory tuft when spread
were rather unsuccessful, as the moth usually vibrated the tuft
when disturbed or retracted it entirely, and the feathery nature
of the tuft makes it a hard object to photograph even when ex-
panded. Its form is however shown in a sketch reproduced as
Fig. 2c. Fig. Id, is an excellent photograph of the contracted
position of the tuft in copulation. The tuft is drawn into the
abdomen and remains completely concealed in the daytime.

Several females deposited eggs after copulation; but no
larvae were hatched. The odd shaped egg is shown in top and
side view in figures 2, d and 2, e.

Young galls found on Abutilon May 24, 1924 showed the
first larval instar. The life history has thus been traced except
the larval molts.

Meskea dyspteraria was described in 1877 by Grote in the
Canadian Entomologist. A very brief and utilitarian life history
is given by Heinrich in the Journal of Agricultural Research and
his plates give only drawings of the head of the larvae, the pupae,
and the arrangement of the larval setae.

Some of the observations made in this paper are not new;
but those describing the copulatory tuft in the male are, as far as
I have been able to find, original and unique. I intend to make
some further study of this species before discussing it in relation
to other know phases of insect courtship.

In the photographic; work on this paper I owe much to
Reginald Painter, formerly tutor in Zoology at the University

Psyche

[February

of Texas and now assistant in entomology at the University of
Ohio.

References.

Grote, A. R. A new Species of Geometrse, Canadian Entomolo-
gist, Vol. 8, 1877, page 114.

Heinrich, Carl. Some Lepidoptera likely to be Confused with
the Pink Bollworm, Journal of Agricultural Research,
Vol. 20, 1921, page 828 and plates 101, 104 and 109.

Whatever Your Question

Be it the pronunciation of Bolsheviki or
soviet, the spelling of a puzzling word — the
meaning of Mighty, fourth arm, etc., this
Supreme Authority —

WEBSTER’S NEW INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY

contains an accurate, final answer. 400,000 Words, 2700 Pages. 6000
Illustrations. Regular and India Paper Editions.

GK Sc O. jVIKl^RI^JVX CO., SPRINGFIELD, MASS.

Write for specimen pages, prices, etc., and FREE Pocket Maps if you name “Psyche",

500 Pin Labels all alike, 50 Gents.

1000 Pin Labels all alike, 80 Cents.

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 2 cents each, in total and per line, per

500. Trimmed.

Prices subject to change without notice.

C. Y. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the second Tuesday
of each month (July, August and September excepted) at 7.45
p. m. at the Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston. The
Bussey Institution is one block from the Forest Hills station of
both the elevated street cars and the N. Y., N. H. & H. R. R.
Entomologists visiting Boston are cordially invited to attend.

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Smitt boxes.

American Ent. Co, Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXII APRIL, 1925 No. 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Growth of Ant Mounds. E. A. Andrevjs 75

Notes on the Giant Water Bugs. H. B. Hungerford 88

Insect Food Habit Ratios on Quelpart Island. H. B. Weiss 92

Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidae of Cuba.

Z. P. Metcalf and S'. C. Bruner 95

Pectinate Antennae in the Geometridae. V/m. T. M. Forbes. 106

Note on Panurgidae (Bees). Charles Robertson 113

Another Instance of the Northward Migration of Odonata in the Spring.

R. H. Howe, Jr H3

The North American Varieties of Volucella bombylans Linn.

Charles W. Johnson 114

International Entomological Congress 117

The New York State List of Insects 118

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1925

President .

. J. H. Emerton

Vice-President

R. H. Howe

Secretary

. . . . J. Bequaert

Treasurer

. . . . F. H. Walker*

Executive Committee

. A. P. Morse, S. M. Dohanian
S. W. Denton

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T.

Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson,

Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of

Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander,

A. P. Morse,

Washington State

College, Peabody Museum.

J. H. Emerton,

J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass.

Cornell University.
W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, Canada or Mexico; foreign postage, 15 cents extra. Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30. Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

Entered as second-class mail matter at the Post Office at Boston, Mass. Acceptance
or mailing at special rate of postage provided in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917,
authorized on June 29, 1918.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXII. APRIL 1925

No. 2

GROWTH OF ANT MOUNDS.

By E. A. Andrews.

Johns Hopkins University.

It is well known that many sorts of ants dig into the ground
and carrying out mouthfuls of earth soon make conspicuous ant
hills above their subterranean dwellings. In some, these mounds
are of considerable size and of long duration and serve as nests
or places for rearing the young.

The best known mound builder in America is the rather large
red and black Formica exsectoides, the mound builder of the Alle-
ghanies, whose mounds are seen here and there in Nova Scotia,
Ontario, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut,
New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, North Caro-
lina, Georgia, Wisconsin, Illinois, and Colorado. As one of these
mounds may contain more than a ton of earth it becomes of
interest to find out how long the ants must labor to accumulate
so relatively vast masses of material. One of these ants, alive,
weighed 10 milligrams.

When the Rev. H. McCook in 1876 studied the “ant city”
of local fame near Holidaysburg in Pennsylvania where this ant,
which he called the wood or fallow ant (locally called pismires)
had built up as many as 1700 mounds, he soon decided, from the
occurrence of the very largest mounds on old charcoal hearths,
that even the mounds that might contain 300 cu. ft. of earth
were not of any very great age. He also recorded that a field
plowed in September 1875 showed new mounds in February 1877;
one ten inches high and 35 in diameter; a second 14 by 48. As
the work of the ants stops in November these mounds were
made, he thinks, in a little over one season of work. Again in a
corn field in July 1876 were two new mounds, each made in two
months, or one third of a working year, and each measured 8
inches in height and 18 in diameter. The first hill was, he

Psyche

[April

points out, built up at the rate of 1/i cu. ft. per annum, the
second at the rate of 3, and the other two at the rate of 1. The
second hill arrived in about one year to above the average size
of the mounds of that region, and its very great rapidity of
growth may have been due, McCook supposes, to the fact that
it was not a new colony but was reconstruction work built up
on the ruins of an old mound.

McCook inferred that mounds might require five to seven
years to be built up to average size and that once full grown they
do but hold their own. He says there were good reasons to sup-
pose that some of the large mounds might be thirty years old but
no evidence that any of them last through great periods of time.
McCook states that the two small mounds in the corn field were
probably new communities and it is evident that only such new
communities should be considered in reckoning the initial rate of
construction. Each mound is the communal work of a family
and grows as the family prospers and multiplies year by year
since its individuals escape death in the winter by withdrawing
deep under ground in subterranean tunnels and are known to
be able to live in captivity as much as seven years. The very
rapidly rebuilt mounds on the other hand are the reconstruc-
tion work of prosperous communities that are able to repair
even great amounts of destruction and removal of old mound
materials.

As these estimates of McCook on the rate of building
mounds by Formica exsectoides seem to be the only ones printed,
the following data collected near Baltimore, Md., may be worthy
of record.

Near Lutherville and Timonium in Baltimore County there
is a settlement of these ants embracing some two hundred mounds
and measurements made at irregular intervals from 1905-1924
furnish added means for judging of the rate of growth and the
age of the mounds of these ants. During this period some of the
mounds have remained in existence; either growing or remaining
stationary in size; others have disintegrated; and others have
sprung up anew. Parts of the entire area have been largely
abandoned and other parts have been invaded by new mounds.
In one of these newly populated areas measurements have been

1925]

Growth of Ant Mounds

made of a certain new mound and incipient community which
has grown to maturity along with many others established
during this period in the same area, which was a very sterile
flat of several acres covered with reddish-iron-ore earth: refuse
removed formerly from large adjacent bog-iron-ore pits.

When first seen July 7, 1906, this new nest was conspicuous
amidst the sparse grass as being a few handfuls of light yellow
and white pellets of irregular size brought up from the subsoil
and piled up amidst the grass in an irregular mass three inches
high and nine inches wide. There were no holes into the middle
of the nest, but large irregular entrances about the base on the
N. W. S. and E. sides. It was about 150 feet from an old nest,
No. 59 of a survey in 1905, that has remained there since despite
the encroaching Japanese honeysuckle and has grown from five,
to six by eight feet in diameter, and from 2 to nearly three feet
in height, with a circumference of 22 feet. Possibly from this
large nest came the female that started the incipient nest.
When disturbed the ants in this incipient nest swarmed out and
made a rustling sound running over the dead leaves near the
nest, but they were but few in number though so rapidly covering
all the surroundings.

When next measured, November 13, 1906, this incipient
nest had grown to be a considerable mass fifteen inches across
and four to five in height. This, then, was the maximum of
the first year’s building.

After another year, October 24, 1907, this incipient nest
measured 6 by 18 inches. The ground on which it was placed
was an artificial ridge falling off to the East as a shallow de-
pression and from now on it became evident that the earth placed
by the ants tended to spread unequally and the measurements
from the ground level were greater on the east and less on the
west. Thus June 12, 1908, the mass of earth was 21 inches from
NW-SE, 18 inches wide from NE-SW, while the height was 8
inches from the ground on the west and 12 from the level on the
east. More ants were now busy over the mound, but grass
blades and small shoots of honeysuckle were growing up in the
midst of the nest. In the fall of that year, October 18, the
mound measured 9 by 26 inches and was quite conspicuous an 1

Psyche

[April

well covered with small sticks and minute pebbles as well as
several snail shells, flat and several millimeters in diameter;
thus showing that much material had been added to the mound
from surface collections, while originally all the material had
come from subterranean excavations. At that date, though
there had been frosts, the temperature was 70° F. and yet only
one or two ants were to be seen on the mound. No more measure-
ments were made till August 7, 1914. It had then become a
noticeable mound arising abruptly on the west where bordering
an obscure path apparently used by dogs, and sloping gradually
on the east down to the lower level. The top of the mound was
bald, covered with small sticks and stones, but about the middle
height was a tonsure of straggling grass stems. The “stones”
were such as ants collect; some may be 7 x 5 mm. and weigh 200
milligrams. Many ants were active about the base, but none
up on the mound. A similar nest stood some 80 feet to the North.
The measurements taken were: height 12 on west; 19.5 on east;
diameters 42 east and west, 38 . 5 north and south.

September 19 of the following year, 1915, it measured 16 on
west, 24 on the east, 47 north and south, and 52 east and west.
It seemed well cared for with large fragments of stick and stone
recently added to the dome to build up after heavy rains and
was covered with very active ants. Both base and summit were
bare with the sparse grass growing out from the sides of the
mound in a zone.

After more than a week of rain in a cold wet season, the nest,
June 18, 1916, was still in good form with much fine sand newly
applied and swarming with actively working ants. The measure-
ments were: west 16, east 21 in height; north and south 50,
east and west 53 in width. Thus the mound had not gained, but
apparently lost somewhat of its greatest height since the previous
autumn, though its increased diameters suggested winter de-
nudation had spread the material and as yet the loss of height
had not been made good.

No measurements followed till the spring of 1919, April 13,
when on account of cold few ants were working, though in the
immediate neighborhood some dozen fine new nests of this same
general age all showed much recent activity by presence of

1925]

Growth of Ant Mounds

fresh earth over the domes. Then as in 1916, the incipient nest
remained very much steeper on the north slope and still had an
irregular band of green grass in tufts from half way up the slopes
to near the base. The surface was covered about an inch deep
with fine pellets and dried earth apparently brought out this
spring to replace denudation and a series of partly open tunnels
and pits across the apex of the mound showed that the interior
had been exposed by destruction and removal of the roof in that
part. The measurements were: west 15, east 24, north-south
58, east-west 54. Later, October 18, the grass around the
middle zone had grown tall but the honeysuckle that surrounded
the nest stopped abruptly, leaving a bare narrow yard all about
the base of the mound, no spray or stem of the honeysuckle
reaching over this dead space to the base of the mound. The
bald top with bits of stick and gravel extended down farther on
the southerly exposure. The measurements were: west 18,
east 28, east-west 60, north-south 63. Thus in this single season
of building the ant’s mound had risen three to four inches and
spread out five to six in diameter.

July 25, 1920 the mound swarmed with ants but some other
mounds near by were more populous. The bald top of the mound
was in sharp contrast to the sides grown up with tall grass amidst
which the ants had accumulated heaps of earth pellets that
formed a spongy mass with irregular cavities. The grass holds
the sides in very steep slopes. The moat-like encircling dead
space on the level without the base of the mound was strewn
with dead leaves but the honeysuckle stopped short at its outer
edge. The mound had grown so that the North-west-South-east
diameter much exceeded the shortest diameter. The measure-
ments were then: West 18-20, East 24-30, North-South 57,
East-west 54. By the 19th of September the mound had in-
creased somewhat; the height being West 21, East 28, the width
North-south 60, East-west 57. Very few ants were to be seen
at this time of year and the nest had been got into fine condition
for the winter, being covered with fresh roofing of whitish clay
pellets as if from deep subsoil, along with many bits of grass
stems, one to one and a half inches long, dispersed through with
scattered black, dried, excreta of some large caterpillar. At the

Psyche

[April

end of its fifteenth year the mound was rather imposing, being
16 feet about the base, with abrupt slope on the north 30 inches
up the steep to the summit, and 48 from the summit down to
the ground to the South, while the west slope was 33 and the
east 44 inches from summit to ground level.

August 21, 1921, the mound was in fine condition with newly
capped dome, but owing to cool weather and time of day, 6.30
p. m., but few ants were slowly going over the dome and about
the neighborhood of the nest. The measurements were: West
21, East 30, North-south 72, and East- west 72. The greatest
North-west-South-east diameter was 76 inches. The surface
distances over the top were: East-west 82, North-south 85 and
greatest North-west, South-east 88. The circumference of base
was 18 feet. In general appearance the mound presented a high
state of differentiation. The surrounding bare space or moat
strewn with dead leaves and twigs of vine that stops in growth
at its outer edge, makes more striking the sudden rise of the
mound from the level of the ground. The lower parts of the
slopes of the mound are covered with talus of loose mouthfuls of
earth rolled down from upper levels. Higher up is a faint zone
of scattered grass, and still higher up a higher zone of still more
sparse grass. The rounded dome is free from grass and covered
with fresh light-colored subsoil and bits of dead twigs deposited
to form a sort of rudely thatched roof. Near the summit of the
north a minute crater seemed possibly still open to the interior.
The north face remains much the steepest and the summit is
nearer the north and far from the southerly limits of the mound.
At this period of great development of the mound a new in-
cipient nest was being constructed 42 inches to the North-west
from the adult mound and if this may be regarded as an offspring
from the large community, it may indicate its maturity and a
successful effort at colonization of the neighborhood.

July 20, 1922, with temperature of 93, after many rains,
the mound was swarming with very active ants that also spread
many feet from the nest amidst the honeysuckle and grass.
The mound presented several open holes of exit near the top but
no ants were working near the top. The growth of grass on the
sides of the mound was sparse and sickly, the honeysuckle dead

Growth of Ant Mounds

192 5

in a broad band of a foot width about the base. The elongation
of the mound to the South-east was very evident as well as the
great steepness of the north slope. The measurements were:
West 23, East 30, North-south 81, East-west 79, as computed
from surface measurements of East-west 91/^ and North-west,
South-east 99. Measured again in the fall, September 10, 1922,
it was: West 20/^, East 32, width North-south 87, East-west 73.
The distance around the base of this seventeen year old mound
was 20 ft. 6 in., the distance up the north slope 3 feet and up the
long south slope 5 ft. 22 in. The tape over the surface showed a
distance of 8 feet 4 in. in the North-south direction and 7 ft. 4 in.
East-west. This being a clear warm day ants were abundant
upon the mound carrying up and dragging earth pellets toward
the summit which was conical and closed, in spite of heavy recent
showers. The mound was recently covered with fresh light earth
with very many light fluffy cast-off pupa cases lying about as if
brought up by ants from within the nest. In some parts of the
circumference of the base there was more than a foot in width
of dead honeysuckle. Large streams of ants ran to and from a
tulip tree about twenty feet distant and many up and down the
tree. Fifty feet to the east were evident several new young
nests.

In the next year, 1923, measurements were made July 8,
when the heighth had fallen, west 19, east 29, east-west 76,
north-south 84 corresponding to surface distances of 89 and 98
inches. Apparently the lessened height might have come from
denudation which added to the diameters. The mound was in
fine state of preservation, not injured at the top and the ants
were bringing out earth through holes near the top. The sparse
grass still present about the upper reaches of the mound did not
prevent much fine clean earth from rolling down and spreading
to the south-east.

The next measurements, January 27, 1924, showed a greater
depression of the summit, west 16, east 27, north-west-south-
east 86, north-east-south-west 75. For the first time the angles
of slope were measured as follows: North 45°, West 45°, East
40 -38°, longest South-east slope 35°. Other measurements
were: circumference 20 ft. 2 in., distance over top North-west-

Psyche

[April

south-east 98, northeast-south-west 89. An evident cause for
the diminished height was the crushed in state of the top of the
dome which was flattened and marked as if by human footprints
partly filled in by the ant’s work. No actual break into the in-
terior remained. A large human footprint on the north-east
slope near the top indicated disturbance with the normal surface.
The entire mound was frozen stiff, smooth on the surface with
some of the small tufts of grass still green about the lower parts
of the slopes.

July 20, 1924, after several days clear and dry, in a very
rainy season, the ants were very active over the surface of the
mound at four to five p. m. Mound in a fine state of repair with
four holes near the top on the north and one at the summit
nearly, from which ants emerged ; other holes concealed by talus
except on the base of the north where talus was absent and old
holes of egress show plainly, so that the north side seemed inac-
tive and dead in comparison with the very long talus of fresh
mouthfuls running far down to the south-east. Grass about
eight inches high but not very flourishing made a ring about the
bare summit. The moat or bare space about the base of the
mound was very conspicuous from dead defoliated honeysuckle
and stone or gravel made clean by the ants having removed the
earth. Two dead branches projected from south-east part of
east side near the base. Measurements as made with the aid of
a level and angle, tape and yard-stick were: height, west 19/4
inches, east 33 inches, diameter east-west 88 inches, north-south
85 inches, north-west-south-east 96 inches, width of moat:
north 12, west 19, south 16, east 14, circumference at base: 22
ft. 6 in., circumference of moat 29 ft. 8 in. Angle of slope:
north 35°, but at base 45° where dead and full of holes; south-
east 28°, west 35°, east 35°. Distance by tape up west side: 3
ft. 4 in., up north 3 ft. 4 in., up east 4 ft. 4 in., up south-east 5
ft. 11 in.

The final measurements made at the end of the year 1924,
December 20, showed the mound as it then appeared at the
height of its recovered maximum, after the previous period of
depression but they are not added to the following table since

1925]

Growth of Ant Mounds

MEASUREMENTS

CALCULATIONS

Dates

Height

Width

E. W.

Circumference in
inches

Contents
cu. ft.

Increment
cu. ft.

Duration

months.

Increment
j per month.

| Increment per

j working month.

| Increment per

1 working day in

cu. in.

1906-7-7

.012

.001

.006

.345

1906-11-13

4-5

.151

.139

.034

.046

2.699

1907-10-24

.291

.013

.001

.028

1.636

1908-6-12

.564

.273

.039

.136

7.733

1908-10-18

.912

.348

.087

5.011

1909-12-31

.518

.037

.103

5.922

1910-12-31

.444

.037

.088

5.068

1911-12-31

.444

.037

.088

5.068

1912-12-31

.444

.037

.088

5.068

1913-12-31

.444

.037

.088

5 . 068

1914-8-7

3.72

.296

.037

.095

5.472

1915-9-19

7.35

3.63

.279

.726

41.817

1916-6-18

7 . 359

.009

.001

.004

.230

1917—12-31

.874

.048

.006

.345

1918-12-31

.586

.048

.009

.518

1919-4-13

9.012

.193

.048

.193

11.116

1919-10-18

13.048

4.036

.672

.800

46.08

1920-7-25

/ 18

10.029

-3 019

-.35

-.115

-6.624

\20

30/

1920-9-19

192

12.009

1.980

.990

57.024

1921-8-21

216

20.945

8.936

.812

1.789

102.846

1922-7-20

25.44

4.495

.408

1.124

64 . 742

1922-9-10

204

246

25.44

0.000

.000

0.000

00 . 000

1923-7-8

23.04

-2.40

-.240

-.800

-46.08

1924-1-27

242

20.988

-2 . 042

-.340

-1.021

-58.809

1924-7-20

19 H

270

29.813

8.825

1.470

2.941

169.401

(96)

they so closely agree with those of July, some slight falling off
being due to a defect near the north summit caused by human
feet. This table shows all the measurements taken in the years
1906-1924 inclusive, as well as some calculations of bulk reckoned
on the assumption that the mound may be a conical figure.
Graphs have been made to illustrate the main facts of the table.
They show that the growth in height and in diameter taken from
the measurements of the last part of each year, rises steadily for
a few years as two nearly parallel curves and then the heighth
curve becomes more flat and with indented summit while the
width curve continues to a much greater heighth and with no

Psyche

[Apri ]

flattening, yet with depressions and recoveries. In a drawing
showing the projections of the circumference of the mound as
measured or calculated each year the circles enlarge concen-
trically and rather uniformly at first and then, in this special
case of the mound being erected upon unlevel base, the north-
west-south-east diameter elongates and the outlines become
more elliptical with the axis shifted to west of north.

The curve of the bulk, as plotted from the calculated bulks
at ends of years, shows steady rise for the first years; a de-
pression in 1920 followed by greatly increased acceleration with
a second set back in 1923 followed by a sharp rise above all
previous heights. All these plotted results show irregularities
which suggest complex factors acting upon the growth of the
mound. The very slow growth the first years is striking as well
as the very rapid growth in some later years correlated with the
small numbers of ants in the incipient colony at first and the
immense numbers in the old successful community. The ants
work but half of the year at most, lying dormant in November
to March inclusive.

It is to be emphasized that the growth is very irregular, the
only constant numbers in the table are the interpolated figures
in the seven years when measurements were not actually made.
While some of these irregularities are due to crude measure-
ments many seem to be the results of complex factors and they
actually may express the resultant of causes of success or failure
in the community. Thus in the years of no progress and of
actual diminution, the loss of height is sometimes compensated
by increase in width since the materials are spread out laterally
in place of b3ing accumulated at the apex; but there is some-
times an actual dimunition in bulk. As the interior of the
mound is spongy and readily compressed by large animals walk-
ing on the mound it sometimes happens that the measured bulk
may diminish when the mass is the same or greater. Possibly
some storms may actually carry material in some quantities
away from the nest so far that it is not soon returned by the
ants and thus the mound may be washed away if the ants are
not very successful some seasons in combatting this constant
denudation. When a mound is deserted it slowly dwindles

1925]

Growth of Ant Mounds

through some years but eventually is all washed away. This
particular colony of ants had a very difficult soil to deal with
and the progress made at first was much behind that reported
by McCook in a region of sandy wood soil. Like all loosely
piled earth, the nest must suffer shrinking and condensation
from settling when this is not actively counteracted by ant
work.

During the years that this mound had been forming others
were made in the same soil nearby and these had grown to about
the same dimensions. Two little mounds were started near the
above mound and may well have been colonial offspring from it.
As far as measured they have the same very slow rate of starting
and are in the same soil. The following table shows these young
mounds starting on their long period of trial, at the same cautious
pace:

Nest No. 2

Width

Contents
cu. ft.

Material

1921-8-26

4-5

8-10

•054

Subsoil, clay

1922-7-22

1 1

•054

Subsoil, clay

1922-9-10

1 1 x 14

.070

Earth

1923-7-8

14 x 14

•ii 7

Earth and sticks

1924-1-27

15 X 15

. 101

Earth and sticks

1924-7-20

4-5

29 x 17

.421

Subsoil

1924-12-20

5-5

Nest No. 3

18 x 18

.267

Coarse particles and sticks

1921-9-9

1922

13 X 7

.030

Subsoil, Sandy

1923-7-8

11x5

.019

Subsoil, sandy

1924-7-20

6-5

19 X 16

•045

Clay, subsoil, sticks

1924-12-20

20 X l8

.328

Very coarse particles and
sticks

The rate of growth under the natural conditions prevailing
is but slow, yet when injury is done to the mound the repair
work and reconstruction results in very rapid new formation.
Thus the little mound No. 2 was cut into two with a saw when
frozen, January 27, 1924, and the half carried away, yet by the
following July the ants had made good the loss and added to the
former height, width and bulk as shown in the table. In the
same way a full grown or adult mound cut into two when frozen

Psyche

[April

at the same date and one-half removed for study, was found in
July completely regenerated . and perfect. The ants can thus
accomplish much more work in a given time than they would
without the stimulus of destructive injury to the mound.

The actual bulk of the mound at the end of nineteen years
of work by the ants of this community is about 30 cu. ft., and
was thus accumulated at the average rate of about 2 cu. ft. per
year. The table shows the actual slow growth of the first years
and the rapid growth of some of the later years. The number of
ants is unfortunately not known, but they were very few in the
first years and very many indeed in the later years. The nascent
community accumulated but few cubic inches per day, the mature
colony fifty to one hundred or more. As the single ant is but
1-630 part of a cubic inch the labor done is relatively very great
and all the work seemed to be done by individuals without aid
of fellows. Such facts led McCook to the estimation that con-
sidering the bulk and the speed of construction of the ant mound
as compared with the bulk and supposed speed of construction
of the pyramids of Egypt, the ant may be much more efficient
than man, in fact nearly 700 times as powerful a laborer.

In the building of the mound the first two or three years
seem to be exclusively years of mining operations, bringing up
the earth from the shafts below ground; but after that period
the ants begin to construct the mound from two classes of
materials. Not only is the excavation process continued and
the removed material added to the pile, but there is more and
more, bringing in of surface material, both surface soil and bits of
organic matter such as sticks, straws, leaves and other light par-
ticles. In the early stages of mound growth the cast up mouth-
fuls of subsoil merely accumulate in a loose pile, but the weather
compacts them and a denser mass results within which the ants
begin to excavate their tunnels above the natural surface of the
ground. Thus mound No. 2 had, when four years old, but few
internal tunnels merely suggesting the complex labyrinth of the
mature mound.

Incidentally it may be noted that in this region no trees
seem to be killed by the ants, though that has been described in
New England; but the ants keep the Japanese ivy from growing

1925]

Growth of Ant Mounds

over the mound and even climb up and kill branches of this vi ne
and of catbriar that may project over the mound though some
feet above its surface.

Summary.

In a mound of Formica excestoides measured at intervals
during nineteen years the growth was not constant but fluctuat-
ing in rate. In the earlier years increase was very slow, in the
later years very fast. Interruptions in growth and diminution
in proportions may to some extent be referred to external inter-
ferences, but probably in part to lack of steady success of the
community. Other small incipient mounds start at the same
slow rate. Mature mounds require many years for completion
to full size.

In the first two or three years the material of the mound is
mined from the subsoil, but later more surface soil and collected
fragments of vegetable matter are added to the pile.

The rate of growth in reconstruction after injury to, or
removal of part of, the mound is much greater than the usual
rate of growth. Comparison with other mounds suggests the
rate of growth to be strongly an individual character of each
community under its own complex environment.

Psyche

[April

NOTES ON THE GIANT WATER BUGS
(Lethocerus and Benacus — Belostomatidae Hemiptera)

By H. B. Hungerford,

University of Kansas.

Two papers have appeared recently on Lethocerus ameri-
canus Leidy. One by W. E. Hoffman1 and the other by J. R.
de la Torre-Bueno.2 These remind me of some notes that were
taken several years ago and may be of interest. In view of the
rather wide popular interest in these huge “electric light bugs”
it is strange that no one has given us a monograph of even the
American forms. Benacus griseus Say and species of Lethocerus
often attract attention as they fly about street lights and are
sent to the entomologist for determination. A good key for the
identification of these forms would be most acceptable.

These notes concern the flight of giant water bugs at Law-
rence, Kansas, in May 1920, and some notes on the hatching
process in one species. We had occasion to use a large number
of these bugs in our studies and, therefore, made some effort
to collect them. The notes on the collection of insects about
the street lights in May 1920 show periods when the Giant Water
Bugs were most abundant in flight.

Most of the collecting was done about two street lights.
At 8th and Maine Streets 50 Benacus griseus Say were taken
during the evening of May 5th. The bugs were brought to the
laboratory alive in a cloth bag. They made a wheezing noise
when disturbed and emitted a decidedly fishy odor. It will be
noted below that Benacus griseus Say was much more abundant
than Lethocerus americanus Leidy.

XW. E. Hoffman, Biological Notes on Lethocerus americanus , Psyche

XXXI, pp. 175-183, 1924-

2J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, The Last Moult in Lethocerus americanus Say
Entom. News, Vol. XXXV, p. 369-370, 1924.

1925]

Notes on the Giant Water Bugs

Collections of Belostomatidae at street lights in Lawrence,
Kansas, May 1920:

Benacus griseus

Lethocerus americanus

Date

Male

Female

Male

Female

May 5th

May 8th

May 9th

May 21st

May 22nd

Total

113

121

Some of these bugs were paired and placed in aquaria and
numerous egg batches secured. The number of eggs in a mass
ranged from 8 to 17 and were placed on supports above the
water. In one instance a female laid 17 eggs upon the back of
the male. These were attached to the right wing cover near its
tip and the male, when discovered, was resting high and dry
above the water on the screening of the cage. Most of the egg
masses were attacked and sucked dry by the bugs themselves.
The eggs when protected from their forebearers have the ap-
pearance of those photographed by Dr. J. G. Needham.3 They
undergo an astonishing increase in size as they develop. One
egg, measured the day it was laid (May 10th), was 4.5 mm. long
by 2.25 mm. in diameter. Shortly before it hatched (May 22nd)
it measured 6.. 57 mm. long and 2.87 mm. in diameter. The
newly deposited egg has the same color as I have noted for
Lethocerus uhleri and, if left in the water, does not color up very
well. If placed in the air, it becomes longitudinally striped with
brown as described by Doctor Needham. The surface is irreg-
ularly hexagonally reticulate, the gray and brown being laid down
as units. Each hexagonal figure is of a single color, reminding
one of the mosaic of a tile floor.

The hatching process is very interesting. I was fortunate

3J. G. Needham, The Eggs of Benacus and Their Hatching, Entom. News,
Vol. XVII, p. 1 13, 1907.

Psyche

[April

enough to be watching an egg through the binocular when the
cap at the cephalic end of the egg popped loose and the nymph
began its emergence.4 The cap was forced up by a bubble con-
fined by a delicate transparent membrane. After the cap was
raised by the bubble-like device the head of the bug slowly
advanced into the space delimited by the membrane of the
bubble which then burst and rumpled up about the opening of
the egg shell. This was not the post-natal molt, for when the
bug was nearly out of the shell it was still enshrouded by a
delicate garment that embraced each limb separately and was
shed as the last rite in the hatching process.

Mr. Hoffman, who studied Lethocerus americanus Leidy
in Minnesota, failed to find the eggs in two seasons’ search. On
July 20, 1921, at Como Park, St. Paul, Minnesota, I found an
egg mass on a dried cattail stalk. The stalk was inclined a few
degrees from the perpendicular and on the lower side about six
inches above the water surface was found the egg cluster. It
consisted of 119 eggs arranged in 6 longitudinal rows and measure-
ed 2 inches long and Y2 inch wide. The cattail stalk was brought
to the laboratory and placed in an aquarium jar. The following
morning several eggs had hatched and some were in the process
of hatching. At this stage the photograph submitted herewith
was made. The nymphs had the groove in the anterior femora
which is characteristic of the genus Lethocerus and in all prob-
ability they belonged to the species L. americanus Leidy.

4J. H. Fabre, Etudes sur l’instinct et les moeurs des insectes, Souvenirs
Entomologiq-ues, 18 serie, p. 99, 1903. Gives charming account of emerging of
Reduvius personatus.

PSYCHE 1925

VOL. XXXII, PLATE II

HUNGERFORD: EGGS OF BELOSTOMATIDAE

. : ... • —

1925]

Notes on the Giant Water Bugs

Explanation of Plate II.

Eggs of Belostomatidce .

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of male of Belostoma flumineum Say bearing
eggs.

Fig. 2. Egg cluster of Lethocerus americanus Leidy a little en-
larged. Note the hatching bug not yet out of its post-
natal molt and the one that has completely emerged.
There were 119 eggs in this cluster, arranged roughly in
6 rows. Each egg measured 4.5 mm. long and 2.25 mm.
in diameter. The eggs are gray with the free or cephalic
end blotched with brown, more especially on the exposed
side of the egg which is on the ventral side of the embryo
as it emerges. The micropylar area is elongate, light in
color and surrounded by a brown band. Pale streaks
radiate from this area arranging the irregular brown
spots in more or less definite rows. Compare the
markings of these eggs with that of the one on the right.

Fig. 3. Hatching egg of Benacus griseus Say : (a) The micropylar
area, (b) Indicates the space on the head between the
eyes that pulsates sharply and at irregular intervals.
Appears to have something to do with the inflation of
the bubble which lifts the egg cap. (c) The eye. (d)
The thin transparent membrane that confines the bubble,
(e) The space not yet filled by the advancing embryo.
Soon the bug occupies this space and disrupts the mem-
brane (d) which crumples about the egg shell at (f).
Copied by Miss Kathleen Doering from a pencil sketch
by the writer.

Psyche

[April

INSECT FOOD HABIT RATIOS ON QUELPART

ISLAND1

By Harry B. Weiss.

New Brunswick, N. J.

The following notes represent an attempt to reduce the
activities of the insects on Quelpart Island to certain food-habit
types and to express the relative importance of these types in
terms of parts of the whole, thus establishing a series of ratios.
A list of the insects of this island was published recently by
Hanjiro Okamotoas Volume 1, No. 2, Bulletin of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, Government-General of Chosen, Suigen,
Corea, Japan, March, 1924, and the species in this list were
arranged and tabulated in accordance with the predominating
larval habits of their families.

According to Mr. Okamoto, Quelpart Island is the most
southern point in Corea, being the largest island adjacent to
that part of the mainland. Its total area is given as about 718
square miles. The highest point is Mt. Kanra with an elevation
of 2056 m., and the island consists mainly of tertiary volcanic
peaks surrounding Mt. Kanra with a gradual slope to the sea.
Mr. Okamoto quotes Dr. Nakai concerning the native plants
which number about 1300 species and it is possible to separate
the island into seven zones, “of which the southern limit of each
is much higher in elevation than the northern, except at the
top, where no relation exists with respect to the ocean current,
and the seventh zone is consequently level on all sides.” The
flora of the four lower zones is temperate while a more northern
flora is found in the three upper ones. The island therefore has
a flora of a wide range. A more detailed description of the area
can be found in Mr. Okamoto’s paper.

Some 527 species are listed and although this figure does
not represent a “complete count,” from the information given
as to the routes and times of the collecting trips, it does appear
as if it might be considered as a representative sample. Even

Tormer papers on the ratios of insect food habits were published in the
Ohio Journal of Science, vol. xxiv, pp. 100-106, Entomological News, vol.
xxxv, pp. 362-364 and the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington,
vol. 38, pp, 1-4.

1925] Insect Food Habit Ratios on Quelpart Island

though not strictly representative, it is the nearest approach to
it that is available at this time.

In accordance with their family food habits, the 527 species
can be grouped approximately as follows:

No.

species

Phyto-

phagous

Sapro-

phagous

Harpac-

to-

phagous

Parasitic

Pollen
feeders,
misc. sp.

Quelpart Island

527

60%

16%

20.8%

1-5%

i-7%

A comparison of the above ratios with the ratios for other
sections which have been collected over more thoroughly and
which have been treated in a similar way, shows that the para-
sitic figure for Quelpart Island is too low, due to the fact that
the parasitic Hymenoptera are not represented as they should
be. From studies of “samples” in other areas, it appears that
the parasitic figure should be about 10 and in view of this, 50
species have been provisionally added to the parasitic group
making the total number of species 577 and resulting in the
adjusted set of ratios found below.

No.

species

Phyto-

phagous

Sapro-

phagous

Harpac-

to-

phagous

Parasitic

Pollen
feeders,
misc. sp.

Quelpart Island

577

55%

15%

19%

10%

It is now possible to compare these ratios with those of
other areas and this has been done in the following table I. It
will be noted that the figures in each column do not differ widely
and suggest a fixed relationship or at least a close resemblance.
The same relationships are brought out in a slightly different
manner in table II wherein the comparisons are made with the
parasitic food habit as a base. For example, if the adjusted
parasitic food habit in Quelpart Island is represented by 1,
then the relative importance of the other types is, phytophagous
5.5, saprophagous 1.5, etc.

Psyche

[April

TABLE I

No.

species

Phyto-

phagous

Sapro-

phagous

Harpac-

to-

phagous

Parasitic

Pollen
feeders,
misc. sp.

Quelpart Island

577

55%

15%

19%

10%

Western Arctic
Coast of N. A.

400

47%

27%

14%

10%

State of N. J.

10,500

49%

19%

16%

12%

State of Conn.

52%

19%

16%

10%

TABLE II

Quelpart Island

577

5-5%

1-5%

1-9%

1.0%

0.10%

Western Arctic
Coast of N. A.

400

4-7%

2.7%

i-4%

1.0%

0.20%

State of N. J.

10,500

4-i%

1.6%

i-3%

1.0%

0-33%

State of Conn.

6,781

5-2%

i-9%

1.6%

1.0%

0.30%

The adjusted figures for Quelpart Island, with its varied
flora, tend to support the suggestion advanced in previous papers,
that the ratios between the various types of food habits, based on
the species present, vary but little when large areas, each em-
bodying different types of vegetation are considered in toto and
when the numerical ratios between the species present and the
factors tending to reduce or change their numbers are con-
sidered as constant.

1925] Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidce of Cuba

NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CERCOPIDdE OF

CUBA.

By Z. P. Metcalf, North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

and

S. C. Bruner, Estacion Experimental Agronomica de Cuba,

Santiago de las Vegas.

This is the first of a series of papers on the Homoptera of
Cuba which have been collected by the junior author during the
past eight years. For some unknown reason the homopterous
fauna of Cuba has been neglected since the publication of de la

Sagra’s “Historia de Cuba,” in 1856, which

contained a list of the Homoptera of Cuba by Guerin-Meneville,
with descriptions of new species, but he did not include a single
Cercopid. In 1864, Uhler, (Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia II : 155-
162) described some new species of Hemiptera including three
new species of Cecropidse, Clastoptera stolida, Clastoptera undulata,
and Tomapsis ( Monecphora ) fraterna, from Cuba. Again in 1876,
(Bui. U. S. Geol. Survey I: 348) he described, Lepyronia an -
gulifera, from Florida and stated that he had specimens from
Cuba. The present list records fifteen species and one variety;
twelve species appear to be new to science, indicating very
clearly how much the Cercopid fauna of Cuba has been neglec-
ted. One new genus is also described, indicating that Cuba
may be an important center for the development of this group.
No less than five new species of the genus Leocomia Ball are
recognized, indicating that Cuba may be an important center
for the development of this genus, which was described from
Hayti. The genus Monecphora is very poorly represented in
our collections, only two species, M. bicinda Say, and its variety
fraterna Uhler and flavifascia n. sp. Monecphora bicinda Say
variety fraterna Uhler equals Monecphora fraterna Uhler.

Monecphora bicincta fraterna Uhler.

Monecphora fraterna Uhler is certainly very close to the
common North American M. bicincta Say and we believe that
the two species are identical. The following points are evident
in a comparison of M. bicincta from North Carolina, with M.

Psyche

[April

fraterna, from Cuba: Transverse bands on the wings irregular
but complete in bicinda, usually broken into two or three elon-
gate spots in fraterna. Vertex broadly rounded with median
carina rather indistinct or not indicated on the pronotum in
bicinda, vertex rather acutely angled with the median carina
distinct, and usually strongly indicated on the pronotum in
fraterna. Genital styles of the male rather acute at the apex,
not strongly recurved, in bicinda, rather obtuse and strongly
recurved, in fraterna.

This common species is a pest of “Parana” ( Panicum numi-
dianum ) in Cuba and occasionally attacks sugar cane. It has
been collected in the following localities: Manzanillo, July 31,
1922, S. C. B. and C. H. B.; Nagua, Oriente, July 7, 1922, S. C. B.
and C. H. B.; Santiago de las Vegas, Sept. 2, 1915, S. C. B.;
Baracoa, April 19, 1916, P. C.; Camaguey, Oct. 10, 1911, P. C.

We also have a single specimen from Manzanillo, July 21,
1922, S. C. B. and C. H. B., which is nearly uniform dull black
above with pale golden pile. Transverse band narrowly in-
dicated on the pronotum, dark red; transverse bands on the
fore-wings indicated by a series of narrow elongate spots; face
and eyes shining black. Legs and venter more or less washed
with red; abdomen black with the borders of the segments and
lateral pieces narrowly bright red. Otherwise this specimen
seems to be identical with M. bicinda ignipeda Fitch.

Monecphora flavifascia n. sp.

This species is very close if not identical with the dark
form of Monecphora saccharina Dist. as illustrated by Williams
(Memoir no. 1, Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago.), but this
species differs in several essential details from typical M. sac-
charina in our collections from Trinidad. We believe therefore
that it should be described as a new species, especially since it
may prove to be of economic importance as a sugar cane pest.

Vertex about one half as long as width between the eyes,
anterior margin rather pointed; discal area strongly elevated;
ocelli separated from each other by about the diameter of a
single ocellus; face strongly inflated, transverse ridges con-

1925] Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidce of Cuba 97

spicuous, median carina well elevated. Pronotum nearly twice
as broad as long. Spine near base of hind tibia short, weak,
spine near apex long stout. Male genitalia with the ventral
gonapophyses short and stout, contiguous to their apices which
are obliquely truncate; lateral gonapophyses elongate, widely
separated basally, contiguous apically, the apices claw-shaped
with the two claws inclosing a nearly circular area; oedagus
slender, inclosed in an evident sheath basally; tenth and eleventh
segments sub equal.

In saccharina the ventral gonapophyses are elongate, con-
tiguous to the apical third, then curvingly separated ending in
short blunt processes; the lateral gonapophyses are elongate well
separated basally then contiguous in the middle of their length
and then widely divergent, the claws inclosing a long oval area.

Holotype, male, Perico, Matanzas, September 30, 1910.

Allotype, female, same locality.

Paratypes, 3 males, 12 females, same locality.

Leocomia Ball.

The genus Leocomia was described by Ball in 1919 (Proc.
Iowa Acad. XXVI: 143-150) from a single specimen from Hayti.
We describe below six new species of this interesting genus which
seems to be West Indian in its distribution. Our species differ
from the generic description as given by Ball in having a pro-
minent spine in the middle of the hind tibiae, and in other minor
points, but we do not think that they are generically distinct.
One of these forms was collected from Pilia sp. but the food
plants of the others are not known.

Leocomia grisea, n. sp.

A uniform grayish species, the largest of the genus from
Cuba, with a well produced vertex and strongly sloping wings.

Vertex flat, strongly produced in front of the eyes, grad-
ually narrowed to the apex; ocelli slightly nearer each other
than the eyes; eyes moderately large, not prominent; frons
flat; pronotum but little longer than the produced vertex;
anterior margin broadly rounded, posterior margin shallowly

Psyche

[April

excavated; mesonotum about twice as long as broad equaling
the pronotum. Venation of fore wing weak; venation of hind
wing typical. Hind tibiae with two spines both stout, the one
at the middle twice as long as the one at the base.

Color above and below, nearly uniform grayish tawny, eyes,
median area of the frons, tip of the rostrum, spines, claws and
ovipositor, blackish.

Length, 5 . 10 mm. ; width across prothorax, 2 . 10 mm.

Holotype, female Sierra Maestra, 3000-3500 ft., July 10-20,
1922, S. C. B. and C. H. B.

Leocomia balloui n. sp.

This is another species with a strongly produced vertex,
dull black to piceous variegated with creamy white and tawny.

Vertex foliaceous, flat, strongly produced about two-thirds
the length of the pronotum; ocelli rather close together; eyes
rather prominent; frons very flat; pronotum rather strongly
arched; mesonotum about as long as vertex, apical portion
rather slender. Fore wings nearly vertical, strongly roughened,
venation prominent; venation of hind wing typical. Middle
spine of hind leg large, basal spine small.

General color dull blackish or piceous; anterior margin of
vertex, tawny; fore wings with a narrow creamy white band
extending irregularly from the claval margin near the middle
of the mesonotum to the middle of the costal margin, apical
third creamy white to tawny with veins black.

Length, 4 . 90 mm. ; width across prothorax, 1 . 80 mm.

Holotype male, Pico Turquino, July 20, 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B., 5000 ft.

Allotype female, Pico Turquino, July 20, 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B. 5000 ft.

Leocomia nagua n. sp.

A short robust species with short wings and a short vertex.
Vertex rather short parabolic, ocelli equidistant from each
other, and the eyes; frons slightly produced, but flat on the disc;
pronotum about twice as broad as long broadly curved and

1925] Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidce of Cuba

somewhat angled anteriorly, deeply angulate posteriorly; meso-
notum nearly as long as pronotum sides slightly arcuated. Fore
wings rather broad, short, rounded posteriorly; venation dis-
tinct apically. Middle spine of hind tibiae long, basal spine
small.

Color, dull piceous brown with golden yellow pile; fore
wings with a diagonal band from the middle of the clavus to the
middle of the corium, and two small transparent spots on the
costal margin, one near the middle and one near the apex of the
wing. Sometimes two large greenish white spots on middle of
pronotum.

Length 3 . 90 mm. ; width across prothorax 1 . 80 mm.

Holotype male, Nagua, Oriente, July 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B., 850 ft.

Allotype female, Nagua, Oriente, July 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B. 850 ft.

Paratypes 2 males and 1 female Nagua, Oriente, July 1922,
S. C. B. and C. H. B., 850 ft.

Leocomia maestialis n. sp.

This is a dull tawny species with a rather short acute vertex.

Head as wide as the pronotum; vertex produced, narrowed
anteriorly, rather acute; ocelli nearer each pther than the eyes;
frons flat; pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, not much
curved anteriorly, excavated as a right angle posteriorly; meso-
notum as long as the median length of the pronotum, sides lightly
arcuated. Fore wings elongate, somewhat expanded on the costal
margin, somewhat rugose, veins narrow but rather distinct;
spines on the hind tibiae stout.

Color, dull tawny clothed with golden pile; face and ab-
domen brown; apex of fore wings shading to brown; eyes dull
black, claws and spines black.

Length 4 . 50 mm. ; width across prothorax 1 . 60 mm.

Holotype male Sierra Maestra, July 10-20, 1922, S. C. B.
and C. H. B., 3500-4200 ft.

Paratype male, Sierra Maestra, July 10-20, 1922, S. C. B.
and C. H. B., 3500-4200 ft.

100

Psyche

[April

Leocomia pileae, n. sp.

A medium large species for the genus, dull black, with very-
short vertex.

Head slightly narrower than the pronotum, vertex short,
rather acute anteriorly; frons strongly produced, the disc flat-
tened, the lateral margins slightly inflated, faintly transversely
striated; pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, sloping an-
teriorly; mesonotum elongate, the lateral margins strongly
sinuated, the apex rather acute. Fore wings strongly sloping,
rather rugose. Legs short and slender, the middle spine of the
hind tibia elongate, stout.

Color black, anterior margin of vertex broadly dull yellow,
sometimes entire vertex and anterior margins of prothorax dull
yellow.

Length 4 . 90 mm. ; width across prothorax 1.70 mm.

Holotype male Pico Turquino, July 20, 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B., 5500 ft.

Allotype female Pico Turquino, July 20, 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B., 5500 ft.

Paratypes 1 female and 2 males Pico Turquino, July 20,
1922, S. C. B. and C. H. B., 5500 ft.

Leocomia fulva, n. sp.

This species may be recognized by its large size, pale golden
yellow color and triangularly produced vertex.

Head rather narrow, pointed, the anterior margin nearly a
right angle with the margins nearly straight lines; pronotum
elongate, its length nearly two-thirds the width, the lateral mar-
gins strongly contracted and the posterior margin deeply in-
dented by the mesonotum, with a distinct percurrent median
carina; mesonotum broad, the lateral margins strongly sinuate,
tip narrow.

General color golden yellow, the eyes and the tips of the
fore wings shading to deep brown; legs and beneath, golden
brown, the spines and tips of the tarsi and claws black.

Length 5.2 mm.; width across prothorax 2.1 mm.

1925] Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidce of Cuba 101

Holotype female Pico Turquino, Cuba. July 20, 1922,
5000 ft. S. C. B. and C. H. B.

Enocomia maestralis, n. sp.

This species is placed in the genus Enocomia Ball with great
hesitancy as it does not agree in all points with the description
of that genus.

Vertex narrow, transverse, somewhat rounded anteriorly,
its median length greater than the length next the eyes; ocelli
closer to each other than to the eyes; frons inflated, the median
area with a prominent circular impression; pronotum broad
nearly twice as broad as median length, lateral margins strongly
converging posteriorly; mesonotum shorter than the pronotum.
Wings short, broad, strongly inflated without an appendix,
venation fairly distinct. Posterior tibia with a short stout spine
beyond the middle, a very small spine at base.

General color, blackish brown shading to lighter on the
apex of the vertex and the apex of the wings, with conspicuous
pale yellow c-shaped marks on either wing. Vertex brownish,
shading to pale yellow anteriorly; face black, dorsally pale yel-
low with four short dark arcs broken on the median line; eyes
dark gray; pro- and mesonotum brownish uniformly covered
with pale yellow pile. Fore wings blackish brown shading to
paler apically, where the veins are blackish and conspicuous,
uniformly coarsely punctured and covered with pale yellow pile.
Base of the clavus with a broad pale yellow stripe which curves
across the claval suture, then anteriorly to the costal margin,
this stripe is more or less broken on the middle of the corium;
apex of the clavus pale yellow, tibiae and tarsi pale brownish
yellow with the claws and tips of the spines black. Abdomen
dull black.

Length 3 . 9 mm. ; width across the prothorax 1 . 9 mm.

Holotype male Sierra Maestra 10-20 July. 1922, C. H. B.
and S. C. B., 3250-4400 ft.

Allotype female, Pico Turquino, 20, July 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B. 5000 ft.

Paratype 1 male and 1 female Pico Turquino, 20 July, 1922,
S. C. B. and C. H. B. 5000 ft.

102

Psyche

[April

Dasyoptera, gen. n.

In general appearance the members of this genus suggest
a small species of Aphrophora Germ, and the venation of the fore
and hind wings is quite similar. They differ however, in many
important points.

Head narrower than the prothorax, somewhat angulate
anteriorly; anterior disc of the vertex horizontal, posterior disc
sloping; face elongate, flat, the disc flat giving the appearance
of an elongate oval impression; pronotum broad nearly twice as
broad as long, and the anterior margin distinctly broadly angulate,
the lateral margins distinctly produced into shoulders; meso-
notum nearly as long as the pronotum, broad anteriorly with
the lateral margins concave, the apex attenuate. Fore wings
long and narrow, the venation strongly elevated giving a very
rugose appearance; venation about as in Aphrophora Germ.,
hind wings long and narrow, venation as in Aphrophora. Legs
short, hind tibia with a long stout spine beyond the middle, and
very short obtuse spine near the base.

Type: D. variegata, n. sp.

Dasyoptera variegata, n. sp.

This species may be recognized by its general golden brown
color, with the vertex and pronotum strongly marked with black.

Vertex broad, short, somewhat angularly produced anterior-
ly about half again as long on the median line as next the eye;
face nearly twice as long as broad, faintly ovally impressed on
the median line; pronotum viewed laterally broadly arched.

General color golden brown with golden yellow pile, this
pile much paler in definite areas giving a spotted appearance;
face with two large black spots apically, these spots continued
over the apical margin as two black dashes on the vertex; post-
erior margin of vertex with two large black spots which are twice
as far from each other as from the eyes; pronotum with a row
of six small black spots near the anterior margin. Fore wings

1925] Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidce of Cuba 10

with many spots of pale pile ; hind wings transparent with brown
veins. Legs and beneath, golden brown, the hind tibia darker.

Length 6 mm.

Holotype female Pico Turquino, Cuba, July 22, 1922, S.
and C. H.B., 6770 ft.

Lepyronia robusta n. sp.

A short robust species similar to Lepyronia gibbosa Ball but
shorter, more robust and darker.

Vertex about half as long as its basal width; tylus triang-
ular, deeply impressed; ocelli twice as far from each other as
from the eyes; face moderately convex. Pronotum twice as
broad as its median length, broadly incised posteriorly. Meso-
notum lozenge-shaped. Fore wings short, broad, inflated;
venation fairly distinct/typical; hind tibia robust, with two later-
al spines about equidistant from each other and the base and apex
of the tibia, the apical spine stouter. Male genital plates in-
flated, about three times as long as broad, together elongate oval.

Ashy gray above, darker on the vertex, pro- and mesonotum
and clavus; the fore wings with a diagonal dark band from apex
of clavus to middle of costal margin, and another band at apex of
wings; the whole upper surface densely covered with short
golden pile. Whole ventral surface, including eyes, legs and
abdomen blackish. "

Length male, 4 . 3 mm., length female, 5 . 6 mm.

This is apparently a very variable species and we are by
no means sure that the two specimens listed under this name
really belong together, but until more specimens are at hand,
thejr may as well be listed thus.

Holotype male, Santiago de las Vegas, Jan. 9, 1922, S. C. B.

Allotype female, Manzanillo, July 31, 1922, S. C. B. and
C. H. B.

Clastoptera undulata Uhler.

This species may be recognized by its pale face with a
broad brown band below the middle, and a series of seven to
nine interrupted arcs above; vertex pale, crossed by an irregular
brown band; pronotum pale with two brown arcs across the

104

Psyche

[April

middle, interrupted on the median line, and the posterior third
clouded with brown; mesonotum dark, lateral margins pale.
Fore wings dark with an irregular pale band across the middle,
and the apex transparent.

We have a single typical specimen from Taco Taco, April
1-6, 1922, C. H. B. and S. C. B. and two paler females, one from
Taco Taco and the other labeled Santiago de las Vegas.

Glastoptera stolida Uhler.

This is a dark species with a series of three pale greenish
yellow spots across the middle of the wings; vertex and pronotum
more or less bordered with pale tawny yellow; face about as in
C. undulata Uhler; legs pale.

Three specimens from Manzanillo, July 31, 1922, C. H. B.
and S. C. B.

Glastoptera flavidorsa, n. sp.

This species may be recognized by its broad short form,
and distinctive yellow and black coloration.

Vertex rather short with the vertical part of the frons
nearly parallel margined; frons strongly inflated; pronotum
about twice as broad as long, broadly curved anteriorly; meso-
notum large. Wings short and broad. Legs short and stout.

Head entirely shining black; anterior margin of pronotum
bordered with shining black, this border wider on the median
line and then narrowed until nearly concealed by the eyes
laterad, rest of the pronotum and anterior half of the meso-
tonum bright yellow; apex of the mesonotum black. Wings
nearly uniform brown, apical cell black. Face, venter and legs
black, the tarsi shading to brown.

Length 2.75 mm.; width across the prothorax 1.50 mm.

Holotype female, Sierra Maestra, July 10-20, 1922, C. H. B.
and S. C. B., 3500-4200 ft.

1925] Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidce of Cuba 105

Glastoptera Cuba, n. sp.

This species is nearly uniform brown above, with the face
twice banded with black.

Short robust; vertex rather deeply excavated posteriorly
together with the vertical part of the frons obtusely rounded
anteriorly; frons moderately flat, not inflated; pronotum not
twice as wide as long; mesonotum elongate, very acute post-
eriorly, side margins feebly arcuated. Wings broad, short and
somewhat inflated.

General color above tawny brown, corium shading to
darker; face crossed by two black bands the area between, pale
yellow, dorsal area uniform brown with dark arcs faintly in-
dicated. Legs dull black, knees paler, and the hind tibia ringed
with paler near the apex.

Length 2.75 mm.; width acorss the prothorax 1.74 mm.

Holotype female Palma Mocha Mt., Sierra Maestra 10-20
July 1922, C. H. B. and S. C. B., 3250-4200 ft.

106

Psyche

[April

PECTINATE ANTENNAE IN THE GEOMETRIC
(LEPIDOPTERA).

By Wm. T. M. Forbes,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

The present note is the summary of an analysis of antennal
characters in the Ennomid Geometridae, for which there seems
to be no present hope of publication.

The Geometridae and especially the Ennomid (Boarmine)
series, have always been notorious for the plasticity of their
characters and the difficulty of their classification. The present
study of antennal characters has developed out of Bodine’s
work (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 23, 1, 1896) on the Lepidopterous
antenna, and has, I believe brought some significant and useful
characters to light.

This discussion includes only the genera with pectinate male
antennae. In the Geometridae the simple antenna is not primitive,
but has been several times produced by reduction. For the
present it is not possible to place all these genera, but pupal and
other characters will throw light on their relationships.

Bodine recognizes five types of antennal organs: three
lengths of setae, cones, and pit-organs. In the Ennomids the
pit-organs seem of little use in classification, and the two types
of generally distributed setae (his types 1 and 3) are not easily
distinguished; the presence and arrangement of the long single
setae which he calls type 2, and the thin-walled sensory cones — ■
type 5, — give good characters.

The following grouping may be made:

Series I: Pectinations naked; cones on shaft.

There are three subdivisions of this type, corresponding to
two natural groups, and a somewhat heterogeneous remainder.

1. Pectinations each with a single distinct seta of type 2,
not obscured by long setae of type 3; pupa with two strong spines
on the cremaster, with dorsal groove (between abdominal seg-
ments 9 and 10) well developed; moth slender, wing normally
with fovea. Antenna usually with a long simple apex.

1925] Pectinate Aniinnce in the Geometridce ( Lepidoptera ) 107

Protoboarmia (indicataria) , Parexcelsa (inconspicuaria) , Eu-
fidonia, Neoalcis (calif or niaria) , Melanolophia, Vinemina ( opa -
caria), Paraphia, Epimecis, Elphos, Boarmia, ( e . g. rhomboidaria) ,
Amraica. In Amraica the antenna is unipectinate, with a super-
ficial likeness to Arichanna. The others form a homogeneous
group.

2. Pectinations very short, gradually running out to base
and apex, slender, central on segments, not clubbed, with long
sparse bristles, the apical one not distinct; segments lightly
chitinized, with fine striations, transverse on outer part of seg-
ments, as in Melanolophia.

Bapta (?) virginalis. The remaining Baptas have simple
antennae, and resemble Cabera (Deilinea). This species has no
likeness to Cabera and has no visible connection with any other.

3. Pectinations more or less clubbed, with a terminal tuft
of long curved setae, burying the single short apical or sub-apical
seta of type 2. Body stout, mouth parts normally reduced;
sculpture normally not unlike group 1, which also has a similar
pupa.

Biston ( ursaria ), Amphidasys ( cognataria , robusta), Erannis
(segments sometimes 4-pectinate, sometimes merely serrate),
Artiora ( Therapis ), Coniodes, Cochisea. This is a homogeneous
group. Artiora has usually been widely separated from Erannis
but hardly differs save in wing-form.

4. Pectinations with at least two strong setae of type 2,
which are typically apical and strongly divergent; and are fre-
quently supplemented by one or more such setae on the outer
sides of the pectinations. A miscellaneous group, held together
mainly by the survival of a primitive condition.

a. Three nearly apical setae of type 2.

Prosopolopha.

B. A DORSAL SETA (OR MORE) ON PECTINATIONS.

Euchlcena (including irraria), Lytrosis, Stenotrachelys, An-
ger ona ( prunaria , cexaria), Xanthotype , Metarrhanthis, Cepphis
( Priocycla ) .

108

Psyche

[April

c. Only two setae of type 2.

Gonodontis ( hidentata , formosa, ocellaria), Abbotana, Himera,
Campcea ( Metrocampa ), Ellopia (not Therina), Selenia , Hygro-
chroa, Stenaspilates, Hypoplectis, Scodiona, Hulstina, Amblychia
(angeronaria) , Xandr antes ( dholiaria ), Arichanna (transitional to
Melanolophia group), Sarcinodes (unipectinate), Achlora (4-
pectinate).

Series II : Pectinations naked, cones at their apex.

This series like the first is composed of three main groups,
of which two are more like each other than to the third, and
has some anomalous genera of uncertain position. Nacophora
makes a group by itself, much like the Biston group, but differ-
ing in egg-type as well as antenna.

1. Basal segment of antennal shaft with well-marked pec-
tinations; posterior series of longer pectinations than anterior,
especially toward apex; cones very few, sometimes irregular in
position and deformed. Apical setae of pectinations strong,
strictly apical, and not obscured by setae of type 3; sub-apical
seta strong, often arising well back from apex. Pectinations
stout and long, tapering, with tips turned distad; strongly
chitinized, especially at base, and longitudinally striate; shaft
smooth or slightly granular.

Nacophora (including u Amphidasys ” arnobia ), Phceoura.

2. Cones numerous, normally on both series of pectinations;
apical setae usually two, and well-marked. Tropical species fre-
quently very heavily chitinized. American genera.

Therina (including quercivoraria and Iceta), Nepytia, Zerene ,
Sicya, Philtrcea, Philedia, Nipteria (in part), Lissochares ( ni -
grovenata), Deutophlebia ( radiata ), Emplocia (bupaloides) , Leucula
(cillenaria) , Carpella ( distrida ), Sangalopsis ( beata ), — also “ Diop -
tis” hesperioides, for which I have not happened to see a valid
generic name, — Metanema {inatomaria and deter minata, transi-
tional to group lie).

3. Cones numerous on one series of pectinations, normally
the posterior, usually absent on the other series, but present

1925] Pectinate Antennae in the Geometridce ( Lepidoptera ) 109

on both series on Bupalus, Crocallis and Euctenurapteryx.
Old-world genera.

Chemerina , Cleogene, Dasydia, Epione, Bupalus, Euctenura-
pteryx (maculicaudaria) , Crocallis. The last genus on most
characters is an outlier of series I.

Series III. Pectinations scaled, cones apical.

This is far the smallest, and in antennal structure the most
homogeneous of the four series, but the genitalic structure as
well as the appearance seems to indicate it is not homogeneous.
Gnophos is particularly troublesome, as with a great variety of
antennal type the genitalia are homogeneous, while Plataea,
which has practically the antenna of G. dilucidaria, has wholly
different genitalia.

Bases of pectinations conspicuously transversely rugose, and
often swollen.

Pectinations basal on segments.

Over 40 segments. . . Gnophos , Patcea, Pherne

Under 40 segments Glaucina, Coenocharis

Pectinations subapical.

Segments under 40, pectinations short . Carphoides, Barnesia

Segments over 40, pectinations long Pterotcea

Bases of pectinations smooth or nearly so.

Antenna pectinate to apex.

Lightly chitinized; segments stout Ennomos

Heavily chitinized; segments very slender Aspilates

Antenna with a long simple apex. ... (a few aberrant Nipterias)
Series IV : Pectinations scaled, cones basal.

There are two main types involved in this group, one rep-
resented by Cabera and Apicia (Caberodes), in which the cre-
master of the pupa has eight hooks, and the other by the Cleora
group with a bifid cremaster. There is a corresponding difference
in the appearance of the moth and of the antennae, and the groups
are no doubt natural, although at present impossible to define.
Ametris, commonly put with the (Enochrominae, seems to belong

110

Psyche

[April

here, while the true CEnochromids fall in series I; Cleora and
Ripula have doubly pectinate antennae, the pectinations al-
ternately scaled and naked. Cleora may be ancestral both to
the Cleora group of this series and the Melanolophia group of
the first, the inner pectinations having disappeared in one case
and the outer in the other. Ripula has no obvious affinities.
The diurnal forms Epelis and Ematurga seem to be separately
derived from something near Itame, and should not be combined
in a single genus, as has been commonly done, following Hulst in
Dyar’s list. The following grouping is largely artificial and for
the convenient tabulating of some characters only.

Synopsis of groups.

Pectinations basal

Sculpture strong on pectinations, setae of type 2 apical, not

strong Group A

Sculpture weak on pectinations; setae subapical and obsoles-
cent, lost among the setae of type 3 Group B

Pectinations central or apical

Strongest seta of type 2 subapical, short and weak as a rule,
when near the apex lost among a mass of longer setae of
type 3.

Subapical seta strong, comparable with the apical . Group C
Subapical seta less than half as long as the apical and weak,

but distinct Group D

Subapical seta not recognizable, lost in the setae of type 3

or (more probably) absent Group E

Pectinations ending in a strong and conspicuous apical seta
No subapical or dorsal seta, only the apical type-2 seta

present Group F

Subapical seta well-marked, no dorsal seta

Pectinations apical Group G

Pectinations central Group H

Subapical seta strong; a few, at least, of anterior pectinat-
ions with a third dorsal seta at about a third their
length Group I

1925] Pectinate Antennce in the Geometridce (Lepidoptera) 111

Pectinations with apical seta more or less distinct, but not
fully apical, at least on some segments; subapical
strong; sculpture of shaft weaker than in group D

Group J

A: Selidosema ( ericetaria , ambustaria but not the American
species sometimes included).

B: Lychnosea ( helviolaria only), L. (?“ Hyperitis ”) triang-
uliferaria, Stegania (trimaculata) , Ripula.

C: Caripeta, Hemerophila (abruptaria) . A wholly artificial
pairing, I suspect. Caripeta has a pupa similar to Cabera and
Apicia, Hemerophila is ynuch more suggestive in all ways of
Lytrosis in series I.

D: Vitrinella (pampinaria) .

E: I tame ( Diastichtis , Cymatophora) , Phy so stegania, Elpiste,
Macaria (species with more or less pectinate antennae), Mericisca,
Buzura (suppressaria) , Eubolia, Enconista, Epelis, Exelis, Eu-
macaria, Parapheromia (lichenaria) , Tracheops, Merisme ( spodo -
dea ), Fidonia ( limbaria ), Euaspilates, The South American
“ Aids ” salmonearia, and “ Ectropis ” anaisaria also belong to
this group, but not the genera in which they now stand.

F: Glena (insaria, quinquelinearia) , Anacamptodes, Ematur-
ga ( faxonii , atomaria), Hyposidra ( talara ), Gynopteryx ( szriaria ),
Hymenomima ( tharpa ), Ametris.

G: Pseudoboarmia ( umbrosaria , punctinalis) , Stenoporpia
(polygrammaria) , Tornos, Hesperumia, Chloraspilates, Somxtolo-
phia, Halesa (cenitusalis) , Erebomorpha, Aplogompha ( riofrio ),
Molybdogompha ( biseriata ,) “ Lychnosea ” intermicata, Neoterpes,
Epiplatymetra.

H: Ixala, Pterospoda, Enemera.

I: Cabera, Drepanulatrix, Catopyrrha, Apicia ( Caberodes ,
without C. irraria).

J : Plagodis, Anagoga, Hyperitis. This is a homogeneous
group on venation as well as antenna.

In the following genera I have been unable to find any
trace of cones, or at most a few on the simple terminal segments,
so that it is impossible to group them unambiguously. I divide
them into artificial groups to call attention to some of their
characters.

112

Psyche

[April

Group I: Pectinations naked, basal on segments, apical

SETAE NORMALLY DISTINCT

Heliothea, Egea (no terminal setae), Nychiodes, Eurrhanthis ,
Group II: Pectinations naked, apical, no setae of type 2.

Acalia, Brephos

Group III: Pectinations scaled.

Nepterotcea (compare Coenocharis and Gnophos), Eucaterva
(compare IV B or IV G) Narraga (compare Epelis), Fernaldella
(very near Narraga), Melanchroia (Compare IV F).

STERRHINAE and HYDRIOMENINM

Pectinations slender, basal, naked with stiff, sparse and
rather evenly distributed setae, and a minute apical seta of type
2 or none. Cones rare on the pectinate segments; on the shaft
in Xanthorhoe ferrugata, rudimentary on apices of pectinations
in the Sterrhince.

HE MI THEINJE

Pectinations naked, with cones usually on the simple apical
segments only, but sometimes also on the apices of some pectin-
ations.

1925]

Note on Panurgidce (Bees)

113

NOTE ON PANURGIDCE (BEES)

By Charles Robertson.

Carlinville, Illinois.

That the cubital cells in Perditinse are the first and third, as
stated in my Synopsis of Panurgidse, Psyche, vol. 29, p. 195, was
pointed out by Cockerell (Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. Jan. 1896, p. 30)
who says that on one side of the type $ of obscurata a petiolate
second cell shows. A male taken by me at Orlando, Florida,
shows this second cell in both wings. In a recent paper I notice
that the third cell is called “second.” The relative size of the
two cells would be different, when the two veins coalesce, from
what it would be if one were obliterated.

On page 161 of my paper it is stated that Zaperdita maura
is an oligolege of Physalis. In the Canadian Entomologist vol.
35, p. 334, Crawford says that Graenicher regards it as an oli-
gotropic visitor of Physalis. Graenicher used the term oligotro-
pic in the sense in which I have used it, but that term is used in so
many senses that I have adopted oligolege, or oligolectic bee, as
more precise.

Another Instance of the Northward Migration of Odonata
in the Spring.

Mr. John B. Paine has informed me that on either May
25th., or 26th., 1923 as he crossed the street from a store to the
Custom House in Boston, he noticed on the side walk over a
dozen dead dragon-flies. He attached no particular interest to
their presence but noted that they were of medium size and dark
colored. In questioning Mr. Paine about the matter he told me
that the area he crossed was very limited and therefore the large
number of the insects and their presence on a city side-walk
attracted his notice. Evidently, I believe, they were casualities
from a migrating horde such as has been described by Bradford
Torrey as seen twice in the city of Boston on a spring northward
migration.

R. Heber Howe, Jr.

The David Mason Little Memorial
Museum of Natural History.

114

Psyche

[April

THE NORTH AMERICAN VARIETIES OF VOLUCELLA
BOM BY LANE LINN.

By Charles W. Johnson.

Boston Society of Natural History.

My paper entitled, “The Volucella bonibylans Group in
America” (Psyche, 1916, vol. 23, p. 159-163), was written
primarily to encourage a study of this group and of their relation
to the various species of Bombus or Bremus. My system of
naming in the above paper might deserve some criticism from
a strictly nomenclatorial standpoint. I have therefore in the
following table and notes endeavored to correct an error and to
make more clear my views on the relationship of these various
forms.

Volucella facialis Will, cannot be satisfactorily separated
from the var. plumata of Europe, but as the typical bombylans
is absent in America, it seems best to recognize facialis as a sub-
species. I am also considering the eastern evecta and the Labrador
arctica as subspecies, and the other forms as varieties of these
subspecies.

The question naturally arises, are these variations worthy of
distinct names, especially when European authors have placed
twenty-four names (including the American evecta, sanguinea and
facialis ) in the synonomy under bombylans ? Ignoring variation,
when it exists in such a widely distributed species, does little to
encourage a study of this most interesting syrphid. If certain
forms do actually resemble the species of Bombus in whose nests
it is commensal, then a knowledge of the possible limits and dis-
tribution of these variations is essential for a biological study,

Table of subspecies and varieties.

1. Face yellow, with yellow pile 2

Face black or dark brown, with yellow pile 3

2. Dorsum of the thorax and the pleura black pilose, third

abdominal segment black pilose (Calif, to Alaska)

subsp. facialis Will.

1925] North American Varieties of Volucella hombylans Linn 115

Dorsum of thorax black pilose, pleura yellow pilose, third
abdominal segment black pilose (N. H. to Newfoundland:. .

var. lateralis Johns.

Dorsum of thorax black pilose, pleura yellow pilose, posterior
margin of the second and a large dorsal spot on the third
abdominal segment red, bearing reddish pile (Col., Utah,

N. M.) var. rufomaculata Jones.

3. Antennae dark brown, thorax with the pile in front of a line
between the base of the wings black in the cf and mixed
with yellow in the $ , abdomen entirely yellow pilose
(Labrador) subsp. arctica Johns.

Antennae red, pile of the thorax and pleura entirely yellow,
first and second and the fourth and fifth segments of the

abdomen with yellow or red pile (Eastern U. S.) . . . .

subsp. eveda Walker.

Abdomen with the pile of the first and second segments
yellow, the others entirely black. . . . var. americana Johns.

Abdomen with pile on the first and second yellow, a portion
of the third segment reddish pilose, and the remaining

segments with either red or yellow pile. > *

var. sanguinea Will.

Volucella bombylans facialis var. lateralis Johnson.

V. plumata Macq., Dipt. Exot., 4, Suppl. p. 131, 1844.

V. hombylans form lateralis Johns., Psyche, vol. 23, p. 161,

1916.

This is the eastern representative of facialis distinguished
chiefly by having the pile of the pleura yellow. The variety is
quite common at Mt. Desert and the only form I have taken on
the island. It belongs to the Canadian zone.

Volucella bombylans facialis var. rufomaculata Jones.

V. hombylans form sanguinea Johnson ( non Williston),
Psyche, vol. 23, p. 162, 1916.

V. rufomaculata Jones, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 10, p. 227,

1917.

This was referred to sanguinea in my previous paper, on the
strength of the reddish pile on the abdomen. Since then I have

116

Psyche

[April

received a specimen from Pennsylvania referable to evecta with
reddish pile on the third segment, which indicates that Williston
probably had eastern specimens before him. Rufomaculata seems
to be peculiar to the more elevated portions of the Rocky Moun-
tains.

Volucella bombylans arctica Johnson.

V. bombylans from arctica Johns., Psyche, vol. 23, p. 163,
1916.

With only the American forms for comparison I would have
considered this a distinct species, but it resembles so closely
specimens in my collection from the Alai Mountains, Turkestan,
received under the name V. hcemorrhoidalis Zett., that it seems
best to consider it an arctic subspecies of this circumboreal
species. Types from Rama and Nain, Labrador.

Volucella bombylans evecta Walker.

V. evecta Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., p. 251, 1856.

Walker’s description calls for a form with — head black, an-
tennae reddish, thorax thickly clothed with “tawny hairs,”
abdomen with black hairs, with two bands of “tawny hairs, one
band at base paler than the other which is near the tip.” Walker
does not clearly define the difference between a light yellow and a
reddish yellow so that the pile on the posterior segments of
evecta may be either yellow or reddish. In actual use the word
tawny covers many shades of color from pale ochre to swarthy
brown. Evecta is the upper austral form extending through the
transition zone.

Volucella bombylans evecta var. americana Johnson.

V. bombylans form americana Johns., Psyche, vol. 23, p. 162,
1916.

This is the more common form, the typical evecta being less
frequently taken in New England.

1925] North American Varieties of Volucella bombylans Linn 11

Volucella bombylans evecta var. sanguinea Will.

V. evecta var. sanguinea Will., Synop. N. A. Syrphidse, p.
186, 1886.

Specimens of evecta referable to this variety are rare. A
specimen received from Mr. A. B. Champlain, taken at Charter
Oak, Pa., July 11, 1917 (H. B. Kirk), has a dorsal patch in the
third and the greater portion of the fourth segment with red
pile. A specimen from Sherborn, Mass., June 13, 1913 (E. J.
Smith), has a large patch of red pile on the third segment while
the pile on the fourth and fifth segments is yellow. This variety
will have to be restricted to those with red pile on the third seg-
ment. It represents — in a way — a parallel variation to that of
rufomaculata in the subspecies facialis, but lacks the red ground
color.

International Entomological Congress.

The III. International Congress of Entomology will take place
at Zurich from July 19th to 26th, 1925. President: Dr. A. von
Schulthess-Schindler.

Informal reception on Sunday evening July 19th; distribu-
tion of programmes, etc.

Membership 25 Swiss francs, associates accompanying mem-
bers $12.50, Life-membership $250.00.

Entomological Societies, Institutions and Departments of
Zoology, Forestry, Agriculture, Horticulture and Hygiene are
invited to send Delegates.

Notifications of papers and exhibits should reach the General
Secretary before July 12th. Applications for accomodation in
Hotels, etc., should be sent as early as possible. All communica-
tions to be addressed to the General Secretary, Dr. Leuzinger,
Gloria-Str. 72, Zurich 7, Switzerland.

118

Psyche

[April

The New York State List of Insects.

It is expected that the proposed List of the Insects of New
York State will soon be issued by the State College of Agriculture
of Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

It is estimated that over 15,000 species will be listed as
definitely occurring in New York, together with the complete
distribution data within the state as known for each species.
The lists for several orders are already practically completed.
Dr. M. D. Leonard, the editor of the list will greatly appreciate
definite New York State records in all groups and will see that
full credit is given to every cooperator. All records should be
sent to him before June 1, 1925.

Whatever Your Question

Be it the pronunciation of Bolshevik! or
soviet, the spelling of a puzzling word — the
meaning of blighty, fourth arm, etc., this
Supreme Authority — ■

WEBSTER’S NEW INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY

contains an accurate, final answer. 400,000 Words, 2700 Pages. 6000
Illustrations. Regular and India Paper Editions.

Gr. &c C. MERRIAM CO., SPRINGFIELD, MASS.

Write for specimen pages, prices, etc., and FREE Pocket Maps if you name “Psyche”,

500 Pin Labels all alike, 50 Gents.
1000 Pin Labels all alike, 80 Gents.

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 2 cents each, in total and per line, per

500. Trimmed.

Prices subject to change without notice.

C. Y. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Smitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXII JUNE, 1925 No. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The Mystery of the so-called “Trilobite Larvae” definitely solved.

Eric Mjoberg 119

Notes on Neotropical Onycophora. C.T.Brues 159

Guests of Eciton hamatum (Fab.) collected by Professor W. M. Wheeler.

W. M. Mann 166

New species of North American Dolichopodidae. M. C. Van Dnzee 178

The Bremus Resembling Mallophorae of the Southeastern United States.

S. W. Bromley 19°

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

President .

OFFICERS FOR 1925

J. H. Emerton

Vice-President

R. H. Howe

Secretary

J. Bequaert

Treasurer

F. H. Walker

Executive Committee

. A. P. Morse,

S. M. Dohanian

S. W. Denton

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson, Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander, A. P. Morse,

Washington State College, Peabody Museum.

J. H. Emerton, J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, Canada or Mexico; foreign postage, 15 cents extra. Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages in length will be required to bear a
part of the extra expense, for additional pages. This expense will be that of typesetting
only, which is about $2.00 per page. The actual cost of preparing cuts for ail illustrations
must be borne by contributors; the expense for full page plates from line drawings is
approximately $5.00 each, and for full page half-tones, $7.50 each; smaller sizes in pro-
portion.

AUTHOR S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

Entered as second-class mail matter at the Post Office at Boston, Mass. Acceptance
or mailing at special rate of postage provided in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917,
authorized on June 29, 1918.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXII. JUNE 1925 No. 3

THE MYSTERY OF THE SO CALLED “TRILOBITE
LARVAE” OR “PERTY’S LARVAE” DEFINITELY

SOLVED.1

By Eric Mjoberg.

CONTENTS.

I. Introduction 119

II. Historical 120

III. New Investigations 123

IV. Neoteinic Females 128

V. Methods of Securing Males of the ‘ Trilobite-larvae” 131

VI Supposed Luminosity of the “Trilobite-larvae” 132

VII. The First Known Male and Female of the “Trilobite-larvae”. . . . 133

VIII. The Systematic Position of the Genus Duliticola 137

IX. Food Habits of the “Trilobite-larvae” 140

X. Different Species of “Trilobite-larvae” from Borneo 142

XI. “Trilobite-larvae” from other Parts of the Oriental Region 144

XII. Generali [Discussion of the Development of Lampyridae, Drilidae,

Telephoridae and Lycidae 145

XIII. Bibliography 151

I. Introduction

Among the many remarkable forms of insect life to be met
with in the Oriental region none have aroused the interest of
entomologists more than certain strange looking uncouth
creatures, showing a great resemblance to the extinct trilobites
in possessing protruding lateral processes on the abdominal seg-
ments. From time to time various “trilobite-larvae” as they
have been termed by English entomologists, have been figured
and more or less superficially described. Although the first one
was made known in 1831 by Perty no one has been able to breed
them and state what they really are. They have been a standing-

contributions from the Entomological Laboratory, of the Bussey Insti-
tution, Harvard University, No. 249.

120

Psyche

[June

puzzle to entomologists and for nearly a hundred years their
systematic position, method of propagation, food, etc., have re-
mained a mystery.

II. Historical

In the year 1831 Perty described a peculiar beetle-larva
which he called “Larva singularis” or “Larva qucedam et Java.”
He seemed to be inclined to regard it as the larva of a necroph-
agous rather than of a malacoderm insect and adds: “Vi deter-
minandumest cujus imaginis haec larva sit.”

In his “Introduction to the classification of Insects” (1839)
Westwood mentions the same larva and refers it preliminarily to
the Lycids. Furthermore he describes and figures a smaller
larva with more nearly parallel-sided body, which he also con-
siders to be a Lycid larva.

Some years later (1841) Erichson refers to a similar larva and
believes it to be a Lampyrid. This opinion was shared 20 years
later on (1861) by Candeze.

In 1887 or some 26 years later Kolbe discusses the “trilobite-
larvae ’’and inclines to Westwood’s opinion that they are Lycids.

A larva referred to in 1887 by Lucas with “mandibules
grands, arquee robustes” and with “plaques lumineuses” from
Siam is apparently a Lampyrid-larva of some kind.

In 1899 Bolivar describes and figures two “trilobite-larvae”
of the broader type, one from Borneo and another one from the
Philippines under the title “Dos formas larvarias de lampirides.”
Concerning their systematic position he seems to be in doubt.
A figure of one was sent by Bolivar to Bourgeois, who in reply
makes the following statements: “Quant a cette de Philippines
elle est tout autre et je ne serais pas etonne qu’elle n’appartient
pas au genre Lycus. Quoi qu’il en soit, cette larve de Philippines
est de plus interessante et il serait fort a souhaiter que nous
puissions etre edifies bientot sur les metamorphoses a quelle
espece nous devons la rapporter.”

An examination of Bolivar’s figures makes it clear that
both larvae are of the “trilobite” type. The one from Borneo is
obviously the most common lowland form, which has repeatedly
been figured or described by various authors.

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 121

The same year (1899) Dr. Sharp describes and figures a
peculiar larva from New Britain in the following words:] “There
have long been known to entomologists some extremely re-
markable larvae, that probably are Lampyrides or Lycides,
though none of them have been satisfactorily identified. Dr.
Willey procured a most remarkable form of this kind, bearing
long abdominal processes that are segmented or articulated at
the base (PI. XXXV, Fig. 7). “I take the opportunity”, he adds,
“of drawing attention to these forms with the hope that someone
may soon be able to give us further information about them.”
There can be hardly any doubt that the larva referred to is
a Lampyrid larva, though of a very aberrant and extraordinary
type.

In an article in the Sarawak Museum Journal (No. 3, 1913,
pp. 61-65) Mr. Gahan deals in detail with the mysterious
“trilobite-larvae” and discusses the future possibilities of solving
the problem which they present. He recommends strongly that
tropical entomologists attack the problem in the field and make
renewed attempts to rear them, pointing out, however, that
larvae have been kept alive a long time, extending up to two
years, but so far without success.

The late Curator of the Sarawak Museum, Dr. R. Shelf ord,
in his posthumous work “A Naturalist in Borneo” edited by
Prof. Poulton, has dealt at length with the “trilobite-larvae.”
He devotes several pages to these mysterious creatures, from
which I extract the following:

Page 172: “If, then the adult male of the ‘trilobite-larvae’
is provided with wings and wing cases, then the larva should
possess imaginal rudiments, but a careful microscopical exam-
ination of male larvae ranging from a comparatively small size
to nearly the largest has failed to reveal the slightest trace of
these organs. I can therefore declare with some degree of con-
fidence that if an adult male of this larva be eventually found
differing in its external anatomy from the larva, then it must
be apterous. In spite of the abundance of these larvae, in spite
of the fact that they have been known to collectors for many
years, a male of this description has never been found. I will
venture to prophesy, moreover, that it never will be found, but

122

Psyche

[June

that some day a larva with completely developed internal gene-
rative organs communicating with the exterior by ducts will be
found and such a “larva” will be to all intents and purposes an
adult. If this is ever established, we shall have a gradual tran-
sition from species exhibiting complete metamorphoses to species
without any metamorphoses at all as thus :

Males and females undergoing complete metamorphoses

Lycidce etc.

Males and females undergoing complete metamorphoses but

female larviform Lampyris noctiluca.

Males undergoing complete metamorphoses; females not meta-
morphosing Phengodes

Males and females undergoing no metamorphoses, both indis-
tinguishable from larvae “ Trilobite-larvae”.

What Shelford means by “having examined male-larvae
ranging from comparatively small size to nearly the largest is
certainly very difficult to explain. Obviously he presumes that
some of the “trilobite-larvae” commonly met with in the nature
must be male-larvae and therefore all his conclusions based upon
this wrong supposition are wrong. For all “trilobite-larvae”
reared by me — and they number more than 50 and belong to
three different species — have turned into females and we can
therefore safely conclude that all the common “trilobite-larvae”
we find crawling about in the jungle are female-larvae.

What furthermore seems to have puzzled Shelford is the
extraordinary size of the larvae. He states that “neither in Kina
Balu nor in the neighborhood of Kuching, where ‘trilobite-
larvae’ also occur does there exist, so far as known a Malacoderm
beetle that could possibly be regarded as the adult in either of
these families and this in spite of the fact that in the one place
the larvae are extraordinarily abundant and in the other common
enough.”

It deserves furthermore to be pointed out that Shelford’s
above quoted statement about Phengodes is misleading. As we
shall see later on, the members of the peculiar American group
Phengodini pass through a long pupal stage and the larviform

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce ” Definitely Solved

123

female shows certain distinctive features in comparison with
the larva.

The latest author to deal with the “trilobite-larvse” is
Gravely in his paper “The Larvae and Pupae of some Beetles
from Cochin” (Records of the Indian Museum, Vol. XI, part
V, No. 20, 1925). He describes and figures the larva of Lyro-
pceus biguttatus, which in general type resembles the “trilobite-
larvse” although it is considerably smaller in size. The larva
developed normally into a pupa and imago. Gravely states that
“the larvae which give rise to these winged insects are, however,
not particularly large and throw no certain light on the status
of the much larger insects with which the name “trilobite-
larvae is more particularily associated.”

Gravely also refers to two large insects of the “trilobite-type”
which were found in the Cochin forests. They are figured on
plate XX and measure about 28 mim. He also mentions another
larva of much smaller size also from Cochin, which has more
elaborate tubercles and papillae and differently constructed
mouthparts. He suggests that these former larvae may prove to
be immature females of the Lycid genus Lyropceus, but leaves
the question open as nobody has been able to trace their life-
history.

III. New Investigations.

On arriving in Borneo in May 1922 I made up my mind to
have the problem of the “trilobite-larvae” of Borneo definitely
solved more especially as my interest for these peculiar forms of
life had been already aroused during my sojourn in Sumatra in
1919-21, when I came across a single representative of “Perty’s
larva” in the jungles of Siantar.

It has long been known that these peculiar larvae reach
their maximum of size in Borneo. So far as I have been able to
ascertain at present two distinct types have been recorded from
there and superficially described. To this I am glad to add four
more, making a total of six species. One of them is a very
striking form, measuring nearly 70 cm., quite black with a serie
of sealing-wax red tubercules on the dorsal side. It is figure

124

Psyche

[June

on Plate III fig. 1 and is the largest and most conspicuous form
known so far.

Since 1922 I had a large number of the larvae under close
observation and have made every effort to rear them. The first
species that came in my way was the large attractive larva just
referred to above. It was found quite commonly on the higher
slopes of the unknown Mt. Murad, a high mountain situated in
the North of Sarawak not very far from the Dutch boundary.
Over 200 specimens in different stages were secured and kept
alive in suitable cages, but none of them underwent any meta-
morphoses. Most of them were brought along six weeks later on
when I returned from Mt. Murad on my way back totheBaram
Station on the lower Baram River. Owing to the awkward
conditions of transportation where everything had to be carried
on the natives’ backs, many of the larvae died.

The sudden change in temperature from the cold mountain
regions down to the steaming hot lowland naturally aided in
reducing the number.

In January 1923 I undertook an expedition to Mt. Dulit
(4000-5000 ft.). The number of surviving larvae, about 30,
were taken along, but soon died. Out of more than 200 larvae
only a single one developed into an adult female, distinguished
from the full-grown larva only by possessing a sexual opening in
front of the anal disc, surrounded by two simple genital valves.
It lived for some days but owing to some difficulties in casting
the skin on the apical segments it soon shriveled, became dis-
colored from a black secretion and died.

A dissection showed the ovaries full of small whitish eggs,
convincing me that I had to do with a sexually mature, fully
developed female for the first time.

When arriving at Mt. Dulit on the Tinjar River, a large
tributary to the Baram River, I found to my great surprise that
another “trilobite-larva” of large size and of apparently unknown
type was fairly common on the higher slopes from 3500-4500 feet.
It is the big black larva of the type shown in Plate III fig. 2.

On returning to my headquarters in Kuching in March I
brought more than a dozen very large larvae with me. These
were fed on decaying jungle wood, which was changed daily.

1925] Mystery of “Trilobite Larvce ” Definitely Solved 125

After some weeks of captivity one of the larvae rolled itself up
and was lying on the surface as though dead for several days.
One morning I found that it had cast the larval skin and ap-
peared quite whitish. It remained in that position for another
five days whereupon the color changed into a dull yellowish-
white. It soon started to crawl slowly about. A close exam-
ination revealed the interesting fact that it had developed a
sexual opening on the eighth sternite surrounded by two small
valves immediately in front of the anal suction disc.

Some days later on it started to lay eggs. These were small,
whitish, perfectly round, measuring about one millimeter in
diameter. They were deposited in small groups here and there
or simply dropped wherever the female was crawling, sometimes
as many as 15-20 at the same place. Egg-laying went on for
about two weeks until over 300 eggs had been deposited. Every
morning, when opening the door to the cage I found the female
turning the top of the abdomen upwards in order to expose the
sexual opening from which a clear drop of liquid was secreted.

Three more larvae cast skins after a similar period of rest
and turned into sexually mature females behaving in exactly the
same way as the first one described above. They all died after
having deposited from 300-400 eggs. Some months later more
females developed, but no signs of any males could be seen.

In October I undertook a new expedition to Mt. Poi in
Southern Sarawak. There I came across the very same big
black larva just referred to. They were found at an altitude
ranging from 3000-5000 feet and were quite numerous. Several
developed into females and were exposed at suitable places in
the jungle in hopes of attracting the males, but without success.
The females were tied up with a string long enough to allow
them to move about in a circle and were protected by a cage of
wire netting with meshes more than an inch wide. Thus the
males could easily gain access to the cages and the females were
comparatively free but at the same time well protected.

All efforts were, however, in vain. I had to return again to
my headquarters. During the following month (December) my
native collectors brought me more than 200 big larvae of the same
type from another mountain, Batu Gadin, in the Lundu district,

126

Psyche

[June

where they had been despatched exclusively for the purpose of
collecting “trilobite-larvae.” Of these more than 20 developed
into adult females in quite the same way as the ones previously
referred to. As no signs of males could be detected it became
now more clear to me that the “trilobite-larvae” commonly met
with in the various localities must all be female larvae.

In January 1924 I set out for a third expedition, this time
to the second highest mountain in South Sarawak, Mt. Pen-
rissen (4000 feet). The main object was to follow up the search
for the males of the mysterious larvae, all the available
female material was brought along in two big cages. My sup-
position that the same type of larvae probably would be found
also on Penrissen turned out to be quite correct, for several
larvae of the same or at least very similar kind though not quite
so big were found in close vicinity of my camp.

A number of newly developed females were immediately
exposed in the same way as described before. As many as 18
cages were kept going. They were carefully examined three
times a day, the first time always at sunrise. But although
over a month was spent on the big mountain, covered with a
luxuriant jungle, no traces of any males could be found.

It deserves to be mentioned that all “trilobite-larvae”
found on Mt. Penrissen -were only half grown and showed more
pronounced light markings between the dorsal rows of tuber-
cules than the form from Mt. Dulit, Mt. Poi and Mt. Batu
Gadin. It is therefore possible that it might have represented
another species or sub-species and that both these facts may
have been reasons why I did not meet with any success in
capturing the males.

I returned to Kuching, determined not to give up my efforts
to secure the males. As all the larvae of the developed females
had been collected on Batu Gadin, this place could be regarded
as their true home and I therefore decided to move my base of
operations there. In April 1924 I proceeded to Lundu and from
there directly to Batu Gadin where my headquarters were erected
at an altitude of 2500 feet.

During two weeks I supervised the experiments myself.
Females of the ordinary types as well as of the smaller more

1925] Mystery of “Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved

127

parallel-bodied kind which I had also been successful in breeding,
were exposed at selected places but all in vain. As other duties
called me to Kuching I had to return leaving my collectors
behind with instructions to report immediately if any males
should appear in the cages.

During more than two months this tedious work was kept
going without the slightest results. In the meantime I visited
the place twice making some slight alterations. The native
collectors lost all hope, complained about the cold weather and
wanted a change.

I gave, however, orders to move the experimental base
1000 feet higher up, where big larvae seemed to be more plentiful,
as the attempt to get the males had to be continued. A reward
of $10.00 for the first male stimulated the collectors very much
in their efforts.

I returned again to Kuching but heard nothing from my
collectors during the following weeks. I visited the place again
and made several alterations placing the cages in more open
places, exposed to the weather and wind, here and there clearing
patches of the dense jungle vegetation.

This proved ultimately to be successful for one morning a
male was caught in copula with a female. (Plate IV fig. 1).
I was just on my way back, when one of my collectors came
running after me with the copulating pair wrapped up in a
banana leaf. At the ventral side of the big female a small black
beetle was seen firmly attached and with his tip of the abdomen
deeply inserted in the female’s sexual opening.

It soon detached itself from the female and was preserved
in alcohol. The female was brought back to Kuching where it
soon started to deposit a large number of eggs, but unfortunately
they never hatched out. Probably the male had been too much
disturbed and the eggs had not been properly fertilized.

My collectors received strict orders to carry on the ex-
periments in order to secure as many males as possible and to
watch carefully the eggs deposited by the females. Four more
weeks’ work yielded a dozen more males of exactly the same type
as the first one. It was therefore evident that I had, after all my
trouble and effort, secured the proper male

128

Psyche

[June

All deposited eggs were brought down to Kuching by the
returning collectors, but for some unaccountable reason, not a
single one hatched. Evidently the sudden change in altitude
and temperature between the cold mountains and the hot low-
land must be responsible for their failure to hatch.

As already stated females of the smaller and more narrow
type of “trilobite-larva” had also been exposed, but no males
were ever found. The females deposited about 100 eggs each.
In spite of the female of this type being much smaller than the
first one its eggs, as seen on Plate IV fig 2, are curiously enough
twice as large.

Thus nearly two years of more or less continuous field work
had resulted in rearing three species of “trilobite-larvae” to egg-
producing adult females and in the capturing of several males of
the second largest species.

All my attempts to rear the very common, flat, leaf-like
lowland species figured in Plate III Fig. 5, had been a failure.
Although the larvae were kept by me in hundreds in cages not a
single one turned into a female. When attaining their maximum
of size they were all attacked by a whitish mould which killed
them in great numbers.

The only way to rear this species seems to be to build big
cages in the forest and to keep some hundred of the largest
ones in captivity under conditions as natural as possible until
the females develop like the other species. The larvae feed on
decaying old wood. This type of larva is extremely abundant
and it would be more interesting to get its male which, for
reasons given below, probably represents a new genus.

IV. Neoteinic Females.

A closer examination of the “trilobite-larvae” from Borneo
thus reveals the interesting fact, that the “trilobite-larvae” so
commonly met with are the female-larvae of Lycid beetles of
various genera and that the females undergo, practically speak-
ing, no metamorphoses at all. They attain sexual maturity as
complete larvae and differ in their organization only by possessing
developed ovaries and a sexual duct and opening. They are

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 129

adults retaining infantile characters and can therefore be termed
neoteinic in the definition of Giard (1905). The males on the
other hand are well developed beetles probably hitherto un-
described but in all essential characters normally developed
Lycids.

The female has so completely reduced her metamorphoses
that in her external features, she is perfectly larviform. No
marked pupa or imago-stage exists. As a worm-like creature
she crawls sluggishly about on the ground and dies after having
deposited her numerous eggs. Copulation and oviposition take
place in a quite normal way. The female has specialized in the
direction of larger size, premature development of the sexual
organs and in reducing the normal metamorphoses to an ab-
solute minimum.

It seems certainly strange that the female after the last
ecdysis remains whitish and unpigmented. A close examination,
however, shows that a diffuse casting of skin takes place after
the development of the sexual organs, or in most cases after
oviposition, when the body shrinks together and therefore the
thin transparent skin becomes more conspicuous. (Plate III Fig.
2a). This partial casting of the skin seems to be more or less
confined to the dorsal side and is probably the last reminiscence
of a former regular pupal stage, which we must suppose the
female to have possessed during earlier geological periods when
it was more similar to the male and not yet so highly differentiated
in the way of retrograde development.

It deserves in this connection to be mentioned that many,
if not all of the normally developed Lycids show a distinct ten-
dency to retain the last larval skin when pupating. When in
Borneo I bred hundreds of the gregarious larvae of Lycostomus
gestroi Bourg. They all kept their skin when pupating. The
advantages of this are apparent. The larvae are black
with bright yellow markings, which serve as warning colors.
Their principal enemies, birds, reptiles and carnivorous insects
know by experience their nauseous properties and a Lycostomus
larva is therefore never attacked. The insect makes use of the
well-known warning coloration to protect the whitish-yellowish
pupa, by keeping the larval skin as a cover. The larval skin

130

Psyche

[June

bursts on the sides and the dorsal as well as the ventral sides
remain covered by the brightly colored larval skin.

It is therefore possible that the diffuse casting of a thin
skin in the female of the “trilobite-larvse” after the oviposition
or after the development of the sexual organs is to be explained
as a reminiscence of the habits of its ancestors to pupate within
the larval skin.

Strictly speaking the present day female of the “trilobite-
larvse” represents nothing more than a strongly condensed form
of a larva and pupa and imago of a Lycid-female.

The larva is clearly indicated by the larva-like organiza-
tion in general, simple eyes and mouth parts, one clawed-tarsi
and 9 abdominal segments; the pupa by the general lack of
pigment and probably by the diffuse casting of a thin postlarval
skin; the imago finally by its sexual maturity.

The discovery of egg-laying larva-like females and the
first male of the “trilobite-larvae” of large size from Borneo
makes it highly probable also that the other large “trilobite-
larvse” from Borneo and other parts of the Oriental Region are
nothing but female-larvae of Lycid beetles. When the male of
the second largest species from Borneo has proved to be such a
small Lycid it is probable that the males of the other smaller
species belong to the smaller forms of the Lycidae. The charac-
ters of the first male known point decidedly towards a fairly
close relationship with the genus Dihammatus of which so far
as I am aware only three species are recorded from Borneo
( D . pattens, D. abditus, D. borneensis), some few other ones from
Java, (D. cribripenuis) Sumatra, ( D . atriceps ) and Formosa (D.
atricolor) .

That our knowledge of the Lycid beetles is, indeed, only in
its infancy is clearly shown by the large number of new genera
and species described by the well-known German entomologist,
the indefatigable Mr. R. Kleine. My own material from my
expedition to the unknown Mt. Murad has already been worked
by Mr. Kleine and his results will be published in the next number
of the Sarawak Museum Journal. More than 66% of the forms
are unknown and there are many new genera. Professor C. F.
Baker of Manila, who so keenly and in a most admirable way

1925] Mystery of u Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 131

has devoted his time and efforts to the exploration of the insect -
fauna of the Philippines, informs me that Kleine recently has
doubled the number of Philippine Lycids.

Unfortunately I was not able to study the development of
the eggs which may prove to be of extraordinary interest. When
the male and the female are so extremely different not only in
size but in their whole organization, it is highly probable that
the male-larva is very different from that of the female, i. e., the
“trilobite-larva” we find crawling on the ground. Are the male
larvae already 11 ah ovo” different to the female-larvae and of what
shape and form are they? And how large a percentage of a
female’s 300-400 eggs turn into males, how many into females?
Where and how do the male-larvae live and where the males,
both being obviously extremely hard to find?

All these interesting questions remain to be settled!

Methods Of Securing Males Of The “Trilobite-Larwe.”

It is certainly strange that the “trilobite-larvae” have for so
long frustrated the efforts of the entomologists to solve their
mystery. I am quite sure that if I had not been so persistent in
my searches and during so long a time devoted special attention
to the problem in the field. I also should have failed.

My experience clearly shows that the males of the “trilobite-
larvae” can be got only by bringing together a large number of
the larvae and keeping them under conditions as natural as
possible until they turn into egg-laying forms. These have to
be exposed at suitable places where the larvae are abundant and
during the wet season, when the males seem to have developed
into winged beetles. Change in temperature and altitude should
be avoided so much as possible. Finally the hunter should arm
himself with great patience!

Such exposure at the right place remains to be done with
five more Bornean forms and with the various larvae found in
Java, Sumatra, Malay Peninsula, Cambodja, Indo-China and
the Philippines, from which latter faunistic region Professor C. F.
Baker with usual generosity and kindness has sent me a couple
of species from the Island of Mindanao.

132

Psyche

[June

Supposed Luminosity Of The “Trilobite-Larv^e.”

It has been stated from time to time that some of the
“trilobite-larvse” are luminous.

The first entomologist to make such a statement was Kolbe
(Ent. Nachr., No. 3, 1887, page 38). He states that “Das
Konigl. Museum bekam wieder um eine Anzahl dieser Larven
von Hr. von Faber, die derselbe in Padangan der Westkliste von
Sumatra gefunden hat und welche anscheinend ubereinstimmen
mit den schon seit langer Zeit in Besitz des Konigl. Museums
befindlichen Exemplare aus Java. Nach Angabe der dortigen
Bewohners sollen sie im Dunkeln leuchten, aber ich habe keine

Gelegenheit gehabt es selbst zu sehen Man sieht daher

dass nicht nur die Larven der Lampyriden und einiger Tele-
phoriden (Phengodes) sondern auch von Lyciden leuchten.”
As seen this statement is entirely based upon the natives’
vague information. It is more than credible that a confusion
with Lampyrid larvse has taken place for no other reliable en-
tomologist, who has handled “trilobite-larvse” — with one excep-
tion, which will directly be dealt with — has been able to observe
any luminosity. Kolbe’s conclusion that certain Lycids show
luminosity is certainly very rash and can hardly be taken seriously.

The only white observer who mentions something about
personal experience with luminous “trilobite-larvse” is Shelf ord
(Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1901, page 690). In a short note he refers to:
“Some other Malacoderm larvse of considerable size (50-80
mm.) were frequently met with, but their life-histories were not
traced; in fact these larvse have long been a complete puzzle to
entomologists, since no adults of corresponding size are known.
The external features of one form has recently been described by
Bourgeois (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1899 page 58-63); the head is
extremely like that of the Lycid larvse noted above and in other

points of its anatomy it agrees with those forms In

another form with a pair of phosphorescent organs in the penul-
timate segment of the abdomen the cuticle is glandular.”

To what larva the latter statement refers, we get no further
information. I have carefully examined all the “trilobite-larvse”
in the Sarawak Museum, but fail to find even the slightest trace

1925] Mystery of “Trilobite Larvce ” Definitely Solved

133

of luminous spots or organs in any of them. The very same
thing applies to all the various “trilobite-larvae” I have handled
in a living state.

As it is hardly credible that Shelford had access to any other
“trilobite-larvse” than those that I have seen, I think we can
safely conclude that he has based his statement on a Lampyrid
larva, many of which occur in Borneo, some reaching a fair size.

I therefore maintain that so far no definite and convincing
statement about luminous Lycids exists.

The First Known Male And Female Of The
“Trilobite-Larv^ . ’ 1

Duliticola gen. nov.

cf : Somewhat allied to the genus Dihammatus but differing
by having more strongly developed and more curved mandibles,
the 2nd and 3rd joint of antennae more sharply set off from the

Fig. 1. Male of Duliticola paradoxa op. nov. A, head and prothorax from above; B, outline
of elytra; C, antenna; D, genitalia.

134

Psyche

[June

others, the joints more transverse, slightly emarginate at the
dorsal end, laterally more compressed and more strongly hairy;
prothorax more semicircular with the sides more plainly set off
and more rounded, stronger and more robust ; legs and the genital
apparatus in the male of much more slender and much different
type.

Head broad, transverse;' antennae distant, long and slender,
second and third joints much shorter than the others; eyes
large, prominent, coarsely facetted. Prothorax semicircular,
lateral parts flattened and plainly set off by a deep impression.
Elytra showing signs of indistinct ribs, interstices slightly ru-
gose, increasing considerably in width backwards, richly hairy;
wings of the ordinary Lycid-type, but membrane strongly in-
fuscate giving the whole wing a blackish appearance. Legs
richly hairy; tarsi long and slender. Abdomen showing eight
transverse segments, all finely hairy, the eighth tergite at the
anterior margin deeply excised; genital segment consisting of a
dorsal elongate lamella and a much shorter ventral one; penis
and paramera of a slender type as shown in text fig 1, D;
paramera hooked at the apex, distinctly serrated at the lower
margin, apparently forming an effective clasping-apparatus
during copulation.

9 : In everything like the female larva ( vide description
below) but yellowish white ; the row of tubercules on the sternites
placed on more distinctly set off parts of the segments; the eighth
sternite very much emarginated at the hind margin and here the
sexual duct, surrounded by genital valves, opens (Plate III fig.
2a).

Size slightly smaller than in the full grown larva, ranging
from 65-75 min.

Duliticola paradoxa sp. nov.

Imago.

c ? : Entire body with the exception of the somewhat lighter
colored sides of prothorax black, depressed, broader behind.

Antennae long, laterally compressed, densely hairy, basal
joint robust, partly receiving the base of the second, which is

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvae” Definitely Solved 135

short and cylindrical; third much broader than long, tapering
toward the base, fourth to sixth about one and one-half times
longer than broad; slightly emarginate at the apex, seventh to
tenth gradually becoming longer and more slender, apical joint
the longest, being fully four times longer than broad, at the
apex rounded. Frons vertical, labrum thin, membranaceous,
tapering anteriorly, slightly emarginate in front and here trans-
parent; mandibles very strongly developed, perhaps serving
some purpose in copulation, maxillae and labium of the normal
type; sides of head behind the eyes strongly converging back-
wards. Prothorax more than twice broader than long, nearly
semicircular, disc with a slight transverse basal impression,
shining, hind margin emarginate, hind angles slightly protruding,
obtuse; scutellum fairly big, triangular, rounded at the tip.
Elytra showing a tendency to develop faint longitudinal costae,
widened towards the tips, posteriorly rounded; tibiae long and
slender; claws with a small tooth-like dilatation at the base.
Abdomen narrow, the first seven segments fairly equal in size,
hairy. Measurements: Total length 7 mm. greatest width 2.7
mm.

Habits: Nocturnal.

Locality. Mt. Batu Gading near Lundu, altitude 1500-3000
feet, Sarawak. Probably distributed over a wide area. Its $
larvae found by me (1 spec.) near Lio Matu on the Baram River
and on Mt. Dulit on the Tinjar River, North Sarawak, altitude
2000-4000 feet.

$ (Plate III fig. 2a) : Of very large size, in general shape and
appearance like the female-larva, but yellowish-white.

Measurements: Slight^ smaller than the full grown larva,
ranging from 65-75 min.

Adult-Larva

9 : Body black, except a small median patch at the post-
erior margin of all thoracic and the first eight tergites, which is
yellowish; abdominal processes and lateral margin of thoracic
segments whitish; the whole upper surface finely shagreened
and punctured. Head small, completely retractile within the
prothorax; antennae retractile, two-jointed, terminal joint hairy,

136

Psyche

[June

provided with several holes in the chitin where probably sense
organs of some kind are placed; mouthparts very incompletely
developed, mandibles curved, more or less membranaceous and
folded horizontally, maxillae small, maxillary palpi three-jointed
the second joint only half the size of the basal one, the apical
joint very small, weakly pointed. Labium anteriorly forming a
small chitinous ring on which the small 2 jointed labial palpi are
inserted, the terminal joint pointed; head forming a solid chi-
tinous case, sides from the base of the antennae to the small
simple eyes parallel, from these converging backwards; eyes
in the living animal marked by a small pigmented spot. Pro-
thorax forming a large triangular shield, in the middle of the
front margin with two small tubercles and two corresponding
ones on the ventral side, hind angles obtuse, at the posterior
margin in the middle with two small black shining tubercles; meso-
and metathorax broader, more rounded at the sides, both with a
pair of small black tubercles separated by a yellowish patch at
the hind margin, both segments with a pair of extraordinary large
spiracles. Legs consisting of a long and robust coxal part, a
trochanter-like one, a tibial and a tarsal one which is hairy below
and bears at the end a single strong and sharp claw. Abdominal
tergites nine in number, the first seven fairly equal in size, the
eighth and ninth gradually becoming smaller, the hind angles of
all segments protruding as a backwardly bent process of lighter
color and with a pair of black tubercles separated by a yellow
patch, except on the apical segment, where the tubercles are
missing; posterior margin of last segment slightly sinuate; the
corresponding sternites show the lateral parts set off by a deep
furrow, in the middle with two rows of protruding spines, which
at the top carry a tuft of dirty white bristles. On the distinctly
set off lateral portions of the segments there are two rows of
tubercles, one interior consisting of small black tubercles and
one exterior row of large slightly curved processes which become
lighter colored towards the tips; obviously these rows of ventral
tubercles serve for locomotory purposes, enabling the larva to
move about on the loose jungle soil; the terminal segment with
a large circular round whitish suction disc.

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 137

Measurements: Total length 75-80 mm. Greatest width of
metathorax 25-30 min.

The Systematic Position of the Genus Duliticola.

From what has been said above the genus Duliticola pos-
sesses all the essential characters of the family Lycidae and
should therefore be placed there.

When still in Borneo I tried hard to identify the first known
male of the well-known “trilobite-larvae”. Owing to lack of
access to literature I could not settle the question locally. I
therefore sent a specimen to the well-known entomologist Mr.
C. F. Gahan of the British Museum asking him for his opinion,
Mr. Gahan informed me that he considered the beetle to be a
Lycid and belonging to a genus related to or perhaps identical
with Dihammatus.

Later on I sent also a specimen to the well-known German
entomologist and Lycid specialist, Mr. R. Kleine of Stettin, who
declared that no Lycid of any similar type was known to him
and that he thought the beetle to be a Drilid.

Before leaving Borneo I was kindly offered an opportunity
by Professor W. M. Wheeler to come to America and to take up
some research work at the Bussey Institution. I gladly accepted
his invitation and had there an excellent opportunity to go into
the question in detail myself.

There can in my mind hardly be any doubt that Gahan’s
statement that the beetle is a Lycid is correct. My close exam-
ination, however, shows that it can under no circumstances be
placed in the genus Dihammatus. It differs distinctly in the
shape and build of the antennae, the shape of the prothorax and
above all in the male genital apparatus, from a specimen of
Dihammatus abditus Kleine which Mr. Kleine has been kind
enough to send me for comparison.

The reasons why Kleine seems to favor a position in the
Drilidae are partly because the middle-coxae of my beetle are not
quite so distant as in most Lycids, and partly because normally
developed females of all known Lycid-genera are known.

With reference to Kleine’s first objection, I find that the
characters “coxae contiguous” and “coxae distant” are fairly

138

Psyche

[June

relative ones, different degrees of both being traceable within
the family Lycidse. The male-specimen of Dihammatus abitus
Kleine from Sandakan in North Borneo, treated with caustic
potash shows the middle-coxae more nearly contiguous (less
distant) than in the males of Duliticola paradoxa Mjob, treated
in the same way. I therefore consider that not too great stress
should be laid upon this character.

It is certainly a strange fact that not a single of the many
known Lycid-genera known up to now are characterized by
larviform females, normally developed females of all described
genera according to Kleine being known.

As I find that my beetle can not be received in any of the
known genera I have been forced to create a new one. The fact
that no similar beetle is represented in the rich collections of the
Sarawak Museum and in no other collections I have seen (Sin-
gapore, Java, Manila) would certainly point to the belief that
the male of Duliticola paradoxa Mjob. as well as of the other
“trilobite-larvse” must be extremely hard to get. It took me
fuily two years of more or less continuous field work to procure
the first male and it was only thanks to the numbers of sexually
mature females exposed and to my persistent attempts that I
was successful in securing it. Obviously the males must live in
such a hidden way that they do not fall in the hands of the
chiefly diurnal entomologists and collectors. The circumstances
that they are exclusively nocturnal and non-luminous have also
much weight. Also the fact that the males are not attracted by
strong light helps to explain why they have so far escaped all
entomologists. During my long and tedious nights in the
Bornean jungle I kept permanently two big light traps going,
consisting of a big basin in four sections filled with water and
measuring about a meter in diameter with a 250-candle power
lamp (“Storm King”) hanging immediately above the water.
Every night thousands of smaller creatures were attracted and
caught on the water. Among the victims were several male
lampyrids of the genera Lamprophorus, Lucernuta, and Luciola
but not a single male of Duliticola paradoxa Mjob.

As all observed males of Duliticola seem to die directly
after the copulation it is probable that they fertilize only one

1925] Mystery of “Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 139

female. That they are not so scarce at the right place and at the
right time is evidenced by the fact that my collectors managed
to catch over a dozen specimens at the very same place, after I
had found out the right way to expose the females.

As full grown female-larvae can be collected in great num-
bers, sometimes in hundreds within a shorter time than a week,
and at almost any time of the year, it is only logical to conclude
that males also must be developed fairly regularily, since par-
thenogenesis does not seem to occur. That there is no standstill
in the tropics is a well-known fact and it is indeed corroborated
by the fact that larvae kept in captivity by me continuously
developed into mature females the whole year round.

It seems therefore probable that the males, guided by their
senses, find their way directly to the hidden females and die on
the spot immediately after copulation. This may be the ex-
planation why they are so rare in nature and have so far escaped
entomologists and collectors. The same obviously applies to
the females which can be said to be still more scarce, as in no
single instance has a mature female yet been found in the field.
The life history of the imagines of both sexes is therefore still
wrapped in mystery.

The type of antennae and the general structure do not permit
me to place the genus Duliticola within the family Drilidae, all
known females of which are carnivorous. This applies also to
the Drilid larvae known up to now, which are very different
from the “trilobite larvae” in all more important features, while
these latter undoubtedly remind one strongly of certain Lycid
larvae, for instance, the larva of the genus Lyropaeus as described
by Gravely.

It is, however, a noteworthy fact that Duliticola and in all
probability also the other genera of “trilobite-larvae” which
undoubtedly soon will be discovered, differ strongly from the
ordinary Lycids in following striking features:

1. Neoteinic larviform females.

2. No externally visible metamorphoses in the female sex.

3. Female larvae reaching a gigantic size, with reduced
mouthparts.

140

Psyche

[June

4. Non-carnivorous, non-gregarious, feeding on decaying
damp wood.

As pointed out previously the “trilobite-larvae” must belong
to different genera. As normally developed females are known
of all described Lycid genera and as it is utterly incredible that
one and the same species should possess both winged and larvi-
form females normally as Gravely suggests ( l . c. p. 362) I venture
to prophesy that several new genera of “trilobite-larvae” will be
described in the future. If these should possess more strange
characters than does Duliticola, compared with normal Lycids
(viz., Dihammatus) it would perhaps be justifiable to separate
the group of “trilobite-larvae”, characterized by so many strange
features and habits, as an offshot of primitive Lycoid beetles and
give them the rank of a family or sub-family of their own (Duli-
ticolidae of Duliticolinae) related to the other four groups of
malacodermata and via Duliticola more so to the Lycids than to
the Lampyrids and Drilids.

But at the present moment our knowledge of these queer
creatures is too scanty to justify such a step.

Food And Habits Of The “Tribolite-Larv^.”

The “trilobite-larvae” are chiefly found on or in the vicinity
of big rotten logs, sometimes several near the same spot, but as
a rule they do not show any tendency of being gregarious, odd
larvae often being found crawling about anywhere in the jungle.
They like rainy weather and are mostly found crawling around
after heavy showers.

The larvae feed on the juice of decaying wood, as clearly
evidenced not only by the contents of the stomach but also by
direct observations. But they seem to be very particular in
getting the right kind of wood. When changing food every day
I had many opportunities to study their behavior. Often they
crawled over the new pieces of wood put in the cage until they
came to the proper kind. There they used to accumulate and I
could plainly see by aid of a powerful magnifying glass that they
actually were sucking the juice from the wet pieces of wood.
Larvae killed and examined some hours afterwards were found to

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 141

have the stomach and intestines full of a dark mass of decayed
woody products, reminding one of the material found in longi-
corn larvae.

When touched the larva withdraws its head very quickly
and remains still for a time. Slowly the head is again thrust out
and the larva continues its slow crawling.

When taken between the fingers the larvae secrete a kind of
mikly white substance between the segments and the joints of
the legs, which apparently serves some protective purpose. No
living being in the jungles seems to be inclined to attack or feed
upon the larvae on account of their nauseating properties. In
the numerous stomachs of birds which I purposely examined in
search of parasites, I have failed to discover any remains of
“trilobite-larvae.”

Peculiarly enough I have never been able to find larvae of
smaller size than 15 min. Probably the female deposits her
eggs in the interior of big hollow decaying logs and the young
larvae remain in their birth place until they have cast the skin
several times.

The larvae grow very slowly, as many of them kept by me in
captivity have remained unchanged and cast no skins during
more than six months. In all probability the larva requires
several years to become full grown.

It is equally strange that one never finds the adult females
in nature. Although having for years hunted through the
jungles in search of other invertebrates, both myself and my
trained collectors, and having turned every stone and split up
thousands of pieces of decaying wood or heavy logs I have never
been able to find a single fully developed female, in spite of the
fact that full grown larvae were abundantly common there-
abouts. Where she undergoes her last ecdysis still remains a
mystery. As the larvae are very feeble, helpless creatures they
can neither live a subterranean life by digging themselves down
into the ground nor by boring themselves into the wood. It
is, however, possible that the female manages to reach the interior
hollow parts of a big heavy log, which is comparatively sound
and where entomologists do not gain access.

142

Psyche

[June

Different Species Of “Trilobite-Larv^e” Found In Borneo.

The following types of “trilobite-larvse” are known to me
from Borneo:

No. 1. (Plate III fig. 1)

$ : Larva : A very large remarkable form, shining black
with a row of four bright sealing-wax red 'tubercles at the hind
margin of the thoracic segments and two rows of median sealing
wax red tubercles on the hind margin of the first eight abdominal
segments. Also the margins of the thoracic segments of the ab-
dominal segments are of the same bright color. The anterior
prothoracic margins show two small tubercles or processes just
behind the head; the prothorax is of a triangular shape, with
rounded, obtuse hind angles, the sides of the meso- and meta-
thorax are more parallel; all three segments are distinctly punc-
tured and with a slight median, smoother elevation.

Measurements : Greatest length 92 mm., greatest width 20

mm.

Locality : Mt. Murad, N. Sarawak.

Altitude 4000-7000 feet.

Adult $ : In everything similar to the above described
larva, but with a sexual opening, surrounded by genital valves
on the eighth sternite. Color yellowish- white. Size slightly
smaller than the larva, c? unknown!

No. 2. (Plate III fig. 2)

$ : larva : Duliticola paradoxa sp. nov. vide description above.

Adult $ : vide description above.

No. 3. (Plate III fig. 3)

Cinnamon colored, with two black shining tubercles on the
thoracic and the first eight abdominal segments; the abdominal
lateral processes dark colored. Prothorax more rounded behind
than in larva No. 1 and the hind angles smaller, metathorax
with more protruding hind angles.

Closely related to No. 1 and probably belonging to the
same genus.

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce ” Definitely Solved 143

Measurements'. Greatest length 80 min.

Greatest width 18 min.

Locality: Mt. Murad, N. Sarawak. Altitude 6500 feet.

Adult 9 and d unknown!

No. 4. (Plate III Fig. 4).

Resembling No. 3; cinnamon colored like it, but the post-
erior prothoracic angles more rounded and the meso- and meta-
thorax differently shaped, the rows of tubercles not so pro-
nounced and between them a dark colored fascia. Otherwise
like No. 3 and probably a species of the same genus.

Measurements: Greatest length 45 min. (if full grown?)

Greatest width 16 min.

Locality: Mt. Dulit, N. Sarawak.

Altitude 3500-4000 feet.

Adult $ and d unknown!

No. 5. (Plate III Fig. 5).

The ordinary common type from the lowland frequently
mentioned and figured by various authors.

Body strongly depressed, thin as a leaf, light brown, thoracic
segments strongly dilated, with a streak-like mark on each side.

Measurements: Greatest length 40 min.

Greatest width 25 min.

Locality: Kuching and surroundings, Ramboengan, Lundu,
South Sarawak. Especially common during the rainy season
(Nov. -March).

Adult 9 and d unknown!

Represents another distinct genus!

No. 6. (Plate III Fig. 6).

The type figured and briefly described by Westwood. Of
much more elongate and parallel-sided type than the previous
ones.

Measurements: Greatest length 50-55 min.

Greatest width 13 min.

144 Psyche [June

Distribution : Kuching, Lundu, and some other lowland

localities, South Sawawak.

Larva of very similar or identical type occurs also in the
Malay Penninsular and Sumatra.

Represents a distinct genus!

$ Adult: In everything similar to the 9 larva and like it
colored dark brown although a diffuse casting of the pupal
skin seems to take place.

$ :-Unknown!

The above mentioned larvae represent, to judge from their
external appearance, the following genera :

I. A probably unknown genus with No. 1, No. 3 and No.
4 as species. (All mountain-forms!)- — -Borneo.

II. A new genus related to Dihammatus and described
above as Duliticola. The larva of the only known species rep-
resents a type of its own quite unlike the other ones. — Borneo.

III. A genus of its own and on account of the abundance
of the larva probably of an already described genus, but which?
— Borneo.

IV. A genus of its own, but not so far known. Quite a
distinct type. — Malay Peninsula.

“Trilobite-Larv.®” From Other Parts Of The
Oriental Region.

From time to time there have been “trilobite larvae’ 1 spe-
cifically described and figured from Java, Sumatra, Malay
Peninsula, Cambodia, Cochin, Burma, Ceylon, the Philippines,
etc. How many species and genera they really represent it is
impossible to state with our present scanty knowledge.

I have personally seen only the larva No. 7 of Plate III
which was sent me from the Kuala Lumpur Museum and which
comes from the Malay Peninsula. It is somewhat similar to
larva No. 5 from Sarawak, but has more strongly and differently
developed tubercles on the thoracic segments, and is surely
specifically, if not also gen-erically distinct from the Bornean
one. Its body is not so flattened and its size larger (45 mm.).

Of the Philippine larvae I have seen a collection belonging

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 145

to the Bureau of Science, Manila, and think that there are at
least three different fairly closely related types or species rep-
resented. They all come from the island of Mindanao. The
only hope of solving the identity of the species would be to send
a trained entomologist to the island with strict orders not to
return before he has endeavored to breed them out.

General Discussion of the Development of Lampyrid^e,

DRILIDiE, TELEPHORID.E AND LyCID^E.

Of these four families, forming the group of the Malacoderms
(s. str.) the Lampyrids show a marked tendency to develop
larviform females, the retrograde development being confined
chiefly to the elytra and the wings. All degrees of reduction
seem to be represented, from females exactly like the males with
fully developed elytra and wings down to entirely apterous
larviform females.

It is of interest to note that a reduction also seems to take
place in some of the males. But all males have wings except in
the genus Phosphcenus, where the elytra are reduced to small
rudimentary lobes, the wings entirely absent.

All Lampyrid-females pass through a normal pupal stage
and the imagines are characterized by possessing well developed
antennae, compound eyes, two claws, etc. No traces of hyper-
metamorphosis can be found.

In the family Drilidae conditions are practically the same,
though slightly more complicated. The larva in its first stage is
quite different from the so called ‘ ‘inactive form” or second
stage, which is more like the pupa and therefore has been termed
“pseudopupa.”

According to Grawshay (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1903., pp.
39-51.) “the winter form into which the undeveloped larva
changes about the middle of September, or often earlier, as
stated, is incapable of feeding or of more than a heavy grub-like
motion, when disturbed. In general outlines it much resembles
the ordinary form of larva but it rather perhaps deserves the
term “false pupa.” The setae are absent, the body being almost
entirely soft, of whitish color and except on the last three or

146

Psyche

[June

four segments, almost hairless. The head is small and pale
with the mouth parts rudimentary and the antennae very short,
modified. The legs are soft and short with the claws absent and
replaced by a small prominence. The processes of the body are
much smaller and less distinct, with only a few white hairs,
until the last three or four segments where they become rather
thickly hairy, but with the hairs shorter than in the larva. The
terminal processes are likewise shorter but with the spines long
(Plate III. Fig. 2a). This skin is cast about the middle of May
and the larva then reappears from the shell in its ordinary form
continuing its life as before, until it is full fed in the second or
probably in most cases the third summer. When full fed it
changes into a second inactive winter-form which more nearly
approaches the pupa and which like the other, may be aroused
early or late in the year. Though this is very similar to the
previous one, it differs from it especially in the much more
stumpy form of the antennae and of the processes of the last
three or four segments/ ’

Another author, Riischkamp, (Biol. Centralbl., 1920, page
376-389) corroborates Grawshay’s above quoted statements
about the life history of Drilus flavescens and gives the interesting
information that he has been able to shorten or prolong the
different stages by changing the degree of humidity and food.
Such change of a larva from an active to an inactive stage could
be brought about after only thirteen days. The larva seems to
have the ability of adapting itself to the prevailing circumstances
by changing over from the active to the inactive stage, whenever
necessary or “necessitate coacta ” an extraordinary thing showing
how plastic in their habits certain members of the large and
undoubtedly primitive group of malacoderms are.

The pupa of the male Drilid is a normal beetle pupa. The
female pupa resembles very closely the last inactive form of
lava. Thus a tendency to reduce and simplify the originally
normal pupal stage is clearly distinguishable.

The females of the few Drilids, the life history of which is
known are even more larviform in their general appearance
than are the Lampyrid females. A distinct resting period is
undergone and the female is in all essential characters an imago,

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 147

possessing many-jointed (10-11) antennae, compound eyes and
two claws, but lacking all traces of elytra and wings and therefore
extremely larviform.

It is in this connection of interest to note that in the female
also a reduction of the antennae is noticeable. These show only
ten joints, the apical one being reduced to a small appendage
only, reminding of the small accessory appendage often found
in the larval antennae.

In some cases even a further reduction seems to take place.
According to Grawshay “the antennae of the female are normally
composed of 10 joints (omitting the supplement) but the ninth
joint is often imperfectly formed being sometimes confounded
with the preceding one so as to be scarcely visible, and some-
times entirely absent.’ ’ This deformity may even appear in
different degrees in the two antennae of the same insect. The
Drilids therefore show a much greater degree of retrograde
development than the Lampyrids.

The extensive group of the Telephorids shows as a rule quite
normal conditions. Both sexes are equally well developed and
typically predaceous, in this latter respect agreeing with the
larvae of the two previously mentioned groups. A strikingly
exceptional type, however, is the remarkable American group
Phengodini, where the sexes differ greatly from each other.

Thanks to Haase’s excellent paper (Zur Kenntnis von
Phengodes, Deutch. Entom. Zeits. 1888) we know that the Phen-
godes female has developed in a retrograde direction to an ex-
tremely larva-like creature. The male on the other hand is an
elaborately developed beetle with highly specialized antennae.
According to Haase and Riley the female differs from the larva
only by having “more feeble mandibles and tarsi” than the
larva. It passes, however, a distinct pupal stage as is also cor-
roborated by Mr. H. S. Barber in a letter to me.

In Sharp’s “Insects” of the “Cambridge Natural History”
the following startling statement about Phengodes is found:

“There is no reason to doubt that Haase was correct in
treating the insects we figure as a perfect insect; he is, indeed
corroborated by Riley. The distinctions between the larva and
female imago are that the latter has two claws din the feet instead

148

Psyche

[June

of one, a greater number of joints in the antennse and less im-
perfect eyes.”

The source of this error of Sharp’s is difficult to find. As
stated previously no such distinctions do exist as already pointed
out by Haase and Riley and furthermore corroborated by Mr.
Barber in a letter to me of recent date.

Through the kindness of Mr. Nathan Banks I have had the
opportunity of examining two larvae and a female of Phengodes.
There can be no doubt about the error of Sharp’s statement.
No such differences as pointed out by him exist. But on the
other hand the differences between the female and the larva
seems to be great. Whereas the fully grown larva is a pale-
looking soft-bodied creature with a comparatively small head,
the adult female in general appearance more suggestive of an
Elaterid-larva, shows strongly chitinized, dark brown tergites
with large, yellow, more or less square patches indicating the
site of the luminous spots. The head in general and the man-
dibles are much more strongly developed, as well as the legs.
In many ways the female really conveys the impression of an
imago. When preparing for pupation the Phengodes larva
burrows itself down in the ground and rests for a period of several
weeks.

Like the Lampyrid Drilid and Telephorid larva the Phen-
godes-larva is carnivorous, and according to observations feeds
upon myriopoda of the family Julidse, which are often sub-
terranean in their habits.

The specialization via retrograde development in the Phen-
godes female is thus carried to an extreme, the female being
more vermiform than in the three previously mentioned groups,
but still showing certain distinctions from the larva and still
undergoing a pupal stage.

Finally, in the fourth group, the Lycidse, both males and
females are normally developed beetle imagines. Their larvse so
far as known, are Lampyrid-like, carnivorous and in some cases
at least gregarious.

The only genus showing a tendency to develop reduced
females seems to be Homalisus, the systematic position of which,
however, does not seem to be definitely settled. Thus according

1925] Mystery of “Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 149

to Fowler (The Coleoptera of the British Islands, p. 126) “the
synthetic genus Homalisus ought perhaps to be removed from
the family (Lycidae) and regarded as is done by some authors as
a separate family in itself.”

In his splendid work, “Fauna germanica” Reitter keeps the
position of the genus Homalisus in the Lycidae and adds with
reference to H. frontes bellaquei Geoffr: “Das sehr seltene $ hat
nur ganz kurze klaffende Flugeldecken und die Tergiten liegen
frei.”

I have not been able to find any more recent references to
the germs Homalisus. But in all other respects the female is a
normally developed beetle.

Fig. 2. Diagram illustrating the types of metamorphosis in the Lycidae.

As a very striking example of retrograde development
among the Lycid females we must now add the females of the
Bornean “trilobite-larvae”. All the three vermiform females I
have been successful in breeding ( Duliticola paradoxa and the
females marked as No. 1 and No. 6 (Plate HI) show no dif-
ferences whatsoever from the larvae except in color and in

150

Psyche

[June

possessing sexual organs, ovaries, duct and aperture; and pass
through no marked pupal state. The full grown larva simply
rolls up openly for some days as does the larva when casting its
skin, sheds the larval skin and turns into an adult female with
the same head, simple eyes and one clawed tarsi as the larva.
The two females bred without any complications (which as
stated before happened to No. 1) behaved in exactly the same
way, kept still for some days and started to deposit eggs and to
expose the sexual opening by turning upwards the tip of the
abdomen and secreting from the sexual aperture a drop of clear
liquid.

The small group of Lycids which has developed in this
queer direction, of which the larvse up to now have been known
as “trilobite-larvse” is confined to the Oriental region. They
belong undoubtedly to several genera and represent the most
degraded forms known among the non-parasitic beetles. Judging
from the abundance of the larvae in the field, their peculiar
regressive development seems to be a successful specialization.
They differ also from normal Lycids by being non-carnivorous,
with their mouthparts very much reduced, enabling them only
to suck the juice of decaying wood. Their larvae are further
more non-gregarious and typical jungle insects, whereas most
Lycids are gregarious and love sunny open places.

The group apparently reaches its maximum of size and
variety in Borneo. Up to now six distinct forms are known
from there, but future investigations will undoubtedly show
that the “trilobite-larvae” are richly represented in the central
mountain chains of Borneo, a region which, however, still falls
outside the beaten track.

It has long been established that the Malacoderms have to
be placed among the more primitive forms of beetles, This
explains partly why the members of this group which is in many
ways undifferentiated display great plasticity in various direc-
tions. In all four families we find steps towards higher special-
ization mostly in retrograde direction, this applying chiefly to
the females. In the Drilids a kind of hypermetamorphosis is
found. Some of the Lampyrids show prothetely {vide Williams,
Psyche, Yol. XXI. No. 4, pp. 126-129).

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved

151

The most degraded forms are undoubtedly the females of
the “trilobite-larvae” which have reduced the metamorphosis to
an absolute minimum and are practically larvae with full pos-
sibility of propagation.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Perty, M.

1831. Observationes Nonullse in Coleoptera Indiae Orient-
als, p. 33.

Westwood, J. 0.

1839. Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects.
Part I, p. 254, figures 27 and 28.

Erichson, W. F.

1841. Zur systematischen Kenntnis der Insectenlarven.
Arch. Naturg. Part VII. pp. 91-92.

Candeze, E. M.

1861. Histoire des metamorphoses de quelques Coleopteres
exotiques, Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liege XVI, pp. 358,
403-4, pi. VI. Fig. 12.

Rivers, J. J.

1886. Pacific Coast Coleoptera, Bull. California Acad.

Sci. pp. 64-72.

Lucas, M. H.

1887. Bull. Soc. Entom. France, pp. 35-37.

Kolbe, J. H.

1887. Uber einige exotische Lepidopteren und Coleopteren

Larven (6), Perty’ s “Larva Singularis” Ent.
Nachr. Ill, pp. 37-39.

Haase, E.

1888. Zur Kenntnis von Phengodes, Deutsch. Entom.

Zeits. pp. 143-167.

Leconte, J. L. and Horn, G. H.

1893. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America.
Washington, Smithsonian Inst.

Gahan, J. C.

1898. Dipeltis, a Fossil Insect. Nat. Sci., XII, pp. 42-44,
2 text figs.

152

Psyche

[June

Packard, A. S.

1898. A textbook of Entomology.

Bolivar, J.

1899. Anomalous Larvae from the Philippines. Act. Soc.

Espana, pp. 130-133.

Bourgeois, J.

1899. Description de deux larves remar kables appartenant
probablement au genre Lycus. Bull. Soc. Ent.
France, pp. 58-63.

Sharp, D.

1899. On the Insects from New Britain. Willey’s Zool.
Results, pi. 383 Pt. XXXV, figs. 4-4C.

1899. Cambridge Natural History, Insects, Pt. II. p. 251.

Hanitsch, R.

1900. An Expedition to Mount Kina Balu, British North

Borneo. Journ. Straits R. Asiatic Soc., No. 37
pp. 69-691.

Shelford, R.

1901. Notes on some Bornean Insects. Rept. Brit. Assoc.

j^: ! Adv. Sci., pp. 690-691.

Barber, H. S .

1906. ^ Notes on Phengodes in the Vicinity of Washington,
D. C. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. VII, No.
7, p. 196.

Rosenberg, C. E.

1908 .^Drilus concolor Ahr. Hunnens Forvandling i Skallen
of Helix hortensis. Dan. Ent. Meddelelser, III
1908, pp. 227-240.

Barber, H. S.

1908. The Glow-worm Astraptor. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash-
ington, Vol. IX, Nos. 1-7, 0pp. 71-73.

Gahan, J. C.

1908. Lampyridse from Ceylon. Proc. Ent. Soc. London,
p. XL VIII.

1925] Mystery of “ Trilobite Larvce” Definitely Solved 153

Barber, H. S.

1913. Observations on the Life History of Micromalthus
debilis Lee. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. XY,
pp. 31-38.

1915. The Remarkable Life-History of a New Family
(Micromalthidse) of Beetles. Proc. Biol. Soc,
Washington, 1913. Vol. XXVI, p. 185-190.

Peyerimohoff, P.

1913. Psedogenese et neotenie chez les Coleopteres. Bull.
Soc. Ent. France, pp. 392-395.

Gahan, C. J.

1913. On some singular Larvse Forms of Beetle to be
Found in Borneo. Journ. Sarawak Mus., I, pp.
61-65, 3 text figs.

Gravely, H. F.

1915. The Larvse and Pupse of some Beetles from Cochin,
Rec. Indian Mus., Vol. XI, Part V, No. 20.

Shelford, R.

1917. A Naturalist in Borneo. New York.

Riischkamp, E.

1920. Zur Biologie der Drilidse und Micromalthidse (Ins.
Col.), Biol. Centralbh, Vol. 40, pp. 376-389.

Wheeler, W. M. and Chapman, J. W.

1922. The Mating of Diacamma. Psyche, Vol. XXIX, pp,
203-211.

Harris, R. G.

1924. Sex of adult Cecidomyidse (Oligarces) arising from
Larvse produced by Psedogenesis. Psyche., Vol.
XXXI, Nos. 3-4. pp. 148-154.

154

Psyche

[June

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate III

1. “Trilobite larva” No. i, Borneo.

2 . Larva of female of Duliticold paradoxa gen. nov. and sp. nov.

2a . Adult female of Duhticola paradoxa gen. nov. and sp. nov.

2b . Ventral view of same.

3. “Trilobite larva” No. 3, Borneo.

4. “Trilobite larva” No. 4, Borneo.

5. “Trilobite larva” No. 5, Borneo.

6. “Trilobite larva” No. 6, Borneo.

7. “Trilobite larva” No. 7, Malay Peninsula.

Plate IV

Above: Male and female of Duliticola paradoxa gen. nov. and sp nov. in
copida capta (Twice natural size).

Below: Female of another species with eggs which she has deposited
(natural size).

PSYCHE, 1925

VOL. 32, PLATE III

M JOE ERG — “TRILOEITE LARVAE”

PSYCHE, 1925

VOL. 32. PLATE IV

MJOBERG — “T RILOBITE LARVAE”

1925]

Notes on Neotropical Onycophora

159

NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL ONYCOPHORA1
By Charles T. Brues.

During the course of the past year I have received for
identification several lots of Onycophora collected in Panama,
Colombia, British Guiana and the West Indies. These have
come from several sources; from the University of Michigan
Museum collected by F. M. Gaige, from the U. S. National
Museum collected by W. M. Mann and T. E. Snyder, and one
from the American Museum of Natural History collected by
F. E. Lutz. Other examples were obtained by W. M. Wheeler,
T. Barbour and J. B. Shropshire.

This material adds considerably to our knowledge of the
distribution of the group in the American tropics and it contains
one well marked variety from Panama which has not hitherto
been described.

Oroperipatus corradoi Camerano

Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino, vol. 13, No. 316, p. 2 (1898).
Bouvier, Monog. Onycophores, Ann. Sci. Nat. (9), vol. 2, p. 120
(1905).

There are two females in the collection of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, obtained by Dr. Thomas Barbour in the
Canal Zone, Panama. The species was known by Bouvier from
Ecuador where it ranges from the sea-coast into the high moun-
tains at Quito, and has since been reported by Clark from Ancon,
Canal Zone, Panama.

The present specimens seem to be referable to 0. corradoi
although as Bouvier has already indicated this species is very
similar to 0. eiseni Wheeler described from Tepic, Mexico and
since reported from Rio Purus in the Amazon basin in Brazil.
He even suspected that intermediate forms might be found in
the intervening territory from Mexico to Ecuador. These
examples fall much closer to corradoi as the nephridial tubercles
of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs are completely fused with the
larger portion of the third creeping pad and the smaller part of

< Contributions from the Entomological Labratory of the Bussey Insti-
tution, Harvard University, No. 250.

160

Psyche

[June

the pad is distinctly larger than the tubercle. The width of the
creeping pads is used by Bouvier as a diagnostic character for
the separation of the two species but the form of these in the
present specimens do not appear to indicate a clear relationship
in either direction. Both females measure about 60 mm. in
length in a fully expanded condition and have 28 pairs of legs, a
typical number for either species.

Peripatus (Macropeiipatus) geayi Bouvier.

R. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 128, p. 1345 (1900)

Bouvier, Monog, Onycophores, Ann. Sci. Nat. (9), vol. 2, p. 200

(1905)

Clark, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 60, No. 17, p. 2 (1913).

Two large females from the Santa Marta Mountains,
Colombia, June 6 and 22, 1920 (F. M. Gaige.)

Both measure fully 60 mm. in length and have 31 pairs of
legs. They agree well with Bouvier’s description of the single
type from French Guiana in all details, except in color. The
type was evidently completely decolored as the present specimens
show distinct indications of a series of lozenge-shaped markings
along each side of the median line and a very distinct interrupted
dorsal transverse pale band behind the head almost exactly
similar to the band of P. torquatus. Possibly this collar may
indicate a color variety as it is described by Clark (1913) as
present in a specimen from La Chorrera, Panama which
examined and referred to this species. The head and antennae
are extremely dark in the present examples and the band so
much lighter than the body behind it that one would not expect
it to disappear entirely even in specimens so completely decolored
that the lozenge-shaped markings are practically faded out.
Nevertheless, Bouvier makes no mention of such a band and
speaks of the antennae as darker than the head, which suggests
strongly that the western form may be distinguishable on this
color character. On the other hand there is with one of the
Colombian examples, a very poorly preserved specimen quite
possibly of this species which shows no indication of any pale
band; it appears also to be a female.

1925]

Notes on Neotropical Onycophora

161

Another very large female with 31 pairs of legs from the
Cincinnata Coffee Plantation near Santa Marta, Colombia col-
lected by Dr. Wm. M. Mann may be referable to this species.
It measures fully 90 mm. in length, with dark beaded median
dorsal line and clearly marked lateral broad dark wavy band,
dark head and antennae and narrowly interrupted pale collar.
The integumentary papillae are not separated by clearly marked
grooves as in the other examples although these show in some
places.

Four other specimens (three collected by F. M. Gaige and
one by W. M. Mann) are by no means typical in the arrangement
of the integumentary papillae, but they show the characteristic
pale collar and as they are also from the Santa Marta Moun-
tains, Colombia are probably referable to this species. The
papillae are very indistinctly or not at all separated by transverse
grooves and the integumentary folds thus resemble those of P.
(. Epiperipatus ) edwardsii and related forms. Most of these spe-
cimens are strongly contracted which probably accounts to some
extent for their different appearance and a larger series of well
expanded examples will be necessary to determine to what
extent the character separating Macroperipatus and Epiperi-
patus may be relied upon in the classification of the species
referred to these two groups.

Peripatus juliformis Guilding, var danicus Bouvier.

This form was based on a male and female from the Island
of St. Thomas which Bouvier regarded as a variety of P. julifor-
mis. Later Clark (Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 60, No. 17, p. 4)
has elevated this to specific rank, apparently for geographic
reasons.

In the present material there is a female from St. Croix,
Virgin Islands collected by Dr. F. E. Lutz, bearing the label
“Under rotten log, March 2, 1925.” It is now in the collection
of the American Museum of Natural History. It agrees well
with Bouvier’s description except that there are 32 instead of
33 pairs of legs, a common number for Jamaican examples of
the typical juliformis. The body color is very dark, a rich

162

Psyche

[June

brownish purple with the papillae much lighter, due probably
to the decolorizing effect of the alcohol used for preservation.

The distribution of P. juliformis and P. dominicce and their
varieties overlap in this region as the former extends eastward
from Jamaica through St. Croix to St. Thomas while the latter
extends westward from Dominica through Antigua to Porto
Rico and to Haiti. So far as I know this is the first specimen of
Peripatus to be taken on St. Croix.

Peripatus (Epiperipatus) brasiliensis Bouvier.

C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 129, p. 1031 (1899)

Bouvier, Monog. Onycophores, Ann. Sci. Nat. (9), vol. 2, p.

269 (1905)

The types and nearly all of the material of this species seen
by Bouvier were from Santarem in the lower Amazon area of
Brazil, but he referred a single specimen from Panama to this
species with some doubt. Since then the species has been re-
ported from Merida in the interior of western Venezuela.

Recently a number of specimens have come into my hands
as the result of collecting by several naturalists at and near the
Barro Colorado laboratory in the Canal Zone. A prolonged and
careful examination of these has led me to the conclusion that
they may be more or less clearly distinguished from the Ama-
zonian representatives of P. brasiliensis. Unfortunately no
examples of the latter are available for comparison, and it has
been necessary to rely upon Bouvier’s extended description of
the latter for comparison. As will be shown later, the Pana-
manian form seems to approach P. imthurmi in some respects
although it could not possibly be referred to this common Col-
ombian species. Certainly it cannot be regarded as a distinct
species, but as it seems to represent a well marked geographical
race common in a district far removed from the type locality of
P. brasiliensis it may be best known by a distinctive name.

Peripatus (Epiperipatus) brasiliensis Bouvier, var vagans,

var. nov.

$ . Length when well extended 65 mm. and probably con-
siderably more to judge from one large contracted specimen.

1925]

Notes on Neotropical Onycophora

163

Tegumentary folds complete on the anterior and middle part of
the body, except that there may be very rarely an incomplete
fold which bears no relation to the insertion of the legs; posterior
third or quarter of body with an incomplete fold more or less
regularly on the flank about halfway between each leg and the
median line. Anteriorly there is commonly a fusion of two
ridges above the leg but in such cases one of the adjacent ridges
bifurcates downwards at this point and the number of ridges is
not decreased. The primary papillae vary markedly in size,
frequently but not always there is one or there may be two
smaller ones between two adjacent large ones. The accessory
papillae are quite numerous, more so in larger specimens and
they frequently ascend well on to the ridges often in a pair (one
anterior and one posterior) between two primary papillae. On
very large specimens there are occasional groups of three or even
four accessory papillae in groups between adjacent primary ones
in addition to a scattering of accessory ones along the edges of
the fold. In the largest specimens the primary papillae are of
nearly equal size. Nephridial tubercle on fourth and fifth legs
lying in a distinct but not deep emargination of the third creeping
pad, the fourth pad usually but little shorter than the third,
but much narrower and deeply emarginate next to the tubercle
which, however, does not divide the pad. The number of legs
varies from 33 to 30 pairs, 32 in the type and 32, 32, 33, 33, 30
and 30 in the paratypes.

cT. The male measures 25-50 mm. in length, with 29 pairs
of legs. It is essentially similar to the female although one is
evidently not fully grown as the form and arrangement of the
papillae resemble those of the smaller females. The larger spe-
cimen shows three small primary papillae between the larger ones.

There are in all eight specimens as follows: Barro Colorado
Island, Canal Zone, Feb. 6, 1924 (T. E. Snyder) (type); Barro
Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Feb. 26, 1924 (T. E. Snyder);
Rio Tapia, Panama, Feb. 7, 1924 (T. E. Snyder); two from Las
Cascadas, Canal Zone, Feb. 12, 1924 (T. E. Snyder); two from
Fort Sherman, Canal Zone, February 1924 (J. B. Shropshire);
Rio Chinilla, Canal Zone, Feb. 22, 1924 (T. E. Snyder); Barro

164

Psyche

[June

Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Feb. 22, 1924 (W. M. Wheeler).
The last two are males.

The variety vagans may be distinguished from the typical
P. brasiliensis first by the tendency for pairs of the transverse
integumentary folds to fuse above the base of the legs on the
posterior part of the body, a condition that has not been found
in the typical form where the rare cases of fusion or incomplete
folds are irrespective of the bodily segmentation. It differs also
in the much greater development of the accessory papillae which
approach the condition found in P. imthurmi. The latter form
has however, incomplete folds regularly on each segment.

Epiperipatus (Peripatus) intliurmi Sclater.

Quart. Journ. Micros. Soc., vol. 28, p. 343 (1888)

Bouvier, Monog. Onycophores, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., (9) vol.
2, p. 275 (1905)

One female from the Cincinnati Coffee Plantation, Santa
Marta Mts. Colombia (F. M. Gaige).

Six females from Dunoon, British Guiana (F. M. Gaige,
obtained by the Walker Expedition in 1914. These range in
size from 25-65 mm. in length; five have 31 pairs of legs and one
29 pairs.

Peripatus (Epiperipatus) edwardsii Blanchard

Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (3) vol. 8, p. 140 (1847)

Bouvier, Monog. Onycophores, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (9) vol. 2,
p. 301 (1905).

One large and one very small female from the Santa Marta
Mountains, Colombia (F. M. Gaige).

Peripatus (Epiperipatus) isthmicola Bouvier,

Monog. Onycophores, Ann. Sci. Nat. (9) vol. 2, p. 329 (1905).
Clark. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 65, No. 1, p. 24 (1915).

This form was regarded as a variety of P. nicaraguensis
Bouvier by Bouvier, but has since been listed as a distinct
species by Clark {loc. cit.)

1925]

Notes on Neotropical Onycophora

165

Four females collected by Dr. Wm. M. Mann at Colum-
biana Farm, Santa Clara, Costa Rica and a male sent later col-
lected by Mr. P. Siggas at the same place.

These specimens agree well with Bouvier’s description
based upon five specimens obtained at three localities in Costa
Rica. The females have 30, 30, 29 and 29 pairs of legs res-
pectively and the male 27. All are of large size and well ex-
panded, the females ranging from 65-73 mm. in length and the
male is considerably smaller (48 mm.). The inner lamella of
the mandible bears only one accessory tooth or may show the
trace of a second very small one. In Bouvier’s material most of
the specimens showed a well developed accessory tooth but
there seems to be no constant difference. The creeping pads on
all the legs are rather narrow and the fourth is very small. On
the fourth and fifth pairs of legs the fourth pad is always very
much reduced and pushed to one side by the nephri dial tubercle.
Sometimes it is band-shaped, again rounded and no larger than
the tubercle, and again has practically disappeared.

Peripatus (Epiperipatus) biolleyi Bouvier, var.betheli
Cockerell.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 26, p. 87 (1913.

This species was described from a single female from the
Atlantic seaboard of Guatemala at Puerto Barrios. Five spe-
cimens were obtained by Dr. Wm. M. Mann at San Juan Pueblo,
Honduras and have been sent for study from the U. S. National
Museum.

There are three females, each with 30 pairs of legs; they
are in various stages of contraction and measure from 38-55
mm. in length. Two males are much smaller, 22-25 mm. and
bear each 25 pairs of legs. All are considerably bleached by the
alcohol in which they are preserved and in none are there any
traces of a color pattern. The darkest specimen is distinctly
brown and thus similar to the “dark wood brown” of the type
as described by Cockerell. In the arrangement of the inte-
gumentary papillae, nephridial tubercles, creeping pads and
mandibular teeth all agree closely with Cockerell’s description,
except that in two specimens there are only eight minute teeth
on the inner blade of the mandible.

166

Psyche

[June

GUESTS OF ECITON HAMATUM (FAB.) COLLECTED
BY PROFESSOR W. M. WHEELER.

By W. M. Mann,

Entomologist, Taxonomic Investigations, U. S. Bureau of En-
tomology, Washington, D. C.

Through the kindness of Dr. Wheeler I have been able to
examine the inquilines which he collected when he discovered a
cluster of the army ant, Eciton hamatum, on Barro Colorado
Island, Panama. A description by Dr. Wheeler of the cluster
and of the hitherto unknown female is now in press.

There were among the ants a number of beetles, one Sta-
phylinus (sens, lat.) sp., two species of Erchomus and an En-
domychid, Rhymbus sp., which were probably merely resting
among the branches that held the cluster, as well as the new
forms described herein which were evidently true guests.

Though Eciton hamatum is one of the commonest of the
army ants, this is, as far as I know, the first record of a cluster
being examined. The actual files of hamatum, numbers of which
I have watched, contain few guests compared with the files of
of the equally common E. burchelli, and it is curious that the
genus Ecitophya, so common with the latter, is very rare with
hamatum.

I have included the description of a new species of Tylois
from Guatemala, long in the National collection.

The holotypes of the new species are in the National Mu-
seum.

STAPHYLINIDiE.

Xenocephalus panamensis, sp. nov.

Length 7 . 5 mm.

Very near X. clypeatus Wasm.

Castaneous, shining; microscopic pubescence lacking on
pronotum, finest and very sparse on elytra, more abundant on
abdomen, ventral surface, and legs; first ventral sclerite of ab-
domen with coarse, elongate foveolate punctures and semi-
recumbent short setae; second with a row of separated setigerous

1925] Guests of Eciton hamatum Collected by Prof. Wheeler 167

punctures near posterior border and third segment with a much
sparser row; legs with long and fine hairs mixed at apices of
tibiae with setae; coxae and femora distinctly and regularly punc-
tate.

Head, seen from beneath, about as long as broad, vertex
moderately convex, front strongly convex, subcarinate at
middle; clypeus submembraneous at anterior border, the border
broadly arcuate. Labrum transverse, broadest in front, convex,
anterior border broadly and feebly concave. Antennae com-
pressed, basal joint longer than the following two, second joint
longer than broad and longer than the third, joints three to ten
transverse, terminal ovate, narrow at tip, shorter than two
preceding joints together. Pronotum transverse, behind as
broad as base of elytra, sides arcuately narrowed to front border,
which is shallowly and rather narrowly concave at middle;
surface convex. Elytra convex, sides very feebly arcuate in
front, more strongly behind middle, posterior corners only
slightly projecting, subangulate, border concave at sides, then
nearly straight. First three abdominal segments with spinose
processes at sides, apex with four teeth visible from above, the
two at middle conspicuously larger than the others and rounded
at tip.

Type locality. — Barro Colorado, Canal Zone, Panama.

August 1, 1924, W. M. Wheeler.

Host. — Eciton hamatum (Fab.)

Described from two specimens.

This is close to X. clypeatus Wasm., which lives with the
same species of Eciton in Santa Catherina, Brazil, but differs
from Wasmann’s description and figures of that species in having
the front of head narrower, the clypeus less emarginate at border,
the labrum broader and not narrowed apically, the antennal
joints broader and the sides of elytra less convex in outline.

Leptonia (s. 1.) hospes sp. nov.

Length 1 .75 to 2 mm.

Form elongate, moderately shining, except posterior half
of abdomen, which is strongly shining above; head, thorax, and
elytra coriaceous, abdomen microscopically punctate. Head,

168

Psyche

[June

prothorax, elytra, mesosternum, apical four abdominal segments
and antennal joints except the three basal and the terminal,
dark fuscous, remainder ferrugineous. Head, thorax, and elytra
very finely, and ventral surface more noticeably, pubescent;
stiff erect hairs sparse on margins of head and more abundant
on body; fine and silky recumbent hairs in thin rows at margins
of abdominal segments above.

Head, excluding labrum, about as broad as long, vertex
moderately convex, occipital border and sides behind eyes broad-
ly rounded. Clypeus truncate anteriorly. Labrum transverse,
broadly emarginate in front. Eyes longer than their distance
to occipital border. Antennae extending a little beyond posterior
border of pronotum; basal joint as long as the second and third
together, second joint two-thirds as long as the third; joints
four to ten transverse, the last two very strongly so, terminal
joint conical and longer than the preceding two together. Pro-
notum broader than long, broadest in front of middle, with
feebly arcuate sides and posterior border, nearly straight an-
terior border and rounded anterior and posterior angles; sur-
face evenly convex. Elytra at base a little broader than pro-
notum and at suture about as long as middle of pronotum;
sides and posterior border nearly straight, posterior corners
subangulate. Abdomen about as broad as elytra, sides nearly
parallel to near tip. All joints of subequal length except the
terminal of each tarsus.

Type locality. — Barro Colorado, Canal Zone, Panama.

August 1, 1924, W. M. Wheeler.

Host. — Eciton hamatum (Fab.)

Described from a small series taken with the host ant.

This species has the middle coxae rather widely separated
and the mesosternal lobe short and broad; the first four joints
of the posterior tarsi are subequal, the first scarcely longer than
the second and the fifth twice as long as the fourth, for which
reasons I am placing it in Leptonia. L. picta Sharp, also known
from Panama, is much larger with more elongate thorax and
elytra and is quite differently colored.

1925] Guests of Eciton hamatum Collected by Prof. Wheeler 169

Zyras (sens, lat.) ecitonis sp. nov.

Length 5 mm.

Head, pronotum, antennae, except first two joints, abdomen
except margins of dorsal and lateral sclerites, black; remainder
of body dark red-brown, legs yellow. Moderately shining.

Head with a few distinct punctures in occipital region, about
as long as broad, arcuate behind eyes and nearly straight at oc-
cipital border, at middle with a carina that commences very
indistinctly on the vertex and becomes stronger anteriorly,
especially on the clypeus. Clypeus nearly straight at anterior
border. Labrum five times as broad as long. Eyes very large
and convex, more than twice as long as their distance to occipital
border. Antennae stout, basal joint longer than second and third
joints together, joints four to ten transverse, terminal connate,
longer than the two preceding joints together.

Pronotum a little broader than long with moderately abun-
dant, scattered, large and shallow punctures, each bearing a
semi-recumbent hair; scattered on the disc are a few longer
erect stiff hairs and the lateral margins bear a series of five long
ones; anterior and posterior borders arcuate, anterior corners
and front portion of sides broadly rounded, sides behind straight
and convergent, posterior corners subangulate; border through-
out with a distinct though fine marginal line, most conspicuous
on posterior border. Scutellum rugosely punctate. Elytra
broader than long, shorter than pronotum, humeri subgibbous,
sides feebly arcuate, posterior corners rounded, border nearly
straight; surface regularly, abundantly punctate, the punctures
distinct, though very much finer than on pronotum, each bearing
a fine, silky, semirecumbent yellowish hair, mixed, especially
toward the sides, with very sparse, erect black hairs. Abdomen
at base slightly narrower than elytra, sides feebly arcuate, seg-
ments two, three, and four subequal in length; dorsal surface
glabrous, except for a pair of widely separated setigerous punc-
tures at middle of third and fourth sclerites, two pairs of punc-
tures on apical third of the fifth ; apical margins with very
sparse, black hairs. Apex and ventral surface, as well as meso-
and metathorax thinly pubescent.

170

Psyche

[June

Type locality. — Barro Colorado, Canal Zone, Panama.

August 1, 1925, W. M. Wheeler.

Host. — Eciton hamatum (Fab.)

Described from a single specimen.

In habitus, in the structure of the trophi, antennae, and in
the tarsal formula this species belongs in the genus Zyras, but
cannot be assigned to any of the indefinite subgenera. It is
related to mimulus Sharp, but is much longer and differently
colored and the thorax is relatively longer.

In form and sculpture Z. ecitonis somewhat resembles
species of Tetradonia, but the latter has the outer lobe of the
maxillae short (in Z. ecitonis they are longer than the inner lobe)
and very much longer antennae.

HISTERIDiE

Synodites bifurcatus sp. now

Length 2 mm.

Broadly oval, convex above; dark brownish red, legs lighter,
pronotum darker; shining.

Hairs fine and short, suberect, rather strongly bent and
bifurcate for nearly half their length (those on legs straighter,
simple, and more recumbent), abundant on pronotum and
pleurae, sparser on ventral surface, arranged in rows on elytra.

Head at sides with strong rounded shining margins which
become obsolete anteriorly, vertex and front very shallowly con-
cave, with coarse, shallow punctures, separated by reticulate
lines; clypeus transverse, truncate, and with a thin fringe of
very fine hairs at anterior border. Mandibles with moderately
abundant, short, erect, stiff hairs. Pronotum transverse, sides
nearly straight, anterior corners very broadly angulate, trun-
cated margin short, feebly arcuate, anterior border concave,
posterior border rather strongly arcuate at middle; sides and
anterior border with a rounded margin which is thickened at
posterior third of sides, and on the sides bears a feebly impressed
line; surface evenly convex, with abundant coarse shallow
setigerous punctures (some of them “tear shaped”). Disc of
elytra with seven striae (not counting the marginal and sub-

1925] Guests of Eciton hamatum Collected by Prof. Wheeler 171

marginal) formed by double rows of coarse, approximate punc-
tures, the sutural straight, the second nearly straight and
terminating at two-thirds the distance from posterior to anterior
border, the third parallel to the second and a little longer, the
others extending to near apical border of elytra and terminating
in a punctate area; surface between striae glabrous. Propygidium
and upper portion of pygidium coarsely and shallowly punctate.
Prosternum margined at sides, margins converging in front,
surface flat and nearly smooth, three times as long as broad;
anterior lobe and the pro pleurae coarsely rugosely punctate.
Mesosternum triangularly projected in front and finely punctate,
with a marginal and submarginal line at sides, the latter strongly
bent in front; surface with a nearly obsolete carina at middle,
sparsely punctate anteriorly and coarsely, confluently punctate
at sides between marginal lines and at corners of posterior border.
Mesosternum with a basal row of eleven large punctures and a
few fine scattered punctures. Lower face of anterior femora
and tibiae rugosely punctate similar to the propleurae. Posterior
tibiae not broader than the femora, the outer border broadly
rounding into the base; anterior tibiae with a series of nine long
separated spiniform teeth.

Type locality. — Barro Colorado Island, Panama
(August 1, 1924.)

Host. — Eciton hamatum (Fab.)

Described from one specimen.

Synodites schmidti Lewis, from Bahia, is, judging from the
description, close to bifurcatus, but has the fourth elytral striae
joined at base to the sutural (in bifurcatus they are separate);
there is a short, curved stria between the prosternal carina and
the coxae, the mesosternum is not carinate at middle, carinae
at sides of head converge in front to form an angle, and no
mention is made of the strongly bifurcate setae. Both species
are very similar in punctation (with “tear-shaped” punctures
abundant on the pronotum), in striation and in the structure
of the pro-and mesosterna.

172

Psyche

[June

Troglosternus ecitonis sp. nov.

Length 2.75 mm.

Form broadly oval, convex above; rufo-piceous, ventral
surface and appendages lighter; thorax and legs shining, elytra
subopaque.

Head between eyes rather strongly and broadly concave,
sides coarsely bimarginate, the inner margins short, the outer
convergent at middle, then divergent, forming an hour-glass
outline and extending to clypeus, front with four separated
foveolate punctures. Clypeus nearly flat, shining and smooth,
except for a series of four very coarse punctures near anterior
border, which is truncate; front coarsely punctate.

Pronotum transverse, broadest behind, anterior corners
obtusely angulate, sides moderately arcuate, anterior border
concave, posterior border broadly rounded, median portion of
surface convex, basal portion near border with a pair of small
deep pits; side portions obtusely gibbous a little behind middle,
with three strong costae, the inner of whic&i is angulately bent
near apex of gibbosity, the middle subparallel to the inner, but
less sharply bent and the outer one finer, intercepted, and ex-
tending forward as a submarginal line to the anterior border;
median portion with coarse, widely separated setigerous punc-
tures and sparse very distinct though fine shining reticulate
costae, surface between punctures smooth and shining; gibbous
portions of sides smooth between costae and lateral surface, between
marginal and second costae longitudinally impressed and with a
row of coarse punctures. Elytra finely, densely striate longi-
tudinally, some of the striae on the basal portion bifurcate; disc
with four coarser striae, conspicuous at basal third, then as fine
as and continuing with the other dorsal striae, humeral stria
strongly arcuate and coarser than the three others. Propygium
and upper half of pygidium rugose-punctate and reticulately
striolate, lower half of pygidium with very sparse coarse punc-
tures.

Prosternum broad, nearly flat, margined at sides with sharply
impressed submarginal lines that extend on posterior half and
are connected by a transverse line, enclosing with the posterior

1925] Guests of Eciton hamatum Collected by Prof. Wheeler 173

border a flat impressed surface more shining than the rest;
broadly triangularly excised behind, separated from gular plate
by distinct transverse line; gular plate not incised.

Mesosternum with a pair of very profound pits adjacent
to and inward from the coxae.

Legs moderately long, shining; anterior and middle tibiae
rather flat, the middle pair subangulately enlarged in front of
middle of outer border, concave posterior to this, then roundly
enlarged and convex to tip; hind femora about as long as tibiae,
strongly convex on outer and concave on inner surface, thickened
at apex; very coarsely and sparsely punctate on outer surface;
tibiae projected and rounded at middle of outer border, the margin
concave on either side, margin on basal half with a series of seven
short serrate teeth, outer surface strongly convex and over-
lapping at basal margin, with a very strong impression parallel to
the basal two-thirds of margin; inner surface broadly concave,
with an impressed marginal line parallel to the lower border and
one parallel to the inner border of the tarsal grooves.

Hairs erect, very stiff and abundant on dorsal surface,
longer and with flexuous tips on margins of legs, the pygidium,
and ventral surface. One specimen is an exception in having
the hairs equally abundant, but all longer, flexuous, the others
appearing as though they had been neatly trimmed.

Type locality. — Barro Colorado, Panama. August 1, 1924.

W. M. Wheeler.

Host. — Eciton hamatum (Fab.)

Described from five specimens.

T. dasypus Bick. from Bahia, the type of the genus, lacks
the distinctive punctures on the pronotum, where there are
only two strong lateral impressions, and the inner is rounded
instead of angulate and the sutural and approximate dorsal
striae are indicated by impressed, smooth lines. Bickhardt’s
specimen had sparser, very much finer pilosity than any of my
series.

Euxenister wheeleri sp. nov. (fig. 1.)

Length 4.5 mm.

Form elongate, subopaque; mandibles, legs, and ventral
surface moderately shining; brownish red; hairs of two kinds,

174

Psyche

[June

one fine and silky and the other basally very coarse, acutely
pointed and spinelike, the former most abundant on the dorsum
(especially the pronotum) and legs, and the latter on the dorsum,
but present sparsely beneath and, on the prosternum, arranged
in thin fascicles and in heavy fascicles on the inner side of the
apical third of middle and posterior tibiae.

Fig. 1. Euxenister wheeler i sp. nov.

Head with the front and vertex feebly concave, sides in
front of antennal sockets obtusely margined; clypeus three
times as broad as long, anterior border concave; surface rugosely
punctulate, with several very indistinct longitudinal striae.
Pronotum elongate, discal portion slightly and evenly convex,
except for a pair of distinct though shallow impressions near

1925] Guests of Eciton hamatum Collected by Prof. Wheeler 175

the posterior third of sides; anterior border concave, posterior
border convex; anterior three-fourths of sides elevated into an
immense, rounded margin, with concave outer and copvex inner
sides, projecting forward and slightly outward as somewhat
flattened lobes, the outer corners of which are obtusely angulate,
the inner corners broadly rounded, terminating behind as thick
gibbosities; in profile the dorsal portion of the margin is evenly
and shallowly concave; surface rugosely punctate, the disc also
with elevated reticulate lines. Elytra densely punctate, more
finely than pronotum, not striate; surface at anterior margin
with a series of six large, rounded, rather shallow foveae; anterior
two-thirds of sides elevated into a pair of huge marginal masses,
subequal in length, the anterior (humeral) one higher and broader
than the other, constricted laterally at base, broad above, strongly
and broadly impressed longitudinally at middle and very roundly
margined at sides; posterior lobe separated from the humeral
by a lateral construction and a narrow transverse impression,
broadly concave above, with the margins narrowly rounded,
evenly sloping behind to the sides of disc and terminating at two
thirds the distance to posterior border of elytra.

Propygidium and pygidium punctate throughout similar to
the elytra. Prosternal keel narrow, strongly excised behind,
surface nearly flat, sides between coxae feebly concave, weakly
margined, the marginal lines divergent in front, terminating
before the middle; surface of lobe rugosely punctate, of keel
more finely punctate, with a few foveae on posterior portion.
Mesosternum at sides with sharp elevated margins and at
middle with a more elevated longitudinal carina, thickened
posteriorly, bordered in front, the surfaces between this and the
marginal carinae strongly concave. Metasternum gibbous at
middle near base, impressed in front of this, with an indistinct
median longitudinal line.

Legs long, slender, outer borders of tibiae narrowly cultrate,
anterior and middle pair sinuate at outer border, posterior tibiae
feebly and roundly angulate well posterior to middle.

Type locality. — Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Aug. 1,
1925 (Wheeler).

176

Psyche

[June

Host— Eciton hamatum (Fab.)

Described from one specimen.

Near E. asperatus Reich.; described from a colony of Eciton
quadriglume (Rio Negro, Parana), but wheeleri is larger and
lighter colored, with nonstriated elytra; the pronotal marginal
swellings are shorter and distinctly terminate before posterior
border, those on the sides of elytra smaller and divided by a
transverse suture. Both species are remarkable not only for
their elongate forms and the large pronotal and elytral marginal
masses, but especially for their strong bristles, thickest at baes
and pointed apically, quite spikelike. E. caroli Reich., the type
species of the genus, was taken in a file of Eciton burchelli at
Blumenan, Brazil, and probably E . wheeleri is also a file guest.

Tylois barberi sp. nov.

Length 2 . 5 mm.

Form broad, convex above; uniformly dark reddish brown,
shining.

Vertex feebly concave, very coarsely and foveolately punc-
tate, sides with an elevated, rounded margin, sides of front
strongtly and broadly elevated as thick carinae which diverge
anteriorly and enclose a narrow triangular flat median surface,
separated from the clypeus by an arcuately impressed line.
Clypeus three times as broad as long, strongly emarginate at
anterior border.

Pronotum less than twice as broad as long, sides convex in
front of middle, impressed behind anterior angles, anterior
border truncate at sides, with the angles rounded, border bi-
concave, median portion rounded, posterior corners rounded,
the border truncate at sides of impressions, feebly arcuate at
middle, surface with coarse scattered punctures, variable in
size and sparse on posterior portion and sides, abundant at
middle of anterior fifth, sparse and irregular at lateral borders;
disc convex in front of middle, flattened behind at middle and
at sides with a pair of large and very profound pits, which are
bordered inwardly by short, rather feeble and rounded carinae
and separated from the lateral portions by strong, moderately
elevated, rounded carinae; lateral portions not separated from

1925] Guests of Eciton hamatum Collected by Prof. Wheeler 177

the disc by suture, broad, concave, with the side margins mod-
erately elevated; a strong impressed line extending from base to
less than half the distance to anterior border.

Elytra very strongly gibbous at humeri, sides in front of
middle concave, then rather strongly arcuate and margined to
apex; humeral and subhumeral carinse short, thick, and very
strongly elevated, concave and with a row of coarse punctures
at top; the two discal carinse less elevated and short, thick and
punctate above; surface concave at base, rather strongly convex
behind; large, foveolate punctures sparse and fine punctation
between more abundant. Propygidium strongly transverse,
coarsely and rather densely foveolate-punctate. Pygidium very
sparsely punctate. Prosternum at middle with large elongate,
rounded, jet black tubercle; sides behind this margined; post-
erior border strongly excised; surface behind tubercle and the
frontal lobe coarsely punctate. Mesosternum with three strong
tubercles similar to those on prosternum, remaining surface very
coarsely and densely punctate, at middle with a longitudinal
sulcus. First abdominal segment with punctures smaller and
more widely separated. Anterior tibiae at margin with a series
of four strong teeth widely separated; middle and posterior
tibiae roundly angulate.

Type locality. — Cacao Tres Aguas, Alta V. Paz, Guatemala
(Barber and Schwarz).

The single specimen before me was collected by beating a
branch. It is badly rubbed and the only pilosity remaining is
at the lateral borders of the pronotum; the hairs are short,
rather thick and erect.

T. mirificus Lewis from Pernambuco is closely related, but
according to the description has the propygidium and pygidium
both sparsely punctate, the keel of the prosternum is smooth
and the first ventral abdominal segment smooth in the middle;
the middle tibiae of barberi are much less strongly angulate than
in trilunatus Marseul.

This is the fourth species in the genus, and all of them,
both from their systematic position and structure are evidently
inquilinous, but no host has been recorded.

178

Psyche

[June

NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN
DOLICHOPODIDtE (DIPTERA)

By M. C. Van Duzee.

Buffalo, N. Y.

Mesorhaga pallidicornis sp. nov.

Male: Length 3 mm. Face metallic green with abundant
white pollen. Front blue-green with white pollen above the
antennae and along the orbits. Occular bristles black, bristles
at upper corners of the eyes yellow. Proboscis yellow; palpi
black, yellow on apical half. Antennae with the two basal joints
blackish; third joint reddish yellow, black on upper basal
corner, nearly round in outline; bristles on second joint white;
the basal arista brown. Orbital cilia white, becoming short
above, scarcely reaching the upper orbit.

Mesonotum, base of scutellum and metanotum shining
blue; remainder of scutellum, pleurae and abdomen metallic
green, pleurae dulled with white pollen. All bristles and hairs
of the thorax and abdomen yellowish. Hypopygium shining
black; its appendages testaecous, somewhat oval in outline,
more than half as long as the hypopygium, their hairs small and
yellow.

Fore coxae, all femora and tibiae pale yellow; midd e and
hind coxae black; hairs and bristles on all femora, coxae, and
tibiae yellow, there are several blackish bristles on posterior
tibi ae, but these appear yellow in certain lights, the hairs on
fore coxae and lower surface of fore and middle femora are long
and almost white. Tarsi longer than their tibiae, yellow, be-
coming brown towards their tips. Joints of fore tarsi are as
40-11-9-7-6; those of middle ones as 54-17-13-7-7; joints of
posterior tarsi as 39-30-18-9-6. Knobs of halteres yellow. Ca-
lypters yellow with a narrow brown border and long yellow
cilia.

Wings a little grayish; veins brown; venation as usual
in the genus.

Described from one male taken at Sandusky, Ohio, July 9,
1904, by E. P. Van Duzee. Type in the author’s collection

1925] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce 179

This is the only species known as far as I can find that has
the antennae partly yellow; in all others described from North
and South America and Asia (there are none in Eur pe the
antennae are wholly black.

Neurogonia minima sp. nov.

Male: Length 1.5 mm. Face wide, narrowed below,
blackish. Front and occiput black with white pollen. An-
tennae brown, third joint small, somewhat conical in outline,
abruptly narrowed where the arista is inserted extended into an
outuse point; arista pubescent, inserted near the middle of the
upper edge of third joint. Orbital cilia minute, pale; bristles
of the head reddish.

Thorax reddish brown, dorsum dull brown; depressed space
before the scutellum large, dark brown with gray pollen; I can-
not see any acrostichal bristles; dorsocentrals large, black when
viewed from above, still against a dark background they appear
more or less yellow. Abdomen blackish, hypopygium more
reddish brown, large, somewhat pedunculate, oval, but a little
narrowed towards the tip, where there are minute lamellae and
a fringe of long hairs.

Coxae, femora, tibiae and tarsi yellow, middle and hind tarsi
a little infuscated on outer surface; fore coxae with white hairs,
legs without long hairs. Joints of fore tarsi are as 17-8-6-5-4;
of middle ones as 22-11-7-5-5; those of posterior pair as 12-14-9-
6-5. Calypters, their cilia and the halteres yellow.

Wings grayish; second, third and fourth veins nearly
straight and a little divergent from opposite the middle of the
first vein; cross-vein near the middle of the wing; first vein
reaching about half the distance to the cross-vein.

Described from one male taken at Ithaca, New York,
August 28, 1894. Type in the Cornell University Collection.

This differs from nigricornis Van Duzee in having the an-
tennae more pointed at tip, the thorax dull, not at all shining, the
hypopygium less bulky, coxae and legs darker, especially the
middle and hind coxae, the bristles of the head more reddish, and
in being smaller in size.

180

Psyche

[June

Medeterus emarginatus Van Duzee.

Psyche, xxv, p. 439, 1914.

Male: like the female in size and color. The hypopygium
is large, black, with apical portion shining, the hairs on basal
part and its apical appendages yellowish. Joints of posterior
tarsi as 33-35-32-14-9. Last section of fifth vein 26 fiftieths of a
millimeter long. There are three black bristles above each fore
coxa, the anterior coxae have a row of long hairs on outer edge of
the front surface, these hairs are also found in the females taken
with this male.

One male and three females were taken at Peru, Clinton
County, New York. The male and two females are in the
Cornell University collection.

Medeterus minimus sp. nov.

Male: Length 1.6 mm. Face moderately wide, black,
lower part without pollen, upper portion and the front opaque
with brown pollen. Palpi and proboscis brown. Antennae
black. Lower part of occiput with a few pale hairs.

Thorax opaque with brown pollen and with a darker median
stripe, which nearly reaches the scutellum, the latter with one
pair of marginal bristles. Abdomen blackish with green reflec-
tions, dulled with brown pollen, its hairs pale. Hypopygium
thick and obtuse at apex, shining black.

Coxae black, extreme tip yellowish. Femora more or less
blackened. Tibiae and tarsi yellow. The joints of hind tarsi are
as 15-15-9-8-6. Calypters yellowish with white cilia. Knobs of
halteres whitish.

Wings grayish, venation typical of the genus, veins yellow-
ish; last section of fifth vein 17, of cross- vein 8 fiftieths of a
millimeter in length.

Described from one male, taken at Felton, St. Cruz Mts.,
California, May 20, 1907, by J. C. Bradley.

Type in the Cornell University collection.

1925] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce

181

Hydrophorus criddlei sp. nov.

Male : Length 3-3 . 2 mm. ; of wing 4 . 2-4 . 7 mm. Face rather
wide, silvery white, the green ground color shows through a little
on upper third, lower portion a little longer than wide, evenly
rounded on its lower edge. Palpi black with white pollen, which
is not silvery, covered with delicate pale hairs and with several
stouter, black, very short ones. Antennae black, third joint
rounded at tip. Front opaque brown. One pair of postverticals;
the black orbital cilia extend down to the middle of the eye.
Beard rather bright yellow, quite long, there are several black
bristles under the neck.

Thorax green, dorsum nearly opaque with brownish pollen;
pleurae with thin brown pollen; propleura with one long black
bristle and a few pale hairs above fore coxa; acrostichal bristles
small, reaching nearly to the front of the thorax; dorsocentrals
moderately large; scutellum with four marginal bristles. Ab-
domen green with white pollen on the sides, its hairs mostly
black, only a few very small white hairs on the sides and at tip.
Hypopygium mostly concealed, it has a small black appendage
projecting below and the posterior edge of fourth abdominal
segment also extends downward a little in the center of its ventral
surface.

Coxae black; anterior pair with white pollen and long, but
not very abundant, yellow hair on the front surface, these hairs
become a little shorter towards the apex, I cannot see any black
spines, even at tip. Femora and tibiae green; fore femora thick-
ened at base, tapering to the tip, they have a row of five black
spines on lower surface of basal third, three of which are as long
as the thickness of th° tibia, the two nearest the base shorter,
there are also many long pale hairs on the lower surface, these
are longer than the spines and extend from the base almost to
the tip, where they are shorter and further apart. Fore tibiae
with a row of spines extending their whole length. Middle
femora towards the tip and middle tibiae with two or three very
slender, but rather long bristles on the anterior surface. Tarsi
black, plain. Joints of fore tarsi are as 30-16-13-9-11; those of
middle pair as 41-20-15-10-12; joints of hind tarsi as 38-26-18-12-

182

Psyche

[June

12. Calypters yellow with yellowish cilia, halteres dark yellow,
sometimes yellowish brown.

Wings dark grayish; cross-vein a little clouded; third vein
only a little bent back towards the tip, nearly parallel with
fourth; last section of fifth vein 14, cross-vein 19 fiftieths of a
millimeter.

Female: Length 2. 5-3. 2 mm; of wing 3.5-4 mm. Face
with grayish pollen, its lower portion about as long as wide,
evenly rounded on oral edge. Fore coxae with two very small
black spines at base ( I cannot see these in the male). Femora
with about eight irregularly placed short spines on lower surface
of basal half and several longer ones, they also have the same
long pale hairs as are found in the male, but they are a little
shorter. The wings are about the same as in the male, except
that in two of the females there is no cloud on the cross-vein
and the wings are more clear.

Described from two males and three females, all taken at
Awene, Manitoba, October 7, 1924, by N. Criddle, after whom
I take pleasure in naming this interesting species.

Hydrophorus fulvidorsum sp. nov.

Male: Length 4.2 mm. Face wide, only slightly narrowed
above, brownish gray, wholly opaque, the lower portion not as
long as wide, a very little pointed in the center. Front opaque
brown. Antennae black (only the first joint present on the type).
Occiput green with brown pollen. Cheeks narrow. A row of
bristles extend each way from the postverticals, joining the or-
bitals rather far down; the black orbital cilia extend down to
the middle of the eye; beard white, not very abundant, there
are a few black bristles under the neck.

Thorax green, covered with thick brown pollen, the poster'or
part and the scutellum more shining; humeri with gray pollen;
pleurae nearly opaque with brown pollen, which appears more
gray when viewed from below; scutellum with one pair of mar-
ginal bristles; I can see no acrostichal bristles in the anterior
half of the dorsum (in the type the posterior half is injured by
the pin); propleurae with a cluster of long pale hairs above each

1925] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce

183

fore coxa, but without a black bristle. Abdomen blue-green
with abundant brown pollen on the sides; the hairs on its dorsum
short, black, on the sides the hairs are longer and white. Hy-
popygium mostly concealed; its appendages black, they consist
of a minute pair of lamellae fringed with hairs and a central organ
extending from the base of the hypopygium, all these projecting
backward.

Coxae with brownish gray pollen; anterior pair with rather
long, delicate, white hairs, without black bristles; femora and
tibiae green. Fore femora considerably thickened at base,
tapering to their tips; they have two rows of short spines ex-
tending nearly their entire length, those in the anterior row are
smaller and more scattering than those in the posterior row.
Fore tibiae with a small angle below at the tip projecting towards
the femora; they have two rows of nearly erect spines on inner
surface; those in anterior row more slender and numerous,
extending the entire length of the tibia to the tip of the apical
angle; those in posterior row a little stouter, about eight in
number and not reaching base or tip. Tarsi blackish; joints of
fore tarsi as 42-23-17-12-12; those of middle tarsi as 54-28-20-15-
13; joints of posterior ones as 60-37-26-20-15; fifth joint of
middle tarsus a very little widened. Calypters brown with white
cilia. Knobs of halteres pale yellow.

Wings tinged with brownish gray, with a cloud on the
cross-vein; third vein bent backward at tip so as to approach
fourth at tip, where they are one third as far apart as at the cross-
vein.

Described from one male taken at Chin, Alberta, May 3,
1923, by H. L. Seamans. Type in the Canadian National Mu-
seum.

This is very much like intentus Aldrich. They have the
same wing characters, about the same formation of the hypo-
pygium and the form of the fore femora are about the same.
This form has no black bristles above the fore coxae, the scu-
cellum has only one pair of bristles, but the others may have
been broken off, the first joint of the antennae are shorter, and
the spines on the fore femora seem much shorter; these variations
would seem to be enough to separate the species, and I am ven-

184

Psyche

[June

turing to publish it as a new species, still it may prove to be the
same when we have a series of specimens from the type location.

Bolichopus maculitarsis sp. nov.

Female: Length 4-4.5 mm. Face wide with white pollen.
Front green with bronze reflections. Antennae black, lower
half of first and second joints yellow. Lower orbital cilia white,
upper cilia black.

Thorax, scutellum and abdomen green with bright bronze
reflections; hairs of the abdomen black.

All coxae black, their hairs short and black. Fore femora
black with their tips broadly yellow. Middle and hind femora
yellow, black at base for a short distance, each with one pre-
apical bristle. Fore and middle tibiae blackish, more or less
yellow at base, middle ones sometimes yellowish on upper sur-
face to near the tip; posterior tibiae and anterior and posterior
tarsi wholly black; middle tarsi with basal portion of each joint
dull whitish, contrasting with their black tips, fifth joint wholly
black, each joint a little enlarged at tip. Joints of fore tarsi are
as 38-18-13-10-13; of middle ones as 56-31-23-17-17; joints of
posterior tarsi as 52-55-34-24-17. Each joint of middle tarsi
with a few minute spines below and a bristle or spur at tip.
Calypters and halters yellow, the former with dense, deep black
cilia, which is of moderate length.

Wings grayish, a little yellow at root; bend in last section
of fourth vein rather abrupt and near its middle; cross-vein
22, last section of fifth vein 53 fiftieths of a millimeter; anal
angle of wing prominent.

Described from two females. The holotype was taken at
Baldur, Manitoba, June 23, 1924, by H. D. Bird, and is in the
Canadian National Museum; the paratype was taken at the
same place and time, by N. Criddle.

This is very much like the female of appendiculatus Van
Duzee, Cole & Aldrich. The middle tarsi of both are formed and
colored alike. Both have the first two antennal joints largely
yellow. They differ in the amount of yellow on the antennal
joints, in the new form these joints have the upper half black,

1925] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce 185

while in the older species they are only narrowly black on upper
edge; all femora and tibiae are wholly black in appendiculatus ,
while in this form the middle and hind femora are almost wholly
yellow, the fore and middle tibiae are more or less yellow at base,
at least above, the joints of the tarsi are of somewhat different
lengths in the two species, the measurements of the new form
are given above; the joints of the middle tarsi of appendiculatus
are as 47-27-27-15-15; and those of posterior ones are as 40-48-
29-17-13; the wings in the two forms are about alike.

Hercostomus purpuratus sp. nov.

Male: Length 3.5-4 mm. Face covered with white pollen,
wide, concave almost to the lower edge, there not being any
very distinct separation between the upper and lower parts;
oral margin straight, a little projecting. Front shining blu
with purple reflections. Antennae black; first joint as long a
second and third taken together, the latter two taken together
nearly round in outline, the arista being inserted near the middle
of their upper edge, its pubescence long. Palpi black with black
hair. Orbital cilia wholly black.

Dorsum of thorax and the scutellum purple or violet, the
edges more blue, the front slope and the pleurae greenish; pollen
on the dorsum brown, on the pleurae white. Abdomen dark
green with black hair. Hypopyigum black, its lamellae large,
nearly round in outline, sordid white with broad black border,
which is jagged and bristly; inner appendages whitish, lamel-
la-like, widened from the narrow base to apical margin, they have
several minute hairs near the apex.

All coxae black; anterior pair with small black hairs on the
front surface and a row of bristles at tip. All femora and tibiae
yellow, upper edge of anterior femora brown, sometimes they
are almost wholly yellow; posterior tibiae a very little brownish
at tip on inner side; fore and middle tibiae with strong bristles.
Posterior femora on apical half and their tibiae on basal half with
long, delicate, brown hairs on lower posterior surface; these
hairs are as long as the width of the femora; posterior tibiae
with a row of four large bristles on upper posterior edge of basal

186

Psyche

[June

half, and a ow of five on upper anterior edge, these last inserted
at nearly regular intervals for their whole length, they also have
a glabrous line on upper edge. Fore and middle tarsi black
from the tip of the first joint, hind tarsi wholly black. Joints of
fore tarsi are as 38-18-15-10-10; of middle ones as 49-23-17-14-13
those of posterior pair as 42-45-29-18-15. Calypters and hal-
teres yellow, the former with black cilia.

Wings tinged with blackish; costa with an enlargement
which fills in the space between the first vein and the costa at
the tip of the first vein for a considerable distance; third vein
bent backward towards the tip, nearly parallel with fourth;
last section of fifth vein 42, of cross-vein 27 fiftieths of a milli-
meter in length; cross-vein at nearly right angles to fourth vein;
anal angle prominent.

Female: Color of all parts as in the male, except that the
posterior tibiae are a little more brown at tip; antennae as in the
male; face a little wider and more convex on lower part; no
cilia on the lower surface of posterior femora or tibiae; hind
tibiae with three bristles in the row on upper posterior edge of
basal half; wings without an enlargement of the costa. Other-
wise about as in the male.

Described from four males and one female, all taken at
Stockton, Manitoba, July 29, 1924, by N. Criddle. Holotype
and allotype in the Canadian National Museum.

This is a very interesting species with a number of striking
characters in the male; the female will be easily recognized by
its dark wings; violet or blue front and thorax, dark upper edge
of the anterior femora and the yellow hind tibiae with their
wholly black tarsi.

Gymnopternus Loew.

At present I am useing the generic name Gymnopternus
Loew (Neue Beitr., V, 10, 1857) in the sense of a subgenus of
Hercostomus Loew (Neue Beitr., V, 9, 1857), following Dr.
Lundbeck in this (Dolichopodidae of Denmark, 1912), however
Dr. Theodore Becker unites the two genera under the name
Hercostomus , not giving Gymnopternus even subgeneric value,

1925] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce 187

but to me it seems best, for the present at least to follow Dr.
Lundbeck and use the name Gymnopternus as a subgenus.

Most of our species are easily separated, especially in the
male, the male hypopygial lamellae of the Hercostomus being
large and formed about as in the genus Dolichopus; while those
of the forms coming under Gymnopternus are small and more
or less crescent shaped; in almost all the species of Hercos-
tomus, as thus separated, the last section of fourth vein is bent
or it is convergent with third vein in both male and female;
while in the subgenus Gymnopternus the third and fourth veins
are almost parallel beyond the cross- vein.

As in most large genera, we have some species which are
rather difficult to place if we have only the female; the exceptions
that I know of among the North American species are, Hercos-
tomus metatar satis Thomson and H. vetius Melander, in which
the bend in the last section of fourth vein is small, and Gymnop-
ternus corner gens Van Duzee, where these veins are decidedly
convergent, but not as much so as in Hercostomus unicolor Loew.

Two species which I have described some time ago as
Paraclius ornatus and flavicornis should be placed in the genus
Hercostomus, as both have the third and fourth veins convergent
beyond the cross-vein, as in Hercostomus unicolor Loew.

Gymnopternus fiavitarsis sp. nov.

Male: Length 2.5 mm. Face very narrow below, blackish.
Palpi black. Front green with whitish pollen. Antennae black;
third joint small, scarcely as long as wide, somewhat rounded,
scarcely pointed at tip ; arista basal, as long as the face.

Thorax and abdomen green with white pollen; hairs on the
abdomen black. Hypopygium black; its lamellae dark yellow
with a narrow black border, fringed with rather long black hairs;
inner appendages yellow with a few black hairs at tip.

All coxae black, the hairs on anterior pair black, short on
basal half, longer and with some bristles mixed with them
towards the tip. All femora black with yellow tips, without
longer hairs below. All tibiae wholly yellow. All tarsi yellow,
only a little darker at tip. Posterior tibiae and tarsi not at all

188

Psyche

[June

thickened. Joints of fore tarsi as 23-10-8-6-7; of middle ones
as 28-19-12-9-8; joints of hind tarsi as 20-24-17-11-9. Calypters
and halteres yellow, the former with pale cilia.

Wings grayish; third and fourth veins parallel, but both
slightly bent backward at tip; last section of fifth vein 20, of
cross-vein 15 fiftieths of a millimeter.

Described from one male taken at Gloversville, N. Y., by
C. P. Alexander. Type in the Cornell University Collection.

Gymnopternus maculiventris sp. nov.

Male: Almost wholly yellow, with black hairs and bristles,
nearly related to flavus Loew.

Length 3 mm. Face yellow, narrow below. Front blackish
on upper half, covered with white pollen. Occiput blackish
with white pollen. Antennae yellow; third joint slightly longer
than wide, pointed at tip, its apical half brown; arista black,
pubescent.

Thorax and abdomen yellow, they have a slight green
reflection in spots when viewed in certain lights, their hair and
bristles black; abdomen with poorly defined, black spots on
third and fourth segments. Hypopygium black, its lamellae
small, yellow, fringed with stiff black hairs.

Coxae, femora, tibiae and tarsi pale yellow; posterior tarsi
slightly infuscated from the tip of first joint, which has a small
bristle at tip. Joints of fore tarsi are as 28-15-12-9-8; those of
middle ones as 30-19-16-12-8; joints of posterior pair as 23-24-
15-15-8. Calypters, their short cilia and the halteres pale yellow.

Wings yellowish gray with yellow veins; third and fourth
veins parallel; last section of fifth vein 26, cross- vein 13 fiftieths
of a millimeter; sixth vein short.

Described from one male, taken at Cold Spring Harbor,
New York, August 9, 1920, by Mr. Davis. Type in the author’s
collection.

This differs from flavus Loew in having the third antennal
joint short, the hairs on the abdomen and those fringing the
lamellae black; the hypopygium also being black. In flavus the
hypopygium is yellow, its lamellae are fringed with yellow hairs

1925] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce

189

and the hairs of the abdomen are also yellow, except a few long
ones on the hind margins of the segments; it has the third
antennal joint drawn out into a long point.

Gymnopternus robustus sp. nov.

Male: Length 4 mm. Face and front covered, with grayish
white pollen. Palpi black. Antennae black, third joint slightly
longer than wide somewhat conical in outline. Orbital cilia
wholly black.

Thorax and abdomen blackish green, shining; pleurae black
with white pollen. Hypopygium and its lamellae black, the
latter somewhat crescent shaped with a short truncate protu-
berance in the middle, which makes them appear wide in the
center, they are fringed with black hairs, a few of which near the
middle being bent at tip.

All coxae and femora black with black hairs and yellow tips.
All tibiae and basitarsi yellow, all tarsi being black from the tip
of the first joint; posterior tibiae with an obscure brown spot at
extreme tip on posterior surface. Joints of fore tarsi as 34-15-12-
8-10; of middle ones as 51-23-19-16-11; first two joints of post-
erior tarsi as 45-30. Calypters and halteres yellow, cilia of the
former black.

Wings grayish, very slightly tinged with brown in front of
second vein; costa slightly, but distinctly thickened at tip of
first vein, tapering to its tip; third vein bent backward a little
towards its tip, parallel with fourth at tip, but slightly approach-
ing fourth just beyond the middle of the last section of fourth
vein; length of last section of fifth vein 53, of cross-vein 25
fiftieths of a millimeter.

Described from one male, taken at Manlius, N. Y., by Mr.
H. H. Smith, in 1873.

Type in the Cornell University collection.

190

Psyche

[June

THE BREMUS RESEMBLING MALLOPHORiE OF THE
SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES (DIPTERA
ASILIDiE).

By S. W. Bromley,

Amherst, Mass.

The robber-flies of the genus Mallophora are, for the most
part, rather large and densely-pilose, and are of a more compact
build than most of the other members of the Asilidse. Nearly
all of them resemble bees of one kind or another, and the species
of the particular section of this genus here treated bear a marked
resemblance to bumble-bees. In some cases the resemblance is
actually specific. For example, Mallophora or etna (Wied.) is a
counterpart of the worker of the bumble-bee, Bremus pennsyl-
vanicus. The resemblance is, of course, most striking in the
field, particularly if the flight of the asilid is directed away from
the observer. The illusion is destroyed, however, when the
flight of the insect is directed toward the observer, as the cons-
picuous yellow beard and mystax of the fly dispel all doubts as
to its identity. When the robber-fly is at rest, moreover, the
posture assumed is entirely different from that of any bumble-
bee. In fact, it seems to the writer that the mimicry is not
nearly as striking as in the case of some of the robber-flies of
the genus Dasyllis , such as D. thoracica, where the imitation of
a bumble-bee is so exact that even an experienced collector may
be mislead when the insect is in flight.

Of the species here considered, M. orcina is the most abun-
dant and has the widest geographical distribution. I have taken
this species commonly in Northwestern Missouri, and have
examined specimens from most of the southern states, including
Florida and Texas. It is found in southern Ohio and, according
to Mr. C. T. Greene of the National Museum, is very common
in the neighborhood of Washington, D. C. The type-locality
of Wiedeman’s specimen is “Savannah.” In Arizona, a very
closely related species, Mallophora fulva Banks (Canadian En-
tomologist vol. 43, no. 4, 1911, p. 130), has been taken. This is
so close to orcina that it may possibly prove to be a western
variety. However, until a full series showing the merging of the

1925] Bremus Resembling Mallophorce of Southeastern U. S. 191

characters is available, it is best to consider it a distinct species.
Mallophora faiitrix O. S. another western species, smaller than,
but bearing a superficial resemblance to, orcina, may be easily
distinguished by the reddish ground color of the femora (instead
of black) and the absence of black pile on the abdomen.

Mallophora bomboides (Wied.) is abundant in some parts of
Florida and has also been taken in Georgia. The type locality
is “Georgia.” The only records of M. nigra Willst. that I could
obtain are from Florida. M. rex sp. n. I have from N. Carolina,
Mississippi, and Florida; while M. chrysomela sp. n. is rep-
resented by specimens from Georgia and Mississippi.

All five species are quite closely related. The first species to
be described was named bomboides by Wiedeman evidently
because of its resemblance to a bumble-bee. The resemblance
is not as striking, however, when the insect is observed in the
field, as in the case of orcina.

In 1893, Coquillet devised a key to the genus Mallophora
dealing with all species then known to occur in America north
of Mexico (Canadian Entomologist, vol. 25, no. 5, p. 118). The
key presented below does not include all of the species of this
genus, but simply a natural group of five species occurring in
the Southeastern United States, and is included for the purpose
of bringing out clearly the differences existing between the two
new species described and those most nearly resembling them.

1. Pile of abdomen wholly black nigra Willst.

Pile of abdomen partly light-colored 2

2. Light-colored pile on basal 4 or 5 tergites. . . . orcina Wied.

Light-colored pile on first 3 tergites: always black on 4th 3

3. Wings light yellowish-brown bomboides Wied.

Wings dark purplish-brown 4

4. 3rd joint of antenna ^3 length of arista: male genitalia with

yellow hair chrysomela sp. n.

3rd joint of antenna subequal to arista in length: male
genitalia with black hair rex sp. n.

A table is also included, showing points of contrast in the
case of the four species whose characters make them difficult
to distinguish. Length measurements of the body do not mean

192

Psyche

[June

a great deal in this genus, as the abdomen may be contracted in
some individuals and distended in others. A better basis of
comparison is the wing measurement.

Mallophora rex, sp. nov.

d71 $ — Length of body, 26-33 mm. (A series of 86 M. bom-
boides from Florida gave lengths from 23-29 mm.) Similar to
bomboides in habitus. Mystax composed of dense yellow bristles
below, black above. Beard, light yellow. Palpi, black with
yellow hairs and a few black ones. Antennae dark brown.

Pile along anterior border of prescutum and lateral anterior
angles of thorax, yellow. A strip of yellow pile extending from
base of wings to metacoxae. Scutellum covered with a dense
mass of long yellow pile. Other hairs of thorax black.

Wings dark purplish brown. Legs dark reddish-brown,
densely covered with short, stout black hairs. The hind femur
with a very few inconspicuous yellow hairs intermingled. The
under side of the hind tibia of the a71 bears a small tuft of white
pile.

In five specimens from N. Carolina the venter of the ab-
domen is covered solely with black hairs; in the five other spe-
cimens from which the description was drawn (three from Miss-
issippi, one from N. Carolina, and one from Florida), there is a
median line of light yellow pile, broadening toward the apex of
the abdomen where it clothes the sixth and seventh segments.
The first three tergites bear dense yellow pile. The remainder
of the pile on the abdomen is black. The hairs on the male
claspers are black.

Habitat. Three specimens from the collection of the Miss.
Agricultural College, received from Professor Harned. Newton
Co., Mississippi (Aug. 1920) (E. Blackburn); Iuka, Miss. (J. N.
Miller); Leaksville, Miss. (Aug. 20) (0. Z. Smith). Four spe-
cimens from Southern Pines, N. C., three of which were taken
Aug. 1907, and one 1, 7, ’89 (A. H. Manee coll.) received from
Mr. Nathan Banks; and two from the collection of the Ameri-
can Ent. Soc., courtesy of Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr. The Data on
the latter are: one from “Florida,” and one from Southern
Pines, N. Carolina (VIII, 26, ’09) collected by A. H. Manee.

1925] Bremus Resembling Mallophoroe of Southeastern U. S. 193

Mallophora chrysomela, sp. nov.

c? — Length of body 23-27 mm. Thick, heavy hairs of
mystax, beard, palpi, occiput, genae, and post-gense bright yel-
low; a very few black hairs intermingled with the yellow on
palpi.

On the meso-thorax a patch of yellow pile extends cephalad
from the base of the wings to the prothorax which is also covered
with yellow pile. There are a few yellow hairs along the anterior
margin of the prescutum. Scutellum covered with thickly set,
long yellow pile. A narrow area of long yellow hair extends
from a point below and slightly posterior to the base of the wing,
to the metacoxa. Wings dark purplish brown. Legs reddish-
brown, densely clothed with black hairs. Some yellow pile on
hind femora, and a thick patch of silver hairs on the inner side
of the distal portion of the hind tibia. Pro- and meta-coxae with
yellow hairs intermingled with a few black ones.

Abdomen with first, second and third tergites with thick
yellow pile. Venter with a median area of yellow pile, narrow
anteriorly but widening posteriorly to cover entirely the sixth
and seventh segments, where it becomes darker in color, ap-
proaching orange. Other hairs on abdomen black. Hair on
male claspers yellow.

Habitat. Two specimens from Gulfport, Miss., Sept. 11,
1916 (C. C. Greer), one from Ship Island, Miss. (9-6.20) (B. L.
Collins). All three from the collection of the Miss. Agricultural
College, examined through the kindness of Professor Harned.
Another (6-30-06) from Atlanta, Georgia, from the American
Ent. Soc. Coll. Philadelphia, Pa., examined through the kindness
of Mr. E. T. Cresson Jr.

Of the species discussed above, the following are pictured in
Howard’s Insect Book.

Mallophora orcina (Wied.) Plate XVII, fig. 21 and 23.
M. bomboides (Wied.) Plate XIX, fig. 22. M. fautrix O. S.
Plate XVIII, fig. 3.

194 Psyche [June

TABLE OF MALLOPHORA OF THE BOMBOIDES GROUP.

Length of
wing in
mm.

Color

Average

Third
joint
of an-
tenna

Light

hairs

body

wings

hairs on
legs

pile on
under-
side of
abdomen

hairs on

cf1

genitalia

pile on
dorsum of
abdomen

orcina

Wied.

16-22

18.1

VzAA

length

arista

bright

yellow

dark

purplish

brown

black, d ’s
with white
tuft on under
side of hind
tibia and dis-
tal joints of
hind tarsus.
Lacking in
some d ’s.

black

yellow-basal
4 or 5 ter-
gites.
black-
remainder

bomboides

Wied.

24-28

25.4

nearly
as long
as

arista

white

light

yellow-

ish

brown

largely white

largely

white

white-basal 3
tergites.
black-4th
tergite

rex, sp. n.

26-29

27.3

sub-

equal

length

arista

yellow

(pale

bright)

dark

purplish

brown

black, d ’s
with silver
tuft on under
side of hind
tibia

black in

some; in

others,

black

with

median

line of

yellow

hairs.

black

yellow-basal 3
tergites.
black-4th ter-
gite. Re-
mainder
black in some
cases ( d ’s)
yellow on
apical 2 seg-
ments.

hrysomela
sp. n.

23-24

23.2

length

arista

yellow

with

slight

olive

tint

dark

purplish

brown

Mostly black
Some yellow
on hind femur
Silver tuft on
under side of
hind tibia ' in

largely

yellow

y ellow-basal
3 tergites
black- 4th ter-
gite yellow on
apical 2 seg-
ments.

Whatever Your Question

Be it the pronunciation of Bolsheviki or
soviet, the spelling of a puzzling word — the
meaning of blighty, fourth arm, etc., this
Supreme Authority—

WEBSTER’S NEW ENTER NATIONAL DICTIONARY

contains an accurate, final answer. 400,000 Words, 2700 Pages. 6000
Illustrations. Regular and India Paper Editions.

GE & C. MERRIAM GO., SPRINGFIELD, Ml^SS.

Write for specimen pages, prices, etc., and FREE Pocket Maps if you name “Psyche’'.

500 Fin Labels all alike, 50 Cents.

1000 Pin Labels all alike, 80 Cents.

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 2 cents each, in total and per line, per

500. Trimmed.

Prices subject to change without notice.

C. V. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Smitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXII AUGUST-OCTOBBR, 1925 Nos. 4-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The External Anatomy of the Head and Abdomen of the Roach, Peri-

planeta americana. G. C. Crampton 195

T he Weight of Vegetation Transported by Tropical Fungus Ants.

G. H. Parker 227

The Fossil Fly Eophlebomyia. T. D. A. Cockerell 229

The Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast.

H. B. Weiss and Erdman West 231

Notes on Galerucinse in My Collection. F. C. Bowditch 244

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

President .

OFFICERS FOR 1925

. J. H. Emerton

Vice-President

.... R. H. Howe

Secretary

. . . . J. Bequaert

Treasurer

F. H. Walker

Executive Committee

. A. P. Morse, S. M. Dohanian

S. W. Denton

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

C. T.

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

Brues, Harvard University

C. W. Johnson,

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander,

A. P. Morse,

Washington State College, Peabody Museum.

J. H. Emerton, J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: 52.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, Canada or Mexico; foreign postage, 15 cents extra. Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages in length will be required to bear a
part of the extra expense, for additional pages. This expense will be that of typesetting
only, which is about 52.00 per page. The actual cost of preparing cuts for all illustrations
must be borne by contributors; the expense for full page plates from line drawings is
approximately 55.00 each, and for full page half-tones, 57.50 each: smaller sizes in pro-
portion.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

Entered as second-class mail matter at the Post Office at Boston, Mass. Acceptance
or mailing at special rate of postage provided in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917,
authorized on June 29, 1918.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXII. AUGUST-OCTOBER 1925 Nos. 4-5

THE EXTERNAL ANTATOMY OF THE HEAD AND
ABDOMEN OF THE ROACH, PERI PLAN ETA
AMERICANA'

By G. C. Crampton, Ph. D.

Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass.

Despite the fact that the very sight of a roach engenders in the
minds of many people a feeling of repugnance and disgust, while
others consider that roaches are too insignificant to be worthy of
one’s serious attention, roaches are nevertheless extremely “an-
cient and honorable” creatures in the sight of the great mother
Nature. In fact they were her favorite children some hundreds
of millions of years ago when the coal measures were being laid
down in Carboniferous times, and their fossil remains are so char-
acteristic of the Carboniferous strata that the Carboniferous per-
iod is frequently referred to as the “age of cockroaches,” just as
the much later Jurassic period is referred to as the “age of rep-
tiles,” etc., from the dominant fauna of the periods in question.

We are accustomed to look upon the hills as “eternal,” while
the occurrence of so frail a creature as a roach is regarded as mere-
ly one of Nature’s passing incidents; but, frail as roaches are, the
roach type has persisted but little changed from the remote Car-
boniferous period, while in the meantime, mountian ranges have
risen and been leveled again, and the whole face of the landscape
has changed, and changed again. During the time in which the
roach type has been in existence, the great dinosaurs have come
and gone, and birds, mammals, and flowering plants have arisen
and developed their myriad profusion; but amid there ceaseless
comings and goings, the roach type has pursued the even tenor
of its way practically unaffected by the passing of the ages. It
is therefore of some interest to study the makeup of an organism

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Massachusetts
Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass.

196

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct.

so perfectly constructed that it has been able to defy the ravages
of time and changing conditions, and the fact that the “ change-
less conservatism” of roaches has resulted in their retaining many
features characteristic of the types ancestral to higher insects,
makes their study doubly interesting.

In carrying out this study, I had hoped to include all of the
main features of the gross external anatomy of the roach in a sin-
gle paper; but as the work progressed, it soon became apparent
that roaches present so many features of morphological interest
that it would require too many figures and plates to illustrate the
structure of the entire body adequately in a single article. I would
therefore present herewith the principal features of the head and
abdomen alone, leaving for a subsequent paper the discussion of
the thorax and its appendages. The American roach, Peri-
planet americana , was chosen to illustrate the anatomy of atypi-
cal roach because of its large size and relative abundance which
render it exceptional^ suitable for such a study. Specimens
preserved in alcohol may be readily obtained from Southern sup-
ply houses for approximately five dollars a hundred, and the study
of the external anatomy of these insects is well suited to serve
as an introduction to the study of the external anatomy of insects
in general for students beginning the study of Entomology. A bin-
ocular dissecting microscope is absolutely essential for examining
the external anatomy of the specimens, which should be studied
immersed under alcohol or water, and the field should be illumi-
nated by means of a powerful lamp provided with a bulls-eye
condenser.

Seen under the binocular, the head of the roach (Fig. 5) is a
beautiful object, “clean-cut,” and smoothly polished. The upper
lip or labrum Ir is emarginate anteriorly (i. e. there is a “nick” or
emargination em in its anterior margin). Behind the labrum is
a non-pigmented area ac or anteclypeus followed by a more
heavily chitinized and pigmented area eps called the post-
clypeus or epistoma. The areas ac and eps comprise the clypeus,
which extends from the labral, or clypeolabral, suture (along
which the labrum is hinged the clypeus) to the frontal pits fp,
which are the external manifestations of certain invginations
forming the anterior arms of the tentorium presently to be

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 197

described. In some insects a clypeal (or clypeofrontal) suture
extends from one frontal pit across to the other to demark the
posterior limits of the clypeus, but this suture is absent in many
Orthopteroid insects. Each poster o-latereal angle of the clypeus
bears a cup-like depression, the clypeotheca or ^ pre coil a” cth of
Figs. 5 and 4, into which is received an articulatory process of
the mandible labelled g in Figs. 5 and 4. I formerly (Crampton,
1921) used these points of articulation of the mandibles with the
clypeus, as landmarks for demarking the posterior limits of the
clypeus; but it is preferable to use the frontal pits fp for this pur-
pose, as suggested by Yuasa, 1920.

If we remove the labrum and clypeus and examine their inner
or pharyngeal surfaces, the membranous lining is seen to form an
area called the epipharynx bearing the labels pre and poe in Fig.
8. The anterior portion of the epipharynx or preepipharynx pre
is slightly more pigmented in the median region, and on each side
it bears a lateral series of sense organs (only the left hand ones are
shown in Fig. 8). The posterior portion of the epipharynx, or
postepipharynx poe is located in the clypeal region and contains
two epipharyngeal sclerites which are somewhat more deeply pig-
mented than the rest of the membrane of this region. Between
the anterior epipharyngeal region in the labium, and the posterior
epipharyngeal region in the clypeus, are the tonne tor or thicken-
ings (one on each side) which serve to demark the labium from
the clypeus “internally,” and are therefore useful land-marks.

Behind the clypeal region eps of Fig. 5 is the frontal region or
frons fr, which is limited anteriorly by the suture (or by an imag-
inary line when the suture is absent) extending from one frontal
pit fp across to the other. The frontogenal (suborbital) sutures
fgs demark the frons from the gen* ge postero-laterally, and
the anterior arms of the epicraneal suture frs demark the frqns
posteriorly. The epicranial suture is very faint in adult Peripia-
netas, and is therefore represented by a dotted Y-shaped line in
Fig. 5. The arms of the epicranial suture which form the frontal
suture frs (demarking the frons posteriorly) extend to the clear
spaces ofn or ocellar fenestrse which contain the lateral ocelli and
usually remain clear or colorless when the lateral ocelli become
atrophied. The scar-like area or frontal myocicatrix me, near the

198

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

base of each antenna, is a muscle scar— i. e. it marks the attach-
ment of muscles inserted upon the frons.

Behind the frons fr is an area designated as the epicranium, or
parietals pa, into which the epicranium is divided by the coronal
suture cs formed by the basal portion of the Y- shaped epicranial
suture bearing the labels cs and frs. The upper (apical) or dor-
salmost portion of the head is the vertex — a region not clearly
demarked in most insects. The postero-dorasl portion of the head
in the region of the occiptial foramen ocf of Fig. 11 (i. e. the
region bearing the label oc ) is called the occiput.

The area situated below and behind the compound pye, bear-
ing the label ge in Figs. 5 and 11, is called the gena. Its anterior
limits are demarked by the frontogenal or suborbital suture fgs
on each side of the frons, and its posterior limits are demarked by
a suture or ridge, the postgenal ridge por (Fig. 11) which seper-
ates it from the postgena. The basimandibular suture bms
of Fig. 5 demarks the gena from the sclerite below it called
the basimandibula, mandbiulare, or the triochantin of the mand-
ible— i. e. the area bearing the label bm in Fig. 5. Comstock
suggests that the region bm represents the trochantin of the limb
forming the mandible, but the region in question was probably
formed by a chitinization of the mandibular membrane between
the base of the mandible and the head capsule.

Behind the genae ge of Fig. 11, and seperared from the genae
by the postenal ridges por are the postgenae pge, which form the
greater portion of the posterior region of the head. A cup-like
depression of the postgena, the postgenotheca pgt of Figs. 11
and 12, receives a condyle of the mandible labelled h. A narrow
median area labelled pes in Figs. 11, and 12, extends along the
vento-median portion of the postgena, in the neighborhood of the
mandibles and maxillae, and the cardo of the maxilla (cc of Fig.
2) articulates with its postero-dorsal region. An area called the
hypostoma becomes demarked in this region in certain Coleop-
terous larvae, etc., but this area is not shown in the roach, nor is
there a well defined gular region along which the postgenae usual-
ly extend in Coleoptera and Neuroptera etc.

The chitinized fold-like area labelled tf in Figs. 13 and 11 was
termed the trophifer by Crampton, 1917, because the labium is

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 199

borne by it, and the maxillae are closely associated with it. Yuasa,
1920, calls it the “maxillaria.” Holmgren considers that it rep-
presents the labial segment in embryonic termites. It bears the
occipital condyles labeled x in Fig. 13, and the cephaligers (z of
Fig. 13) or head-bearing processes of the lateral cervical sclerites
articulate with these condyles. Two occipital tendons oct fur-
nish attachment for muscles, as also do the small cervical tendons
y. The Cushion-like prominences labelled tpn in Fig. 13 lie
near the gular pits which are the external manifestations of the
invaginations forming the posterior arms of the tentorium.

When the mandibles, maxillae and underlip are removed, and
the head capsule is boiled in 10% caustic potash to remove the
muscles and other soft parts (which are removed by washing them
out with a pipette, of by plucking them away with a fine forceps)
one may observe the inner beam-like structures called the ten-
torium. These structures serve as supports for muscle attach-
ment, for buttressing and strengthening the head capsule, and
for holding in place the brain and other delicate structures within
the head.

As shown in Fig. 13, the tentorium consists of the following
parts. The posterior arms pot (called the postentoria, or the
“metatentoria” by Yuasa — though the prefix “met a” should
be restricted to structures belonging to the metathorax) arise
as invaginations of the gular pits gp (Fig. 11) situated just be-
neath the pad-like tentorial prominences labelled tpn in Fig. 13;
and these invaginations forming the posterior arms of the ten-
torium unite to form the tentorium proper, or body of the tento-
rium etn , called the eutentorium, or “corpotentorium.” An
invagination from each of the frontal pits fp of Fig. 5 forms one
of the anterior arms of the tentorium labelled ptn in Fig. 13, and
these anterior arms of the tentorium are called the pretentoria.
They unite to form a transverse plate labelled itn, which is called
the intertentorium, laminatentorium, or frontal plate of the
tentorium (Comstock & Kochi). Backward prolongations of
the structure itn extend on each side of the neuroforamen nf to
connect the plate itn with the body of the tentorium etn; and the
dorsal arms stn or surtentoria (supratentoria) extend upward to
the region of the antennal sclerite ban of Fig. 5. There are thus

200

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct.

three pairs of tentorial arms, the anterior arms, ptn , the dorsal
arms, stn, and the posterior arms pot shown in Fig. 13; and in
the embryo (according to Riley) the posterior arms unite to form
the body of the tentorium etn, while the anterior arms unite to
form the plate itn, and they also give off the dorsal arms stn,
and later become connected with the body of the tentorium etn.

The neuroforamen nf forms a circular opening through which
the crura cerebri pass, and within it may be seen the tentorial
tendons by means of which the oesophageal muscles are attached
to the tentorium. The plate itn is situated between the crura
cerebri and the mouth, and upon it are inserted certain muscles,
the median tentorial carnia which it bears being apparently
developed in connection with this purpose. The body of the
tentorium serves to protect the suboesophageal ganglion to some
extent, and the nervous system passes below it (i. e. the body
of the tentorium) while the gullet passes above it in passing
backward into the thorax through the large foramen magnum
or occipital foramen ocf.

The mouth cavity or pharynx, contains the hypopharynx or
lingua, hph a tongue-like organ composed of a basal portion,
or basilingua labelled hi in Fig. 10, and a distal portion of disti-
lingua dl. The basal portion is strengthened by the basilingual
sclerites, from which a lingualora ll or slender lora-like sclerite
extends backward to the oesphagus oes on each side of the base
of the tongue (hypohparynx), while a lingual tendon It serves
for the attachment of muscles to the base of the tongue. The
distal portion of the tongue is strenghtened by the distilingual
sclerites which send down ventro-mesal arms from each side,
meeting at the opening of the salivary duct or salivadict sd.
The salivary glands are paired, and their paired ducts unite to
form the common salivaduct sd opening at the salivapore which
is located below the tongue, in the median line, at its base. The
tongue or hypopharynx is provided with taste organs, as are al-
so the epipharyngeal areas in the roof of the pharyngeal cavity
and the regions adjacent to the oesophageal opening, etc. The
pharyngeal cavity is closed by the labrum and clypeus in front,
by the labium in the rear, and by the maxillge and mandibles on
the sides, and it leads into the oesophagus oes of Fig. 10 which

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 201.

passes above the tentorial plates itn and etn of Fig. 13, and out
of the head into the neck through the occipital foramen ocf.

The mouthparts, as was pointed out a century ago by Sav-
igny, are modified limbs. The mandibles represent the basal
segment of a mouth-part-limb (see Crampton, 1921), and their
“cutting”or masticatory surface bears the incisors distally — i. e.
the tooth-like projections in of Figs. 12 and 4, while in the middle
of the median or masticatory surface is the mol a mo or grinding
area. Basal to this is the submola or “accia” smo, an area lack-
ing in pigment, and clothed with fine hairs in certain insects.
The mandible has two “rocking points” or fulcra used as points
of support when the muscles attached to the gnathotendons or
mandibular tendons ft and et of Fig. 12 open and shut the man-
dibles which work with a “sidewise” or “horizontal” movement
as they meet under the upper lip Ir of Fig. 5. Thus, when the
muscle attached to the flexor tendon ft of Fig. 12 contracts, the
mandible rocking on the pivotal point h (Fig. 12) on one side,
and on the pivotal point g (Fig. 4) of the other side is flexed
or closed. On the other hand, when the flexing or closing mus-
cles relax, and the opening or extensor muscles attached to the
tendon et contract, the mandible pivoting upon the same two
rocking points, is opened, or extended. The flexor tendon ft is
borne by a small plate gn (Fig. 12) in the medio-basal region of
the madible, and the flexor tendon is usually hugely developed to
furnish points of attachment for the powerful muscles which
close the mandibles in the movements of chewing. Since the
opening muscles need not be very powerful, their tendon et,
which is attached to the protuberance gpr, is not very large. Of
the two rocking or pivoting points, the posterior or ventral
one h of Fig. 12 consists of a condyle which is received in a cup
or theca pgt 9 (Fig. 12) at the anterior (ventral) end of the post-
gena pge (compare also Fig. 11). The anterior or dorsal pivot-
ing point of the mandible is a projection labelled g in Fig. 4,
which is received in a theca cth at the postero-lateral angle of
the clypeus (compare also Fig. 5). The process g of Fig. 4 bears
a groove which fits over a ridge or projection of the clypeal angle,
and is thus a kind of condyle and cup combined.

The maxilla (Fig. 2) represents a modified mouth part-limb,

202

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

in which the second and third segments of the limb give off lobe-
like processes (or “endites”) to form the lacinia and galea, while
the so-called endopodite of the limb becomes modified to form
the maxillary palpus, as was discussed by Crampton, 1922, and
1923. When the extensor muscles of the maxilla, which are at-
tached to the cardotendon ct of Fig. 2. contract, the point cc
acts as a fulcrum and the maxilla is opened or extended; and when
the muscles attached along the sclerite pas and to other portions of
the maxilla contract, the maxilla is flexed or closed. The basal
sclerite he bears a process cp to which the tendon ct is attached,
and from the point cc (where the sclerite he of Fig. 2 articulates with
the head in the region of the area bearing the label pge in Fig. 11)
there extends a groove fitting over a ridge on the under side of
the head in the neighborhood of the region bearing the label pge
in Fig. 11. The maxilla, however, has been removed from the
left hand side of Fig. 11, and the right hand maxilla dips be-
neath the region sm of the labium, so that the articulating point
of the base of the maxilla with the head region is not seen in Fig.
11.

: The cardo or basal region of the maxilla is divided into a basi-
cardo he and a disticardo dc, as is shown in Fig. 2. The stipes is
divided into a true stipes st and a narrow median marginal region
pas, and the muscles attached to this sclerite may have been res-
sponsible for its demarcation. Internally, there is a parastipital
ridge extending along the parastipital suture demarking the
sclerite pas and there is likewise an internal cardine ridge de-
marking the sclerite he from the sclerite dc in the cardo. A
basimaxillary membrane hm connects the maxilla with the region
in the basal region of the underlip.

The stipes st bears a lacinia la provided with a fringe of bristles
If for sweeping the food into the mouth, or for preventing it from
falling out of the mouth during the movements of lacinia. The
laciniadentes Id (Fig. 2) or tooth-like processes at the apex of
the lacinia la are probably used in aiding to comminute the food —
or to hold the food when it is comminuted (“chewed”) by the
mandibles. A peculiar appendage ma is called the midappendix
lacinula, or hamadens, and is present even in such primitive
.arthropods as the Crustacea. The palpifer pf is bent around on

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 203

the other side of the maxilla, and is therefore not well shown in
the view of the maxilla drawn in Fig. 2. The palpifer pf is a
destinct sclerite in lower insects and bears the galea ga, but in
the roach the palpifer becomes rather closely united with the
stipes stj and the stipes appears to bear the galea, although if
one examines the other surface of the maxilla, the connection of
the basal portion of the galea bg with the palpifer pf is more read-
ly apparent. The galea ga is composed of two segments, the
basigalea bg and the distigalea dg, and the distal segment dg
forms a sort of hood into which the tip of the lacinia is received.
A strengthening rod gb (Fig. 3) stiffens the galea on its mesal
surface (the one which fits around the tip of the lacinia) and
a marginal region pga (Figs. 2 and 3) of the galea is clothed with
fine hairs. The maxillary palpus mp is borne by the palpifer pf
and is composed of five segments. The terminal segment is
membranous at the tip and is provided with sense organs.

The labium or underlip of the roach articulates posteriorly
with the sclerite labelled tf in Fig. 11, and the sclerite in question
probably represents the dorso-lateral portions of the labial seg-
ment, according to the investigations of Holgren, 1909. The
basal sclerite sm of the labium (Fig. 11) is made up chiefly of
the submentum, although its posterior portion may contain the
gular region of other insects such as soldier termites, Coleoptera,
etc. On the other hand, the gular region may form behind the
submentum, and the origin of the gular region is still a matter
of doubt. The gular pits gp of Fig. 11, which are usaully situated
on the gular sutures demarking the gular region laterally, are
hidden by the postero-lateral edges of the submentum sm in
Fig. 11. These gular pits are the external manifestations of
the invaginations forming the posterior arms of the tentorioum
(Fig. 13 pot ) as was mentioned above.

In front of the submentum sm is the mentum mn (Fig. 11),
and the entire region in front of the mentum mn is referred to
as the eulabium, because it is the only part of the underlip formed
by the union of the labial appendages in termites, according to
Holmgren, who maintains that the mentum and submentum
are formed behind the labial segment in the embryo. In front
of the mentum mn is a small median triangular region il or in-

204

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

terlabium, and on each side of it are the palpigers pgr, which
bear the labial palpi Ip. The palpigers are larger and better
developed on the other side of the labium (see Fig. 10, pgr).
The labiostipes Is bear the glossa gl and paraglossa pgl. When the
glossse and para-glossse unite to form a single median structure,
they are termed the ligula. The labial palpi have a membranous
region at the tip of the terminal segment which is supplied with
sense organs.

It has long been known that the labium is made up of the union
of two appendages like the maxillae, which are distinct in the
embryo; but it is not known what parts of the maxilla corres-
pond to the parts of the labium in every case.. The earlier in-
vestigators thought that the cardines (pleural of cardo) unite to
form the mentum, while the palpifers form the palpigers, the
stipites, (pleural of stipes) form the labio-stipites, the laciniae
form the glossae, the galeae form the paraglossae, and the maxill-
ary palpi form the labial palpi, when the maxilla-like append-
ages unite to form the labium. The only matter which seems to
be in doubt is whether the united cardines form the mentum mm,
or whether they form the small median region il of Fig. 11. I am
inclined to think that the small region il, rather than the mentum
mn, represents the united cardines, since Holmgren states the
mentum is formed in the embryo behind the labial segment, so
that the basal segments of the maxilla-like appendages of the
labium, which unite to form the underlip can have nothing to
do with the mentum, if the latter is formed behind the labial
segment. The whole matter is still very puzzling, and should be
re-investigated with a view to determining exactly what struc-
tures represent the united cardines of the appendages which
form the underlip.

Of the other external features of the head which are of any
great interest, there remain to be considered only the antennae.
In the roach these are long, slender, delicate, filiform or flagel-
late structures composed of a great number of segments. At
the base of each antenna is a narrow ring-like sclerite ban of
Figs. 5 and 7, surrounding the antennal membrane at the base
of the antenna. This ring-like antennal sclerite is called the bas-
antenna, or antennale. (Yuasa, 1920, uses the form “anten-

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 205

naria,” instead of the original form antennale). The basal
segment or scape sc of Figs. 5 and 7 is borne on a process af
originally called the antennifer, for which designation Yuasa
substitutes the term “antacoila.” On each side of the antenni-
fer af of Fig. 7 is a small basantennal plate to which is attached
a basantennal tendon labelled tn in Fig. 9. When the muscles
attached to these tendons contract, they move the antennae,
using the tip of the antennifer af as a fulcrum, as shown in Fig.
9. Above the base of the antenna is a surantennifer saf which
connects the base of the antenna above, with the antennal sclerite
ban, and assists in the complicated movements of the antenna,
which is capable of great freedom of movement ,as is necessary
in a structure bearing the delicate chemical-sense organs and
tactile organs of the “feelers.” As is shown in Fig. 7, the scape
sc articulates with the pedicel yd at a point indicated in the draw-
ing, and a similar articulating point is located on the other sur-
face of the antenna. Between these two “rocking points” are
small chitinous pedicellar plates embedded in the connecting
membrane, furnishing points of attachment for certain of the
muscles operating the antennae. Beyond or distal to the pedicel
yd is the postpedicel yyd, and distal to this are the segments of
the flagellum or filament, as the remainder of the antenna is
called. The relative sizes of the pedicel, postpedicel etc., vary
with the sex of the individual, but these slight sexual differences
have not been dealt with in this paper. The flagellum is compos-
ed of four principal types of segments. Those in the proximal
portion of the antenna are the brachymeres or shorter segments
(i. e. a and b of Fig. 6), while those in the distal portion of the
antenna are the dolichomeres or longer segments (i. e. c and d of
Fig. 6). We may further distinguish the short or annular brachy-
meres a from the long brachymeres b, and the stout dolichomeres
c from the slender dolichomeres d, though the types merge, and
are rather difficult to describe.

Turning next to the consideration of the abdomen: as shown
in Fig. 14, there are eight spiracle-bearing segments followed by
what appear to be three non-spiracle-bearing segments (the ter-
minal ones) best seen in the dorsal region of the abdomen. The
typical segments (in the middle of the abdomen) consist of a dor-

206

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

sal plate of tergite t with a lateral subtergite or pleurite pi on
each side (probably a demarked portion of the tergite proper),
and a sternite or ventral plate s seperated from the subtergites
by a lateral membrane. The spiracles sp are borne at the anterior
ends of the subtergites pi, and if the first segment can be taken as
the criterion, the spiracles apparently belong to the antero-lateral
area of the tergite which becomes detached to form the subtergite
The membranes connecting successive segments are called con-
junctiva, and this term is also applied to the membrane connect-
ing the sclerites of the abdominal segments. It is preferable to
distinguish the lateral membranes, however, and they are here
referred to as the lateral or pleural membranes.

The spiracles are extremely interesting structures, and the first
may be taken as an illustration of the way in which a closing ap-
pliance was developed to prevent the entrance of deleterious
substances. If the first spiracle sp (counting from the base of the
abdomen) of Fig. 14 is removed with its surrounding body wall,
and is examined from within, after removing the soft parts, it
may readily be seen that within the atrium or entrance chamber
there is a triangular sclerite of suboperculum sop of Fig. 19,
which was located ventrally when the spiracle was in situ, as
in Fig. 14, but is apparently dorsal in Fig. 18, which depicts the
inner surface when the fragment containing the spiracle is turned
over and viewed from within. Certain occlusor muscles such as
the one labelled m in Fig. 18 are attached to the suboperculum
sop and extend to the arch or bow sar called the spirarcus.
When these occlusor muscles contract, the bow sar, which pivots
at the point p, is drawn up against the suboperculum sop and
effectively closes the entrance to the trachea by pinching the
tube together. When the occlusor muscles relax, the elasticity
of the parts cause them to spring back, and the trachea is opened
again. This is but one more of the marvellous little mechanical
devices developed by these interesting creatures, and as one studies
their anatomy one’s wonder increases that Nature has endowed
them with such cleverly efficient mechanisms for carrying on the
commonplaces of a cockroach’s existence — though I suppose we
should naturally expect to find some pretty efficient devices in
an organism which has successfully maintained itself for so many

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 207

million of years despite the vicissitudes of time and changing
environment!

The typical tergites and sternites are composed of two prin-
cipal areas. In the tergite the anterior area (demarked by a
transtergal suture or ridge) is the antetergite at (Fig. 14) and the
posterior region is the tergite proper or eutergite etg. Similarly,
in the sternal plate there is an antesternite as and a sternite
proper or eusternite ens seperated by a transternal suture or
ridge. The antetergite and antesternite are apparently demarked
by the friction of the overlapping edges of the telescoping seg-
ments, or at any rate, the antetergite and antesternite are usual-
ly over-lapped by the posterior portions of the preceding segments
and are usually less deeply pigmented than the rest of the tergal
and sternal sclerites. The telescoping of the segments of the
abdomen allows for distention with eggs, etc., and in its normal
state the abdomen of the female is more flattened than is the
case with the egg-distended abdomen shown in Fig. 14; and the
anterior portions of the sternal and terga are usually hidden in
non-distend individuals.

Following the generally accepted usage of systematists, I
have restricted the use of the terms tergite, pleurite and sternite
to the dorsal, lateral and sternal plates of the abdomen alone,
and I would use the designations notum, pleurum and sternum
for the parts of the thoracic segments. The segments of the ab-
domen may be referred to as the uromeres, for the sake of brev-
ity, and counting from the base of the abdomen, I would refer to
them as uromere 1, uromere 2, etc., instead of using the longer
designation “first abdominal segment, second abdominal seg-
ment,” etc. The terminal abdominal segments and their various
structures are referred to as the terminalia (Crampton, 1918)
but Freeborn, 1924, includes in the designation “terminalia”
the genital structures as well in higher insects, and the latter
usage is preferable in the higher forms where the genitalia and
terminal structures are compactly grouped by the shortening
and telescoping of the terminal segments of the abdomen. When
there is a reduction in the number of the abdominal segments,
it is usually the terminal ones which fuse or unite, as is indicated
by the fact that the spiracles remain distinct (for the most part)

208 Psyche [Aug. -Oct.

in the basal segments even when the latter become greatly re-
duced in size.

In Fig. 19, the terminal segments of the abdomen of the female
roach are shown more enlarged than in Fig. 14, and uromeres 8,
9, and 10 are shown more in detail, while in Fig. 21 the term-
inalia of the male are shown more in detail.

The tenth abdominal segment is essentially the same in both
sexes, and its sternite is usually reduced or atrophied, while its
tergite forms the huge epiproct ep or supraanal plate of Figs.
14, 19 and 21. I suspect that the tergite of the eleventh segment
unites with that of the tenth to form this large supraanal plate,
but the embryologists claim that the eleventh abdominal seg-
ment lies behind the plate in question. The epiproct ep is div-
vided into a basepiproct or basal region and a postepiproct or
terminal region which becomes divided into two lobes or epi-
proctal lobes by a deep emargination or epiproctal cleft in its
posterior margin. The membranous structure bearing the anal
opening posteriorly is the protiger pro of Figs. 14, 19 and 21.

In may flies and other primitive insects, the parapodial plates
or paraprocts form the basal segment of the cerei; and as was
pointed out in a former paper (Crampton, 1921) the paraprocts
apparently represent the protopodite of a crustacean limb, in
which the endopodite forms the cercus in insects. In the roach, the
paraprocts or parapodial plates par of Figs. 14, 19 and 21, are
large plates situated on each side of the anal opening, and they
are divided by a lateral flange, or paracarina, into an upper and
lower region. When the gynovalvular membrane, which forms
a pouch for carrying the ootheca, becomes distended, as is shown
in Fig. 16, it extends dorsal ward under the lateral flange of the
paraprocts of the female, and this flange thus has an especial use
in the female.

At the base of and below the cercus ce of Figs. 19, etc., is the
basicercus bee, which may represent a basal segment of the cercus.

The cercus itself ( ce of Figs. 14, 21, 24, etc.) is a multi-
articulate structure serving as a pair of hinder “antennse”, and
is saifl to bear olfactory organs as well as the tactile organs usu-
ally present in the cerci of insects in general. As is shown in
Fig. 14, the cercus may be divided by a lateral ridge (cercocarina)

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 209

into an upper and lower region. The basal segments of the cercus
are usually more annular, while the terminal ones are more cy-
lindrical (Fig. 24). In the roach, the cercus migrates from the
paraproct par (Figl 19) which originally bore it, and becomes
secondarily associated with the epiproct ep. The cerciger eg or
process of the epiproct ep bears the cercus in such cases, and the
surcerciger seg forms a second pivotal point in certain of the move-
ments of the cercus.

In handling living roaches, one in made painfully aware of a
most nauseating odor which clings to one’s fingers even after re-
peated washing with soap and water. The fluid which produces
this odor is probably secreted by the repugnatoria or scent glands
labelled rep in Fig. 14. These repugnatoria are eversible glands
located in the membrane between the fifth and sixth adbominal
tergites, and are slightly nearer to the sixth than to the fifth
tergite, so that they may possibly belong to the sixth abdominal
segment.

The gynomeres, or abdominal segments of the female which be-
come modified to form the secondary sexual characters of the
abdominal region, are the seventh, eighth and ninth uromeres.
The sternite of the seventh abdominal segment is proudeed pos-
teriorly to form the hypogynium hg of Fig. 14, which hides the
oviositor, and forms the sides and floor of the gy natrium or
genital chamber of the female, which receives the parts of the
male in copula, and also forms a genital pouch for carrying the
ootheca or egg-case which is carried protruding from the end of the
abdomen, for a time, before it is deposited. Like the other ab-
dominal sternites, the hypogynium hg of Fig. 14, has an anterior
region as and a posterior region eus demarked by a transternal
suture or ridge; but in addition to these typical divisions of the
sterum, the seventh sternite has a backward projecting struc-
ture gv, which is divided into two gynovalvae or pseudo-valves
gv of Figs. 14, 15, and 16 in the American roach and certain of
its allies. The gynovalvular membrane, as shown in Fig. 16,
extends between these pseudovalves and upward on each side to
the flanges of the paraprocts, to form a pouch for carrying and
protecting the ootheca or egg-case, as was mentioned above.
When not distended for this purpose, the membrane in question

210

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

becomes folded between the valves, as in Fig. 26. The endogy-
nal plates eng shown in Fig. 26 are probably involved in the
stretching of the membrane in question, though it apparently
becomes distended and turgid by interal pressure also. At the
base of the seventh sternite is the saccopore, or external opening
of a ventral bilobed sac, the ventrosacculus sac , which apparent-
ly serves as a glandular reservoir; and a repellent substance is se-
creted in it.

When the hypogyium or modified seventh abdominal sternite
is removed, as in Fig. 19, the ovipositor or oviscapt with its basal
plates etc., is exposed. As may be seen in Fig. 19, the eighth
tergite is the dorsal portion of the eighth segment whose ventral
parts form the structures labelled pvu etc. The sclerites pvu nor-
mally project backward under the sclerites vs and conceal the
latter, but in Fig. 19 the structures labelled pvu are represented
as though forced back and upward in order to show the relation
of the parts to one onother. Similarly, in Fig. 20 the sclerites
pvu are represented as though laid back from the sclerite vs
which they would normally cover and hide from view. The large
cavity within the opening labelled vul in Fig. 20, is the uterus and
vagina, or common passage of the two oviducts through which
the eggs are conducted to the exterior from the ovaries where
they are formed. The elongated opening of the vagina, labelled
vul is the vulva, and the sclerites surrounding it are the perivulva
pvu. Each half of the perivulva gives off an arm vbr, and the
two halves are joined by an arch var. The walls of the vaginal
cavity are membranous, and are thrown into folds in specimens
treated with caustic potash. If this condition is normal, it would
indicate that the vaginal cavity is capable of considerable dilation
at the time of egg-laying, and the character of the perivaginal 1
sclerites would indicate that the vulva might readily be widened
considerably to permit the extrusion of a batch of eggs (the eggs j
apparently are formed at about the same time) . If one observes j
the relation of the sclerite pvu to the tergite of the eighth uromere
in Fig. 19 (in which the plate in question has been forced back and
the parts about it have been evertd) it would appear as though
the perivulva pvu is a modified portion of the sternum of the
eighth uromere. Paytoureau, 1895, however, and recent in-

1925] Evternal Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 211

vestigators, such as Chopard, consider that the vagina opens
between the seventh and eighth sternites, and in a footnote,
Peytourea refers to the observations of Miall and Denny, 1893
on the development of the region in question, in a passage which
may be roughly translated as follows: “The delicate indurated
membrane which leads out to the vaginal opening is not the
eighth sternite, but arises as a fold of the intersegmental
membrane.” If this is true, it would seem to indicate that the
peri vulva is a thickening of the intersegmental membrane, rather
than a sclerite of the eighth abdominal sternum.

The sclerites immediately behind the plates labelled vs in Figs.
20, 19, 17, etc., may represent the structures called the basival-
vulse in other Ortho pteroid insects by Crampton, 1917, and
Walker, 1919. As may be seen in Fig. 19 the plates vs are
sclerites of the eighth uromere, and they are connected with the
bases of the ovipositor valves vv. A small transverse ventral
sclerite ms situated between the sclerites vs of Fig. 20, is con-
sidered to be the ninth sternite by Miall and Denny, 1886,
although it is not quite clear how they arrived at this con-
clusion. Its posterior portion surrounds the thecapore tp of
Fig. 20, or opening of the spermatheca, in which spermatozoa
are stored up at the time of mating, to fertilize the eggs. Hence
the opening of the spermatheca tp of Fig. 20 is normally situated
immediately above the vulva vid (out of which the eggs pass)
when the parts are not unnaturally separated as in Fig. 20. Dr.
Walker, however, informs me that this supposed spermatheca
is really a gland. The sclerite labelled ms in Fig. 17 re-
presents the internal view of the sclerite labelled ms in Fig. 20,
showing the internal projections of the plate in question.

The ovipositor of the roach is composed of three pairs of val-
vulse. Of these, the dorsal valvulse dv and inner valvulse iv (Figs.
20, 17, 19, etc.) belong to the ninth uromere, while the ventral
valvulse vv belong to the eighth uromere. The dorsal valvulse
dv have been variouly termed the posterior or third gonapophyses,
dorso valvulse, sur valvulse, nono-valvulse, etc. The inner ones iv
have been called the inner or second gonapophyses, intervalvulse,
etc.; and the ventral valvulse have been called the anterior or
first gonapophyses, octovalvulse, sub valvulse, ventro valvulse, etc.

212

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

The selerite just behind the plate vs of Fig. 19 probably
represents a modified coxite or protopodite of a limb (of the
eighth uromere) in which the outer branch or exopodite was
lost and the endopodite or inner branch became modified to
form the ventral valve vv. The greatly elongated coxite or
protopodite of the ninth uromere apparently formed the dorsal
valve dv whose external branch or exopodite (represented by
the stylus in immature roaches) becomes lost in the adult,
while the inner branch, or endopodite, becomes modified to form
the inner valve iv. This is a very complicated idea of the
origin of the parts. A simpler view (though one which is less
in accord with the facts of comparative anatomy) is that the
ventral valves vv are merely outgrowths of the eighth uromere,
while the dorsal valves dv are outgrowths of the ninth uromere,
and the inner valvulse iv are outgrowths of the tenth uromere
which become secondarily associated with the ninth segment.

Miall and Denny state that “In the cockroach the ovipositor is
used to grasp the egg capsule, while it is being formed, filled with
eggs, and hardened: and the notched edge is the imprint of the
inner posterior gonapophyses, made while the egg capsule is still
soft. The shape of the parts in the male and female indicates
that the ovipositor is passive in copulation, and is then raised to
allow access to the spermatheca.” A richly branched valviglan-
dula or valve gland ( vgl of Fig. 17), which is probably an ac-
cessory colleterial gland, pours out its secretion through the
valvipore vpo (Fig. 20) located between the bases of the inner
valvulse iv.

The ninth abdominal segment is the genital segment par
excellence in the male, and it may be referred to as the andromere.
As shown in Fig. 21, its pleurite pi is mueh enlarged and extends
downward to the ninth sternite or hypandrium ha. The hy-
pandrium ha of Fig. 21 consists of a basal portion or hypandrium
proper, labelled eha and a posterior sex formed by the union of
the coxites, or stylus-bearing rudimentary abdominal limbs (ves-
tigial protopodites) which unite with a portion of the sternum
to form the area labelled sex in Figs. 21 and 24, while the styli
(vestigial exopodites) remain distinct to form the peg-like ap-
pendages stl of the ninth sternite in the male. Normally the basal

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 213

portion to the ninth sternite eha of Fig. 21 is overlapped by the
eighth sternite and only the portion labelled sex projects as in
Fig. 24.

Usually the parts of the male genital apparatus are withdrawn,
and are concealed by the hypandrium or ninth sternite. At the
time of mating, however, they are protruded, and may remain so
to some extent even when the male has been killed, as is shown in
Figs. 21 and 24 — and in some cases the parts are even more pro-
truded than is indicated in the figures in question. When the
genitalia are boiled in caustic potash and spread apart, they are
seen to consist of the following parts, shown in Figs. 23 and 25.
The penis pe (Fig. 25) is membranous- walled and is possibly turgid
in mating. It is located on the dorsal surface of the penislobus
pel of Figs. 25, 24 and 23. The ejaculatory duct ej of Fig. 25, or
common duct from the testes, utriculi, etc. of the male, conducts
the genital products to the exterior through the meatus or open-
ing on the side of the penis pe (Fig. 25). The walls of theejacul-
tory duct are strenghtened by depositions of chitin, and muscles
involved in the mating process, are attached to these structures.
The glandopore, or opening of the conglobate gland, is indicated
by the label o, just behind the asperate lobe asl, in Fig. 25.

The pseudopenis psp of Figs. 21, 23, 24, and 25, serves to in-
troduce the genital products of the male into the parts of the
female at the time of mating, and on this account the structure
in question has been called the penis by some investigators, but
it is not homologue of the true penis (through which the ejacula-
tory duct empties) of other insects, and on this account it is
here designated as the pseudopenis. It bears a lateral papilla la-
belled e in Figs. 25 and 21, and it is possible that a gland may
open through this protuberance, although I was unable to find
any trace of such a gland in the specimens treated with caustic
potash. The process has been called the titillator by Brunner
von Wattenwyl, and it has been suggested that it serves to dilate
the parts of the female during copula, as may also the bird‘s-
head-shaped, serrate lobe ser with its process fa (Figs. 25 and 23),
although the latter may serve to anchor the parts when the male
products are introduced during coitus. The opposing lobes op
are called claspers by Walker, but nothing definite is known con-

214

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

cerning their function, or that of the pointed process acl or of
the small plate bu which bears a short recurved hook-like fold
or process. The large supporting arches labelled ana and bar in
Fig. 23 and 25 serve to strengthen the lobes and processes, and
also furnish points of attachment for muscles, as do the internal
projections and processes labelled enl and epr in Fig. 25.

The interpretation of the homologies of the above-mentioned
parts has not been thoroughly worked out, although Walker,
1922, suggests that the structures labelled tt, ser, etc., represent
the parameres of other insects. Walker, however, applies the
designation parameres to entirely different structures in the Ap-
terygota and Pterygota, and different investigators apply the
term to so many different structures in different insects, that it
is practically impossible to say what is meant by the term para-
meres. If we restrict the designation parameres to the second
arily-formed outgrowths and chitinizations of the membrane
about the intromittent organ, the term parameres might well
be applied to the above-mentioned structures in the roach. The
lobes op etc., of Fig. 25, however, are probably formed in the mem-
brane about the intromittent organ also, and it is necessary to
find some other method of differentiating the parameres from
the other structures formed in this region. Walker refers to the
lobe pel as the penis, but I think it is preferable to restrict the
designation penis to the structure labelled pe in Fig. 25, since I
think it very probable that the lobe pel corresponds (partly, at
any rate) to the chitinized parts about the true penis called the
adeagus in other insects. It is quite evident, however, that the
whole subject of the homologies of the genitalic parts of male
insects should be more throughly studied from the standpoint of
comparative anatomy, development, etc., with a view to deter-
ming the true interpretation of the parts in these structures
which are so much used in systematic entomology.

In the immature roach shown in Fig. 22, the chitinous pro-
jections, etc., of the adult insect are not yet developed, and the
membranous lobes shown in Fig. 22 represent the undeveloped
condition of the more complicated genitalia shown in Fig. 25.
In capturing the specimen shown in Fig. 22, the insect was
rather tightly squeezed, and the pressure apparently caused

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 215

the rectum to become everted, exposing the rectal lining and
the endorectal plates enp, which are rather weakly-pigmented
chitinous protections of the rectal folds or bands. The rectum
protrudes in a similar fashion in specimens of termites, psocids,
etc., preserved in alcohol, and it is possible that the insects in
question may be able to protrude the parts voluntarily when
irritated by the alcohol into which they are thrown when col-
lected.

In the foregoing discussion, only the external parts of the
head and abdomen have been taken up. In a second paper,
already practically completed, the external features of the
thorax and its appendages will be discussed; and I am hoping
to take up the gross internal anatomy as well, in subsequent
papers dealing with the structure of the roach Periplaneta
americana. In the present paper, most of the drawings are
based upon a study of P. americana, ; but in a few instances
drawings were made from specimens of a closely allied form.
The parts of the other forms, however, are so similar to those of
P. americana , that there will be no difficulty in identifying all of
the structures figured, in studying P. americana , with the figures
in question as a guide.

Bibliography.

ChopaRd, 1920. Segments abdominaux chez Orthopteres.
Thesis, Paris, 1920.

Comstock & Kochi, 1902. Head of Insects. Amer. Nat., 36,
p. 13-

Crampton, 1916. Orthopterous Maxillae. Psyche, 23, p. 83-
1917. Head Structures. Ent. News, 28, p. 398-

1917. Abdomen of Female Insects. Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc. 25, p. 225-

1918. Male Genitalia. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.,

13, p. 49-

1920. Basic Plan of Male Genitalia. Can. Ent., 52,
p. 178-

1921. Head of Insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. America,

14, p. 65-

216

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Crampton, 1921. Evolution of Mandibles. Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 29, 63-

1921. Evolution of Cerci. Ent. News 32, p. 257-

1922. Evolution of Maxillae. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash-
ington, 24, p. 65-

1923. Maxillae of Insects. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
31, p. 78

Freeborn, 1924. Terminalia of Mosquitos. Amer. Jour. Hy-
giene, 4, p. 188-

Holmgren, 1909. Termitenstudien. Kgl. Sv. Vetsk, Hand!.,
44, p. 3-

Lecaze-Durthiers. Genitalia des Orthopteres. Ann. Sci. Nat.
17, p. 207-

Mangan, 1908. Blattid Mouthparts. R. I. A. Proc., 27, p. 1-
Miall & Denny, 1886. The Cockroach. London, 1886.
Peytoureau, 1895. Genitalia des Insectes. Thesis, Paris, 1895.
Riley, 1904. Embryology of Blatta. Amer. Nat., 38, p. 777-
Walker, 1919-1922. Genitalia of Insects. Ann. Ent. Soc.
America, 12-15, p. 267 and 1.

Waterhouse, 1895. Mouth parts of Mandibulate Insects.
London, 1895.

Yuasa, 1920. Head of Orthoptera. Jour. Morphology, 33,
p. 251-

Abbreviations

a Short antennal brachy-

meres

ac. . . . Anteclypeus
acl . . . Pointed process (acutolo-
bus)

af . . . . Antennifer
am . . . Andromembrane
ant. . . Antenna
ana. . . Basal arch (andrarcus)
as.. . . Antesternite
asl. . . Asperate lobe (asperolo-
bus)

at.. . . Ant e ter git e

b Elongate antennal bra-

chvmeres
ban.. . Basantenna
bar. . . Basarcus
bat. . . Basantennal tendons
be. . . . Basicardo
bee. . . Basicercus
bg. . . . Basigalea

bl . . . . Basilingua

bm. . . Basimandibula

bms. . Basimandibular suture

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 217

bse.. . Basiserrata
bsl . . . Basilamina

bu. .. .Basuncus

c Broad dolichomeres

ca. . . . Cardo

cc.. . . Cardocondyle

ce.. . .Cercus

eg. . . . Cerciger

cl. . . .Clypeus

cm. . . Basi valvular membrane

cp. . . . Cardoprocess

cs . . . . Coronal suture

ct . . . . Cardotendon
cth.. . Clypeotheca

d Slender dolichomeres

dc. . . . Disticardo

dg. . . . Distigalea
dl . . . . Distilingua

dv... .Dorsal valvulse (dorso-
valvulae)

e Pseudopenis papilla

eha. . . Euhypandrium
ej . . . . Ejaculatory duct
ern . . . Emargination of labium
eng. . . Endogynal plates
enh . .Endolamina
enp. . . Endorectal plates
ent.. . Endotergite
ep. . . . Epiproct or supraanal
plate

eph. . . Epipharynx

epr. . . Endoprocessus

eps. . . Epistoma or post clypeus
epv. . . Epivalves

et . . . . Extensor gnathotendon
etg . . . Eutergite
etn.. .Body of tentorium (eu-
tentorium)

eus.. .Eusternite

ev. . . . Endovalvula

fa ... . Falx or pointed process

fgs . . . Frontogenal suture

fp.. . .Fronts pits (frontocavse)

fr . . . . Frons or front

frs... .Frontal suture

ft . . . . Flexor gnathotendon

g. . . . . Gnathartus (articulatory
process)

ga. . . . Galea

gb. . . . Galeabacillus

ge. . . . Gena

gf . . . . Galea fossa
gl . . . . Glossa

gn. . . . Gnathite

gp Gular pits (gulacavse)

gpr. . . Gnathoprocess

gv Pseudovalves (gynovalvse)

h Gnathocondyle or hypo-

condyle

ha. . . . Hypandrium (subgenital

plate of male)

hg. . . . Hypogynium (subgenital
plate of female)
hph. . Hvpopharynx or lingua
hpl.. .Hypoplica or endohypan-
drium

hs. . . . Hypandrial suture
il. . . . . Interlabium
in ... . Incisors
int . . . Intertentorium
iv . . . . Inner valves (iniervalvu-
lse)

la. .. . Lacinia
Id ... . Laciniadentes

If Lacinial fringe (laciniafim-

brium)

[Aug.-Oct.

218 Psyche

li Labium

11 Lingualora

Ip ... . Labial palpus

lr. . . . Labrum

ls. . . . Labiostipes

lt. . . . Linguatendon
m. . . . Occlusor muscle
ma. . . Midappendix
me. . . Myociacatrix
md.. .Mandible

mn. . .Men turn

mo . . . Mola

nip.. .Maxillary palpus
ms . . . Medisternite
mtn . . Metanotum

nf. . . .Neuroforamen

o Glandopore

oc... . Occiput

ocf. . .Occipital foramen
oct. . .Occipital tendons
oes . . . Oesophagus
ofn.. . Ocellar fenestrae
op.. . .Opponentes

p Pivot of spiracular bow

pa Parietals (of epi cranium)

par. . . Paraprocts (parapodial

plates)

pas. . . Parastipes

pd. .. . Pedicel

pe. . . .Penis

pel . . . Penislobus (sublamina)
pes.. . Peristome

pf. . . .Palpifer
pga . ..Perigalea
pge....Postgense
pgl . . . Paraglossse
pgr. . . Palpiger
pgt.. . Postgenatheca

pi ... . Pleurite
poe. . . Postepipharynx
por. . . Postgenal ridge
pot. . . Postentorium
ppd. . Postpedicel
pre.. . Preepipharynx
pro. . . Proctiger
psp. . . Pseudopenis
pt. . . . Pedicel tendons
pvu. . Peri vulva
rep.. . Repugnatoria

s Sternite

sac. . . Ventrosacculus

saf . . . Surantennifer

sar . . . Spiracular bow (spirarcus)

sc Scape

scg. . . Surcercigejr

sex. . .United coxites (syncoxite)

sd. . . . Salivaduct

ser . . . Serrate lobe (serrata)

sm . . . Submentum

smo . . Submola

so. . . .Suboperculum

sp. . . . Spiracles

spt. . . “ Spermatheca ” (prob-
ably a gland.)
ssa . . . Subserrata
st . . . . Stipes (eustipes)
stl Stylus

stn . . . Surtentorium (supraten-
torium)

t Tergite

tf.. . .Trophifer
tor. . . Tormse

tn. . . . Basantennal tendons
tp. . . . Thecapore
tpn.. .Tentorial prominences
tt . . . . Titillator

1925] External Anatomy of Head and Abdomen of the Roach 219

var. . . V ulvarcus
vbr. . . Vulvabrachium
vf.. . .Valvifer
fgl... . Valviglandula
vju.. .Valvijugum

vl. . . . Valvilora

vm. . . Vulvar membrane
vpo.. . Valvipore

vr. .. .Valviramus

vs. .. . Valvisternite
vul.. .Vulva

vv... .Ventral valvulae (ventro-
valvulse)

x Occipital condyles

y Cervical tendons

z Cephaligers

220

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES V, VI, AND VII

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.
lower lip.

Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.
to show tentorium.

Tendons at base of pedicel of antenna.

Posterior (ventral) view of dextral maxilla.

Mesal view of tip of same.

Anterior (dorsal) view of sinistral mandible.

Frontal view of head.

Types of antennal segments.

Basal region of antenna.

Inner view of labrum and clypeus.

Inner view showing tendons at base of antenna.

View of hypopharynx in relation to upper and

Posterior view of head.

Posterior (ventral) view of dextral mandible.
Posterior view of head with mouthparts removed

Fig. 14.
Fig. 15.
female.

Fig. 16.
brane.

Fig. 17.
basal plates.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.
Fig. 20.
Fig. 21.
Fig. 22.
male.

Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.
Fig. 25.

Lateral view of abdomen of female.

Ventral view of valves at tip of subgenital plate of

Lateral view of same, showing hypogynal mem-

Dorsal view of ovipositor and inner view of its

Inner view of first abdominal spiracle.

Lateral view of segments 8, 9, and 10 of female.
Ventral view of ovipositor and basal plates.

Lateral view of segments 9 and 10 of male.

Ventral view of terminal structures of immature

Ventral view of male genitalia spread apart.

Ventral view of terminal structures of adult male.
Dorsal view of male genitalia and subgenital plate
seen partially from within.

Fig. 26. Dorsal view of subgenital plate of female, basal
portion seen from within.

CRAMPTON— ANATOMY OF THE ROACH

PSYCHE, 1925

VOL. 32. PLATE VI

CRAMPTON— ANATOMY OF THE ROACH

PSYCHE, 1925

VOL. 32, PLATE VII

Fig. 25

Frg.2«

CRAMPTON — ANATOMY OF THE ROACH

1925] Weight of Vegetation Transported by Fungus Ants 227

THE WEIGHT OF VEGETATION TRANSPORTED BY
TROPICAL FUNGUS ANTS.

By G. H. Parkar.

Zoological Laboratory, Harvard University.

No one can view a nest of active tropical fungus ants without
being impressed by the unusual exhibition of transportation.
Converging narrow paths are crowded with myriads of ants
many of the incoming members of which carry above their
heads the fragments of leaves, bits of stems and the like destined
to serve as the soil on which the colony will raise its food. Such a
spectacle came to my attention not far from the Barro Colorado
Island Laboratory in Gatun Lake, at the Panama Canal. The
colony was in an open part of the jungle about a quarter of a
mile from the laboratory and easily accessible by a trail. At
this laboratory, which is maintained by the Institute for Re-
search in Tropical America, I had the opportunity of studying
this and many other features of equatorial life.

The nest was inhabited by the common funghs ant of the
region, Atta columbica Guer., and comprised an approximately
circular area of hummocky soil some twelve to fifteen feet in
diameter. Into this area from various parts of the jungle led in
all five ant-roads over which varying numbers of ants passed in
and out with their burdens. It was comparatively easy to stand
at a given point by one of these roads and, with a watch in the
hand, count the number of ants with leaf fragments that passed
toward the nest in a minute. Twenty feuch counts were made on
each of the five roads.

In the most densely frequented road the numbers of leaf
fragments carried past the observer in a minute varied from 151
to 184 and averaged 162.8. In the second most populous road
the extremes were 52 and 81 and the average 69. In the third
the numbers varied between 49 and 61 and averaged 53; in the
fourth the extremes were 1 and 6, and the average 3 . 2, and in the
fifth, which descended from a small tree that rose out of the nest,
the numbers varied from 0 to 5, and averaged 2.2. As these five
roads were separate pathways leading into the nest, the sum of

228

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct.

their several averages. 290.2, represents the total average num-
ber of leaf fragments that were brought into the nest each
minute.

One hundred of these leaf fragments were taken from the
transporting ants and weighed; their weight proved to be 1.164
grams. If on the average a total of 290 . 2 fragments were carried
into the nest each minute, the weight of vegetation added per
minute must then have been a little over 3.35 grams. In an
hour at this rate it would amount to 201 grams and in twelve
hours to a little over 2.4 kilograms or some five &nd a quarter
pounds. I do not know whether these ants work during the
night. If they do so even at a lowered speed, the weight of
vegetation added per day to the nest must be of course much
more than five and a quarter pounds. The records here set down
refer to daylight conditions toward the end of June. Incidentally
it may be added that the rate of travel of an individual ant carry-
ing a leaf fragment during the warm hours of the day in June
varied from 1.5 to 1.2 meters per minute and averaged on ten
counts 1 . 3 meters per minute. These incidental notes seemed
worthy of record.

1925]

The Eocene Fossil Fly Eophlebomyia

229

THE EOCENE FOSSIL FLY EOPHLEBOMYIA.

By T. D. A. Cockarell.

University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo.

In 1922 a remarkable fossil fty, evidently representing an
undescribed genus, was found in the Green River Eocene shales
near De Beque, Colorado. I described it in Proc. U. S. National
Museum, Yol. 64, Art. 13, p. 4 (1924) as Eophlebomyia clari-
pennis, with an enlarged figure from a photograph by Dr. R. S.
Bassler. With hesitation, I placed it in the Trypetidae, remark-
ing: “I at first thought to refer it to the Anthomyiidae, but it
appears to be acalyptrate, and the venation agrees better with
Trypetidse. In certain respects, it agrees with what we should
expect to find in an ancestor of the modern Trypetidse.” Some
time after, I found I had a second specimen from the same region,
and this I sent to the British Museum. I was particularly
anxious for Major E. E. Austen to examine it, because the fly,
as I had stated in my description, resembled Glossina in the
course of the fourth longitudinal vein. In his Handbook of the
Tsetse-flies, Austen called attention to this character in Glossina
as something absolutely unique.

Major Austen very kindly examined the fossil at once, and
wrote at length concerning it. I urged him to publish an article,
but he asked me to do whatever seemed necessary, giving full
permission to quote his opinions. I meant to wait until again
publishing on Eocene insects, but as such publication may not
occur for a long while, it seems best to offer the present dis-
cussion. Major Austen wrote (Dec. 13, 1924):

“ After making as careful an examination of the specimen as
I can, I am inclined to doubt whether the species belongs to the
Acalyptratae at all. I certainly can’t distinguish any squamae, but
that doesn’t prove the absence of these structures. In spite of
the Trypetid-like character of the auxiliary vein, the extreme
shortness of the anterior transverse vein, coupled with the ap-
parent absence of bristles on the extensor surface of the tibiae,
in my opinion renders the inclusion of the species in the family
Trypetidae impossible. The short anterior transverse vein is

230

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

characteristic of the Calyptrate, not of the Acalyptrate Muscoi-
dea; but although the open first posterior cell would seem to
suggest that the species should be referred to the Anthomyiidae,
I don’t think that strictly speaking it can belong to this family,
owing to its smooth tibiae. On the other hand, the Glossina-\ike
course of the fourth longitudinal vein, to which you draw at-
tention in your description of the genus Eophlebomyia , is very
remarkable, and may be significant. Unfortunately, since
nothing can be seen of the proboscis or arista, it is impossible
to determine whether or not the fly should be regarded as a
blood-sucker. Be this as it may, I am, for the moment at any
rate, inclined to consider Eophlebomyia as possibly representing
an annectant form between the Anthomyiidae and the blood-
sucking Muscidse, as represented by Glossina.”

With regard to the tibiae, in the original type, now in the
U. S. National Museum, it was possible to see that there were
no preapical bristles, but were minute dark hairs on outer side
arranged in two lines.

In a later letter, Major Austen discusses the question whether
Glossina may have originated in America, and spread later to
Africa. We have of course, severals species of Glossina in the
Colorado (Florissant) Miocene; and it is at least conceivable that
the Eocene Eophlebomyia , from the same general region, may be
ancestral to them. In this case, it appears to follow that the
so-called Muscidse are polyphyletic, the Glossina group having
arisen independently from the others. Eophlebomyia is best
placed in a separate family, Eophlebomyiidae.

It is a pity that more collecting is not done in the Eocene
shales of the Roan mountains and adjacent ranges. The many
excavations in the oil shales have resulted in throwing out and
exposing large quantities of rock, which should be searched for
fossil insects and plants. In a few years weathering will have
decayed and spoiled these precious materials. The cost of an
expedition, as such things go, would be very small. The best
time would be in the fall. The discovery of such a fossil as
Eophlebomyia is certainly worth the time, trouble and expense.

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 231

THE INSECTS AND PLANTS OF A STRIP OF NEW
JERSEY COAST1

By Harry B. Weiss and Erdman West
New Brunswick, N. J.

1 ntroduction.

This paper deals with the insects and plants of a section of
the maritime region of New Jersey and is the fourth of a series of
reports on surveys which have been made in different faunal
areas of New Jerse}^.

Acknowledgments .

Identification of the various species of insects collected
during the survey were made by the following entomologists to
whom we are greatly indebted. Hymenoptera, Mr. H. L.
Viereck; Diptera, Mr. C. W. Johnson; Coleoptera, Mr. C. A.
Frost; Hemiptera, Mr. H. G. Barber; Lepidoptera, Mr. Carl
Heinrich and Mr. Wm. Schaus; Cicadellidse, Mr. C. E. Olsen;
Formicidse, Mr. M. R. Smith; Odonata, Mr. Wm. T. Davis;
Orthoptera, Dr. Henry Fox.

The New Jersey Sea Coast

The maritime region of New Jersey extends along the coast
from Sandy Hook to Cape May and includes the beach and its
adjoining sand hills. The beaches are narrow, sandy strips often
separated from each other by inlets and from the upland by bays,
and channels fringed by tide-marsh or salt meadow. According
to the “ Annual Report of the State Geologist of New Jersey” for
1885, the beaches “are sand bars of considerable magnitude,
which have been formed at a greater or less depth by currents
depositing sediment under favorable conditions and subsequently
brought above water by the waves, as at the present day, or
perhaps in some cases by the changes of sea level which have

journal New York Entomological Society, vol. xxx, pp. 169-190; Journal
New York Entomological Society, vol. xxxii, pp. 93-103; Ecology, vol. v,
pp. 241-253.

232

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

evidently occurred in Quarternary time.” Once above water,
the particles of sand are carried by the wind and meeting some
obstacle out of reach of the tide, are in time built up into dunes
or sand hills. After the primary beaches are formed, various
agencies combine to change their original extent. “On one side
they might be worn away by storms and tidal currents, on
another added to by the same agencies and finally they might
be greatly extended in course of time by the action of currents
running in a constant direction along their shores and depositing
sediment at one of their extremeties, as happens now at the point
of Sandy Hook, and the south ends of most of the beaches at the
inlets.’ ’

The beach islands consist of fine white sand which is mobile
in places. Dried by the sun and wind, the sand is blown inward
or oceanward. The prevailing winds blow toward the ocean and
as the sand dries it is blown into the water to be hurled back
again by the waves. If the wind is from the ocean for some time,
sand hills are formed. Small obstacles sufficient to lessen the
force of the wind may serve as the starting point of a dune.
Such dunes may form and reform with every action of the wind.
At Seaside Park, the shifting was quite pronounced and the
contour of the line of dunes next to the ocean changed frequently.

Behind the ocean line of dunes, the shapes of the smaller
dunes changed infrequently or not at all. Where vegetation
occurs on the beaches such plants catch and hold the sand and
dunes are formed rapidly. The beaches vary in width from a
few rods to a half-mile and in elevation average only a few feet
above high tide. The dunes formed by winds and tides generally
reach a height of from fifteen to twenty-five feet.

The Surveyed Area.

The surveyed area consists of about ten acres in the form
of a strip running from the Atlantic Ocean to Barnegat Bay,
across Island Beach at a point about one mile below Seaside
Park, and just above the Island Beach Life Saving Station.
The exact location is indicated on the accompanying map.
Temperature and moisture records were not kept, but climatolo-

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 233

gical data for the coastal section in which the survey was made,
can be obtained from the publication of the United States
Weather Bureau, entitled “Summary of the Climatological
Data for the United States by Sections,” Reprint of Section 99,
The Southern Interior and Sea Coast of New Jersey.

Fig. 1. Map of a portion of the New Jersey coast. The surveyed area adjoins the Island
Beach Life Saving Station.

Island Beach from Seaside Park south to Barnegat Inlet is
almost the only piece of natural beach left along the New Jersey
coast. On account of the absence of a roadway, it has remained
“undeveloped” and as such is free from bungalows, cottages,
cement walks, real estate agents, swarms of bathers and the
amusements supplemental thereto. It is probably only a
question of time before it will be levelled, graded and cut up
into building lots.

234

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Collections were made at about ten-day intervals from the
very beginning to the end of the insect seasons. All methods
were employed and everything was collected. Some night col-
lecting was done also. The area under consideration contained
several shallow basins and wet places due to arms of the bay
which extended toward the Atlantic Ocean, but little attention
was paid to these areas and their comparatively luxurient vege-
tation, as it was thought desirable to limit the study to the
strictly sea coast type. Insects found in “wash-up” along the
shore, although collected, are not included in this report unless
they are species which normally inhabit the beach and act as
scavengers or in other capacities.

Although the flora of the area can be divided into parallel
zones, it is necessary to consider the insects as a single group,
partly on account of the comparative smallness of the surveyed
territory and partly because many species exhibited no tendency
to connect themselves exclusively with certain types of vegeta-
tion. Species constantly inhabiting various parts of the area,
will be mentioned in the text.

The Vegetation of the Surveyed Area.

The flora of this area is divided more or less distinctly into
bands or zones parallelling the ocean and bay shore lines. The
best way to discuss the vegetation is to take each of these groups
in order as they occur, beginning at the ocean shore line. As no
collections were made in the water, the only clue we had to the
algae present was the remnant in the wash. This consisted
almost entirely of sea lettuce ( TJlva sp.) and a brown strap-like
kelp. From the edge of the water to the base of the dunes, the
sand was devoid of plant life, but about one-half way up the
dunes, there appeared an occasional plant of seaside spurge
( Euphorbia polygonifolia) .

The outer row of sand dunes had a distinct and charac-
teristic vegetation. The sea sand reed ( Ammophila arenaria)
was the most important and abundant plant and its persistence
and habit of growth enabled it to successfully combat the
shifting sands of the dunes. It gave the first tinge of green to

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 235

this region in spring and its lines of sprouts from the underlying
roots broke the force of the winter winds and prevented the
sand from drifting to any great extent. Totally different in
appearance from the grass, another plant, the seaside golden-rod
( Solidago sempervirens) was second in importance. All during
the summer months, the large tufts of fleshy leaves were very
conspicuous and later the heavy sprays of j^ellow blossoms were
quite showy. Scattered all through the vegetation created by
the previous plants we found the little sand hugging sea spurge.
On the bay side of the dunes there were occasional patches of
beach pea ( Lathryrus maritimus). This plant constituted a
prominent element with its tangled stems, bright flowers and
noisy pods.

On the area between the first line of dunes and the margin
of the dune formation there were a number of important groups.
In the first one large masses of bayberry ( Myrica carolinensis )
occurred at regular intervals with occasional plants almost at
the foot of the first line dunes. Another important shrub mixed
with the bayberry was beach plum {Prunus maritima). Its
dense masses of white flowers were very showy in the spring.
The fruiting propensities of the plant however, were variable,
some were loaded with plums and others bore but few. Little
of the fruit ripened as people were well acquainted with its
value in making jam and jelly.

Other larger areas were inhabited extensively by beach
heather ( Hudsonia tomentosa) . Dull and inconspicuous through-
out most of the year, it stood out in strong contrast to the sand
when it was covered with yellow flowers in the spring. In this
group there were also frequent plants of beach pin weed ( Leohea
maritima) and patches of sea coast joint weed ( Polygonella ar-
ticulata:, the latter being much more numerous than cons-
picuous. The cactus ( Opuntia opuntia ) occurred here, sometimes
forming plants three feet across. In this band was found the
only fungus of noticeable importance in the whole area. This
was the earth star ( Geaster sp.) which appeared late in the
summer in sheltered sandy places where other vegetation was
scanty or lacking. In the deep sand only the spongy, spore

236

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct..

bearing portion was pushed above the surface of the sand by
the hygroscopic action of the reflexed peridermium.

The third important group in this section was found in the
low, wet spots in which no collecting for insects was done.

Fig. 2. Views of the surveyed area. 1, 2, 3, 4, views along the seashore showing the dunes
and their sparse vegetation. 4, 5, views looking across the surveyed area showing the
low vegetation and the many, open, sandy areas.

These low spots were almost impenetrable thickets of green
brier ( Smilax rotundifolia) , tall blackberry ( Rubus argutus),
poison ivy and glossy rose ( Rosa virginiana). With these there
was a generous sprinkling of sheep laurel ( Kalmia angustif olia) y

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 237

tall blueberry ( Vaccinium corymbosum) , bayberry ( Myrica caro-
linense) and scrubby red cedar ( Juniperus virginiana).

From the edge of the dune formation to the bay shore, the
vegetation was quite uniform. A major portion of the area
which comprised all of the high sandy ground on which the
collecting was done, was covered with beach heather. As near
the dunes, Lechea maritima was occasional here. A few patches
of blue toad flax ( Linaria canadensis) were found here in spots
with the most underground moisture.

As the bay shore was approached this Hudsonia flora was
diluted with various grasses in increasing amounts until it dis-
appeared and a new type of vegetation took its place. In the
beginning this transition was slow but close to the bay shore the
change was rapid and other species came in. Some of the plants
in this last area were undoubtedly “ballast plants.” The beach
goldenrod reappeared here in great profusion but due to severe
insect attacks, it did not bloom freely. Wild pepper grass
(. Lepidium virginicum), sheep sorrel ( Rumex acetosella ), sea
burdock ( Xanthium canadense) , goose foot ( Chenopodium polys-
permum), beggar ticks ( Bidens connata), salt marsh lieabane
( Pluchea camphor ata) , bush goldenrod ( Euthamia graminifolia)
and primrose ( Oenothera biennis) more or less evenly mixed made
up the major portion of the dry ground flora close to the bay
shore. In addition there were a few patches of great bind weed
( Convolvulus sepium) with its showy pink flowers. In the moist
spots there were a few bushes of marsh elder ( Iva fructescens) and
speckled alder ( Alnus incana).

In the lower portions of this area we found the same group
of marsh loving plants as near the ocean shore but with some
additions. There were also several small, wild cranberry bogs
(Oxy coccus mar cocarpus) . In other spots there were patches of
the sundews “ Drosera rotundifolia and Drosera filiformis. Lyco-
podium chapmani was quite frequent in wet spots. The narrow
leaved sundrop ( Kneiffia linearis) was most plentiful along the
margins of these moist areas.

238

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

The Insects of the Surveyed Area.1

Neuroptera: Chrysopidae 1, Myrmeleonidae 1, Total 2.

Isoptera: Termitidae 1, Total 1.

Odonata: Agrionidae 1, Libellulidae 1, Total 2.

Thysanoptera: Thripidae 1, Total 1.

Homoptera: Aphididae 2, Membracidae 2, Fulgoridae 6,
Cercopidae 2, Tettigonieliidse 4, Cicadellidae 13, Total 29.

tlemiptera: Pentatomidae 6, Lygaeidae 12, Coreidae 3, Tin-
gitidae 1, Reduviidae 2, Phymatidae 1, Anthocoridae 1, Miridae 8,
Ochteridae 2, Total 36.

Orthoptera: Acridiidae 10, Locustidae 4, Gryllidae 3, Total 17.

Coleoptera: Cicindellidae 2, Carabidae 7, Silphidae 1, Sta-
phylinidae 7, Phalacridae 2, Coccinellidae 7, Dermestidae 2, His-
teridae 7, Nitidulidae 1, Latridiidae 2, Dascyllidae 1, Elateridae 4,
Buprestidae 2, Lampyridae 3, Malachidae 2, Cleridae 1, Scara-
baeidae 4, Cerambycidae 3, Chrysomelidae 19, Mylabridae 1,
Tenebrionidae 6, Melandryidae 1, Mordellidae 2, Anthicidae 1,
Meloidae 1, Thynchitidae 1, Otiorynchidae 1, Curculionidae 7,
Calandridae 2, Anthribidae 1, Total 101.

Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae 5, Lycaenidae 2, Pieridae 3,
Hesperidae 1, Syntomidae 2, Arctiidae 1, Noctuidae 12, Hypenidae
1, Geometridae 1, Pyralidae 5, Oecopboridae 1, Blastobasidae 1,
Total 45.

Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae 1, Vipionidae 9, Braconidae
6, Ichneumonidae 18, Cynipidae 2, Pteromalidae 1, Callimonidae
1, Eurytomidae 1, Chalcididae 2, Platygastridae 1, Bethylidae 1,
Mutillidae 1, Psammocharidae 5, Vespidae 1, Sphecidae 3, Beiri-
becidae 2, Apoidea 4, Nomalidae 1, Hylaeidae 1, Anthophoridae 1,
Colletidae 3, Xylocopidae 1, Ceratinidae 2, Apidae 3, Formicidae
23, Total 96.

Diptera: Tipulidae 4 , Chironomidae 6, Culicidae 2, Myceto-
philidae 1, Cecidomyiidae 1, Bibionidae 4, Tabanidae 3, Bomby-
liidae 1, There vidae 3, Asilidae 3, Dolichopodidae 4, Empididae 5,
Lonchopteridae 1, Pipunculidae 2, Syrphidae 6, Conopidae 1,
Tachinidae 1, Sarcophagidae 2, Muscidae 3, Anthomyidae 9, Bor-
boridae 1, Sapromyzidae 6, Micropezidae 1, Trypetidae 1, Sepsidae

1Numbers following family names indicate number of species collected.

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 239

1, Ephydridse 3, Oscinidse 10, Drosophilidse 1, Agromyzidse 5,
Total 93.

Notes on Certain Species of Insects.

Neuroptera. The two species in this order were Brachyne-
murus abdominalis Say, which was common (8-5; 10-24; 11-8)
and Chrysopa oculata Say (6-16; 8-20).

Isoptera. Termes flavipes Koll. was found early in the
season (5-15) in rotten wood and wingless termintes (5-29) at the
water line of the ocean.

Odonata Erythrodiplax berenice Dru. was common along
the shore (7-15; 8-5) and also Enallagma durum Hagen (7-15;

8- 5; 9-8; 9-26) the larvae of the former living in salt water ac-
cording to Smith.

Homoptera Plant lice were observed on seaside goldenrod
and Lactua sp. Aside from Phlepsius fascipennis Van D.,
which occurs on salt marshes and which was collected July 15,
nothing unusual or characteristic of the locality was observed.
Several species which do not appear to have been previously
recorded from New Jersey were collected and these are as fol-
flws, Cixius basalts Van D. (7-15), Myndus fulvus Osb. (7-15).,
Megamelanus elongatus Ball (6-16), Bostcera nasuta Ball (8-5).
Platymetopius cuprescens Osb. (8-20, 9-26), Thamnotettix nigri-
frons (Forbes) (6-16, 7-15, 10-24).

Hemiptera. The Pentatomidse, Lygaeidse and Miridse were
the best represented families. In the Pentatomidse, Aethus
obliquus Uhl. was found May 7 in the sand under Hudsonia and
Thyanta custator Fab. was plentiful from May to September.
In the Lygaeidse, Orthlomus ocolopa Uhl was collected (7-15,

9- 26 and Blissus leucopterus var. arenarius Barb. (5-7, 7-15-9-26.
In the Coreidse, Harmostes reflexulus Say and Corizus lateralis
Say were plentiful throughout the season. Corythucha marmorata
Uhl. was noted on seaside goldenrod and this nearness to the
ocean may explain its occasional presence in “wash up.”
T etraleps insidiosus (Say) was swept from beach pea by the
thousands during September and Ochterus banksi Barb, which
appears to like the seashore was collected on July 2.

240

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Orthoptera. In this order Trimerotropis maritima (Harris)
which is almost exclusively a beach species was plentiful from
the middle of July to the end of October. Psinidia fenestralis
(Serv.) was plentiful in the area from August 5 to September 26
as was Melanoplus femur-rubrum from the first week of Sep-
tember to the end of October. In the Gryllidse, Gryllus assimilis
Fab. form luduosus Serv. was taken in various parts of the area
except the seashore from May 7 to the last week of October, and
was present in large numbers under a dead horse-shoe crab
along the bay shore. Oecanthus quadripundatus Beut. was
numerous from August 8 to September 26 and occurred plen-
tifully on seaside golden rod flowers on the latter date.

Coleoptera. Cicindela dorsalis Say, a seashore species was
collected (7-15) on the beach. Other species taken on the beach
were Pasimachus sublsevis Beauv. (5-7), Panagceus crucigerus
Say (7-15), Pinacodera limbata Dej. (7-15), Anisodadylus rusticus
Say (5-7 to 10-24) along the seashore and also in sand under
Hudsonia during the early portion of the season. All of the
foregoing are members of the Carabidse. Silpha surinamensis
Fab. was collected under a dead horse-shoe crab on August 5 as
were also Creophilus villosus Grav. and Tympanophorus punc-
ticollis Er. Staphylinus prcelongus Mann was found along .the
seashore together with Diochus thoracicus Csy. on June 16.
Seven species of Coccinellidse were present in the parts of the
area covered by vegetation. Dermestes caninus Germ, was col-
lected under a dead horse-shoe crab on August 5 along the shore
and in other parts of the area on September 8. Dermestes frischi
was found along the shore on May 29. In the Histeridse, Saprinus
fraternus Say which occurs throughout the state was found along
the ocean front (5-29, 7-2); Saprinus pennsylvanicus occured
under a dead horse-shoe crab (8-5) together with Hister ab-
breviate Fab. Hister arcuatus Say was collected along the shore
(7-2), Saprinus mancus Say in sand under Hudsonia (5-7) and
Hister obtusatus Harris along shore (6-16). Other species found
along the seashore were Polyphylla variolosa Hentz (7-15), Col-
lops nigriceps Say (7-2), Monoxia pundicollis Say (7-2), Epitragus
arundinis Lee. (8-5, 8-20), Ephalus latimanus Lee. (5-7, 6-15),

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 241

Phaleria testacea Say (5-29, 7-15), and Sphenophorus venatus
Say (9-8).

Galerucella kalmice Fall was collected under seaweed along
the bayshore (5-29) and along the seashore (6-15). Trirrhabda
virgata Lee. was noted seriously injuring the leaves of seaside
goldenrod and marsh elder, being present from July 2 to Sep-
tember 26. Stratcegus antceus came to our bait of molasses and
fusel oil on the night of September 1 and previous to this time,
many dead specimens were noticed in various parts of the area.

Lepidoptera. Many interesting species were observed, the
most common being Nomophila noduella D. & S. (5-29 to 10-24),
Syneda gmphica (5-7 to 8-20), 07nmatostola lintneri Grt. visiting
goldenrod flowers (9-26), Euxoa deter sa Wlk. very common on
goldenrod flowers (9-26), Pieris rapee which was plentiful along
the bay shore (7-15 to 9-26), and Heodeshypophleas Boisd. which
occurred from May 7 to May 29.

Hymenoptera. As most of our Hymenoptera were not
identified beyond genera, it is impossible to mention more than a
few of the outstanding species. Galls of Solenozopheria vaccinii
were present on blueberry stems. Psammochares philadelphicus
Le P. was collected along the seashore (7-15) and in other sec-
tions (7-20, 8-20). Pompiloides marginatus Say occurred along-
shore (9-26) and in other areas (7-15, 8-20). Polistes pallipes
Le P. was taken from May 15 to October 24 and Colletes ameri-
canus Cress, was plentiful on goldenrod flowers (9-26). Bremus
bimaculatus Cress, was noted visiting beach pea flowers on June
16. Among the ants Dolichoderus plagiatus pustulatus Mayr.
var. beutenmuelleri Wheeler. Formica pallide-fulva schaufussi
Mayr var. incerta Emery and Lasius niger Linn. var. neoniger
Emery were common throughout the season. Camponotus
caryce Fitch was collected May 29 from an old cone of Pinus
rigida where it appeared to be nesting.

Diptera. Some ninety-three species were collected, many of
which it is impossible to mention on account of a lack of space.
The following species were collected along the seashore.

Tipula perlongipes Johnson (7-15), Neopogon argenteus Say
a sand dune species (8-5), Villa shawi John. (9-26, 10-24), Psilo-,
cephala morata Coq. (6-16), Coloboneura inusitata Mel. (7-2).

242

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Fucellia maritima Hal. was plentiful both on the seashore and
the bayshore from April 17 to October 24. Sarcophaga pachy-
procta Parker was plentiful in the area at all times and was bred
from puparia collected on the surface of the sand between the
sand dunes. Other species plentiful in other parts of the area
were Bibio albipennis Say (5-15, 5-29), Epomyia rufiventris Loew
(7-15, 9-8), Coenosia nudiseta Stein (6-16 to 9-26), Scatella lugens
Lw. (5-7 to 7-15), Hippelates subvittatus Mall. (6-16 to 9-26),
Botanobia frit Linn. Rhicncessa parvula Loew (5-29 to 7-2), and
Toxomerus marginatus Say 6-16 to 10-24). Visiting goldenrod
flowers on September 26 and present at previous times were
Stomoxys calcitrans Lw. Phormia regina Meigen, Eristalis ceneus
Scop, and Eristalis transversus Wied. Early in the season land
breezes brought Aedes cantator Coq. and later Aedes sollicitans
Wlk.

SUMMARY.

Insects of the Coast.

Order

Number of Species

Percent of total

Neuroptera

Isoptera

Odonata

Thysanoptera

Homoptera

Hemiptera

Orthoptera

Coleoptera

IOI

Lepidoptera

Hymenoptera

Diptera

423

100

Types of Food Habits

Number of Species

Per cent of total

Phytophagous

189

Saprophagous

Harpactophagous

Parasitic

Pollen feeders, misc. spp.

423

100

423

100

1925] Insects and Plants of a Strip of New Jersey Coast 243

As indicated above, with respect to the number of species,
the Coleoptera, Hymenoptera and Diptera each supplied an
almost equal amount and these orders are followed in turn by the
Lepidoptera, Hemiptera, Homoptera and Orthoptera. Concern-
ing the types of food habits, these being based for the most part
on the predominating larval habits of the families regardless of
numerical abundance (and with the disadvantages of this
method fully in mind) 45 per cent of the species present can be
classed as phytophagous, 26 per cent saprophagous, 14 percent
harpactophagous and 11 per cent parasitic and it is assumed that
similar ratios will be found in other coast sections where similar
conditions prevail.

244

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct.

NOTES ON GALERUCIN^E IN MY COLLECTION.

By F. C. Bowditch,

Brookline, Mass.

In bringing my material in line with the new catalogue of
Galerucinae by Weise, I have run against many troubles. In the
new list are many typographical omissions and mistakes and
very many species omitted altogether (these will shortly be
treated in a separate paper by M. Laboissiere). Possibly the
state of Mr. Weise’s health prevented the proper finishing
touches. The catalogue revision was a big job but it lacks finish
to make it reliable; and then, what to me is a serious drawback,
the paper it is printed upon (my copy at least) does not admit of
notations in ink.

Oides ijiasensis sp. nov.

Large sized, honey yellow with black elytral spots, elytra
with 4 round sub basal spots 2 on each side, subhumeral and al-
most submedian, four large rounded and median, joined in pairs
(dumb-bell shaped) not attaining either the edge or suture, and
lastly a small round ante apical, sides of the breast and abdomen
spotted with black.

Types of 2d" 2 $ Lahago Central neas 4-11-10-111 1896 12
Kannegieter length 10-11 mm. Bow Coll.

Head smooth with impressed line on vertex, antennae about
half as long as body entirely yellow, joint 3-5 about equal,
clypeus swollen and smooth, thorax evenly rounded, impunctate
and without a definite depressions (1 example with 2 small
brown submedian spots) elytra thickly and rather coarsely
punctate without transverse depression but with rather a deep
subhumeral; what I take to be the 9 has rather a pear shaped
form with the dilation at the rear; d" is not dilated but ovate,
rather pointed behind. Near 12-maculata Cl. but differently
spotted, shaped and marked.

Mr. Van de Poll had among his material 3 new species of
Haplosonyx with Mr. Kannegieter’s manuscript names attached
which have been retained in the following species:

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

245

Haplosonyx frenbi sp. nov.

Median sized, light flavous, each elytron with 4 cyaneous
blye, round spots, a humeral, two median, placed transversely
oblique, and the last ante apical, the spots very lightly edged with
brown.

Type 1 example Tandjong-Djati, Ran. Palembang ’90,
(J. Z. Kannegieter) length 10 mm. Bow. Coll.

Head with obsolete transverse depression but a deep frontal
foveae, antennae, joints 2, 3, short, equal, thorax sparsely punc-
tured with a deep transverse depression, elytra very obsoletely
depressed below the base, thickly strongly punctured with two
or three ill defined longitudinal, smooth lines. The markings
easily indentify this form.

Haplosonyx humeral is sp. nov.

Much smaller than Frenbi , light flavous, antennae fuscous
between joints 2-10, each elytron with a large purplish spot
covering the humerus, and sometimes attaining the scutel and
extending nearly half the length of the body, inner - margin
rounded and very narrowly brown.

Type 1 example Tji Solak Wynkoopsbaai (Grelak) also 2
Java Oc. Sukabumi 2000 ’93 (Fruhstorfer) Bow. Coll, length
6-8 mm.

Head sparsely punctate, foveate at the vertex, antennae
with joint 2-3 short, thorax sparsely punctate, with usual trans-
verse depression, sides less angulate and more evenly rounded
than usual, elytra, without transverse depression, but faintly
impressed within the shoulder, thickly and evenly punctate,
with in one example obsolete traces of longitudinal lines (c^?).
The Grelak specimen is the one with Mr. Kannengieter’s name.

Haplosonyx monticola sp. nov.

Large, stout, fulvous, with joints 6-8 of antennae and tarsal
claws brown, elytra brilliant metallic green with cyaneous re-
flexions, strongly transversely depressed below the base and
with semi-regular seriate punctuation.

246

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Types 12 examples Mt. Kina Balu, No. Borneo (Whitehead
and Waterstradt) length 13-17 mm. Bow. Coll.

Head with sparse fine punctures, the usual transverse de-
pression divided by a deep fovea, antennae with 3 joint much
longer than 2 (varying in sex) extreme tip dark, thorax with
sparse, fine, scattered punctures, transverse depression obsolete
in middle, deeply foveate at side, elytra strongly depressed
within the shoulders and below the base, producing a tumid
effect, punctures impressed but without striae, fairly regular in
front and on the disk, becoming confused at the sidees and ob-
solete towards the apex, the cyaneous color seems more intense
at the sides, elytral margin strongly reflexed and deeply foveate
laterally below the shoulder. Easily distinguished by the color
and striate elytra.

Hoplosoma melanocephalum sp. nov.

Medium size, shining, light chestnut brown, head, antennae
and feet more or less blackish, the latter especially on the upper
side.

Type 8 specimens, Fokien Bow. Coll, length 5-5j^ mm.

Head convex, front very finely alutaceous, antennae half
as long as body, 3 joint rather more than twice as long as 2,
thorax nearly square, deeply arcuately depressed behind, the
sides the most so, also a supplementary fovea on the anterior
middle disk, elytra nearly impunctate, lightly depressed below
the scutel. The dark head and legs help distinguish this form.
In M. Donckier’s material labelled with what purports to be
Mr. Jacoby’s manuscript name which I have preserved. Among
the Donckier material is a set of specimens labelled Hoplasoma
4- puslulatum Jac. This is Phyllobrotica ? ornata Jac.

In looking over the new Catalogue of Galerucinse I am sorry
to see generic names like Aulocophora, established for fifty years,
superseded by others; and aside from strict priority (if that is
granted) the utility of such change seems dubious. Ceratia in
place of Triaplatys does not appeal to me. I retain denticornis
Jac. in place of Jacohyi Wa. and martia Ws =denticornis Jac.

Two new forms should be added to this subgenus.

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

247

Ceratia (Triaplatys) foveata sp. nov.

Small, ferrugineous, breast and abdomen and 4 spots on the
elytra black. Head of d with two large approximate foveae
occupying the whole front, limited by a ridge or line between
the eyes, antennae nearly as long as elytra, scape slightly curved
and inflated, 2 joint small, rounded, 3d elongate, sonjewhat
curved, flattened and concave in the inside, 4th broad quadrate,
concave on the inside edge, 5th triangular, with inside angle
truncated, vertex smooth convex, thorax impunctate, deeply
transversely impressed behind the middle, less so in $ elytra
very nearly parallel, not transversely depressed, sparsely and
finely punctate, an elongate basal median, and subapical trans-
verse spot, black; neither spot attains the suture or margin.
The only d among my examples is on a card, so I am unable to
give details of the last abdominal segment.

Types 1 cf, 3 $, Dilli, Port Timor, 2500' (Doherty) iv v
also $ *s from Batjan, Ternate, Timor (Doherty) Bow. coll.
Length 3^-4 mm.

The dilated d antennae and foveate head distinguish this
form. Duboulayi Baly (not seen by me) is described as having
foveate head; the elytral markings are those of tetraspilota Bafy.

Ceratia (Triaplatys) dohertyi sp. nov.

Similar in coloration to foveata supra, ferruginous head,
smooth with a deep frontal fovea, antennae d about M length
of elytra, scape somewhat inflated and curved, 2 joint small,
rounded, 3 elongate, triangular, flattened, 4 and 5 elongate,
rounded on sides and ends flattened, smooth, shining and
slightly concave within, thorax smooth impunctate angulate
before the middle, deeply transversely grooved at about the
middle, elytra slightly dilated behind, slightly depressed below
the scutel, and very finely punctulate, a basal patch which does
not attain the scutel but usually covers the shoulder and a
transverse outer apical patch which does not touch either the
margin or suture, black, legs yellow, breast' and abdomen black,
except the last segment which is deeply cut on either side, and

Psyche

248

[Aug.-Oct.

deeply longitudinally channeled in the middle, the extreme
ends and edges being yellowed.

Type 1 <? Dilli Port Timor 2500 (Doherty) IV V 2 & Dili
May ?92 Doherty 3 9 do Bow. coll. Length 5-6 mm.

The flattened elongate, concave joints of the cf antennae
distinguish this form and are a connecting link between species
with dilated triangular joints, denticornsis Jac. and these with
scant dilation like diversa Baly.

Luperodes pustulatus sp. nov.

Small, black, thorax and legs rufous, each elytron with
three round flavous spots placed in line down the middle, on
each side, the one nearest the end sometimes faint or wanting.

Types 5 examples Cordico Bolivia (green label) Bow. coll.
Length 3 mm.

Head sparsely finely punctate, finely transversely and
longitudinally sulcate, thorax rather transverse, finely punctate,
feebly impressed either side behind, elytra very finely punctulate;
the spots are placed, one just below the base, the second ante-
median, the third on the elytral declivity. The tibiae and tarsi
are more or less brown; the spots easily distinguish this form.

Luperodes mapirii sp, nov.

Small, stout, shining rufous, antennae, tibiae and tarsi
browned, elytra entirely black excepting a common triangular
rufous spots, which begins on the base at the inner shoulder and
runs obliquely to the suture at the apical third.

Type one specimen San Augustin Mapiri 3500 ft. 95 (Stuart).
Length 3 mm. Bow. coll.

Antennae slender, joints 2, 3, 4 gradually increasing in
length, head and thorax very finely punctate, the latter obso-
letely depressed at the sides, elytra finely punctured, obsolete
behind, and very slightly transversely depressed, first joint of
hind tarsi very elongate, more than half as long as the tibia,
apex of all the tibiae and tarsi brown. Easily distinguished by
the color.

1925]

Notes on Galeracince in My Collection

249

Luperodes pilosus sp. nov.

Medium sized, rather stout, nearly parallel sided, black,
elytra only, dull dirty yellow, with dusky suture and sides,
tending to run together in the middle, sparsely pilose.

Type one specimen Cochabamba, Bolivia Germ. Length
5 mm. Bow. coll.

Head with longitudinal groove on vertex, elongate frontal
tubercle between the eyes, antennae with joints 2, 3, 4 gradually
increasing in length, thorax with sides very slightly rounded,
upper surface finely punctuate, uneven, with side depressions
obsoletely indicated, elytra closely, finely punctate, semi-rugose,
the surface showing faint sulcations on the rear half especially on
the sides — the pilose elytra easily distinguish this form.

Luperodes flavipennis sp. nov.

Large sized, shining, black, except the elytra and abdomen
which are pale yellow.

Type 3 examples Cachab6 low. c. xii 96’7 Rosenberg.
Length 6-6^2 mm. Bow. coll.

Form stout, oval, like angusto-lineata, antennae about two-
thirds length of body, slender, 2 joint a trifle more than half as
long as 3, front transversely impressed between the eyes, head
and thorax sparsely, minutely punctulate, the latter arcuately
impressed at the rear, obsolete in the middle, elytra thickly but
very finety punctulate, without transverse depression below the
base. A well marked form unlike any other.

Luperodes hebardi sp. nov.

Medium size, narrow, and parallel shaped, thoracic margin
bright, elytra dull, opake, ochre yellow, head, antennae, body
beneath and legs black, also a shining discoidal thoracic spot,
two large sutural spots widened abruptly at the scutel and be-
hind the middle, the lateral margin (not reaching the apex) and
three branches from the marginal color, humeral, median and
post median black.

250

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Var. a. The marginal marking absent, the three branches
therefrom, representing three dots, a humeral, median and sub-
lateral at apical two thirds, also the sutural stripe reduced to two
common spots, scutellar and submedian.

Type 4 examples Caracas, 1 Venezuela (probably Caracas)
var. a 1 example Magdalena Columbia.

Sn Lorenzo Mt. 8500 ft. vii-28-20 (M. Hebard) No. 151 from
Mr. Frank R. Mason. Length 4 mm. Bow. coll.

Head punctate with strong cross and longitudinal grooves,
antennae reaching beyond the middle of elytra, joints 2, 3 small,,
the latter slightly the longer, thorax with arcuate impression,
deep at sides, obsolete behind, with marked longitudinal groove,
the discal spot attains only the front margin and the sides form
the ends of the arcuate depression, the whole surface is shiny
but finely punctulate. The elytra dull without luster, or de-
pression, with the black markings sharply defined, in some
specimens the sutural edge is very narrowly darkened to the
apex. In the var. the thoracic spot approximates to the basal
margin. Seems related to intramarginalis Kirsch.

Luperodes suturalis sp. nov.

Very like hebardi only larger and very similar in looks and
markings, the difference being the thoracic spot leaves only the
lateral margins yellow, on the elytra the lateral stripe is much
thicker and is submarginal, leaving the edge itself yellow, the
sutural spots coalesce into a stripe a little widened before and
behind, the general effect being to show the elytra black with a
narrow lateral border or a sinuate median vitta on each side,
joining at the apex, which is broadly yellow, sutural area lightly
depressed behind the scutel.

Type 3 examples Marcapata Peru marked n. i. m. in 2nd
Jac. coll. Length 5 mm. Bow coll.

Very closely related to hebardi, but the general effect is
shiny not opake. In one specimen the black oclor shows a ten-
dency to cross the yellow median vitta, the punctuation is very
minute while the thorax shows 4 well marked fovese, 3 where the
arcuate depression is, or should be, the 4th apical.

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

251

Luperodes vittatus sp. nov.

Very like suturalis but with the black color replaced by
greenish aeneous, thorax entirely of this latter color margined
with yellow and with 3 large foveae placed 2-1, also a small
apical; elytra yellow, with a broad humeral sublateral, and
sutural, aeneous stripe, the former not quite attaining the tip
the latter becoming very fine at the apex.

T}rpe 4 specimens (green label) Bolivia (Cordico?). Length
5^2 mm. Bow. coll.

Head aeneous, sparsely punctate, with well marked frontal
fovea and cross sulcation, thorax sparsely punctate, more thick-
ly in the foveae, margined, and sides rounded, the yellow margins
broadened at the anterior angles, elytra parallel, smooth, shining,
sparsely punctate, the sutural stripe is a little widened at the
scutel; the general appearance is of an evenly striped handsome
form, body beneath and legs with less greenish tinge.

Luperodes bruchii sp. nov.

Again close to suturalis ; entirely shining black, except the
sides and base of the thorax are yellow, and on each elytron,
nearly surrounding the humerus is a triangular yellow patch,
partly encircling the humerus (leaving it black) with an agle
directed towards but not reaching the suture, the yellow patches
on either side leave an even, wide sutural black band a trifle
wider at the scutel.

Type 1 specimen Argentine Prov. Catamarca 4-111-07
(Bruch). Length 4 mm. Bow. coll.

Head punctate, with deep transverse and longitudinal
furrow, antennae moderate, joints 2, 3 equal, thorax very sparsely
punctulate obsoletely foveate on either side, the ordinary connect-
ing acruate depression very obsolete, the black spot is discal,
including the anterior edge, the elytra are finely punctate,
somewhat depressed along the suture, but no basal depression,
body below not as shining on account of short pubescence.

252

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

Luperodes klageri sp. nov.

Small sized, head, thorax and scutel fulvous, antennae
and legs more or less brown, elytra, straw yellow with common
sutural and broad humeral sublateral, brownish aeneous stripe.

Type 2 examples San Catharine Brazil (Klages) length 2)4
mm. Bow. coll.

Antennae reaching nearly the tip of body joints 2, 3 almost
equal, thorax with transverse arcuate depression well marked at
the sides, the outward stripe attains the apex in a very fine line,
the other vitta stops abruptly, near the turn of the wing cover.
Easily distinguished by the size and elytral pattern.

Luperodes maculicollis sp. nov.

Large sized, black aeeneous above, thorax yellow except for
an anterior discal aeneous spot, elytra aeneous with an almost
straight yellow median fascia, abdomen yellow.

Type 1 specimen Rio Madeira Brazil (Mann & Baker) 1
specimen Porto Velho, Amazons No. 2220 (Prof. Thaxter) Bow.
Coll. Length 6 mm.

Head with deep transverse groove between the eyes, vertex
evenly and rather strongly punctate, antennae more than half
the length of body, joints 2, 3, gradually increasing in length,
remainder elongate, nearly equal, thorax shining, nearly im-
punctate obsoletely arcuately impressed at the rear, the discal
dark spot covers the middle of the anterior margin and is rounded
so as to reach the arcuate impression, elytra with bronze color
well marked, without transverse depression; the yellow fascia
is about V2 mm. wide, very lightly arcuate and does not pass
the reflexed margin.

Luperodes cyaneoplagiata nov. sp.

Large sized, fulvous yellow; head, metaste^num, tibiae and
tarsi (except the last joint) antennae joint 2 to S)4 brownish
black; elytra with a broad basilar cyaneous basal, and a large
cyaneous transverse ante apical spot.

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

253

Type 2 examples Cochabamba Bolivia (Gferm) Bow. Coll
Length 6p2 mm.

Head with usual transverse groove, vertex almost smooth,
antennae nearly as long as body, extreme tip of last joint dark,
thorax punctuiate and depressed at the sides, which are slightly
rounded, elytra without depression, thickly and finely punctate,
the basal band is a little longer at the sides than the middle,
where it is a little short of one third the length, the posterior
spot is at the apical third and does not attain either the suture
or margin, the rear portion of the elytra including the spot shows
faint sulcations; all the legs have the last tarsal and claw joints
fulvous.

Luperodes javanensis Jac= Monolepta subra Gy 11 next fol-
lowing the description of M. rubra Gyll. is ? flavicollis Gyll.
This seems to be a form of which many examples are in my col-
lection, all apparently coming from North Borneo (Waterstradt),
the color is coccineus with very light flavous thorax, head with
a large, deep, semicircular fovea, anterior femora with a minute
tooth. Temporarily I place it in Monolepta.

From the descriptions of Monsieur Pic, I mark in my col-
lection of Crioceris ; laosensis Pic=var impressa Fabr, borneensis
Pic— binotata Boh, malaccana Y\c—seminigra Jac, rouyeri Pic=
dromedarius Baly, latefasciata Vic=unipunctata Fabr.

Luperodes rufescens Bow. nom. prseoc, changed to weisei
Bow.

Luperus masoni sp. nov.

Small, flavous, antennae darkened at tip, thorax with two
small discal spots indicated, and a long seta on each rear angle,
elytra, black, slightly iridescent, all the margins narrowly
flavous, the suture and base more broadly than the sides.

Type 1 example Bolivar; Colombia, Cartagena, vii-11-20
Chapparal, Fred Mason, No. 92 Bow coll. Length 2 mm.

Very close to marginatus Jac. (type in my coll.) and albo -
marginata Jac. but much smaller than either; the former has a
black head and thorax; the latter in addition to being much
larger has the elytra much more heavily margined with flavous,

254

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

moreover these margins are even and well defined, whereas masoni
has them narrow and not well defined or limited. The Jacoby
species has also a dark spot on the breast.

Luperus beniensis sp. nov.

Small, below dirty testaceous, antennae and body above
very dark brown, fairly thickly punctulate, the edges of the
elytra especially the sutural, diffusely light colored.

Type 4 examples Reyes, Beni Riv. 7-8-95 (Stuart) 3 spe-
cimens labelled Peru, M. Kirsh (2 Jac. coll) Bow. coll. Length
2 mm.

Antennae cf (?) slender, longer than the body, somewhat
flavous at base shorter 9 (?). Again very close to marginatus
Jac., but that form is black below, less punctured above, with
the light margins plainly defined, besides being larger.

Luperus pallidus sp. nov.

Small, entirely dirty yellow, antennae comparatively short
and slightly darkened towards the tip, surface very lightly punc-
tulate, smooth, shiny, no depression on the thorax and only a
very obsolete one on the elytra below the inner shoulder, one
specimen has the eiytral edge slightly darkened, also the ab-
domen. It is small, insignificant, but the only light colored form
rated from South America.

Type 3 specimens Bolivar, Colombia, Cartagena vii-11-20
(F. A. Mason) No. 93. Length 2}4 mm. Bow. coll.

Luperus blumenensis sp. nov.

Medium sized, shining black, head, thorax, scutel and base
of femora yellow, elytra without depression, thickly and closely
punctate.

Type 1 example Blumenau, So. Brazil (Reitter) Bow. coll.
Length 4 mm.

Head with smooth shiny vertex, antennse not reaching the
end of the body, joints 2, 3, 4 gradually increasing in length,

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

255

thorax rather transverse, convex, obsoletely punctulate, the
black in the femora is more extended on the upper than the
under side, smaller than xanthaspis Germ, and more shining.

Malacosoma (Exora) cyaneomaculatum sp. nov.

Medium sized, fulvous yellow, antennae, tibiae, tarsi and
apex of femora bluish black, the apical third of elytra covered b}^
a cyaneous blue patch, which attains but does not cover the
indexed edge, the basal two thirds with a distinct golden sheen.

Type 3 examples Callanga, Peru, sent me by Messrs. Staud-
inger and B. Haas as cotypes of Diabrotica cyaneo-maculata Jac.
(M. S. S.). Length 6 mm. Bow coll.

Head with a deep transverse groove and a few punctures on
the vertex, antennae long, joints 2-3 nearly equal, thorax shining
with obsolete basal and lateral depressions and everywhere,
finely punctured, elytra closely, strongly, evenly punctate,
slightly depressed at the suture below the base, the fulvous part
somewhat sheeny. In all probability the specimen sent Mr.
Jacoby for identification was Diabrotica ; this looked like it
superficially and were so sent out by the dealers.

Malacosoma (Exora) basale sp. nov.

Large sized, deep orange yellow, antennae excep t (first 2
joints) (last 3 lacking) tibiae and tarsi blackish blue, elytra very
closely coriaceously punctate, base broadly cyaneous purple, or

blue.

Type 1 example Santa Fe de Bogota, 1 in the 1st Jac. coll.
Bogota; 1, 2nd Jac. coll, no locality, the last two specimens have
the purple confined to a broad basilar band and this I regard
as the typical form. The first specimen, which is the most
perfect, has the dark color extended nearly to the apex. Length
9-10 mm. Bow. coll.

Head with well marked transverse groove, at vertex sparsefy,
finely punctate, antennae with 3 joint twice length of 2, thorax
transverse, sides nearly straight very finely sparsely punctulate,
depressions only ihdicated, elytra, stout, parallel, without de-

256

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

pression, coriaceous, the yellow color has more or less metallic
sheen. A fine well marked form, duhia Oliv. seems to be smaller
and smooth.

Malacosoma (Exora) guttatum sp. nov.

Medium sized, dark chestnut brown, head except the lower
face, and metasternum black, elytra very thickly punctate, nor-
mally with two elongate parallel black spots on each side, one
humeral, the other basilar and almost touching the end of scu-
tellum and parallel to the first spot and the suture, this 4 spotted
is the normal form, varieties occur where there is a further double
series of spots, in direct extension of the normal spots, these ad-
ditional spots are median and ante apical.

Type Rio Janeiro, Espirito-santo, Brazil, 2 labelled Miers.
Coll, represent the most spotted vars. 6 specimens in all. Bow.
coll. Length 7 mm.

Head with transverse depression and frontal fovea, vertex
shining, nearly impunctate, antennae more than half the length
of body, joints 2, 3 equal, first 3 or 4 joints rufous, rest black,
thorax same shape as obsoleta, shining nearly impunctate, elytra
without depression, the punctuation a trifle obsolete at apex, in
obsoleta the sutural spots are subbasal and do not attain the
margin, in guttata they always start at and include the margin.

Malacosoma (Exora) quadripustulatum sp. nov.

Small, black, head and thorax rufous, each elytron with
two large flavous spots, one triangular subhumeral, with apex
near the suture, the other oval, midway between the middle
and apex.

Type 1 example Rio (2 Jac. coll.) 2 Misiones Prov. Argen-
tine, Bow. coll. Length 4^-5mm.

Head with front more or less darkened, antennae nearly as
long as body, joints 2, 3 equal, thorax sparing punctulate, sides
very nearly straight, elytra finely punctate, depressed along the
suture, below the scutel, the spots rest on the inflexed margin
and do not attain the suture.

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

257

Malacosoma (Exora) rosenbergi sp. nov.

Medium sized, yellowish fulvous, antennse, knees and tibiae
and tarsi dark brown, elytra with two rufous stripes on each side
the first sublateral from the humerus to below the middle, the
second almost median curving outward below the middle, but
not quite joining the first.

Type 3 examples Cachabe low e xii-96 and i-97 (Rosenberg),
Length to 6 mm. Bow. coll.

Head transversely sulcate, vertex almost impunctate, an-
tennae with joints 2, 3 nearly equal, thorax with form of encaustica,
almost impunctate, elytra thickly and evenly punctate, without
depression, the suture very narrowly edged with rufous; the
first stripe begins on the shoulder and running nearly parallel
to the edge, ends at the curve of the elytra; the second begins
below the base at about the middle and runs straight to a little
below the middle half, when it curves gracefully outward, so
that (if prolonged) it would join the first. The apex is ciliate
with a few fine hairs, the under edge of the epi pleurae is also
narrowly rufous, the color of the brown parts varies tending to
become rufous. The curved stripe easily separates this form.

Malacosoma (Exora) buckleyi sp. nov.

Medium sized, brown, head (except the labrum) black, elytra
with a large ill defined humeral, and an oblique ante apical patch
blackish blue, breast more or less black.

Type 3 examples Yurimaguas, Peru (Buckley). Length

mm. 2 examples Surinam (Fruhstorfer) (2 Jac. coll.) Bow.

coll.

Head with strong transverse depression and frontal calli,
vertex finely punctulate, antennse moderate, joints 2, 3 nearly
equal, thorax transverse, slightly angulate at the middle, very
obsoletelv depressed and punctulate, eHtra moderately punctate,
showing traces of longitudinal sulci here and there, the extent of
the dark area varies greatly being in one specimen extended
along the side and towards the suture and in another reduced
to a mere wisp on the shoulder and the same with the rear spot,

258

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

the forms with a minimum of dark have rather stronger punc-
tuation. There seems no particular distinctive feature to this
form. The Surinam examples are smaller and darker colored,
only the sutural area being indefinitely lighter.

Malacosoma bellum sp. nov.

Medium sized, rufous, antennae, apex of tibiae and tarsi
darkened, elytra closely finely punctate shining violet purple.

Type cf, 9 Rio Janeiro, Brazil (Klages ?). Length 5-5^2
mm. Bow. coll.

Head with well marked transverse impression, with convex
nearly smooth vertex, antennae moderate length, joints 2, 3
equal or nearly so, 3 basal rufous; thorax transverse, smooth
shining convex, almost without trace of depression or punctures,
elytra parallel, impressed within the shoulder and very slightly
at the suture below base, punctuation obsoletely seriate on the
9 disk, the suture very narrowly cyaneous. I should have
referred this form to dubia Oliv. if that did not call for smooth
elytra.

Malacosoma (Exora) simile sp. nov.

Medium sized dull fulvous, antennae, 4 spots at base of
elytra and 4 anteapical black

Type 1 cf Caraca, Brazil. Bow. coll. Length mm.

Head scarcely depressed between the eyes, vertex convex
smooth, antennae (last 4 joints missing) 2, 3, very small, nearty
equal, remainder elongate, thorax transverse, smooth, almost
impunctate elytra very thickly evenly punctate like guttata, an
elongate spot at the shoulder and a round one either side of the
scutel, and 4 placed transversely just before the apex. Guttata
is larger, has a black head and breast and light antennae, similis
has black antennae and light head and breast.

Malacosoma (Exora) octoguttatum sp. nov.

Small, chestnut brown, antennae dark, elytra with four
elongate spots at the base (2 each side) and four round spots
transversely placed just behind the middle.

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

259

Type 1 specimen Rio Janeiro, Bow. coll. Length 5 mm. var.
A, So. Brazil, anterior spots joined, forming a band and rear
spots a lunule.

Antennae nearly as long as body, joints 2, 3 nearly equal,
front of head and thorax convex smooth, elytra smooth shining
obsoletely punctate, the basal spots are humeral and next the
scutel, the other spots are placed evenly in line just back of the
middle; near similis and guttata but without the elytral punc-
tures of either, and the rear spots are much nearer median.

Malacosoma (Exora) maculatum sp. nov.

Size of olivacea, color light yellow, elytra alutaceous with
punctuation, antennae, tibiae and tarsi, scutel and 5 spots on
each elytron black, body beneath more or less brown on the
breast and segments, thorax with, 5 spots indicated in dark red.

Types 5 examples San Augustin, Mapiri, 3500 ft. ix 95
Stuart. Length 6 mm. Bow. coll.

Var. a, thoracic spots shown in brown, median spots on either
side joined. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Germ.

Antennae about two-thirds length of body, joints 2, 3 about
equal, upper joints lighter color, head with well marked trans-
verse groove, vertex convex, thorax with wide, though not deep,
median lateral foveae and with 5 spots indicated in color, 2
lateral, 2 median with an apical between, scutel black, elytra
with punctuation more marked, but still semi shiny, the spots on
each side are a subbasal humeral and median, two median
directly in their rear and the fifth large rounded, subapical, in
the variety the median are joined together, and the thoracic
spots are brown; near olivacce Oliv. but that species has 4 series
of spots and this onfy 3.

Chthoneis Baly, as at present used, seems to contain rather
incongruous forms. It was founded upon apicipennis from
Colombia this species has joints 2, 3 of antennae very short,
equal, the following joints compressed and elongate; a smooth
thorax and unarmed hind tibiae, then followed species with
foveate, thorax (albicollis) in 1880 Jacoby added apicalis (type
in my coll.) (also Godman and Salvin, Brit. Mus.?) though ap-

260

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct.

parently with some latent doubt; the antennae are (in my
specimen d ?) very different from the typical form and the hind
tibia have a short spine, in the Biologia, Jacoby adds two Mexican
forms, dilaticornis where the d has distorted antennae, both this
and jansoni have a rather slender elongate body tending towards
Luperus ; on the other hand Luperus fucatus Er. I remove to
Chthoneis. There are several new forms which are closely
allied to the foregoing.

Chthoneis grossa sp. nov.

Size, form, and structure of apicalis, Jac, rufous, the edges
of the elytra and thorax a little yellowed, antennae, tibia and
tarsi and nearly the whole of the abdomen black; rufous part of
the elytra with a distinct iridescent tinge.

Type 1 specimen, Brazil (Mann) Bow. coll. Length 10 mm.

Head with transverse groove between the eyes, vertex
sparsely and finely punctate, antennae barely two-thirds length
of body, 2 joint short, 3 half longer, remainder elongate and
somewhat compressed, thorax (exactly like apicalis) transverse,
all the angles prominent, sides slightly rounded, depressed an-
teriorly on either side, and with a median posterior fovea and
anterior longitudinal sulcation, whole surface punctate, scutel
almost smooth, elytra much wider than the thorax, without anjr
depression, very thickly evenly punctate, the hind tibiae have
a small but distinct spine. The claws are appendiculate.

The future will probably separate both this form and
apicalis from the present genus. I merely follow Mr. Jacoby.

Chthoneis marginipennis sp. nov.

Medium sized, black, with epipleurae, reflexed edge of elytra
to the tip, the basal margin, and suture so as to enclose the
scutel, white.

Type 1 example Gua. (G. D. Smith) Bow. coll. Length 6

mm.

Antennae not quite as long as body ( $ ) ? 3 joint longer than
2, first few joints narrowly white at base, head sparsely punctate

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

261

with a deep frontal fovea, thorax transverse, thickly coarsely
punctate, deeply foveate either side of the middle and with a
moderate subapical depression, scutel smooth, elytra thickly and
evenly punctate, more finely than the thorax, quite strongly im-
pressed within the shoulders and somewhat along the anterior
suture, so that the scutellar area seems prominent. Rather an
intermediate form but easily recognized by its color.

Chthoneis foveicollis sp. nov.

Moderate sized, elongate, rufous, antennae, tibiae, and tarsi
blackish purple, elytra very closely punctate, purple violet, semi
alutaceous.

Type 1 example ( $ ) San Augustin, Mapiri 3500 ft. 1-95
Stuart. Bow. coll. Length 8 mm.

Belongs near dilaticornis Jac. being of the same elongate
form, head sparsely punctate, with frontal fovea and transverse
depression, antennae not quite as long as body, joints 2, 3 equal,
though not very small, thorax transverse, sides slightly rounded,
surface rather thickly punctured with 4 fairly well defined foveae,
an apical and basal and lateral median, elytra slightly impressed
within the shoulders and on the suture below the base, very ob-
soletely sulcate toward the apex.

Chthoneis stuarti sp. nov.

Small, head rufous with black spots on the labrum and vertex,
antennae black, apical joints white, body below black, legs black
with basal two-thirds of femora rufous, thorax rufous, scutel
and elytra black, very slightly viridi-aeneus.

Type 4 examples Reyes 7-8-95 (Stuart). Length 4J^ mm.
Bow. coll.

Head with deep transverse groove at the top of the eyes,
vertex finely and sparsely punctate, antennae longer than the
body d71, shorter $, 3 joint half longer than 2 (like apicalis) ex-
treme tip of 11 and base of 9 dark, intermediate joints d , dilated
and lengthened (fairly typically), thorax convex, shining, sparsely
punctulate, distinctly foveate either side at the middle, elytra

262

Psyche

[Aug.-Oct.

faintly impressed within the shoulder, very thickly evenly punc-
tate, first joint of front and middle tarsi dilated cf . Intermediate
between the strictly typical forms and the elongate Mexican, like
Jansoni Jac.

Chthoneis rufulum sp. nov.

Small, entirely rufous— fl a vous, except the eyes, which are
black and the antennae after the third joint dark brown.

Type 1 example cf, So. Brazil. Bow. coll. Length 4 mm.

Head with frontal fovea between the eyes, antennae longer
than the body, strictly generically typical, i. e. joints 2, 3 very
small, equal, subsequent joints dilated and elongate, thorax
convex, transverse, smooth, with a very obsolete lateral fovea,
elytra smooth, shining, sparsely finely punctulate, very obsoletely
depressed at the suture below the base. This form is at once
separated by its size and color.

Chthoneis boliviensis sp. nov.

Small, aeneous brown, elytra cyaneous blue, lower face, last
2 joints of antennae (except extreme tip) sides of the thorax, and
femora pale yellow.

Type 4 examples San Augustin, Mapiri 3500 ft. 95, Bow. coll.
Length mm.

Head smooth, with usual cross depressions, and fovea,
antennae elongate, joints 2, 3 very short, equal, remainder elon-
gate, compressed, vertex shining, almost impunctate, thorax
shining sparsely punctate, obsoletely depressed on the sides and
disk, the former narrowly flavous, this color impinging upon the
base in a fine line, elytra slightly depressed at the scutel, parallel,
surface very closely strongly punctate and rugose.

Like marginicollis Jac. but very much smaller.

Chthoneis rosenbergi sp. nov.

Medium sized, elongate parallel, lower face and thorax
rufous, last 4 joints of antennae and legs flavous, upper head,
and body below black, elytra dark blue.

1925]

Notes on Galerucince in My Collection

263

Type 8 specimens Cachabe low c. xii 96 (Rosenberg)
Length 7 mm. Bow. coll.

Head with swollen shining vertex, antennae about as long as
body, nearly typical, joints 2, 3 short, equal, thorax nearly
smooth, shining, deeply foveate each side at middle (like bivittata)
elytra very closely, strongly punctate, legs flavous with extreme
tarsal joint and claw dark, the same elongate form as the Mexican
species of the Biologia.

Chthoneis donckieri sp. nov.

Medium sized, rufous, antennae, tibiae and tarsi purplish
black, elytra bright purplish violet.

Type 8 specimens Cochabamba, Boliv. Germ. Length
4^2-5 mm. Bow. coll.

Head with vertex finely punctate, antennae nearly as long as
body d% shorter $ , joints 2, 3 short, equal, remainder elongate,
compressed, thorax convex, shining, rather strongly punctate,
moderately foveate on either side at the middle; elytra feebly
impressed within the shoulder, very thickly evenly and strongly
punctate, close to ceneipennis and possibly only a variety of
that form. Was among the material sent me by M. Donckier.

Chthoneis aeneipennis sp. nov.

Medium sized, elongate, parallel, shape of jansoni Jac.
Head, thorax, base of femora, pro, and me'so thorax rufous, an-
tennae black, except last 3 joints white, elytra very closely punc-
tate, aeneous, body beneath and legs except as above black.

Type many examples Cochabamba Boliv. (Germ.) Bow. coll.
Length 5-5 ^2 mm.

Head with frontal fovea and sparse punctures, antennae
about as long as body, 2 joint not very small, 3 half longer, fol-
lowing joints dilated, extreme apex dark, thorax convex, nearly
smooth, distinctly foveate each side at middle, elytra more or less
distinctly impressed within the shoulder, the surface very closely
and at the sides rugously punctate.

264

Psyche

[Aug. -Oct.

Scelolyperus tenuimarginata sp. nov.

Long, parallel, straw yellow; tibiae, tarsi and upper sides of
femora dark brown, abdomen and metosternum metallic cyaneous
with gray pubescence, epipleura, the reflexed edges posteriorly,
and the suture for apical two thirds, very narrowly edged with
metallic greenish black.

Type 1 d' example Brazil 9 (2d Jac. coll.) Bow coll. Length
8 mm.

Head with long well marked longitudinal furrow, antennae
long and slender (4 upper joints missing), thorax broader than
long, smooth with vague lateral impressions, elytra thickly rather
coarsely and confusedly punctate with numerous obsolete costae,
especially indicated towards the middle, the metallic coloring
below is almost similar to that of S. bella Jac. and S. viridis Jac.
In the shape of the thorax this species is allied to S. flava All.
from Argentine, which is not strictly typical in the shape of the
thorax.

Scelolyperus rosenbergi sp. nov.

Medium sized, black, with lower face, thorax, joints 9-11
antennae (except tip), fulvous or yellowish white, elytra dark
purplish blue, very closely, thickly and rugosely punctate with
two or three obsolete costae, of which the most marked is one at
apical third, a little the lateral side of the middle.

Type 1 example Cali, Colombia ix-xii-94 Rosenberg. Bow.
coll. Length 7 mm.

Head with vertex almost smooth, in certain lights tinged
with greenish, antennae graceful, nearly as long as body, joints 2,
3 almost equal, thorax rather transverse, smooth, convex, almost
impunctate, the scutel is smooth, the punctuation of the elytra,
excepting the costal indications is similar to bella Jac-

Whatever Your Question

Be it the pronunciation of Bolsheviki or
soviet, the spelling of a puzzling word — the
meaning of Mighty, fourth arm, etc., this
Supreme Authority—

WEBSTER’S NEW INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY

contains an accurate, final answer. 400,000 Words, 2700 Pages. 6000
Illustrations. Regular and India Paper Editions.

GK & C. MERRIAM CO., SPRINGFIELD, MASS.

Write for specimen pages, prices, etc., and FREE Pocket Maps if you name ‘'Psyche'’.

PIN-LABELS IN MULTIPLES OF 1000, ALIKE

OWE DOLLAR PER THOUSAND

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, Scents each, in total and per line, per
1000. Trimmed so one cut makes a label.

G. V. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters tor Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Schmitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXII DECEMBER, 1925 No. 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Notes on Hippoboscidae. J. Bequaert 266

Habits of the Hibiscus B ee,Emphor bombiformis. Charles Robertson 278

A New Genus of Sucking Lice. Eric Mjoberg 283

A Specimen of Melanoplus differentialis Thomas with Four Ocelli.

Robert D. Glasgow 285

The Second Abdominal Pleurite in the Higher Coleoptera. ,

W. T. M. Forbes 291

Some Unusual and Interesting Butterflies from Eastern Massachusetts.

Austin H. Clark 293

Some Rarities from Essex County, Mass. A . P. Morse 298

New Species of Diptera from North Carolina and Florida. C. W. Johnson. . . 299
Some Myrmecophilous Phoridse from the Neotropical Region.

Charles T. Brues 303

A Japanese Dohrniphora Bred from Dead Snails (Diptera: Phoridae).

Charles T. Brues 313

Notes on the Ant Fauna of Oak Galls in the Woods Hole Region.

A. H. Sturlevant 313

The Relative Importance of Vision and the Chemical Sense in Anax Larvae.

Cyril E. A bbott 315

Mantispa inter rupta and M. brunnea in New England . C. W. Johnson 318

Proceedings of the Cambridge Entomological Club. . . .319

Index 323

Folder, Pictorial Key to Dragon-fly Larvae. R. H. Howe.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1925

President .

. J. H. Emerton

Vice-President

R. H. Howe

Secretary

. . . . J. Bequaert

Treasurer

. . . . F. H. Walker

Executive Committee

. A. P. Morse, S. M. Dohanian
S. W. Denton

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. ]

Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson,

Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of

Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander,

A. P. Morse,

Washington State

College, Peabody Museum.

J. H. Emerton,

J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass.

Cornell University.
W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, Canada or Mexico; foreign postage, 15 cents extra. Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

Entered as second-class mail matter at the Post Office at Boston, Mass. Acceptance
or mailing at special rate of postage provided in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917,
authorized on June 29, 1918.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXII. DECEMBER 1925

No. 6

NOTES ON HIPPOBOSCID.E.

1. Lynchia Weyenbergh and Lynchia Speiser are not

Congeneric.

By J. Bequaert,

Department of Tropical Medicine, Harvard Medical School.

While attempting to identify a hippoboscid obtained in
Brazil, I was struck with the considerable disparity in size be-
tween Lynchia penelopes Weyenbergh, the type of the genus
Lynchia, and the other species subsequently placed by Speiser in
Lynchia. A closer study of the original description of Lynchia
brought me to the conclusion that Weyenbergh’s species does
not fit the generic diagnosis of Lynchia, as drawn up by Speiser
and accepted by subsequent investigators.

Briefly stated, Speiser’s genus Lynchia is characterized in
the first place by the absence of the anterior basal cross-vein
(M3) : “das Geader dadurch auffallend und charakteristisch, dass
die hintere Basalzelle ganz offen ist, die hintere Querader total
fehlt.” Such is the case with Olfersia maura Bigot, Olfersia
lividicolor Bigot, and other related species. But it is not true of
Lynchia penelopes, which, according to Weyenbergh’s descrip-
tion, has the second basal cell (M) closed by a cross-vein.

I subjoin a translation of Weyenbergh’s original, since it is
inaccessible to most students. In order to make the author’s
meaning quite clear, I have inserted in brackets the names of
the veins as used by most modern writers and also the corres-
ponding symbols in the Comstock-Needham system. For the
latter, I have accepted Ferris and Cole’s interpretation of the
hippoboscid wing (1922, Parasitology, XIV, p. 195, fig. 12.)

266

Psyche

[December

Lynchia Weyenbergh

Lynchia Weyenbergh, 1881, Anales Soc. Cientif. Argentina, XI,

p. 195 (monotypic for Lynchia penelopes Weyenbergh.)

“ Antennae gemmiformes elongatae setosae, lateribus hiposto-
matis insertae. Ocelli nulli. Tarsi unguibus tridentatis. Alae
latae incumbentes abdomine multo longiores, acuminatae.

“This genus must be placed between Ornithomyia and 01-
fersia. Although the antennae are bud-shaped, they are longer
than in Ornithomyia and hairy, especially at the tips, and are
inserted very low down. The two compound eyes are very
globular and leave between them a wide front; but there are no
ocelli, instead of which one finds on the spot where they usually
occur a small triangular plate, of a dark color, and somewhat
raised. This peculiarity, viz. the lack of ocelli, removes the genus
from Ornithomyia and brings it near Olfersia. The tridentate
claws, on the other hand, bring it nearer the former and remove
it from the latter, which has bidentate claws [the claws are tri-
dentate in Olfersia also. — J. B.] The wings are on the whole
similar to those of Ornithomyia and Olfersia, but in the last-
named genus they are much rounded off at the apex, and they
are also quite obtuse in Ornithomyia ; while in Lynchia they are
much pointed, although being also very long. The head is flat,
disciform, as in the genera mentioned, which it also resembles in
the mode of articulation with the thorax and in general appear-
ance. The mouth-parts are very short and completely hidden
within the short sheath that envelops them. The line or trans-
verse suture, which divides the thorax into two parts, is very
distinct in this genus; but the longitudinal line, which in the
other genera is furrow-like, is much raised in Lynchia , even
forming a linear elevation. On the outer angle of the thorax one
sees an ovate spiracle, with several stiff hairs on the anterior
margin. The scutellum is very short and broad. The abdomen
bears strong spines on the lateral margins of the segments, and
long hairs at the apex. The legs are little hairy; one finds only a
few stronger hairs about the claws. The veins of the wings are
quite characteristic, although showing some similarity to those
of Ornithomyia ; but the difference is greater than the resem-

1925]

Notes on Hippoboscidce

267

blance. Only three veins run from the articulation to the lower
[posterior] margin of the wing. Furthermore, as in Ornithomyia,
the system of wing veins is colored in dark in the portion of the
wing toward the anterior border and the articulation, as if the
hollow veins were filled there with dense matter; while over the
remainder of the wing the veins are delicate and transparent.
Meigen shows this quite well in his drawings of the genus Orni-
thomyia (Syst. Beschr., VI, PL 64.) In this connection there
exists in Lynchia a peculiarity which has arrested my attention : viz.
that the discoidal vein [fourth longitudinal; Mi+J is always inter-
rupted by a clear and transparent portion, placed a short distance
from the forking of the common posterior [sub-stem vein] into
the discoidal [fourth longitudinal; Mi + 2] and the true posterior
[fifth longitudinal; M8+CuJ. At first sight one might believe
that the vein is actually interrupted in this spot, but in focussing
correctly one soon is convinced that the interruption is merely in
the substance filling the vein and not in the vein itself. I had
at first thought that this was an accidental abnormality, but it
now appears to me to be a typical feature. The costal vein
[first and second sections of costa] is very short, not extending
over one third of the wing, where the subcostal [first longitudinal;
RJ unites with it and then forms about one third more of the
anterior margin, extending as far as the point where the radial
[second longitudinal; R2+3] unites with the subcostal. The
mediastinal [auxiliary; Sc] almost touches the subcostal [first
longitudinal; Ri] and consequently the space between both is
very narrow. The transverso-basal [humeral cross-vein; h] is,
however, not absent, but is placed in an outwardly oblique
direction between the costal and the subcostal [first longitudinal;
Ri], before the point where the subcostal gives origin to the
mediastinal [auxiliary; Sc.] The first longitudinal [second
longitudinal; R2-f-8] bifurcates into the radial [second longitu-
dinal; R2+3] and the cubital [third longitudinal; R4+5] very
close to its origin. The radial [second longitudinal; R2+3] runs
toward the anterior border, where it continues some distance as
if it were the continuation of the subcostal [third section of costa],
and soon unites under an acute angle with the cubital [third
longitudinal; R4+5], that is to say in the same anterior border;

268

Psyche

[December

this junction takes place at a point about two-thirds of the dis-
tance along the anterior border. The margin of the remainder
of the wing carries no vein. The second longitudinal or common
posterior [sub-stem vein] bifurcates almost immediately beyond
its origin, the bifurcation resulting in the discoidal [fourth longi-
tudinal; Mi + 2] and the true posterior [fifth longitudinal; M3+
Cui.] The first of these runs at first a little toward the hind mar-
gin, thence with a bend toward the fore margin, so that the first
articular cell [first basal cell; RJ, lying between the cubital
[third longitudinal; R4+5] and discoidal [fourth longitudinal;
Mi +2] and closed by the transverso-media [anterior cross-vein;
r-m], is very angular in its outer portion. After being connected
with the cubital [third longitudinal; R4-KL at a point about
two-thirds along the cubital, by means of the transverso-media
[anterior cross- vein; r-m] just mentioned, the discoidal [fourth
longitudinal; Mi + 2] runs in a gradual curve toward the lower
margin of the wing, where it ends in about the fourth of the
lower margin. The other branch, the true posterior [fifth longi-
tudinal; Ms+Cui] runs, also with a gentle curve, toward the
same border, where it ends about the middle. The transverso-
discoidal [anterior basal cross- vein; MJ unites it with the discoidal
[fourth longitudinal; Mx + 2] at the point where that vein forms the
above-mentioned bend, thus forming the discoidal cell [second basal
cell; M.] There are no transverso-posterior veins [posterior
cross-vein; m and posterior basal cross-vein; Cu2.] The anal
vein [sixth longitudinal; An] has a double origin, runs with a
strong curve to the hind margin of the wing, and ends at a point
three-quarters of the way along the hind margin, as measured
from the tip of the wing. The several veins which form together
what we call the anterior system, are all crowded near the fore
margin of the wing, and this is true also of the discoidal [fourth
longitudinal; Mi+2], so that the cells and spaces between the
veins are very long and narrow. Only the three posterior and
the axillary cells [R6; M2; Cui +lst A; and 2d A] are large and
wide. The crowding of the veins near the fore margin of the
wing is also observed in Ornithomyia, though not as pronounced
as in Lynchia, and consequently the cells mentioned above are
not so much lengthened and not as narrow as in Lynchia. Another

1925]

Notes on Hippoboscidoe

269

difference with Ornithomyia is the absence of the mediastinal
[auxiliary; Sc] in that genus, where it is fused with the subcostal
[first longitudinal; Ri] [This is an error, as the auxiliary vein is
present in Ornithomyia also. — J. B.] The transverso-basal
[humeral cross- vein; h] is more perpendicular in Ornithomyia.
It appears that in that genus an incomplete vein starts from the
point where the cubital [third longitudinal; R4+s] ends in the
fore margin, and runs with a strong curve toward the tip of the
wing, cutting off part of the first posterior cell [R5], but incom-
pletely, since, as I have said, this rudiment of vein does not reach
the margin itself. It also seems that in Ornithomyia the fore
margin is bordered by a vein to within a short distance from the
tip, a feature not seen in Lynchia [Neither this nor the foregoing
feature of the wing exist in Ornithomyia. — J. B.] In addition in
Ornithomyia there is a first transverso-posterior vein, which is
found at about the level of the transverso-discoidal [anterior basal
cross-vein; M3], of which it appears the continuation, forming
with it a figure resembling S, and it is especially this feature
which makes an important difference in that part of the wing,
when the two genera are compared [In Ornithomyia the anterior
cross-vein and the anterior basal cross-vein are close to each
other, whereas in Lynchia they are far apart. — J. B.] In Orni-
thomyia there seems to be also a second transverso-posterior
vein [posterior basal cross- vein; Cu2], placed very near the ar-
ticulation, between the anal [sixth longitudinal; An] and the
posterior [fifth longitudinal; M8+CuJ, immediately beyond the
bifurcation of the common posterior [sub-stem vein] into dis-
coidal [fourth longitudinal; Mi + 2] and true posterior [Cu2 is
present in Ornithomyia, absent in Lynchia. — J. B.] As I have
said before, these cross-veins are entirely lacking in Lynchia.
Tarsi as elsewhere throughout the family; halteres as in Ornitho-
myia.”

Weyenbergh adds that he uses Schiner’s orismology of the
wing venation, as set forth by van der Wulp (1871), and that
the peculiarities of the wing of Ornithomyia, which he introduces
for comparison, are taken from Meigen’s drawing of that species.
This explains some of the erroneous interpretations which I have
pointed out. Weyenbergh failed to notice that the “first trans-

270

Psyche

[December

verso-posterior vein,” which he describes in Ornithomyia, is homo-
logous with the “transverso-discoidal” which he found in Lynchia,
the second basal cell being merely much lengthened in Orni-
thomyia. Evidently this has been the source of Speiser’s er-
roneous assumption that the second basal cell was not closed by
a cross-vein in Lynchia.

From the above account it appears that Lynchia Weyenbergh
is a synonym of either Olfersia Wiedemann ( Feronia Leach;
Pseudolfersia Coquillett) or Ornithoponus Aldrich ( Olfersia of
authors, not of Wiedemann.) Although the description is not
very explicit with regard to the structure of the head, the state-
ment that there is a small, triangular, somewhat raised plate in
the ocellar region, can, in my opinion, only apply to a species of
Ornithoponus. I believe that the name Lynchia will eventually
be used instead of Ornithoponus. Since the problem will be
fully solved only with the rediscovery of the type-species, I
deem it worth while to give a translation of the specific descrip-
tion also.

Lynchia penelopes Weyenbergh, 1881, Anales Soc. Cientif.
Argentina, XI, p. 199.

“L. sepia-obscura, oculis subfuscis margine orbitali piceo.
Antennae flavescentes extreme obscuro. Frons flavescens. Alae
hyalinae. Femora anteriora aurata.

“The eyes are of a dark reddish brown color and an orbital,
nearly black half-circle incloses them on the frontal portion.
These eyes are large and spherical, and show punctiform facets.
The antennae and the front are yellowish and at the top of the
occiput one sees a triangular, dark, somewhat raised plate. On
the labrum one sees a dark spot. The tip of the first segment of
the antennae also is nearly black. The thorax is of a dark sepia
color; the median, raised line is brownish black, and the whole
shows a yellowish sheen, somewhat metallic, especially on the
metathorax and along the margins of the scutellum, which latter
bears hairs along its posterior border. The abdominal segments
are of the same color, very dark; and their margins have a yel-
lowish sheen on the articulations. The , veins have the same
general color, a little grayish, and the wings are very transparent
and large. The hal teres are dirty white. The claws of the legs

1925]

Notes on Hippoboscidce

271

are black and the tarsal segments dark brown, a little paler in the
middle. The femora are flat, yellowish, with the upper margin
nearly black, while the flattened sides are yellowish; the tibiae
of the hind legs are entirely dark or dark brown. The femora of
the fore legs are golden yellow on the ventral surface. The artic-
ulations of the legs are all dark. The ventral surface of the insect
is also very shiny and of a dark sepia, metallic color. The labium
is pale brown and the genitalia are yellowish. The venter is
finely granulose or shagreened a character which is especially
evident in the female. The interruption of the discoidal vein
[fourth longitudinal; Mi +2], which I have mentioned before in
the generic description, is perhaps but a specific character; yet
this peculiarity seems to me to be constant. Spread of the wings,
from the tip of one to that of the other, 2.5 cm. Length (includ-
ing the head, but not the wings), of female, 1 cm. ; of male, 8 mm.”
Off “Pavo del monte, Yacii, or Charate,” Penelope canicollis
Wagler, in the Province of Tucuman, Argentina.

This is evidently one of the largest species of the genus and
as such must be related to Ornithoponus obliquinervis (Rondani),
of Mexico, and 0. rufiventris (Bigot), of Brazil.

Pseudolynchia, new name.

Lynchia Speiser, 1902, Zeitschr. Syst. Hym. Dipt., II, p. 155.
Massonat, 1909, Ann. University Lyon, N. S., I, Sci., Fasc.
28, p. 295. Aldrich, 1923, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstr., XI,
p. 77. Ferris, 1925, Philippine Jl. Sci., XXVII, p. 415 (Not
of Weyenbergh, 1881.)

Type by present designation: Olfersia maura Bigot, 1885.
The generic characters have been correctly given by Speiser,
Massonat, Aldrich, and Ferris, so there is no need repeating them
here. Of the described hippoboscids, the following appear to
belong to Pseudolynchia.

1. Pseudolynchia brunnea (Latreille.)

Ornithomyia brunnea Latreille, 1811, in Olivier, Encyclop.
Method., Insectes, VIII, p. 544 (Carolina; no host.)

272

Psyche

[December

I refer to P. hrunnea eight specimens from the following
localities :

Alamogordo, New Mexico, three females, without host,
May 8, 1902. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Wareham, Massachusetts, two females, off adult male
whippoorwill, Antrostomus vociferus Wilson, June 6, 1901 (0.
Bangs Coll.) Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Hot Springs, Virginia, three females, off whippoorwill,
Antrostomus vociferus Wilson, July, 1897 (Wirt Robinson Coll.)
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

I believe that this species has not been properly recognized
thus far. Speiser does not appear to have known it. Coquillett
determined as hrunnea specimens which were sent to him from
Ceara, Brazil (see F. Dias da Rocha, 1908, Bol. Museu Rocha,
Ceara, I, p. 77), but these Brazilian specimens were P. maura var.
lividicolor (Bigot.)

Although closely allied to P. maura (Bigot), P. hrunnea is
undoubtedly a distinct species. It is of a very dark brown color,
often nearly black. It differs from both P. maura and the variety
lividicolor in its robust build, in the much shorter and broader
wings, which are 5 to 5.5 mm. long 'and 1.8 mm. wide, and in the
shape of the head, the front being distinctly longer. The eyes
extend farther toward the occiput, their upper margins reaching
much beyond the anterior margin of the smooth vertex. The
frontal lunule is relatively short; the basal, undivided portion of
the clypeus is rather narrow, but long, the apical, diverging arms
being not much over twice as long as the basal portion. The
dorsum of the thorax is somewhat less hairy than in P. maura.
The entire anal cell [Cu-flst A] is covered with microscopic
setulse, the axillary cell [2d A] being the only bare part of the
wing membrane.

The specific name has usually been credited to Olivier, but
the article “Ornithomyie” of the Encyclopedic Methodique was
written by Latreille and is signed u(Lat.)”

2. Pseudolynchia capensis (Bigot.)

Olfersia cajpensis Bigot, 1885, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) V,
p. 240 (d1; Cape of Good Hope; no host.)

1925]

Notes on Hippoboscidce

273

Speiser (1902, Zeitschr. Syst. Hym. Dipt., II, p. 166), who
examined Bigot’s type, has given a few additional details re-
garding the coloration of this species, but its structural charac-
ters are not known.

I am inclined to believe that all later records of capensis
from Somaliland, Natal, and the Canary Islands, really refer to
P. maura.

3. Pseudolynchia exornata (Speiser.)

Olfersia exornata Speiser, 1900, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XL,
p. 562 (Doloc Tolong, western Sumatra; no host.)

This species is extremely close to P. maura , if at all distinct.
Speiser (1902, Zeitschr. Syst. Hym. Dipt., II, p. 163) states that
maura differs from exornata “durch ein dunkler braune Farbe der
Stirn und ganz wesentlich geringere Beborstung des KopfesP

Speiser has also recorded exornata from the Oasis Merv, in
Russian Transcaspia, and from the River Luazomela, Kenya
Colony; but in both cases the specimens were probably P. maura.

4. Pseudolynchia garzettae (Rondani.)

Olfersia garzettce Rondani, 1879, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana,
XI, 1879, p. 23 (Insubria, Italy; no host.)

This species has not been properly recognized. Speiser has
referred to it a specimen from Bavaria, but gave no details as to
how to separate it from its allies.

5. Pseudolynchia maura (Bigot.)

Olfersia maura Bigot, 1885, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) V,
p.237 (Algeria; no host.)

This is the common parasite of the domestic pigeon in the
tropical and subtropical parts of the Old World: Mediterranean
Region, Asia Minor, India, Mauritius, Africa (from Algeria to
the Cape), Philippine Islands, and Hawaiian Islands. I have
seen two specimens ( $ & ) from Asmara, Eritrea, kindly sent
by Prof. Bezzi.

274

Psyche

[December

From P. hrunnea, P. maura differs in the much longer wings,
which are 6 . 5 to 7 . 5 mm. long and 2 to 2 . 4 mm. wide; the front
is distinctly shorter, the space between the inner orbits nearly as
broad as long, the upper margins of the eyes reaching hardly
beyond the anterior margin of the smooth vertex; the frontal
lunule is long; the basal, undivided portion of the clypeus is
rather broad, but very short, dividing almost at once into the
very long, diverging arms; the anal cell [Cu+lst A] is covered
with setulse over the anterior half only, the remainder of the cell,
as well as the axillary cell, being bare. I have selected P. maura
(Bigot) as the type of the genus Pseudolynchia, because it is not
only widely distributed, but also one of the few species that may
be recognized without hesitation. Excellent drawings of P.
maura have been recently published by Ferris (1925, Philippine
Jl. Sci., XXVII, pp. 416-417, figs. 2 and 3.) The short, stout,
black setae on the plantar surface of the middle basitarsus, men-
tioned by Ferris, are apparently a sexual character. I find them
in all my male specimens, also of the var. lividicolor ; in the
female they are replaced by small, slender setae.

5a. P. maura var. lividicolor (Bigot.)

Olfersia lividicolor Bigot, 1885, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6)
V, p. 238 (Brazil; no host.)

This is the common parasite of domestic pigeons in South and
Central America and the West Indies. I have seen it from the
following localities :

Cuba, one male, without host (Poey Coll.) Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Barbados, one male, without host, October 16, 1904 (G. S.
Evelyn Coll.) Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Puerto Arturo near Tela, Honduras, four specimens ( 9 d'),
off domestic pigeons (F. M. Root Coll.) These specimens have
been recorded as Lynchia maura by Dr. Root (1925, 13th Ann.
Rept. United Fruit Co. Med. Dept., (1924), p. 209.)

Manaos, Brazil, one female taken in flight, at the hotel,
September 14, 1924 (J. Bequaert Coll.)

After carefully comparing these American specimens with

1925]

Notes on Hippoboscidce

275

the Old World P. maura, I am unable to find any structural dif-
ferences. Since, however, they are distinctly paler than the
typical P. maura, I regard lividicolor as the Neotropical variety
of that species. Bezzi (1909, Broteria, Ser. Zool., VIII, 2, p. 64)
and Austen (1921, Bull. Ent. Research, XII, p. 122) regard the
South American form as identical with P. maura.

6. Pseudolynchia rufipes (Macquart.)

Olfersia rufipes Macquart, 1848, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. Ill,
p. 69 (Reunion; no host.)

The species has not been properly recognized.

7. Pseudolynchia simillima (Speiser.)

Lynchia simillima Speiser, 1904, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
XLI, p. 337 (Java; no host.)

This was based upon a specimen recorded as <( Olfersia spi-
nifera” by van der Wulp (1880, Tijdschr. v. Entom., XXIII,
p. 193.) Speiser’s description mentions no structural characters
to separate it from the allied species.

Of the seven species listed above, only two have been suf-
ficiently characterized thus far. Probably several of the others
are mere synonyms.

Lynchia pusilla Speiser (1902, Zeitschr. Syst. Hym. Dipt.,
II, p. 157; Cuba) is the type of the genus Microlynchia, which
differs from Pseudolynchia in the presence of minute ocelli and
a differently shaped scutellum. I also regard Olfersia falcinelli
Rondani (1879, Bull. Soc. Entom. Italiana, XI, p. 23; Malta) as
a Microlynchia. The size is that of M. pusilla and the shape of
the scutellum is the same. The ocelli were probably overlooked
owing to their small size.

ADDENDA.

After the present paper was sent to the printer, I had oc-
casion to examine many additional specimens of Pseudolynchia,
from various sources. Since I was, nevertheless, unable to dis-
tinguish more than the two species recognized above, I am more

276

Psyche

[December

than ever inclined to doubt the distinctness of some of the
others. Some readjustment of names will eventually be necessary.

1. Pseudolynchia brunnea (Latreille.)

Specimens at the United States National Museum:

Ames, Iowa, without host; two specimens, which F. Knab
(1916, Insecutor Inscitise Menstr., IV, p. 3) referred to P. maura.

St. Vincent Island, Florida, off Antrostomus carolinensis
(Gmelin) (W. L. McAtee Coll.)

Princeton, Florida, off Antrostomus vociferus (Wilson) (W.
Byrd Coll.)

Barro Colorado, Gatun Lake, Panama, off a nighthawk,
Chordeiles acutipennis (Boddaert), September 24, 1923 (R. C.
Shannon Coll.)

Specimens at the American Museum of Natural History:

Sherborn, Massachusetts, off Antrostomus vociferus (Wilson)
(C. W. Johnson Coll.)

St. Augustine, Florida, off chuck-will’s-widow, Antrostomus
carolinensis (Gmelin) (C. W. Johnson Coll.)

Specimens received from the Entomological Branch of the
Department of Agriculture of Canada (through Mr. C. H.
Curran) :

Low Bhsh, Lake Abitibi, Ontario, off a nighthawk, Chordeiles
virginianus (Gmelin), four specimens (N. K. Bigelow Coll.)

2. Pseudolynchia maura (Bigot.)

A study of an extensive series from all parts of the world has
now convinced me of the utter futility of separating lividicolor
from maura, even as a variety. One finds all transitions between
pale-colored and dark specimens. Moreover, I am inclined to
believe that P. maura was originally an Old World insect, which
was introduced by man into the Americas, together with the
domestic pigeon.

Unless otherwise stated, the host of the specimens recorded
below is in each case the domestic pigeon.

Specimens at the United States National Museum.

1925]

Notes on Hippoboscidce

277

Palermo, Sicily.

Asmara, Eritrea.

Umbeluzi, Lourenzo Marques, Portuguese East Africa, off
“ Strix flammea” (C. W. Howard Coll.) This specimen was
identified as “L. rufipes ” in the collection, but I was unable to
find that it differed structurally from P. maura.

Oahu, Hawaiian Territory (J. F. Illingworth Coll.)

Kawailoa, Oahu, H. T. (H. T. Osborn Coll.)

Philippine Islands (C. S. Banks Coll.)

Savannah, Georgia (W. Duncan Coll.)

Atlanta, Georgia (L. Brown Coll.)

Jackson, Mississippi (Mrs. J. V. Bogert Coll.)

Hattiesburg, Mississippi.

Charleston, South Carolina (V. T. Rogers Coll.)

Little Rock, Arkansas (W. J. Baerg Coll.)

Birmingham, Alabama (J. M. Lowrey Coll.)

Baton Rouge, Louisiana (Bishopp Coll.)

Key West, Florida (J. Y. Porter Coll.)

Orlando, Florida (W. W. Yothers Coll.)

Larkins, Florida (S. Graenicher Coll.)

San Diego, Florida.

Havana, Cuba (J. R. Taylor Coll.)

Ceara, Brazil (F. D. da Rocha. Coll.)

Campinas, Brazil (A. Hempel Coll.)

Sao Paulo, Brazil (Ad. Lutz Coll.)

Some of these localities have been reported by F. Knab (1916,
Insecutor Inscitiae Menstr., IV, pp. 3-4.)

Specimens at the Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture:

Montgomery, Alabama (M. J. Myers Coll.)

Meridian, Mississippi.

278

Psyche

[December

HABITS OF THE HIBISCUS BEE, EMPHOR
BOMBIFORMIS

By Charles Robertson,

Carlinville, Illinois.

The following paragraphs have been overlooked in the bi-
bliography of this bee, and by authors who have made observa-
tions upon it. The passages have been shortened a little by
leaving out some irrevelant words.

1. 205. — u Emphor bombiformis is by far the most abundant
visitor (of Hibiscus lasiocarpus) . Indeed, in two seasons’ col-
lecting of insects on flowers, I have failed to find this bee except
on this plant. The female visits the flower for honey and pollen,
her loose scopa being well adapted to hold the large grains. The
male comes for honey and in search of the female. In sucking, this
bee generally begins with 4 (the middle nectary on the right) and
turns to the left, often missing 5, but sometimes reversing,' so as
to empty all. Of 27 individuals, only 10 sucked 5 nectaries, 17
missing one or more. The 27 sucked 113 out of a possible 135,
and missed 22.”

2. — “Mr. Charles Robertson, of Carlinville, 111., read a most
interesting note upon the habits of the bee Emphor bombiformis.
This bee, it was started, confines itself almost exclusively to
Hibiscus, chiefly H. lasiocarpus. It was stated that in collecting
these bees it is important to catch those flying around the plant
without alighting, as these were generally the males, whilst those
visiting the flowers for honey and pollen were the females. On
August 5th, when walking along a dam with water on one side,
he had noticed a female standing upon the water; she then flew
to a bank, and he observed that she was carrying water to facilitate
the excavation of hard ground, into which she was burrowing to
build her nest. Sometimes one pellet of earth would be taken
out after such an application of water, but at others three or even
four. An interesting discussion followed which was participated
in by Messrs. Osborn, Cook, Weed, Fletcher and others.”
Published in 1890 (2) and cited in 1918 (9), this was overlooked
y two bibliographies (11 and 14).

1925] Habits of the Hibiscus Bee , Emphor bombiformis 279

4, 31-2. — “As a typical case of an oligotropic bee , Emphor
bombiformis may be mentioned. Both sexes occur in abundance
on flowers of Hibiscus lasiocarpus, the female collecting the
pollen, the males often spending the night in the flowers. The
bees do not occur except when the Hibiscus is in bloom. Within
several yards of the Hibiscus I have seen the female making
nests in a dry bank, carrying water to soften the earth she was
excavating. The bees coming out next year find the Hibiscus in
bloom near by. The only visits to other flowers I have seen the
bees make were to those in the neighborhood of the Hibiscus.
Thus I have seen a single female sucking the nectar of Cephalan-
thus occidentalis, and another that of V ernonia fasciculata, as well
as a single male sucking nectar of Ipomoea pandurata. The out-
side visits in no way modify the essential relation of the bee to
the Hibiscus .”

9. — “The fact that Emphor bombiformis rests upon the water
when drinking, mentioned under the above title by Frederick
Knab (7) was observed in 1890 and was recorded in 2. It is
fairly certain that the bees were not drinking in the ordinary
sense, but that they consisted exclusively of females which were
getting water to soften the earth in which they were making ex-
cavations for their nests.”

This passage is casually cited (11:588) under Knab, as if it
related to “drinking” instead of carrying water, and in spite of
the fact that Knab’s observation was not new.

Phenology. — Hibiscus lasiocarpus blooms 59 days, July 20-
Sept. 16. Emphor bombiformis, its oligolege, flies 53 days, July
21-Sept. 11, the male 44 days, July 21-Sept. 2, the female also
44 days, July 30-Sept. 11. The male is 9 days earlier than the
female, which is about the average for males, 9.6 mentioned in
10. The female is 9 days later than the male, which is 13 less
than the average for females given in 10. This is one of 5 long-
tongued bees in 10, 341. Grossbeck and Nichols give Aug. 22,
25 and Sept. 3.

Flower visits (7). — $ c(2) — Malvaceae: Hibiscus lasio-
carpus, H. militaris.

280

Psyche

[December

9s(3) — Compositae: Vernonia fasciculata; Convolvula-
ceae: Ipomoea pandurata; Rubiaceae: Cephalanthus occiden-
talis.

c?s(5) — Compositae: Cirsium lanceolatum; Convolvula-
ceae: Ipomoea pandurata] Malvaceae: Hibiscus lasiocarpus,
H. militaris] Verbenaceae: Verbena stricta. Flowers also vis-
ited by the female are in italics. Of the general visits, 57 . 1 per
cent fall under Mas, Hb and red (=red, purple etc.).

In my lists of visitors to local flowers I have distinguished the
visits of the males and females and noted the pollen visits of the
females. These are ignored and mixed with notes where the
distinctions were not made. In 12, 149, it is stated that visits
of nest-making bees should show the pollen visits of the female,
the nectar visits of the female and the nectar visits of the male.
This was carried out in 13. The female of Calliopsis andrenifor-
mis shows 33.3 per cent under Mas and 52.3 under red, while
the male shows 27.5 under Mas and 48.2 under white. The
pollen visits of the female show 48 . 7 under Mas and 47 . 3 under
red, while the nectar visits show 30.4 under Mas and 56.5 under
red. In 15, 82 it is shown that oligolectic bees exhibit remarkable
differences in their pollen and nectar visits. At Hibiscus lasio-
carpus, at Ipomoea pandurata and at Verbena stricta mean three
different things. Probably most people would not regard the
distinctions as important. Many people, however, think science
and the applications of science are the same thing and that there
is no conflict between science and 1000 conflicting religions. In
references to my papers “ Hibiscus ” means H. lasiocarpus. The
bee never occurs on H. trionum.

E. fuscojubatus (8) was based on comparison of three females
from New Jersey with one of E. bombiformis from Georgia. Local
specimens show that differences like those credited to these spe-
cies are not constant are not correlated. Any repectable local
collection is likely to discredit the validity of E. fuscojubatus.
Twenty-two local females and 12 males vary as follows: meso-
notum pale 22, 12; scutel ochraceous 18, 0; vertex rufofuscous
'12, 6; vertex ochraceous 3, 3; front rufofuscous 6, 3; front
ochraceous 6, 4; cubital cell 3 longer than second 7, 5. The hair
of vertex varies from nearly black through ochraceous to quite

1925] Habits of the Hibiscus Bee, Emphor bombiformis 281

pale. How can one tell that the characters of E. bombiformis are
shown by one specimen or that Grossbeck’s observations were
on E. fuscojubatus ?

Historically the relations of flowers and insects was a botan-
ical subject as shown by the works of Sprengel, Darwin, Delpino,
Mueller, Mac Leod and others. Most of the papers and abstracts
are in botanical journals, a fact which indicates the place to look
for the literature.

Dependence of E. bombiformis on pollen of H. lasiocarpus,
and adaptation of scopa to large pollen grains was recorded in 1,
1888 (see also 2 and 4); habit of male of flying about flowers in
search of the female, in 1, 1888, and 2, 1890; female carrying
water to soften ground, in 2, 1890 (also in 4 and 9); phenological
correlation with H. lasiocarpus and habit of nesting near it, in 4,
1899.

Chronological Bibliography.

1. 1888.
2; 1890

3. 1893.

4. 1899.

5. 1905.

6. 1911.

7. 1911.

8. 1913.

9. 1918.

Robertson, C. Zygomorphy and its causes. I-IXI.

Bot. Gaz. 13: 146-51, 203-8, 224-30.

Habits of Emphor bombiformis. Proc. Ent. Club
A. A. A. S. Can. . Ent. 22: 216-17. Abstract by
James Fletcher?

Hibiscus lasiocarpus. Flowers and insects. XI.
Bot. Gaz. 18: 270-1.

On the flower visits of oligotropic bees. Flowers
and insects. XIX. Bot. Gaz. 28: 27-38.

Knuth, P. Handbuch der Bliitenbiologie. 32: 417.
Grossbeck, J. A. A contribution toward the life
history of Emphor bombiformis. Journ. New
York Ent. Soc. 10: 238-43.

Knab, F. How Emphor drinks. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 13: 170.

Nichols, M. L. Some observations on the nesting
habits of the mining bee, Emphor fuscojubatus.
Psyche 20: 107-12.

Robertson, C. How Emphor drinks. Can. Ent.
50: 320.

282

Psyche

[December

10. 1918.

11. 1920.

12. 1922.

13. 1922.

14. 1922.

15. 1924.

Proterandry and flight of bees. Ent. News
29: 340-2.

Lutz, F. E. and Cockerell, T. D. A. Distribution
and bibliography of N. A. Apidae etc. Bull.
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 42: 490-641.

Robertson, C. Data of anthecology. Flowers and
insects. XXI. Bot. Gaz. 73: 149-52.

Synopsis of Panurgidae. Psyche 29: 159-73.

Frison, T. H. Notes on life history etc. of Antho-
phora abrupta. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 48: 137-56.

Robertson, C. Color preference of bees. Flowers
and insects. XXIII. Bot. Gaz. 78: 68-84.

1925]

A New Genus of Sucking Lice

283

A NEW GENUS OF SUCKING LICE,

By Eric Mjoberg

Hamophthirius n. g.

Antennae three-jointed, first joint very strongly developed,
with a large chitinous hook; head anteriorly very strongly cons-
tricted, with a strong and sharp chitinous hook on each side,
posterior half transverse, nearly twice as broad, posterior angles
protruding, forming two processes, posterior margin strongly
emarginate on each side of the middle; thoracic segments coal-
escent, parallel-sided, all pairs of legs fairly equally developed;
abdomen of normal type, with pleural scelerites developed on
segments two to six. Integument scaly.

Type, the following species:

Hamophthirius galeopitheci n. sp. (Fig. 1.)

Yellowish, depressed; head in front strongly chitinized;
lateral hooks parallel, very sharp; antennae with the first joint
enormously developed, with a very large hook and ventrall yon
the posterior margin with a smaller one; second joint shorter
than the third, both nearly parallel-sided; third joint with two
lateral sensitive fossae, its terminal field with eight to ten sem-
sitive seta-like organs. On the ventral side of the head posteriorly
there is a dagger-like spine at each side; posterior lower angles
obtuse, the upper angles distinctly produced, rounded at the
tips, and provided with three long setae. Thoracic segments
coalescent, anterior angles of prothorax rounded; at the middle
of the anterior margin deeply excised to receive the corresponding
protruding part of the occipital region of the head; legs moderate
in size, fairly equally strongly developed; tibiae with four small
terminal chitinous spines opposite to the claw; claws large, dis-
tinctly striated (fig. 1, b). Abdomen in both sexes of normal
development; pleural scelerites small, posteriorly emarginate
(fig. 1, c and d); tergites and sternites with two more or less
regular rows of fine depressed setae. Chitinous parts of genitalia
in c? (fig. 1, e) forming two parallel jointed rods, simple gonapods

284

Psyche

[December

of normal type, forming two flat lobes of more or less triangular
shape and provided with numerous chitinous setae; last segment
produced into two small, un jointed processes.

Length of body : c? 1.7 mm; 9 2.5 mm. (Fig. 1, f).

Eggs: Oval, whitish, with a series of faint transverse ridges
on the upper half, the top set off as a distinct micropyle field with
numerous small protruding tuber cules in a row.

This remarkable form of louse which offers in its external
general appearance a striking resemblance to the mallophagan

Fig. 1. Hamophthirius galeopitheci n. sp. A, head; B, tarsal claw; C, pleural sclerite; D, ab-
domen; E, genital rods of male; F, egg.

genus Trichophilopterus Stobbe in possessing strong chitinous
hooks on the head and antennae, was taken by me near Fesseltan
in British North Borneo on a freshly shot Galeopithecus sp. Like
its host it occupies a very isolated position and it is difficult to
place it even in one of the known families. The mouthparts are
very delicate but mainly of the same type as in other Anoplura.
The three-jointed antennae and the strongly developed chitinous
hooks as well as the general shape of the head point to a high
degree of specialization.

1925] A Specimen of Melanoplus differentialis Thomas

285

A SPECIMEN OF MELANOPLUS DIFFERENTIALIS
THOMAS WITH FOUR OCELLI*

Robert D. Glasgow
University of Illinois.

For some reason contributions to the literature of teratology
from insect examples have been made in far greater numbers by
European entomologists than by their American colleagues, yet
there seems to be no apparent reason why abnormalities should
be proportionately rarer among American insects or in the
materials handled by American students of entomology. The
writer has himself encountered no less than six interesting ex-
amples of arthropodan malformations in the course of his work,
and every entomologist who has examined carefully any con-
siderable amount of insect material must have observed some
specimens which presented noteworthy abnormalities that should
be recorded in the literature of biology, and thus made available
for consideration by investigators who may have a special interest
in these phenomena.

From the nature of these phenomena the occurrence of
examples must be sporadic, and since each case standing alone
may seem to the observer to have little signficance, they are
likely to be unheeded, or at least unrecorded, and consequently
lost to science. It is probable also that many examples of insect
abnomalities have never been reported because the observers
have hesitated simply to describe them without comment, and
have not felt prepared to supplement their presentation with a
plausible explanation or interpretation.

Not only is an interpretation not necessary in reporting
examples of such malformations of insects, or of other organisms,
but indeed any attempt to formulate an interpretation of such
phenomena is scarcely warranted, unless the observer has studied
a considerable body of data accumulated from many similar or
related cases. It is sufficient simply to place each example on

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratories of the University of
Illinois, Number 92.

(Read at the Cincinnati meeting of the Entomological Society of America,
December 27, 1924.)

286

Psyche

[December

record as it comes to the attention of the observer, by publishing
a good description, accompanied by a figure if possible, and by
stating where the specimen has been deposited. It may well be
considered a duty to do this much, since it must be largely from
such reports of sporadic cases that data and materials may be
assembled for consideration by those who may wish to make in-
tensive studies of teratology to supplement experimental data to
which it may be pertinent. Moreover, every case of insect ab-
normality should be reported however commonly the particular
type of malformation may have been reported before; for the
multiplication of examples of any one type of variation may well
be as important as reporting unique examples of entirely new
types.

Among the various examples of insect malformation en-
countered by the writer, one of the most interesting is a specimen
of the common short-horned grasshopper, Melanoplus differen-
tialis. This specimen, which seems to be normal in every other
respect, has four ocelli instead of the three which are normal for
this species. In this specimen the lateral ocelli are normal in
position, in form, and in size. The median ocellus, however, is
represented by two perfectly formed ocelli which are disposed
symmetrically, one on each side of, and laterad from the point
where the normal median ocellus should be, and separated from
each other by a distance somewhat greater than the diameter of
a normal median ocellus.

Each of these para-median ocelli presents the characteristic
oval form of a normal ocellus, each has a characteristically dis-
tinct, convex cornea, and each is situated in a separate charac-
teristically oval depression in the front; but these aberrant ocelli
are somewhat smaller than normal, so that the two ocelli together
would present an aggregate area but little if at all greater than
the area of a normal median ocellus.

The individual presenting this abnormality was found2 in a
lot of several hundred specimens which had been preserved for

2The attention of the writer was first directed to the anomalous condition
of the ocelli in this specimen by a student in the introductory course in general
entomology, Miss Margaret Windsor, who protested that the specimen given
her for study did not agree with the specifications in the laboratory outline.

1925] A Specimen of Melanoplus differ entialis Thomas 287

the study of external anatomy, and which were of uncertain
origin. Because of the lack of suitable preservation, no attempt
was made to study the structure of the median ocellar nerve.
Instead, the specimen was preserved intact, and will be placed in
the type series of the insect collections at the University of Illinois,
where it can be studied further by anyone to whose work such a
study may be relevant.

Fig. 1. Melanoplus differ entialis with four ocelli, anterior view of head.

This particular malformation appears to be exceedingly rare
among insects. The only other examples known to the writer are
a specimen of the common meadow grasshopper, Melanoplus
femur-ruhrum Riley, described by M. W. Blackman,3 and a spe-
cimen of a saw-fly, T enthredella simirubra Norton, described by
M. T. Smulyan.4 In Blackman’s specimen the median ocellus
was replaced by a second pair of ocelli in a manner almost iden-
tical with the example here reported.

3Blackman, M. W., Psyche, v. 19, 1912, pp. 92-96, 1 fig.

4Smulyan, M. T., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 36, 1923, p. 401.

288

Psyche

[December

The first hypothesis to suggest itself, and one that has al-
ready been advanced to explain this type of malformation, is
that it may have a phylogenetic significance, and may constitute
a reversion to an ancestral condition.

Examining the plausibility of this hypothesis, we find that
Patten5 has shown in a late larval or prepupal stage of a wasp,
that the median ocellus first appears as a pair of separate pits or
vescicles, which later unite to form a single ocellus on the median
line. Packarde has stated that in the pupa of a bumble bee the
median ocellus presents a “double shape, being broad, trans-
versely ovate, and not round like the two others, as if resulting
from the fusion of what were originally two distinct ocelli.”

Leydig,7 Rabl-Rueckhard,8 Carriere,9 Viallanes,10 Janet,11,
and others have shown that in certain adult Hymenoptera the
median ocellar nerve is double throughout some part of its
length, while Burgess12 in his figure of the brain of the Rocky
Mountain Locust shows the median ocellar nerve to be unpaired
in that species; still, in common with all structures located on
the middle line of an organism having bilateral symmetry, where
in early segmentation stages the plane of one of the cleavages
corresponds to the future middle line, the median ocellus must in
all groups of insects have been double at some point in the
course of its development in the individual, and the condition
of this structure in the Hymenoptera might seem to indicate
that its origin from the fusion of an ancestral pair of ocelli may
have occurred at no very remote period in the phylogeny of the
class.

Indeed, the hypothesis begins to look delightfully plausible
when only the supporting evidence is considered, but on the
other hand it is well known that organisms tend to vary in all

5Patten, W., Journal of Morphology, Boston, v. i, 1887, pp. 193-226.

^Packard, A. S., Text Book of Entomology, 1898, p. 250.

7Leydig, F., Tafeln zur vergleichenden Anatomie, Tubingen, 1864, Figs.
3-4-

8Rabl-Rueckhard, Archiv. f. Anat., Physiol., und Wiss-Medicin, 1875, pp.
480-499, pi. XIV.

9Carriere, J., Die Sehorgane der Thiere, Muenchen und Leipzig, 1885.

10Viallanes, H., Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. 1887, 7 Ser. II, pp. 5-100, 6 plates.

“Janet, Chas., Anatomie de la Tete du Lasius niger , Limoges, 1905, 40
pages, 5 plates.

“Burgess, E., 2nd Report, U. S. Ent. Comm., 1880, pp. 223-242, pi. IX.

1925] A Specimen of Melanoplus differentialis Thomas 289

directions from the type. In organisms having bilateral sym-
metry where either paired structures, or the two halves of un-
paired structures standing on the middle line, are geometrically
related to each other as optical images with reference to the meson
or axis of major symmetry, meristic variation in such a bilateral
series may take either one of two directions. Bilaterally paired
structures may be placed farther apart, or they may be brought
closer together; and in the latter direction the degree of variation
may extend to their becoming united to form a single median
structure or even to their complete suppression. Normally
unpaired, median structures may on the one hand be divided
into two, so as to form a pair of bilaterally symmetrical struc-
tures, while on the other hand they may be reduced in size or
entirely lost.

Indeed, it contrasts with the variation resulting in the divi-
sion of the median ocellus, examples are also available to illustrate
meristic variation of the same bilaterally symmetrical series fo
structures in the direction of fusion, and even to the point of
complete suppression.

Stannius13 reported a worker honey bee specimen in which
there is a complete fusion of the two compound eyes into a single
symmetrical, elongate compound eye, that is uniformly con-
tinuous across the middle line. In this specimen there is also a
reduction from the three ocelli which are typical for this insect,
to a single ocellus located on the dorso-meson. Lucas14 reported
the similar fusion of the compound eyes in a honey bee of doubtful
caste, accompanied by the complete suppression of the ocelli.

The median union of the ocelli could scarcely be interpreted
as a reversion to an ancestral condition, and certainly the two
opposite variations exhibited by these structures could not both
be so interpreted. What may be the causes leading to either of
these discontinuous changes we do not know; but it is not un-
likely that variation in either direction may be found to result
from the operation of the same factor or group of factors. At
least it is better to refrain from drawing superficially plausible
conclusions until we know more of the directive mechanism which

13Stannius, Mueller’s Archiv. f. Anat. u. Physiol., 1835, P. 297. PI.

14Lucas, H., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1868, ser. 4, v. VIII, p. 737, PI.

290

Psyche

[December

molds the developing organism so uniformly true to type, and of
the condition which now and then may cause the development of
an individual in some detail to halt a little short of, to over-run,
or otherwise to deviate from its due course.

It is truly an obligation, very generally neglected by Amer-
ican entomologists however, to record each example of insect
teratology simply and directly, just as it is observed; but the
fulfilment of this obligation is by no means accompanied by any
additional obligation to offer at the same time an explanation or
interpretation of the phenomenon. Indeed, in the present state
of our knowledge of such phenomena any attempt to interpret
individual examples is rarely demanded, or even scientifically
justifiable.

THE SECOND ABDOMINAL PLEURITE IN THE HIGHER

COLEOPTERA

Ry W. T. M. Forbes,

Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

It is generally recognized that the first sternite of the ab-
domen is membranous in all the holometabolous insects. As to
the first pleurite and the second segment there takes place a
gradual reduction, which reaches such a stage that in the ma-
jority of Coleoptera the first two segments are represented by a
more or less membranous dorsal and spiracular region only.

The usual statement is that the first segment of the ab-
domen has atrophied, and that the second is ventrally absent
and laterally fused with the third. An examination of fresh
specimens shows that this is not strictly the case. In fact the
second pleurite may disappear in at least two different ways.

In the Bostrychiformia (Fig. 1, A) the first stage seems to
have been an infolding of the whole subspiracular region of the
first two segments, so that the hind coxa comes to lie against
the anterior edge of the third segment or even overlap it some-
what. In this way the two segments are completely buried from
view, and their sclerites become more or less completely de-

1925] Second Abdominal Pleurite in Higher Coleoptera 291

chitinized, except on the mid-ventral line where the second
segment takes the form of a strong keel, filling the space between
the coxse. The second pleurite is frequently completely mem-
branous, but in the species figured (Trypopitys) it still shows
some feeble chitinization and even a few rudimentary hairs

Fig. 1.

Each figure gives a ventrolateral view of the junction of thorax and
abdomen, with the articulation separated to expose the membranous struc-
tures. The variously shaded areas represent sclerites, the plain white, mem-
brane. Hairy surfaces indicated, pads for the reception of the elytra stippled,
the plain chitin striated.

Ai Membranous first sternal region of abdomen. A2 Membranous
second sternal region of abdomen. eps3 Metepisternum (the hairy ventral
portion only is exposed when the elytra are closed). epm3 Metepimeron
(apex uncovered in Trypopitys, wholly covered in Hemicrepidius). pl2, pl3,
pl4 Pleurites of successive segments of abdomen, ph rudimentary chitinous
nodule, perhaps representing the first pleurite. stT3 Metasternum of thorax.
stA2, stAs, stA4 Successive sterna of abodmen. art. Articular facets in-
dicating the junction of metepimeron and second (or third) pleurite. WP Wing
process. Heavy solid line. Edge of superficial portion of pleura, adjoining
pleura of thorax in life. Heavy broken line. Edge of coxal cavity on surface
of third sternite.

Fig. I, A. Bostrychiformia, Anobiidae. Trypopitys sericeus.

Fig. 2 ,B. Serricornia, Elateridse. Hemicrepidius species.

292

Psyche

[December

(pl2). The first visible pleurite in this case then is wholly formed
of the third segment.

On the other hand an elater (Fig. 1, B) shows clear evi-
dence of the fusion commonly assumed. The second pleurite is
very small (pl2), but lies completely flush with the surface of the
body and forms the actual articular surface facing the mete-
pimeron. The suture is traceable dorsally, and continuous with
the well marked fold between the second and third dorsal seg-
ments, but it soon becomes ambiguous, and I am not sure I have
indicated its course correctly.

The obvious conclusion from this is that the loss of the
second pleurite has taken place twice independently (at least),
and that its absence is not necessarily an indication of a homo-
geneous series of “higher Coleoptera.” In fact the presence of
forms with a well marked second pleurite is known in both
series (Omethes, for instance in the Serricorns besides the possibly
degenerate Lampyridse; the early Dascyllidae in the Bostry-
chiform series).

Incidentally it appeared in this work that the common
statements as to the number of free segments of the abdomen
are not correct. In the elater only the last segment is free,
while in Trypopitys the entire abdomen is ankylosed, even the
sutures being obliterated, except the first. This is correctly
stated in the descriptions of the genus, but not allowed for in
any key I have seen.

1925]

Some Butterflies from Eastern Massachusetts 293

SOME UNUSUAL AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES
FROM EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS.

By Austin H. Clark.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

During the months of July and August in 1923, 1924 and
1925 such time as could be spared from my regular duties was
occupied in a study of the butterflies in eastern Massachusetts.
The territory covered in 1923 extended from Needham to Wal-
tham, Weston and Lincoln with headquarters at Newtonville.
In 1924 and 1925 the region studied was from Manchester to
Ipswich, especially Essex, with headquarters at Manchester.

On all of my excursions I was accompanied by my two sons,
Austin B. J. Clark and Hugh U. Clark who are responsible for
most of the captures recorded below.

In 1923 our efforts were mainly directed toward determining
the status of Feniseca tarquinius in the region covered. We
found it to be common, generally distributed, and readily secured
in quantities after one has learned to recognize its characteristic
haunts.

In 1924 and 1925 we concentrated our attention mainly on
three localities in Essex which are natural butterfly traps. The
first was an enormous patch of milkweed ( Asclepias syriaca) by
the roadside on Conomo street nearly opposite the farm house
on Mr. S. D. Warren’s estate. The next was a bog of considerable
size wholly surrounded by wooded hills dff the same street half a
mile or so further on. Here numerous scattered examples of the
red milkweed ( Asclepias incarnatum) and later an abundant
growth of Cephalanthus and subsequently patches of Joe Pye
weed ( Eupatorium purpureum) served as bait for the multitudes
of argynnids and other butterflies that filtered in through the
woods. The third was a dry hillside on the north side of Apple
street near Bixby’s camps sloping downward toward the west
to a marshy spot protected from the wind by a fairly steep hill
just beyond.

The summer of 1923 in eastern Massachusetts was note-
worthy for the great abundance of Satyr odes canthus which in

294

Psyche

[December

early July swarmed in all wet grassy places more or less protected
by woodlands, and for the abundance of Feniseca tarquinius in
correlation with the unusual abundance of its host ( Schizoneura
tessellata.)

The summer of 1924 was marked by the appearance of
Vanessa cardui in great abundance and an increase in the num-
bers of V. virginiensis, together with an abrupt decrease in the
numbers of nearly every other butterfly except Anosia plexippus ,
especially those types like Argynnis , Brenthis, Satyrodes, Epidemia
and Feniseca which live in moist localities.

In 1925 Vanessa cardui was absent and V. virginiensis very
scarce. In early July Papilio glaucus was unusually abundant,
so numerous indeed that I counted more than twenty at one
time about a single patch of milkweed in Essex. All the fritillaries
were unusually abundant except Speyeria idalia , which was
scarcely so numerous as in the preceding year, though still quite
common. Hair-streaks and blues, as in 1923, were very common.
A curious feature of the year was the great scarcity of Anosia
plexippus which had been abundant in the two years preceding;
not over half a dozen were seen in the course of the whole summer,
and no larvae were found.

Argynnis atlantis Edwards.

Essex: Bog off Conomo street, August 24, 1924, one female
(A. H. C.); July 12, 1925, one female (A. B. J. C.); July 22, 1925,
one male (A. H. C.); August 9, 1925, one female (A. H. C.).
Milkweed patch on Conomo street, July 9, 1925, one reported
(A. B. J. C.); July 10, 1925, remains of a female found on the
ground (A. H. C.); August 9, 1925, one male (A. H. C.).

Apparently this butterfly is resident in this region. All the
specimens seen were caught, though one was subsequently lost.
It is easily distinguished from A. cybele and A. aphrodite both
when on the wing and when resting. The preponderance of
females among the captures was undoubtedly due to the lateness
of the season.

1925] Some Butterflies from Eastern Massachusetts 295

Junonia coenia Hiibner.

Essex: Marshy spot at the base of a dry hillside near Bixby’s
camps, Apple street, August 29, 1925, one (A. H. C.). Salt
marsh at the junction of Apple street and the road to Essex
Centre, August 30, 1925, one seen but not caught.

When resting this butterfly is very conspicuous but on the
wing it is difficult to follow and is easily mistaken for a dragon-fly
or grasshopper. It probably is a not uncommon casual in the
extensive salt marshes and among the sand dunes of Essex
county. In July 1898 I found it in numbers at Coffin’s beach
where apparently it had survived the winter.

Basilarchia arthemis (Drury).

Newton ville: Hillside west of Lowell avenue and south of
Otis street, July 28, 1923, after a strong northerly gale, one
(H. U. C.). This northern form is strikingly different from the
usual, though not common, “white admiral” of this region.

Feniseca tarquinius (Grote).

Manchester: Tennis courts, Essex County club, July 21,
1925, one (A. H. C.). Alders along road over outlet of Gravel
Pond, August 1925, larvae (A. B. J. C.; H. U. C.).

Essex: Bog off Conomo street, August 30, 1925, one (A. B.
J. C.). Main road from Manchester to Essex just beyond the
Manchester line, fifteen larvae, August 28, 1924; adult and eleven
larvae, September 1, 1925. Conomo road, on alders by a stream,
August 1925, larvae.

Newton Centre: Alders near stream east of Walnut street
near Newtonville, August 1923, a few larvae.

Newtonville: Woods south of Cabot street, two localities,
abundant in both in 1923, apparently absent in 1924, a few in
1925. Hillside west of Lowell avenue and south of Otis street,
abundant in 1923, absent in 1924 and 1925.

West Newton: Braeburn Club, near Pond, 1923.

296

Psyche

[December

Weston: west of the road to Lincoln, about alders, two
localities, abundant in all stages, 1923.

Near the Lowell avenue locality in Newtonville larvae were
found on the carrion flower ( Smilax herbacea) feeding on the
large woolly aphid (N eoprociphilus attenuatus) that infests that
plant. All of these larvae were light pink in color and unmarked,
but the butterflies reared from them were indistinguishable from
those reared from larvae found feeding on the woolly aphid of
the alder ( Schizoneura tessellata) .

Two pupal skins from which the butterflies had emerged
were found. One of these, at the Lowell avenue locality in New-
tonville, was about four feet up on the main trunk of a large
alder which had no aphids on its branches; the trunk was about
three inches in diameter. The head of the pupa was directed
downward. The other, from the locality in Essex near the
Manchester line, was on the upper side of an alder leaf about a
foot from the ground and directly beneath a large colony of
aphids about six feet above it. The leaf was smeared with the
exudations from the aphids to which cast skins and “wool”
adhered. The pupa was in the inner half of the leaf and was
attached to one of the veins near the midrib; its axis was paralle
to the vein and its head was directed outward toward the margin
of the leaf. In both these cases the larvae had evidently dropped
to the ground and thence crawled up to the supports on which
they were found.

This is the easiest to rear of any of our butterflies, but reared
adults are so very much more variable than those caught wild as
to be practically useless for comparative purposes. Reared spe-
cimens in collections should be always labeled as such.

Chrysophanus thoe Boisduval

Essex: Marshy spot at the base of a dry hillside near
Bixby’s camps, Apple street, September 1, 1925, one female
(A. B. J. C.).

1925] Some Butterflies from Eastern Massachusetts 297
Epidemia epixanthe (Boisduval and Le Conte)

Essex: Bog off Conomo street, common in a very small area
in the southeastern portion, but scarcely ever seen beyond this
area.

This species is common in all suitable localities in Waltham,
Weston and Lincoln, but it is so inconspicuous that it frequently
escapes observation.

Iphidicles ajax (Linn6).

Brighton: one much broken specimen, June 1898 (Charles
M. Bowers).

Laertias philenor(Linn6).

Manchester: Blossom Lane, August 17, 1925, one female
(A. H. C.). This is not a common insect in this part of Essex
county, though it appears from time to time.

Eurymus eurytheme (Boisduval).

Ipswich: About a mile east of the lighthouse, August 25,
1925, five seen, three males caught (A. B. J. C., 2; A. H. C., 1).
All of these were fresh, though somewhat broken; apparently
they had not come from any great distance.

Essex: Dry hillside near Bixby’s camps, Apple street, Au-
gust 30, 1925, one male.

Eurymus philodice (Godard).

Essex: Dry hillside near Bixby’s camps, Apple street, Au-
gust 30, 1925, one very pale, almost white, male (H. U. C.).

298

Psyche

[December

Eurema euterpe (M£n£tries).

Manchester : Field west of Proctor street, September 4, 1924,
two (A. B. J. C.). Blossom Lane, September 5, 1924, two (A. B.
J. C.).

Essex: Bog off Conomo street, August 10, 1924, one fresh
male (A. B. J. C.); July 30, 1925, one fresh male (A. B. J. C.).

Ipswich: about a quarter of a mile east of the lighthouse,
August 25, 1925, one fresh female (A. H. C.).

This insect is probably less infrequent in Essex county than
the records would seem to indicate as it is very easily confused
with Eurymus philodice. In calm weather it is readily distin-
guished by its slower, feebler, lower, and more tortuous flight,
but if there is any wind the differences tend to vanish. Although
I am very familiar with this species I mistook the one captured
at Ipswich for its larger and more powerful relative until it
alighted on a beach pea immediately in front of me.

SOME RARITIES FROM ESSEX COUNTY, MASS.

By A. P. Morse.

Peabody Museum, Salem, Mass.

Several years ago I recorded (Psyche, vol. 28, p. 7,-1921)
the capture of three examples of a dragonfly, Sympetrum corrup-
um, rare in Massachusetts, at Plum Island, Ipswich, Sept. 10,
1911.

On July 11, 1924, it was a common and conspicuous insect at
a small pond in Marblehead, a dozen or more individuals being
seen, of which four males and a female were secured.

Another rarity in eastern Massachusetts, the butterfly Chry-
sophanus thoe, believed to be the first example recorded from the
county, was taken Sept. 6, 1924, at Salisbury, Mass.1 This was
a female in perfect condition, and was found on goldenrod flowers
at the edge of the saltmarsh. A male also was seen but not
secured.

3See this issue of Psyche, p. 295. [Editor.]

1925] New Diptera from North Carolina and Florida

299

NEW SPECIES OF DIPTERA FROM NORTH CAROLINA
AND FLORIDA

By Charles W. Johnson.

Boston Society of Natural History.

The following descriptions of the species from Florida have
been taken from the manuscript of a supplementary list of the
Diptera of Florida, which it seems undesirable to publish at
present when so much still remains to be done on the insect
fauna of that state.

Macrocera floridana sp. nov.

cf. Head yellow, ocelli black, antennae brown, base yellow.
Thorax yellow, with three broad shining brown stripes, the lateral
ones shortened anteriorly. Abdomen yellow. Llalteres and legs
yellow, tarsi brown. Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with yellow,
veins brown, a single brown spot is present at the bases of the
submarginal and first and second posterior cells; only a small
portion of the spot is in the first posterior cell, the slight brownish
tinge at the tip of the wing is entirely due to minute hairs. Length
4 mm.

Two specimens. St. Augustine, Fla., April 16 and 17, 1919.

This species is related to M. clara Loew, but is separated by
the absence of brown at the apex of the wing and at the stigma
and the smaller clouding at the center of the wing.

Psilocephala subnotata sp. nov.

cf. Face and front black, entirely covered with a whitish
pollen, in certain lights showing two dark spots above the base
of the antennae, eyes narrowly separated, about one third as wide
below the ocelli as at the vertex, antennae and proboscis black.
Thorax blackish with light gray vittae bordering a dark central
stripe, pleura and scutellum black grayish pollinose, the latter
with four black marginal bristles. Abdomen black with dense
silvery white pollen and white hairs, the third and fourth seg-

300

Psyche

[December

merits only with shining black spots on the sides, the one on the
third small while that on the fourth extends entirely across the
segment; genitalia reddish with yellow and black hairs. Legs
yellow, tips of the femora, tibiae and tarsal joints brown. Halteres
dark brown. Wings yellowish hyaline,, veins and stigma light
brown. Length 5 mm.

$ . Face and front entirely whitish pollinose, the latter
above the antennae about one third the width of the head and at
the ocelli one sixth. Thorax as in the male. Abdomen shining
black, with black hairs, posterior margins of the first, second, and
third segments with a narrow border of silvery pollen and white
hairs, fifth and sixth with a white pollinose spot on each side, tip
of the abdomen dark brown with black hairs, otherwise like the
male. Length 8 mm.

Two specimens, St. Augustine, Fla., April 12 and 18, 1919.
Types in the author’s collection.

Taken by the writer in company with P. notata Wied., with
which it was at first confused. It is readily separated by its
smaller size, the eyes not contiguous in the male, and the front
entirely pollinose in both sexes.

Psilocephala davisi sp. nov.

cf. Face black whitish pollinose, hairs on the lower part of
the face and inferior orbits white and much longer than in closely
related species, front black whitish pollinose except the extreme
upper and narrow part of the triangle which is shining black;
first antennal joint black, the others dark brown. Thorax and
scutellum black with long grayish hairs, dorsal stripes obsolete,
the white hairs on the pleura long with dense tufts before the
squamae. Abdomen black, hairs white, forming dense tufts on
the sides of the first and posterior margins of the second and
third segments, the margins of which are also narrowly whitish
pollinose, the shining spots on the sides of the second, third, and
fourth segments conspicuous. Genitalia reddish with white hairs
Femora black, hairs white, bristles black, tibiae yellow, tips
brown, base of the tarsi yellow, tips of the meta-tarsi and the
remaining joints dark beown. Halteres black. Wings hyaline,

1925] New Diptera from North Carolina and Florida

301

veins near the base yellow, stigma and outer portion of the veins
brown. Length 8 mm.

One specimen, Southport, N. C., April 10, 1914. Dedicated
to its discoverer, Mr. William T. Davis.

The species might be confused with either P. hcemorrhoidalis
Macq, or P. frontalis Cole. It is, however, more robust, with
longer pile and narrower pollinose bands on the posterior margins
of the abdominal segments. The shining black of the front is
confined to the extreme upper point of the triangle.

Mixogaster delongi sp. nov.

9 • Head red, facial vitta brown, ocelligerous triangle black,
front with a pair of longitudinal ridges on each side midway be-
tween the base of the antennse and the orbits, antennae red, the
first and second joints together not quite as long as the third, the
latter spatulate, about twice as wide near the tips as at the base,
arista yellow, base black. Thorax: disc black with two narrow
brown lines joined to a brown spot in front of the scutellum,
lateral margins and a large spot on the pleura below the wings
red, humeri, a small spot at the transverse suture, a large V-
shaped mark on the pleura and the scutellum yellow, a spot in the
the middle of pleura, the sternum and metanotum black. Ab-
domen, first segment yellow, second red, margined posteriorly
with yellow, third and fourth brownish-black margined poste
riorlv with red and yellow. Genitalia reddish. Legs red, the
basal half of all the tibiae yellow. Halteres yellow. Wings
brown, the costal and greater portion of the first and second
basal and discal cells yellow. Length 11 mm.

One specimen, Paradise Key, Fla., April 6. Dedicated to
Dr. D. M. DeLong, who collected this interesting species. A
specimen has also been taken by Mr. H. C. Fall, Dunedin, Fla.,
Mar. 22, 1925.

Chaetopsis brooksi sp. nov.

9 . Head brown, the entire orbital margins whitish, ocellar
triangle and sides of the vertex bluish, metallic, first and second

302

Psyche

[December

joints of the antennae yellow (third joint missing). Thorax
bluish, shining, and slightly pruinose, an obscure dorsal stripe,
pleura and scutellum brown; the pleura shows in certain light,
a bluish metallic lustre. Abdomen blackish, shining, base brown.
Legs brown, the tibiae and tarsi slightly darker than the femora.
Halteres light yellow. Wings brownish, with a whitish hyaline
spot, partly in the first and partly in the second posterior cells
about halfway between posterior cross vein and the edge of the
wing, a middle whitish band extends from the costa across the
discal cell and into the third posterior cell but not quite reaching
the posterior margin, base of the wing hyaline. Length 4 mm.

Two specimens collected by Mr. W. Sprague Brooks at
Paradise Key, Fla., Feb. 25, 1920. The species is readily sep-
arated from the other American forms by its peculiar wing
pattern, which resembles that of C. angustata Hendel from Brazil.

1925] Myrmecophilous Phori dee from the Neotropical Region 303

SOME MYRMECOPHILOUS PHORID.E FROM THE NEO-
TROPICAL REGION.1

By Charles T. Brues.

The several interesting flies described in the present paper
have been sent to me through the kindness of Dr. Wm. M. Mann.
During the course of his myrmecological excursions he never fails
to obtain series of myrmecophilous insects and among these
there are usually a few forms of wingless or subapterous Phoridse.
Those obtained by him recently in Mexico and Central America
include several remarkable species taken in the nests of a number
of ants, mainly with Eciton and Pheidole.

The types of the new species are deposited in the United
States National Museum in Washington.

Ecitomyia Brues.

American Natural., vol. 35, p. 347 (1901)

Since I described this genus nearly twenty-five years ago,
the type pecies, E. wheeleri remained its only representative
until 1923 when Borgmeier added two species from Brazil. The
name Ecitomyia was originally applied as the Texan E. wheeleri
was found to be regularly associated with Eciton ccecum. Borg-
meier’s two species were, however, found associated with Sole-
nopsis scevissima var. picea and I now have a fourth species
taken in Costa Rica with Pheidole.

It is evident therefore that the genus is by no means res-
tricted to the driver ants although there can be no doubt that E.
wheeleri is a true ecitophile and that it is restricted at least in
Texas to association with Eciton ccecum. I have taken it many
times and in considerable numbers, but never encountered it
with any of the other species of Eciton that are common in that
region.

Ecitomyia is closely similar to Ecitophora Schmitz and in
error I once referred the type species to Ecitomyia (Psyche, vol.

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institu-
tion, Harvard University, No. 253.

304

Psyche

[December

30, p. 21, February 1923) although later in the same year I have
correctly referred it to Ecitophora (Zoologica, New York, vol.
3, p. 439; (October 1923). As Schmitz has since pointed out on
numerous occasions Ecitophora possesses well developed ocelli
while these are entirely lacking in Ecitomyia.1

The Costa Rican species is most closely related to its nor-
thern congener, E. wheeleri Brues, but differs in chsetotoxy and
considering its different host relations must I think be regarded
as a distinct species.

Ecitomyia manni sp. nov.

$ . Length 0 . 7-0 . 8 mm. Very similar to E. wheeleri.
Eyes decidedly smaller in diameter than the third antennal
joint. Post-antennal bristles large and strong, as long as the
tennal joint; lateral bristles of the second and third row very
weak, much smaller than the median ones. Lateral thoracic
bristle nearly as long as the dorsum of thorax (.075 mm. as
compared to .063 mm. in E. wheeleri). Wing as long as the
dorsum, its bristles about 25/x in length (compared to 13m in E.
wheeleri). Second abdominal tergite not noticeably narrowed
basally.

Type and two paratypes from Estrella Valley, Costa Rica
(W. M. Mann). These were taken by Dr. Mann in April, 1924
in a nest of Pheidole.

1In his original description Schmitz speaks of the type of Ecitophora
having been bleached in the preservative fluid and of the extreme difficulty in
detecting the bristles of the front. In Psyche (l. c.) I have suggested that
possibly Schmitz might have mistaken the insertions of bristles for the ocelli.
This remark was certainly not intended as any criticism of this author’s uni-
formly painstaking work on these extremely small insects. ' The writer ap-
preciates only too well the difficulties of studying them when imperfectly
preserved or when injured before or after preservation or even when the
mounting does not allow one to turn the specimen into the proper position to
determine minute characters. On finding finely preserved specimens agreeing
almost exactly with Schmitz’s description of Ecitophora comes, but without
ocelli, I naturally supposed that the ocelli described were really the points
where bristles had been inserted. Father Schmitz has however assured me
that the condition of the type allows three ocelli to be distinguished. I wish
therefore to make an apology for my seemingly very hasty remark which as
indicated above was in no way intended to suggest any carelessness on the
part of a most accurate observer. Further work also attests the accuracy of
Schmitz’s first observation as additional specimens of E. comes have since been
collected and other species discovered.

1925] Myrmecophilous Phoridce from the N eotropical Region 305

As indicated this species differs from E. wheeleri by the much
longer lateral thoracic bristle and wing bristles and in the form
of the second abdominal tergite.

In addition to the above I have another most remarkable
species which is referred provisionally at least to Ecitomyia. It
certainly cannot be placed in any other genus so far described
and differs also very conspicuously from the other very closey
allied species of this genus in possessing a number of enormously
enlarged bristles on the abdomen. These form transverse rows
at each side of the tergites which are formed as in Ecitomyia as
are also the head, thorax and wings. As I suspect that inter-
mediate forms may be discovered it does not seem wise to make
this the type of a new monotvpic genus.

Ecitomyia spinosa sp. nov. (Fig. 1)

$. Length 1.5-1. 7 mm. Head, thorax and abdominal
plates and spots yellowish brown; abdomen pale yellowish white;
legs brownish yellow; antennae pale yellow; wings dark, almost
black except at base. Head somewhat more than twice as broad
as long, the anterior margin of the front rounded, more sharply
so at the middle. Mouthparts very small, retracted within the
oral cavity which is sharply carinate anteriorly. Eyes small,
oval, about one-fourth as long as the head-height; ocelli entirely
absent. Antennae ovate, quite distinctly contracted at the apex;
arista long, strongly pubescent, as long as the head-height. Four
strong proclinate antennal bristles medially at the anterior mar-
gin of the front, the upper pair longer and set further apart;
middle frontal row represented only by one lateral bristle near
the eye; upper row of four about equally spaced. Thorax oval,
twice as wide as long, with a strong bristle at each side and four
across the disk; also a pair of smaller ones near the middle
behind and another toward the side between the lateral pair of
the transverse row. Wings reduced to small band-shaped pads
as long as the dorsum of the thorax; the upper surface is convex,
the tip more or less pointed and the surface strongly bristly,
some of the bristles almost as long as the wing. Abdomen
broadly ovate, the four apical segments forming a tube of rather

306

Psyche

[December

narrow diameter which is distinct^ turned upwards in fully
developed specimens; one stenogastric individual has the ab-
domen much smaller. Dorsal plates of the second to fifth segment
present; the second large, with four strong bristles along the
hind margin; the others much smaller, each with a pair of bristles

Fig. 1. Ecilotnyia spinosa sp. nov., female. A, dorsal view; B, ventral view.

1925] Myrmecophilous Phoridce from the Neotropical Region 307

placed behind close to the lateral angles. Fifth segment with
a gland opening which lies within a quadrangular chitinous rim
that arises from the front margin of the fifth plate. Abdomen
bearing twenty-four greatly enlarged marcochaetje, each about as
long as the hind tibia. These are arranged in four transverse
rows, three bristles at each side of each abdominal plate. Where
each is inserted to the pale abdominal membrane there is a small
rounded dark brown spot. These stout, intensely black bristles
are very conspicuous and together with the blackish wing pads
give the insect a most extraordinary appearance. Legs rather
long and not very stout; the hind femora rather noticeably com-
pressed.

Type and three paratypes from Huascato, Jalisco, Mexico
(W. M. Mann). These were taken in a nest of Pheidole sp.
Another specimen from San Diego de Cocula, Jalisco, Mexico
(W. M. Mann) was taken with Eciton.

The small wings are unusually dark and heavily chitinized,
but are evidently very weakly attached to the body as one spe-
cimen has lost both wings and two others had only one wing re-
maining attached when I received them.

Ecitophora costaricensis sp. nov.

cT. Length with abdomen well extruded 1 .6 mm.; without
tubular apex of abdomen, 1.3 mm. Length of wing 0.30' mm.;
of dorsum of thorax 0.24. Front with 14 bristles comprising
four strong post-antennal ones of which the upper ones are twice
as far apart as the lower, four in the lower frontal row disposed as
a pair close to each eye with the outer bristle well above the
inner one, six in an upper row close to the vertex with the lateral
bristle near the eye margin. Head covered with coarse, well sep-
arated hairs, very conspicuous on the sides below the eyes;
cheek with a strong downwardly directed bristle. Palpi rather
slender, each with six strong bristles. Eye elongate oval, longer
than the third antennal joint, but only about two-thirds as
wide; ocelli present, well developed. Third joint of antenna
subovate, as long as broad; arista distinctly longer than the
head-height. Thorax above with eight bristles, one at each

308

Psyche

[December

anterior angle, one lateral one just behind the middle and four
forming a dorsal line behind the middle with its lateral bristle
quite close to the one in front of it: in addition there are two
shorter bristles near the median line close to the posterior margin
which are undoubtedly homologous to the scutellar bristles al-
though there is no trace of a scutellum. Wing narrow, strap-
shaped, strongly bent near the middle, its outer edge clothed with
fine bristly hairs at the base and small bristles apically, and in
addition with a series of five longer bristles each about half as
long as the wing. Abdomen with the second tergite chitinized,
one-third longer than wide, the base four-fifths as broad as the
apex; anterior angles rounded, posterior ones sharply angulate;
with the usual hairs and row of minute apical bristles. Third
tergite absent; fourth very small, crescentic, with four marginal
bristles; fifth a minute band with a circular ring behind enclosing
the gland opening, with two minute bristles at tip. Posterior
margin of second to fifth segments with a row of minute bristles;
sixth segment bristly medially and at tip. Legs rather stout,
the hind metatarsi unusually stout.

Type from Hamburg, Farm, Sen Jose, Costa Rica (F. Never-
mann) taken with Eciton sp.

This species agrees closely with the previously described
species. From E. yarva Schm. it may be distinguished by the
complete absence of the third tergite and longer wing bristles;,
from E. bruchi Schm. by the presence of 14 frontal bristles; from
E. comes Schm. by the presence of eight dorsal thoracic bristles
and a greater number of wing bristles; and from E. collegiana
Borgm. and E. cequalis Borgm. also by the eight thoracic bristles.
Heretofore no species of this genus have been reported outside of
the South American continent.

Ecituncula Schmitz

Tijdschr. v. Entom., vol. 66, p. LXXIX (1923)

Schmitz, Pub. No. 4, Mus. Nat. Rio de Janeiro, p. 26 (1924).

A species probably referable to this genus was taken by Dr.
Mann in the nest of Pheidole in Mexico. It differs greaty
from the type and only described species of Ecituncula in having

1925] Myrmecophilous Phoridce from the N eotropical Region 309

the abdomen beset with a large number of bristly hairs arranged
in transverse rows. It differs also in having a lateral pair of well
developed frontal bristles in addition to those present in the
type species and also has the full number of mesonotal bristles.

There are no wings in either of the two specimens, but as
the wings of some of these forms are very readily deciduous, it is
impossible to be positive that wings may not have been present.
In the species described on an earlier page as Ecitomyia spinosa
some specimens had lost either one or both wings. As the at-
tachment of the veistigial wing, in this form at least, appears to
be very feeble and as microscopical examination does not readily
disclose any indication of a rupture of the cuticle, I cannot feel
perfectly satisfied on this point.

Ecituncula setosa sp. nov. (Fig. 2).

$ . Length 1.0-1. 3 mm., dependent upon the stenogastric
or physogastric condition. Head, metathorax and basal ab-
dominal plate dark brownish; antennae and legs pale testaceous;
abdominal membrane pale yellowish white. Head, seen from
above, more than twice as wide as long; rounded at the sides and
sharply rounded medially in front. Eyes small, about half the
diameter of the antenna, with contiguous facets. Four post-
antennal bristles near the anterior margin of the front, the upper
pair farther apart than the lower one; middle frontal row con-
sisting of four long bristles forming a pair rather close to each
eye, the inner one of each pair much higher than the lateral one;
ocellar row of four, the median ones nearer to each other than to
the adjacent lateral one. Ocelli absent. Palpi of the usual form,
with about five strong bristles along the margin. Antennse oval,
slightly acute apically, very densely pubescent; arista very
short and thick, composed of three very distinct segments. Meso-
thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, slightly
angulate just in front of the middle; with a large stout bristle
close to each lateral angle and a transverse series of six across the
middle of the disc. No trace of wings, although there is a small
impression at each posterior angle of the mesothorax at the
point where strap-shaped wings are attached in forms where

310

Psyche

[December

these are present. Metathorax forming a narrow band lying in a
basal emargination of the abdomen. Abdomen in the fully de-
veloped physogastric form ovate, at least twice as broad as the
head and thorax, widest near the middle of the second segment;
dorsum with only one chitinized plate, that of the second seg-
ment and a chitinized ring surrounding the gland opening of the
fifth segment; the second plate is about as long as broad at

apex which is one-half broader than the base. Abdomen very
bristly, the bristles arranged in about eight transverse rows very
clearly aligned except near the narrow apex of the abdomen; the
bristles are longer and stouter at the side of each row and the
lateral bristle is in each case much the largest. Legs rather short
and stout, with the usual minute bristling.

Type and one paratype from San Diego Cocula, Jalisco,
Mexico, with Pheidole sp. (W. M. Mann).

Puliciphora myrmecophila sp. nov. (Fig. 3).

$ . Length 1.0 mm. Head and thorax brownish yellow,
darker above; dorsal abdominal plates piceous, the abdominal

1925] Myrmecophilous Phori dee from the Neotropical Region 311

membrane yellowish white; antennae, palpi and legs pale brown-
ish yellow. Four strong postantennal bristles, the upper pair
nearly twice as far apart as the lower; other frontal bristles very
weak except the two in the upper row between the ocelli which
are long and stout; the lateral bristle of this row and the one
within the eye-margin very small and scarcely differentiated
from the frontal hairs which are unusually large. Three stout
bristles below each eye above the oral margin. Proboscis stout,
oval, nearly as long as the head height. Third joint of antennae
rounded, the arista rather strongly pubescent, one-fourth longer

Fig. 3. Puliciphora myrmecophila, female, dorsal view of abdomen.

than the head height. Eye as large as the antenna; composed of
about twenty-five facets. Thorax slightly wider than long, with
a transverse series of six bristles behind, the median pair close to
the hind margin and farther apart than their distance from the
adjacent ones which are placed farther forward; lateral bristle
placed at the posterior third of the mesonotum. Abdomen with
six dorsal plates; first unusually long, the lengths of the plates
25:45:29:25:16:8. There is no distinct slit in the fifth segment
for the opening of the gland but a transverse crescentic or almost
semicircular clear area indicates its position. That this area
represents the fifth segment is evident from the furcula (apodeme)
of the sixth segment which extends forwards at this point (see
fig. 3) although there is no segmentation of the sides of the ab-
domen to mark off the fifth segment. Sixth and also a small

312

Psyche

[December

seventh tergite present. Legs rather slender, the four posterior
tibiae each with a single small apical spur; hind metatarsus with
six transverse rows of bristles. The abdominal membrane is
covered with conspicuous dark chitinized specks, each bearing a
minute bristle; these extend also over the entire venter but are
absent on the sides except on the last two segments.

Type and one paratype from Ototonilco, Jalisco, Mexico
(W. M. Mann), taken in a nest of a species of Pheidole.

The absence of a distinct fifth tergite and the well developed
sixth and seventh tergites seem to distinguish this form from any
others described although to judge from his figure, it is possible
that P. pusillima de Meijere may have a similar conformation of
the abdominal plates. De Meijere indicates however only five
tergites with a space between the fourth and fifth. In my spe-
cimens of the present form the apodemes described by Schmitz
as arising from the sixth segment are very clearly to be seen arising
from the anterior margin of the penultimate tergite. Under a
very high power (oil -immersion) it is seen that they are attached
to a small median plate more or less separate from the one I have
called the sixth, but I think the larger part must be the sixth and
not a seventh tergite.

Chonocephalus jamaicensis Brues.

There is a single female of a species of Chonocephalus from
Costa Rica bearing the label “with Coptotermes niger Snyder (Coll.
F. Nevermann). After a very careful examination, I cannot
distinguish it from C. jamaicensis Brues1. In Jamaica, at least,
this species is not associated with either ants or termites and
such seems usually to be the case with members of this genus
although Borgmeier2 has described C. ecitophilus taken with
Eciton in Brazil. I am therefore satisfied that the association
of the present specimens with termites is accidental.

Psyche, vol. 22, p. 102; 1915.

2Deutsch. Ver. Wiss. u. Kunst. Sao Paulo, Jahrg. 3, p. 145; 1923.

1925] A Japanese Dohrniphora Bred from Dead Snails 313

A JAPANESE DOHRNIPHQRA BRED FROM DEAD
SNAILS (DIPTERA: PHORID.E)

By Charles T. Brues.

Bussey Institution, Harvard University.

Several species of the genus Dohrniphora in various parts
of the world regularly develop in the bodies of dead insects and
molluscs. These forms are apparently never parasitic as their
eggs are not deposited until after the death of the host.

In 1914 Schmitz described1 an African species, D. bequcerti
which was obtained in East Africa by Dr. Joseph Bequaert who
found it developing in the body of a decaying snail. Schmitz
believes however that the species is probably not restricted to a
shell-fish diet as he states later (1919, Biolog. Centralbl., vol. 37,
p. 40) that larvae of the same form have been observed in soured
milk.

Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell has just sent me a male and female
of a species of Dohrniphora which I cannot distinguish from D.
bequcerti on the basis of Schmitz’s description. These are from
Hongo, Wakasa, Japan and were bred by Mr. T. Okano from
the bodies of dead snails of the genus Euhadra. Whether the
Japanese examples are really cospecific with the African form
mentioned above is perhaps doubtful, but such species are readily
spread by commerce and such a wide distribution would be by
no means surprising.

NOTES ON THE ANT FAUNA OF OAK GALLS IN THE
WOODS HOLE REGION.

By A. H. Sturtevant.

Columbia University, New York City.

During August and September, 1925, several hundred “oak
apples” (galls of Cynips ( Amphibolips ) confluens Harris or a
similar species) were examined from the region near Woods Hole,
Massachusetts. These galls were in all cases picked up from the

xJaarb. Natuurh. Genootsch. Limburg, p. 105.

314

Psyche

[December

ground under oak trees. Though only a small proportion were
inhabited by ants, fourteen colonies of six forms of ants were
found, including one that has not hitherto been recorded from
New England. There follows a list of the species found.

1. Myrmica punctiventris Roger. Woods Hole, five colonies.
Workers, queens, males, eggs, larvae, and pupae. The four queens
found were all dealated; three of these were in one colony, that
also contained nineteen males and one male pupa.

Identified by Prof. W. M. Wheeler who has also verified
the identification of number 4 below.

2. Leptothorax curvispinosus Mayr. Falmouth, one colony.
One dealated queen, over 100 workers, numerous eggs and larvae,
a few pupae.

3. Leptothorax curvispinosus ambiguus Emery. Falmouth,
one colony. Workers, a few eggs, larvae, and pupae. This gall
was under the same tree as that containing the colony of the
typical form of the species.

4. Harpagoxenus americanus Emery. Tarpaulin Cove,
Naushon Island, August 30; one colony. One dealated queen,
nine workers; 152 workers of Leptothorax curvispinosus , several
eggs, 21 larvae, 5 pupae. The pupae appear to be Leptothorax,
and several of the Leptothorax workers are evidently callows.
The species is recorded from the District of Columbia; Beatty,
Pennsylvania; Bronxville, New York. L. curvispinosus is its
usual host (see Wheeler, 1910. Ants, p. 494).

5. Tapinoma sessile Say. Cotuit, Pocasset, Falmouth,
Naushon Island; five colonies. Workers, dealated queens, eggs,
larvae, pupae. One of the colonies contained fifteen dealated
queens.

6. Lasius niger, var. americanus Emery. Woods Hole, one
colony. Workers, pupae. A populous colony (104 workers, 12
pupae), but no eggs, larvae, or sexual forms were found.

1925]

Vision and Chemical Sense in Anax Larvce

315

THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF VISION AND THE
CHEMICAL SENSE IN ANAX LARVAE.

Cyril E. Abbott.

University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.

General observations and experimental work on the larvae of
Anax junius for over a year, seemed to indicate that the responses
of these insects are chiefly dependent on the sense of sight. Thus
taking of food, in particular, seems to be the result of reactions
to form and movement. General observation also indicated that
the chemical sense was correspondingly weak. Although the
question of image-formation in insects has been treated by Cole
(1907), Demoll (1910), Forel (1908), and Seitz (1912); and the
chemical sense by numerous authorities, including Forel (1908),
Kafka (1918), and Lubbock (1888); apparently no work has
been done with dragon-fly larvae. Accordingly, two experiments
were made; one to test the reactions of the larvae to form, the
other to determine whether or not they would react to the
chemical emanations from distant objects. Each experiment is
a check on the other, and both are related to prehension.

Reaction to Form.

Individual.

1. Food:
Triangle:

2. Food:
Triangle:

3. Food:
Triangle:

4. Food:
Triangle:

5. Food:
Triangle:

6. Food:
Triangle:

7. Food:
Triangle:

8. Food:
Triangle:

9. Food:
Triangle:

10. Food:
Triangle:

Positive responses

0
10

1
8
o

Negative responses
o
7
7

12
2

15
5

316

Psyche

[December

Chemical Pense.

In ten of the twelve tests

a broth made from meal-worms

was used.

In the remaining trials pyridine

was substituted for

the broth.

Individual

Positive

Negative

No response

response

I .

2 .

Discussion.

The larvae were numbered and a record kept of their be-
havior. Almost daily, but not always at the same hour, each
insect was fed a bit of meal-worm ( Tenebrio molitor) about three
cubic mms. in volume. Every day the insects were stirred with
a paper triangle on the end of a needle. The triangle had an
area of about one square cm. It was at first presumed, because
of the results of experiments indicating that these animals have
some degree of memory, that learning would simplify the ex-
periment; but in this case the larvae gave no evidence of as-
sociating either a pleasant sensation with the food or an un-
pleasant one with the triangles. Probably any tendency to form
associations was inhibited by the complexities of the experiment.

The above experiment is open to the objection that some
chemical sense may have influenced the behavior of the larvae.
Nine insects were tested by introducing into the water near
them a broth made from meal-worms. This was introduced at
all possible distances from, and all possible angles to, the insects.
Some larvae moved their mandibles when surrounded by a dense
cloud of the suspension; most of them seemed totally unaware
of the presence of the liquid. This broth was a visible suspension,
which probably accounts for the fact that larvae 1 and 9 extended
their labia when it was introduced. They gave no response
when their eyes were covered with asphaltum.

1925]

Vision and Chemical Sense in Anax Larvae

317

Both normal insects and those with covered eyes gave no
response to pyridine. This is interesting, because many aquatic
insects have a strong aversion to even a minute quantity of the
substance. Psephenus larvae, whose intense thigmotropism is
undisturbed by the presence of formaldehyde or alkalies, will
release their hold and make violent efforts to escape the instant
pyridine is present in their habitat. Dytiscid larvae behave in a
similar way.

Although Anax larvae gave no indication of ability to sense
the chemical nature of distant objects, it is quite evident that
they have a sense of taste. Unpleasant substances are quickly
rejected, and the animals move their mandibles for some time
subsequently.

Conclusion.

Anax larvae distinguish small edible objects from larger
triangular figures. Thus they distinguish the size, and probably
the form, of objects.

The larvae are incapable of sensing the chemical nature of a
distant object. While antennal pits are present, they are few
and scattered; experiment indicates that the chemical sense of
these animals is located in the mouth.

The perception of form and movement through vision is
the chief means utilized by these larvae for obtaining food.

Literature.

Baldus, K. 1924. Experimented Untersuchungen fiber die
Entfernungs-lokalization bei Libellen. Naturwiss.
XXXVI. p. 725.

Cole, L. J. 1907. Experimental Studies on the Image-forming
Powers of Various Types of Eyes. Proc. Amer. Acad.
Arts and Sci. XLII. p. 335.

Demoll, A. 1910. Uber die Beziehungen zwischen Ausdehnung
des binokularen Sehraumen und dem Nahrungserwerb bei
einige Insecten. Zool. Jahr. (System.) XXVIII. p. 523-

318

Psyche

[December

Forel, A. 1908. (trans. Macleod Yearsley) The Senses of Insects.
London.

Kafka, G. 1918. Einfiihrung in die Tierpsychologie. Leipzig
Lubbock, J. 1888. The Senses, Instincts, and Intelligence of
Animals. London.

Seitz, A. 1912. On the Sense of Vision in Insects. Trans.
Internat. Cong. Entom. II, p. 193.

Mantispa interrupta and M. brunnea in New England.

In 1913 (Psyche Vol. 20 p. 170) the writer recorded a spe-
cimen of M. interrupta Say, from Lake Boone, Stowe, Mass.
This year the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History
has been enriched by two additional specimens. The first was
taken by Mr. Henry A. MacDonald at Lake Cochituate, Natick,
Mass., July 3, 1925, and the* second by Mr. E. J. French, at
Nutting’s Pond, Billerica, Mass., July 6, 1925. All three spe-
cimens were taken on window screens.

In 1913 there was but one specimen of M. brunnea Say
(Walpole, Mass.) in the Society’s collection. Now there are the
following additional specimens - Hampton, N. H., June 30, 1918
(S. A. Shaw), Milton, N. H. Aug. 20, 1923 (A. F. Magrew),
Centerville, Mass., July 15 (C. J. Maynard) and Canton, Mass.
June 25, 1919 (D. H. Linder).

C. W. Johnson

On July 13, 1925 Professor Ulric Dahlgren captured at
Salisbury Cove, Mt. Desert, Me. a specimen of the white-banded
day-sphinx, Aellopos titans Cram. It is considered by some
authors to be a variety of A. tantalus Linn. This is probably the
most northern record for this southern species. There is also in
the collection of the Boston Society of Natural History a specimen
of this moth, taken at Cohasset, Mass., a number of years ago.

C. W. Johnson.

1925] Proceedings of the Cambridge Entomological Club 319

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOG-
ICAL CLUB

The annual meeting was held January 13, 1925. The se-
cretary’s report showed a slight increase in the attendance at
meetings, the average being 15 members and 2.6 guests. Eight
members have been elected, one resigned, and two died, leaving
a total membership of 78, an increase of 5 over last year. The
editor’s report showed that volume 31 of Psyche, just completed,
contains 325 pages, a substantial increase over the preceding
volume. The following officers were elected: President, J. H.
Emerton; Vice President, C. W. Johnson; Secretary, J. Be-
quaert; Treasurer, Fred H. Walker; Editor, C. T. Brues.
Executive Committee: W. M. Wheeler, 0. E. Plath, S. S. Cross-
man.

Prof. C. T. Brues, retiring President, read an address on
Predatism among Insects.

Mr. S. M. Dohanian told of his experiences in Spain, during
his work on the Gipsy Moth and its parasites.

At the meeting of February 10, 1925, the following amend-
ment to the by-laws was adopted: “Any member may become a
life member on the payment of fifty dollars in one sum to the
treasurer of the Club, and only the income of funds thus received
shall be applied to the current funds of the Club.

“Persons having performed signal services for the Club
may be elected honorary life members and shall not be subject
to dues.”

Mr. C. W. Johnson presented some notes from the Wash-
ington Meeting of the Entomological Society of America.

Dr. J. Bequaert spoke of Some African Social Wasps and
their Parasites.

At the meeting of March 10, 1925, Mr. O. E. Plath read a
paper on the Natural Grouping of the Bremidse (Bombidse), with
special reference to biological criteria.

Dr. J. Bequaert exhibited a collection of wasps of the genus
Ancisirocerus and commented upon their habits and classification.

320

Psyche

[December

At the meeting of April 14, 1925, Mr. J. H. Emerton spoke of
the Ornaments of the Male Spiders of the Genus Pellenes.

Mr. C. W. Johnson discussed the North American Varieties
of Volucella bombylans Linn. See vol. 32, No. 2.

Prof. C. T. Brues exhibited a number of American species of
Peripatus. See vol. 32, No. 3.

At the meeting of May 12, 1925, Mr. H. Morrison read a
paper entitled : “Notes upon Scale Insects or Coccidse.”

At the meeting of June 9, 1925, Mr. 0. E. Plath presented a
paper on the Role of Bumblebees in the Pollination of Several
Cultivated Plants.

Dr. J. Bequaert spoke of work he had done with Mr. 0. E.
Plath on the taxonomy of certain North American Psithyrus-
Mr. L. W. Swett discussed the characters presented by the
male genitalia in the Geometridac.

1925]

Index

321

PSYCHE

INDEX TO VOL. XXXII. 1925.

INDEX TO AUTHORS.

Abbott, C. E. The Relative Importance of Vision and the Chemical Sense in
Anax Larvae, 315.

Andrews, E. A. Growth of Ant Mounds, 75.

Bequaert, J. New Nemestrinidae (Diptera) from Rhodesia and New Guinea, 4.

Bequaert, J. Notes on Hippobos cidae, 266.

Barber, G. W. The Efficiency of Birds in Destroying Over-Wintering Larvae
of the European Corn Borer in New England, 30.

Bowditch, F. C. Notjes on Galerucinae in My Collection, 244.

Bromely, S. W. The Bremus Resembling Mallophorae of the Southeastern
United States, 190.

Brues, C. T. Some Species of the Genus Leucospis, 23.

Brues, C. T. Notes on Neotropical Onycophora, 159.

Brues, C. T. Some Myrmecophilous Phoridae from the Neotropical Region,
303.

Brues, C. T. A Japanese Dohrniphora Bred from Dead Snails (Diptera:
Phoridae), 313.

Bruner, S. C. See Metcalf, Z. P.

Clark, A. H. Some Unusual and Interesting Butterflies from Eastern Massa-
chusetts, 293.

Cockerell, T. D. A. The Fossil Fly Eophlebomyia, 229.

Crampton, G. C. The External Anatomy of the Head and Abdomen of the
Roach, Periplaneta americana, 195.

Forbes, Wm. T. M. Pectinate Antennae in the Geometridae, 106.

Forbes, Wm. T. M. The Second Abdominal Pleurite in the Higher Coleop-
tera, 291.

Glasgow, R. D. A Specimen of Melanoplus differ entialis Thomas with Four
Ocelli, 285.

Hood, J. D. New Neotropical Thysanoptera Collected by C. B. Williams, 48.

Howe, R. H. Jr., Another Instance of the Northward Migration of Odonata
in the Spring, 113.

Hungerford, H. B. Notes on the Giant Water Bugs, 88.

Johnson, C. W. A New Species of the Genus Gaurax, 47.

Johnson, C. W. The North American Varieties of Volucella bombylans Linn.,

114.

Johnson, C. W. New Species of Diptera from North Carolina and Florida, 299.

322

Index

[December

Johnson, C. W. Mantispa interrupta and M. brunnea in New England, 318.

Mann, W. M. Guests of Eciton hamatum (Fab.) collected by Professor W. M.
Wheeler, 166.

Metcalf, Z. P. and S. C. Bruner, Notes and Descriptions of the Cercopidae of
Cuba, 95.

Mjoberg, Eric. The Mystery of the so-called “Triolobite Larvae” definitely
Solved, 119.

Mjoberg, Eric. A New Genus of Suckling Lice, 283.

Morse, A. P. Some Rarities from Essex County, Mass., 298.

Parker, G. H. The Weight of Vegetation Transported by Tropical Fungus
Ants, 227.

Rau, Phil. A Note on the Moulting of the Tarantula Eurypelma hentzii , 1.

Robertson, Charles. N ote on Panurgidae (Bees) ,113.

Robertson, Charles. Habits of the Hibiscus Bee, Emphor bombiformis , 278.

Sturtevant, A. H. Notes on the Ant Fauna of Oak Galls in the Woods Hole
Region, 313.

Schwartz, R. L. Some Hitherto Undescribed Habits of Meskea dyspteraria
Grote, 70.

Van Duzee, M. C. New Species of North American Dolichopodidae, 178.

Weiss, H. B. Insect Food Habit Ratios on Qulepart Island, 92.

Weiss, H. B. and Erdman West. The Insects and Plants of a Strip of New
Jersey Coast, 231.

West, Erdman. See Weiss, H. B.

1925]

Index

323

INDEX TO SUBJECTS.

Ail new genera, new species and new names are printed in Small Capital Letters

Abdominal pleurite of Coleoptera, 291
Abutilon, gall on, 70
Adraneothrips abdominalis, 55
Adraneothrips, 54
Adraneothrips alternatus, 55
Adraneothrips bellus, z54
Adraneothrips fuscicollis, 56
Adraneothrips simulator, 54
Adraneothrips tibialis, 54
Adraneothrips uniformis, 56
Aellopos tantalus , 318
Aellopos titans , 318
Amphibolips confluens , 313
Anaphothrips bicinctus, 50
Anax, junius, vision and chemical
sense in larvae, 315
Ant fauna of oak galls, 313
Ant mounds, growth, 75
Ants, tropical, weight of vegetation
transported by, 227
Antennae of Geometridae, 106
Argynnis aphrodite, 294
Argynnis atlantis, 294
Argynnis cybelle, 294
Astrothrips angulatus, 50
Asthrothrips constrictus, 51
Atta columbica, 227

Barythrips heterocerus, 66
Barythrips sculpticauda, 67
Basilarchia arthemis, 295
Benacus griseus, 88
Birds feeding on European corn
borer, 30
Bradythrips

Bradythrips HESPERUS, 68
Bremus, mimics of, 190
Bremus pennsylvanicus, 190
Bulla of wing membrane, 17
Butterflies from Massachusetts, 293

Cambridge Entomological Club,
proceedings, 319

Cecidia, 70

Ceratia denticornis, 246
Ceratia dohertyi, 247
Ceratia fovata, 247
Ceratia jacobyi, 246
Ceratia martia, 246
Cercopidae from Cuba, 95
Chonocephalus ecitophilus, 312
Chonocephalus jamaicensis, 312
Chaetopsis angustata, 302
Chaetopsis brooksi, 301
Chemical sense in Anax larvae, 315
Chickadee, feeding on European com
borer, 30

Chrysophanus thoe, 296, 298
Chthoneis aeneipennis, 263
Chthoneis albicollis, 259
Chthoneis apicalis, 259
Chthoneis apicipennis, 259
Chthoneis boliviensis, 262
Chthoneis dilaticornis, 260
Chthoneis donchieri, 263
Chthoneis foveicollis, 261
Chthoneis fur catus, 260
Chthoneis grossa, 260
Chthoneis jamsoni, 260
Chthoneis marginipennis, 260
Chthoneis rosenbergi, 262
Chthoneis rufulum, 262
Chthoneis stuarti, 261
Clastoptera CUBA, 105
Clastoptera flavidorsa, 104
Clastoptera stolida, 95, 104
Clastoptera undulata, 95, 103
Coleoptera, second abdominal pleurite
of, 291

Coptotermes niger, 312
Copulatory tuft of Meskea, 70
COREMOTHRIPS, 52
COREMOTHRIPS PALLIDUS, 52
Corn borer, European, destroyed by
birds, 30

324

Index

[December

Criocerus binotata, 253
Criocerus borneensis, 253
Criocerus dromedarius , 253
Criocerus impressa, 253
Criocerus laosensis, 253
Criocerus latefasciata, 253
Criocerus malaccana, 253
Criocerus rougeri, 253
Criocerus seminigra, 253
Criocerus unipunctata, 253
Crytothrips acuticornnis, 65
Cryptothrips carus, 64
Cryptothrips connaticornis, 65
Cyyptothrips gradatus, 64
Cryptothrips junctus, 66
Cuba, Cercopidse from, 95
Cynips confluens, 313

Dasyllis thoracica, 190
Dasyoptera, 102
Dasyoptera variegata, 102
Diabrotica cyaneomaculata, 255
Dihammatus, 130
Dihammatus abditus, 137
Diptera, new from Flordia and North
Carolina, 299
bohrniphora bequaerti, 313
Dolichopus appendiculatus, 184
Dolichopus maculitarsis, 184
Downy woodpecker feeding on
European corn borer, 30
Drilidse, development, 145
Drilus flavescens, development, 146
Dryobates pubescens, feeding on
European corn borer, 30
Duliticola, 133
Duliticola paradoxa, 134

Ecitomyia, 303
Ecitomyia manni, 304
Ecitomyia spinosa, 305, 309
Ecitomyia wheeleri, 303
Eciton coecum , 303
Edton hamatum, guests of, 166
Ecitophiles, 166, 303
citophora, 304

Ecitophora cequalis, 308
Edtophora bruchi, 308
Ecitophora collegiana, 308
Edtophora comes, 308
Edtophora parva, 308
Ecitophora costaricensis, 307
Ecituncula, 308
Ecituncula setosa, 308
Emphor bombiformis, habits, 278
Enocomia maestralis, 101
Entomological Congress, international
117

Eocene, fossil fly of, 229
Eophlebomyia, 229
Eophlebomyiidae, 230
Epidemia expixanthe, 297
Epiperipatus biolleyi, var. betheli, 165
Epiperipatus brasiliensis, 162
Epiperipatus edwardsii, 161
Epiperipatus imthurmi, 162, 164
Epiperipatus isthmicola, 164
Euhadra, Phorid bred from, 313
Eurema enterpe, 298
European corn borer, winter mortality,
30

Eurymus eurytheme, 297
Eurymus philodice, 297
Eurypelma hentzii, moulting of, 1
Eurythrips collaris, 58
Eurythrips gracilicornis
Euxenister asperatus, 174
Euxenister caroli, 176
Euxenister wheeleri, 176
Exora basale, 255
Exora bellum, 258
Exora buchleyi, 257
Exora cyaneomaculatum, 255
Exora guttatum, 256
Exora maculatum, 259
Exora octo guttatum, 258
Exora quadripustulatum, 256
Exora rosenbergi, 257
Exora simile, 258

Feniseca tarquinius, 295
Feronia, 270

1925]

Index

325

Food habits of insects, 92

Formica exsectoides, growth of mounds,

Frankliniella nigricanda, 50
Frankliniella paryula, 49

Galls of Lepidoptera, 70
Gaurax dorri
Geometridae, antennae, 106
Glossina, 230

Growth of ant mounds, 75
Gymnopternus, 186
Gymnopternus convergens, 187
Gymnopternus flayitarsis, 187
Gymnopternus flavus, 188
Gymnopternus maculiventris, 188
Gymnopternus robustus, 189

Hamophthirius, 283
Hamophthirius galeopitheci, 283
Haplosonyx frenbi, 245
Haplosonyx humeralis, 245
Haplosonyx melanocephalum, 246
Haplosonyx monticola, 245
Haplothrips bellus, 54
Haplothrips tibialis , 54
Harpagoxenus americanus, 314
Hemicrepidius, 291
Hercostomus purpuratus, 185
Hercostomus, 186
Hercostomus flavicornis, 187
Hercostomus metatarsalis, 187
Hercostomus ornatus, 187
Hercostomus unicolor, 187
Hercostomus vetius, 187
Hibiscus bee, 278
Hindsiana rhopalocera, 57
Hippoboscidae, notes on, 265
Homalisus frontes, 149
Hoplosoma quadripustulatum, 246
Hydro phorus criddlei, 181
Hydro phorus fulvidorsum, 182
Hydrophorus intentus, 183
Hypermetamorphosis, 150

Insects of New Jersey Coast, 231
International Entomological Congress,

117

Iphidicles ajax, 297

Junonia coenia, 295

Lcertias philenor, 297
Lampyridae, larvae, 119
Lampyridae, wingless female, 119
Lampyris noctiluca, 122
Lasius niger americanus, 314
Latrodectes mactans, web of, 3
Leocomia, 97
Leocomia balloni, 98
Leocomia fulva, 100
Leocomia grisea, 97
Leocomia maestralia, 99
Leocomia nagua, 98
Leocomia pilece, 100
Lepidopterous galls, 70
Leptonia hospes, 167
Leptonia picta, 168
Leptothorax curvispinosus, 314
Leptothorax curvispinosus ambiguus, 314
Lepyronia angulifera, 95
Lepyronia robusta, 103
Lethocerus americanus, 88
Leucospis affinis, 29
Leucospis bicincta, 29
Leucospis birkmani, 23
Leucospis cayennensis, 25
Leucospis distinguenda, 25
Leucospis japonica, 28, 29
Leucospis macrodon, 28
Leucospis malabarensis, 27
Leucospis muiri, 25
Leucospis mysolica, 27
Leucospis quettaensis, 28
Leucospis viridissima, 28
Lissothrips breviceps, 59
Lissothrips pallipes, 60
Luminosity of lampyrid larvae, 132
Luperodes bruchii, 251
Luperodes cyaneoplagiata, 252

326

Index

[December

Luperodes flaviollis, 253
Luperodes flavipennis, 249
Luperodes hebardi, 249
Luperodes klagesi, 252
Luperodes maculicollis, 252
Luperodes mapirii, 248
Luperodes pilosus, 249
Luperodes pustulatus, 248
Luperodes suturalis, 250
Luperodes rubra, 253
Luperodes rufescens, 253
Luperodes vittatus, 251
Luperodes weisei, 253
Luperodes javanensis, 253
Luperus fucatus, 260
Luperus beniensis, 254
Luperus blumenensis, 254
Luperus masoni, 253
Luperus pallidus, 254
Lycidae, development, 145
Lycostomus gestrdi, 129
Lynchia simillima, 275
Lynchia, 266

Lynchia penelopes, 265, 270
Lynchia pusilla, 275
Lyropoeus biguttatus, 123

Mallophora nigra, 191
Mallophora orcina, 190, 191
Mallophora rex, 191, 192
Malvaviscus, gall on, 70
M antispa brunnea, 318
M antispa interrupta, 318
Massachusetts, butterflies from,
Medeterus emarginatus, 180
Medeterus minimus, 180
Melanophus differ entialis, 285
Merothrips cognatus, 53
Merothrips fusciceps, 53
Merothrips williamsi, 54
Meskea dyspleraria, habits, 70
Mesorhaga pallidicornis, 178
Microlynchia falcinelli, 275
Microlynchia pusilla, 275
Migration of Odonata, 113
Mixogaster delongi
Monecphora bicinta, 95
Monecphora fraterna, 95
Monecphora flavifascia, 96
Monecphora ignipecta, 96
Monecphora saccharina, 96
Monolepta flavicollis, 253
Monolepta rubra, 253
Moulting of tarantula, 1
Myrmecophiles, 166, 303
Myrmica punctiventris, 314

293

Macrocera clara, 299
Macrocera floridana, 299
Macroperipatus geayi, 161
Macrophthalmothrips williamsi, 63 Nemestrinidse, new, 4
Malacosoma basale, 255 Neoteinic females of Lampyridae, 128

Malacosoma bellum, 258 Neotropical Onycophora, 159

Malacosoma buckleyi, 257 Neurogonia minima, 179

Malacosoma cyaneomaculatum, 255 Neurogonia nigricornis, 179
Malacosoma guttatum, 256 Neurothrips magnofemoralis, 63

Malacosoma maculatum, 259 Neurothrips williamsi, 63

Malacosoma octoguttatum, 258 New Jersey, insects and plants of coast.

Malacosoma quadripustulatum, 256
Malacosoma rosenbergi, 257
Malacosoma simile, 258
Malformations in insects, 288
Mallophora bomboides, 191
Mallophora chrysomela, 191, 193
Mallophora fautrix, 193
Mallophora fulva, 190

231

New York State list of insects, 118
Nycterimyia capensis, 18
Nycterimyia dohrni, 18
N ycter imyia fenestra-clathrata, 1 8
Nycterimyia fenestra-ornata, 18
Nycterimyia horni, 18
Nycterimyia kerteszi, 18

1925]

Index

327

Ny ctenimyia papuana, 18
Nygm ta of wing membrane, 17

Oak galls, ants from, 313
Ocelli, supernumerary, 285
Odonata, migration, 113
OlDES NIASENSIS, 244
Olfersia, 270
Olfersia exornata, 273
Olfersia falcinelli, 275
Olfersia garzettce

Olfersia lividicolor, 265, 272, 274, 276
Olfersia maura, 265, 271, 273
Olfersia rubipes, 275
Olfersia spinifera, 275
Onycophora, Neotropical, 159
Ornithomyia brunnea, 271
Ornithoponus, 270
Ornithoponus obliquinerivs, 271
Ornithoponus rufiventris, 271
Oroperipatus corradoi, 159
Oroperipatus eiseni, 159

Panurgidae, notes on, 113
Paraclius flavicornis, 187
Paraclius ornatus, 187
Pectinate antennae of geometridae, 106
Penthestes atricapillus feeding on Euro-
pean corn borer, 30
Perdita obscurata, 113
Peripatus betheli, 165
Peripatus biolleyi, 165
Peripatus brasiliensis, 162
Peripatus brasiliensis, var. vagans
Peripatus danicus, 161
Peripatus dominicce, 162
Peripatus edwardsii , 161, 164
Peripatus geayi, 160
Peripatus imthurmi, 164
Peripatus isthmicola , 164
Peripatus torquatus, 160
Periplaneta americana, external ana-
tomy of, 195
“Perty’s” larvae, 119
Phengodes 122, 147
Phoridae, myrmecophilous, 303

Phosphaenus, 145
Phyllobrotica ornata, 246
Plants of New Jersey Coast, 231
Plestothrips amblycauda, 53
Plectothrips impatiens, 61
Plesothrips octarthrus, 52
Pristothrips, 61
Pristothrips aaptus, 62
Pristothrips albipunctatus, 62
Prosoeca becheri, 7
Prosoeca rhodesiensis, 4
Prothetely, 150
PsEUDOLYNCHIA, 271
Pseudolynchia brunnea 271, 276
Pseudolynchia capensis, 272
Pseudolynchia exornata, 273
Pseudolynchia garzettce, 273
Pseudolynchia lividicolor, 274
Pseudolynchia maura, 273, 276
Pseudolynchia rufipes, 275
Pseudolynchia simillima, 275
PSILOCEPHALA DAVISI, 300
Psilocephala frontalis, 301
Psiocphala hcemorrhoidalis, 301
Psilocephala notata, 300
Psilocephala sub notata, 299
PULICIPHORA MYRMECOPHILA, 310
Puliciphora pusillima, 312
Pygothrips conifer, 67
Pygothrips metulicauda, 67
Pygothrips nigricauda, 67
Pyrausta nubilialis, 30

Ratio of food habits, 92
Roach, external anatomy of, 195

SCELOLYPENUS ROSENBERGI, 264
SCELOLYPENUS TENUIMARGINATA, 264
Schizoneura tessellata, 296
Scelothrips, 52

Solenopsis scevissima picea, 303
Snail, Phorid bred from, 313
Stenobasipteron arnoldi, 8
Stenobasipteron difficile, 10
Stenobasipteron gracile, 14
Stenobasipteron, key to species, 17

328

Index

[Deeember

Stephanothrips occidentalis, 69
Stomatothrips septenarius, 48
Supernumerary ocelli, 285
Sympetrum corruptum, 298
Synodites bifurcatus, 170
Synodites schmidti, 171

Tapinomma sessile, 314
Tarantula, moulting of, 1
Telephoridae, development, 145
Tenthredella simirubra, 287
Teratological specimen of Melanoplus,
285

Tetradonia, 170

Thysanoptera, new neotropical, 48
Tomaspis fraterna, 95
Triaplatys denticornis, 246
Triaplatys jacobyi, 246
Triaplatys martia, 246
Triaplatys dohertyi, 247
Triaplatys foveata, 247
Trichophilopterus, 284
Trichothrips calcaratus, 57
Trichothrips flavicauda , 58
“Trilobite” larvae, 119
Tripopitys sericeus, 291
Troglosternus dasypus, 173
Troglosternus ecitonis, 172
Tylois barberi, 176

Tylois mirificus, 177
Tylois trilunatus, 177

Urothrips, 68

Volucella bombylans, varieties, 114
Volucella americana, 116
Volucella arctica, 116
Volucella evecta, 114, 116
Volucella facialis, 114
Volucella lateralis, 115
Volucella plumata, 114
Volucella rufomaculata, 115
Volucella sanguinea, 116
Vanessa cardui, 294
Vanessa virginiensis, 294
Vision in Anax larvae, 315

Water bugs, notes on 88

W ILLIAMSIELLA

WlLLIAMSIELLA BICOLORIPES, 60

Xenocephalus clypeatus, 166
Xenocephalus panamensis, 166

Zaperdita maura, 113
Zygothrips speciosus, 56
Zyras ecitonis, 169
Zyras mimulus, 170

*A *N ‘.raiS0tpon ‘‘0AY 0^01103 £0I-*8

XMawHsnavxsa sdmsids xvmxvM s.cihvm

•uopBDiidde uo ©ajj ‘soijddng paifiojoiuoiua *££ *o>i 9n^o\Tsivo

*nopD0Ssip

JOJ }BU0^BIU }B0|^O|OIfI OS|B
iSJ0pJO lU0J0JJlp |0 S}D0SUJ Dp 0X3

•vpzvw o* JaqniDAo^ uiojj 0Bdn«j
ftaAiq *s^S0j 00 jx 0pBqg pire 1S0JOX

‘ pIBip JQ ‘U0pJBO ‘p|oq0snon JO SUOpD0|

-|03 OSJB isnopD0||OQ U0pBI0f03 0ApD0^OJX pXIB
Xjdiuiih ‘0d^x ‘spostii snojjnfuj pxiB pspgauag jo

S0JIOJSIJJ 0JIX ‘SXIIJ J0?0B}^ ‘SHIJ }00Jg *03 pug UBD}J0iny

*S0xoq jipxnpg ©pBin prosq mo cp pDfpD si uopuaiitt |Bp0dg

•suaxupadg pw3 saijddng
IBDifoiouio^ua joj sjo^renbp^oH aip 9jb

•pugiiB o; p9}iAui XjpipjOD 9jb uojsog SupisiA sisiSopuioiug
“H ”H ‘H # *H *N ‘"A *M 9lR puB sjbd 199.4s p9}BA9p 9qi ipoq
jo uoiibis sqijq 1S9J0J 9qi uiojj qoojq 9uo si uopniiisuj Aossng
9qx 'uoisog ‘sqqq isgjoj; ‘uopnqisui Aossng oqi ib *ui *d
§ f'l ib (p9;d99X9 J9qui9;d9g puB isnSny ‘Apf) ipuoui ipB9 jo
XBpsgnx puoo9S aip. uo ppq si qnQ 9tp jo §up99ui jbjuBoj y

arm ivDiooioiMOXNa aoaraaMYO

'SSVW ‘08 IWH3NOXS ‘ iS wosjauig i ‘NHfl0HOVia A 0

*iaqei b sa^Bio *no auo os pouirapx '0001
jad ‘aujt .sad pus \moi uj ‘tpua sjuaag ‘sjajaBJBqa jBuopippy (a«H b o\ £1)
sjajoBJBi^ 0£ -iou sawn f jqao jojsi 'jadBj aafipa'i ’ad^x *sanBtus

CiNVSnOHJL » Id uviioa 3NO

avinv ‘oooi io siidsxinw ni snaavi-Nid

PSYCHE

A Journal of Entomology

Volume XXXIII
1926

Edited by Charles T. Brues

Published by the Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey
Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass., IL S. A.

Printed by The St. Albans Messenger Company
St. Albans, Vermont.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXIII FEBRUARY 1926 No. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Notes on the Odors of Some New England Butterflies. A. H. Clark 1

The Strange Way in which the Vishnu Moth ( Trabala vishnu ) deposits her
eggs in the Shape of Larvae. Eric Mjoberg 6

Death-feigning in Anaxjunius and Aeschna sp. C. E. Abbott 8

Some Notonecta from South America. H.B. Hungerford 11

A New Fossil Moth from Florissant. T.D. A. Cockerell 16

Note on the Hymenopterous Family Rhopalosomatidae. C. T. Brues 18

The Distribution of Muscina pascuorum Meigen in North America. C. W.
Johnson .20

Recent Work by Gabritschevsky on the Inheritance of Color Varieties in
Volucella bo>mbylans. C. E. Keeler 22

Book Review. Herrick’s Manual of Injurious Insects . 27

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

President

Vice-President

Secretary

Treasurer

Excutive Committee j
Editor of Psyche .

OFFICERS FOR 1926

. Mr. W. L. W. Field
Mr. O. E. Plath
Prof. J. Bequaert
Mr. F. H. Walker
Mr. C. A. Frost
. Mr. F. M. Carpenter
Mr. P. J. Darlington, Jr.
Prof. C. T. Brues

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson, Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander, A. P. Morse,

College of the Peabody Museum,

City of New York, Salem, Mass.

J. H. Emerton, J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, foreign postage, 25 cents extra, Canada 15 cents, Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

AUTHOR S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

Entered as second-class mail matter at the Post Office at Boston, Mass. Acceptance
for mailing at special rate of postage provided in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917,
authorized on June 29, 1918.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXIII. FEBRUARY 1926

No. 1

NOTES ON THE ODORS OF SOME NEW ENGLAND
BUTTERFLIES.

Austin H. Clark.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

Considering the strength of the odors exhaled by one or
both sexes of many of our common butterflies it is quite extra-
ordinary that they have received so little attention.

The following notes were made chiefly at Manchester and
Essex, Massachusetts. It is quite possible that in certain species
there will be found to be a geographical variation in the strength
or type of the odor which may or may not be correlated with
variation in color or in other characters. It is also quite possible
that further investigation will show in certain types more or less
dimorphism in the odors such as has been reported in the southern
Papilio polydamus.

The noses of my two young sons being much more acute
than mine, their assistance in experimenting with some scores
of captured butterflies was of the greatest value; in fact some
of the odors readily detected by both of them I was unable to
perceive at all. Ordinarily the testing of butterflies for odors is
an interesting and pleasant task; but one must always be pre-
pared for most unwelcome surprises as in the case of the females
of the fritillaries.

Close observation of the courting of the argynnids and of
Eurymus philodice has led me to believe that the male odors are
sexual stimulants pure and simple, while the female odors,
always disagreeable in varying degrees and sometimes nauseating,
are protective.

Psyche

[February

Speyeria idalia (Drury). — The odor of the male is uniformly
strong and resembles that of the males of Argynnis cybele and A.
aphrodite, but is sweeter and more flowery. Mr. Scudder com-
pared it to musk, but it is to me more flowery than mhsk.

Argynnis cybele (Fabricius). — The males have a faint to
strong spicy odor resembling sweet flag or sandal-wood which
can always be detected and is sometimes strong enough to be
evident when the insect is fluttering in the net. It is strong in
one individual out df every four or five and is often exceptionally
strong in very worn examples. Very fresh insects appear always
to be nearly, sometimes indeed quite, odorless. It appears to
take some time after the wings are fully formed and functional
for the odoriferous secretion to become diffused sufficiently to
give the characteristic fragrance.

Mr. Scudder specifically stated that both this species and
the following are scentless. It is probable that he examined only
individuals too recently emerged for the scent to have become
effectively distributed.

In the females the wings are odorless, but the pair of short
blunt stout soft orange appendages which on pressing the ab-
domen are extruded from between the last two segments dor-
sally gives off a powerful nauseating odor recalling that of the
osmateria of the caterpillars of Papilio polyxenes.

The females of our fritillaries are larger and more con-
spicuous than the males abd at the same time less shy with a less
swift and less erratic flight. They also appear to be much
longer lived, for by the end of August all the still fairly numerous
individuals remaining are females busily engaged in searching out
their food plants and seldom seen on flowers. It is a reasonable
inference that in these butterflies both sexes are protected to an
appreciable extent by the formidable abdominal glands of the
females.

Argynnis aphrodite (Fabricius). — The odors of both sexes
of this butterfly as found in this region exactly resemble those
of the correspohding sexes of A. cybele.

Brenthis montinus Scudder. — Professor John H. Gerould
writes me that he has noticed an odor in this species similar to

1926]

Odors of Some New England Butterflies

that in the two preceding. I have made no personal observations
on it.

Brenthis myrina (Cramer). — No odor was detected in either
sex; but the females have the same odoriferous organs as are
found in the females of related types which undoubtedly are the
same in function.

Junonia coenia Hiibner. — In the large and handsome dark
variety with the under surface of the wings dull pinkish red
which is the commonest about Washington in the fields where
the food plant ( Agalinis purpurea) is abundant the males have a
rather strong sweet odor which is sometimes evanescent. This
variety has curiously soft wings and always feels as if recently
emerged. It is sluggish, and rarely flies for more than fifty feet
or so.

The variety occurring in New England is much smaller,
distinctly brown above and buffy gray below. The wings are
hard and brittle and most individuals caught are damaged in
contrast to the other form in which broken specimens are relative-
ly rare. It is exceedingly alert and active, a much stronger flier
than the other, less easily visible on the wing and much more
difficult to catch. Specimens from Washington are indistin-
guishable from those from Massachusetts. The males, so far
as I can find, are scentless; at any rate the odor is much less
pronounced than in the other type.

About Washington the small light active form is found
sparingly with the other, from which it differs in keeping mostly
well above the ground resting on the tops of the higher plants
and quickly darting off on the slightest provocation. It is much
more frequently to be seen on barren hillsides, about the city
parks and streets, and generally in unfavorable localities where
the other is not found.

One might reasonabW infer that this well marked variety is
a special form particularly fitted for long continued flight and
therefore especially adapted for distributing the species.

Vanessa cardui in New England also appears to have a
special form distinctively colored on the under side with cor-
responding habits. This form flies in a straight line usually

Psyche

[February

from ten to fifteen feet above the ground keeping on till it is out
of sight in contrast to the usual type which in its habits is much
like V . hunt era.

In Feniseca tarquinius it would seem that certain individuals
are specialized as migrants. These fly slowly in a straight line
across the fields usually a foot or so above the grass tops for long
distances; in fact I have never seen them rest. Typically this
insect’s flight is most erratic suggesting a small and very active
satyrid, with frequent rests.

Basilar ehia archippus (Cramer).- — Both the boys reported in
this species a pronounced and disagreeable odor which the
younger compared with that of Ariosia plexippus females. It is
not a little curious that this butterfly should both look and smell
like this larger form. But the flight of the two is different and
one can easily tell them on the wing at any distance.

Anosia' plexippus (Linne). — The females have a rather
strong and disagreeable odor resembling that of cockroaches or
of carrots. The males have the same odor, but in them it is very
faint and is overlaid with a faint very sweet odor like that of
milkweed or red clover flowers.

Eurymus philodice (Godart). — The males have a distinct
and uniformly strong odor resembling that of sweet grass or
sweet hay. The females seem to be odorless.

Eurema euterpe (Menetries).— The males, in spite of their
diminutive size, have a pronounced fragrance similar to that of
the males of the preceding species but sweeter and more flowery.

Papilio polyxenes Linne. — The males have a faint sweet
odor resembling that of carrot flowers which is very pleasant.
Apparently an identical odor is found in the males of the Euro-
pean P. machaon.

Two males examined in Washington had a strong sweet
flowery odor of the same type.

Papilio glaucus Linne. — The males all have a sweet flowery
odor varying from faint to fairly strong which resembles that of
the males of P. troilus though it is never so pronounced. The
females have a disagreeable odor pungent in quality resembling
rubber cement or creosote which is very strong in some and ap-

1926]

Odors of some New England Butterflies

parently stronger in the females taken about Washington than
in those taken in New England. The same odor can sometimes
be detected in the males, though very faintly.

Papilio troilus Linne. — The males have a distinct and rather
strong sweetish odor difficult to describe but exactly resembling
that of Nabisco or Huntley and Palmer’s honey biscuits.

Laertias philenor (Linne). — From observations made in
Washington it was found that the males have a sweet flowery
odor similar to that of the males of Papilio polyxenes though not
so strong. The females have a strong pungent and disagree-
able odor.

Mr. W. H. Edwards reported a disagreeable odor in this
species but did not give the sex of the individual examined. Mr.
Scudder very carefully investigated a specimen fresh from the
chrysalis and f ound no odor. Mr. Edward’s example undoubtedly
was a female. Mr. Scudder’s, which was a male, was probably
too fresh for the odor to have become detectable.

Psyche

[February

THE STRANGE WAY IN WHICH THE VISHNU-MOTH
( TRAP ALA VISHNU) DEPOSITS HER EGGS IN THE
SHAPE OF LARVvE.1

By Eric Mjoberg.

In the small residential town of Kuching, Borneo, an invasion
of voracious caterpillars in the garden and house of one of the
residents was reported to me in October 1924. Certain plants
were entirely defoliated and a large number of large hairy cater-
pillars of the usual Lasiocampid type were seen crawling about
everywhere, even entering the rooms of the house and causing
much inconvenience and annoyance. Obviously a mass propaga-
tion due to favorable circumstances had taken place. Ordinarily
Trabala vishnu is a moth of rare occurrence; even in the rich
collections of the Sarawak Museum only some few specimens
were to be found.

As the larva has already been described and figured, I shall
not consider it in the present note.

A fertilized female was temporarily placed by me in an
empty paper box and left over night. On opening the box on
the following day I was very much surprised to see beside the
moth, a considerable number of larvae on the sides. I thought it
very strange to begin with, but a somewhat closer examination
soon revealed the fact that what I had taken for larvae consisted
of eggs laid in two parallel rows with an odd egg at the top.'
Furthermore, the mother had arranged it so that a darkly pig-
mented spot on each egg was always directed outwards with the
effect that two dark longitudinal lines were formed, reminding
one of the condition so often found in caterpillars. When I add
that the mother had covered the egg strings with hairs from her
own body, it is easy to understand that these completely con-
veyed the impression of being small hairy caterpillars.

On plate 1, A, a photograph of the eggs found in the box is
reproduced. There are altogether 13 string, 8 laid separately
and 5 more or less joined together. In nearly every string an

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Insti-
tution, Harvard University, No. 258.

?jL\nd ‘JMXXX JnOA 9261 3HDASd

mjoberg — OVIPOSITI ON OF VISHNU MOTH

Eggs of the Vishnu Moth ( Trabala vishnii) laid in two parallel rows with one odd egg at the top, and covered with hairs by the mother,
thus giving a complete impression of being hairy larvae. B. Cocoon of male. C. Cocoon of female.

1926] Strange way in which the Vishnu-M oth deposits her eggs 7

odd egg is found at the top, representing a head. All are equally
covered with short hairs and on every string - there are two
longitudinal rows of dark spots along the outer margin.

That the mother really has displayed a tendency to imitate
the head of a caterpillar by placing one single egg on the top
seems to be evidenced not only by the fact that in all strings
there is an odd top egg but also that in strings no. 2, 5, 6, 7 and
10 (from left) there are two top eggs, one on top of the other one,
whereas at the lower end of each string there seems to be no
marked tendency to place an odd egg (except no. 3).

The longest egg string is no. 13 with 22 eggs. It is a strange
fact that most of the other strings show two parallel rows of 7
eggs in each with 1-2 single top eggs.

In order to find out whether this peculiar way of depositing
the eggs in the shape of larvae was only a queer habit in this in-
dividual case or really a specific habit, I isolated six more fer-
tilized females and awaited the result. In all cases the females
laid their eggs in exactly the same way. Two of the females
under observation were kept in very large cases, but the eggs
were found to be laid in a strikingly singular way. One or two
top eggs were always to be seen and the same arrangement with
the dark spots forming two longitudinal lines was also observed .

We may therefore safely conclude that this peculiar way of
depositing the eggs in larva-like shape is a characteristic of
Trabala vishnu.

The advantage of this form of “mimicry,” if we may use
this term, is obvious. It is a well-known fact that hairy cater-
pillars are distasteful and discarded by most birds, the insects’
greatest enemies. Only the cuckoos seem to form an exception
to the rule. Undoubtedly the eggs laid in this way are better
protected than if laid separately or in disorderly heaps as is the
case with most Lasiocampids, and it seems to be fairly clear that
the mother in this case by making the unprotected earliest state
of the development so strangely similar to hairy distasteful larvae,
has solved the problem of protecting her offspring ab ovo in a more
effective way.

Psyche

[February

DEATH FEIGNING IN AN AX JUNIUS AND AESCHNA

SP.

By C. E. Abbott,

Elgin, Illinois.

In reviewing the literature on death feigning of insects, I
was unable to find anything relating to this peculiar behavior in
dragon-fly larvae. The Severins have worked with two species of
water-bugs, but this, and the work of Holmes on another aquatic
Hemipteron, Ranatra, are the only references available on this
phenomenon in aquatic insects. The theory of Holmes concern-
ing the death feigning of insects is an interesting one. He regards
it as an overdeveloped thigmotaxis.

The idea of working with Anax and Aeschna readily sug-
gested itself because of the ease with which these insects were
obtained and the fact that work was being done with them in
quite another group of experiments. It was observed that, when
the animals were taken from the water and placed on a solid
object, they remained motionless, with the cloacal valves closed,
and their legs pressed closely against their sides. To put the

INDIVIDUAL TESTS
Individuals

Trials

Ill

VII

1 .

1 min.

30 sec.

1 min.
45 sec.

response

2 min.
30 sec.

9 min.

14 min.
30 sec.

17 min.

2 .

30 sec.

1 min.
45 sec.

2 min.
45 sec.

4 min.
30 sec.

5 min.
30 sec.

18 min.

9 min.
45 sec.

18 min.

5 min.

2 min.
15 sec.

10 min.
45 sec.

7 min.
30 sec.

22 min.

7 min.
45 sec.

13 min.
30 sec.

3 min.
30 sec.

1 min.

4 min.

13 min.
30 sec.

2 min.

11 min.

5 min.

2 min.

1 min.
30 sec.

2 min.

3 min.

9 min.

3 min.
30 sec.

12 min.
45 sec.

1 min.
30 sec.

6 min.
10 sec.

3 min.

926]

Death Feigning in Anax Junius and Aeschna

Duration of Successive Feints
Individuals

Trials

2' min. 30 sec.

7 min.

12 in.

1 “

6 “ 30 sec.

11 “

30 “

A U

1 “

30 “

3 “

2 “ 30 sec.

35 “

3 “

1 “

15 “

5 min. 30 sec.

9 min. 30 sec.

3 “

1 “ 30 “

4 “

1 “ 30 “

3 “

13 “

30 “

1 “

4 “

45 “

4 “

5 “

2 “

3 “

1 “

2 “

10,

1 “

1 .

2 min.

6 “

6 min. 30 sec.

1 “

2 “

3 “

1 “

3 «

30 sec.

1 “

1 «

45 “

45 sec.

1 “

45 “

30 “

15 “

1 “

45 “

animal back into this condition, it was only necessary to gently
stroke its sides. In experimenting, the larvae were placed on
wet sand. One group of tests was made simply to determine
the length of individual feints, and another set was made to
discover the duration of successive feints.

It thus appears that the duration of individual feints varies
a great deal, and that the duration of feints in rapid succession
tends to decrease. This is in accord with what is known of the
phenomenon in other insects.

I wish to take this opportunity of thanking Dr. W. S.
Marshall of the Zoology department for his co-operation and
suggestions in this and other experimental work.

Pysche

[February

Literature.

Holmes, S. J.

The instinct of feigning death. Pop. Sci. Mon. LXXII,
p. 179. (1908).

Severin, H. H. P. and H. C.

An experimental study of the Death-Feigning of Belostoma
(—Zaitha Auct.) flumineum Say and Nepa apiculata
Uhler. Behavior Monog, I, 20.3, 44 pps., 1 pi. (1911).

1926J

Some N otoneda from South America

SOME NOTONECTA FROM SOUTH AMERICA
By H. B. Hungerford,

University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.

The lack of precise external structural characters in the
Genus Notonecta has led to almost hopeless confusion of the
South American species. Fieber, unable to limit the range of
variation within a species proposed many varietal names.
Kirkaldy2 in his “Revision of the Genus Notonecta” disposed of
a number of specific names by sinking them into synonomy
This procedure has given a false impression of the relation of
North and South American Notonecta. Kirkaldy, for illustra-
tion, considered the range of the most common North American
Notonecta undulata Say to include Chile, South America. This
was possible because he thought N. virescens Blanch, was only a
variety of N. undulata Say. An examination of the genital
capsules of the males will show plainly that they are distinct
species. Other features less demonstrable but constant separate
these species. N. virescens Blanchard is a good species.

Prior to Fieber’s Rhynchotographieen Guerin3 1844 des-
cribed N. hifasciata from “les bords de la Platta.” Then the
same year that Fieber’s paper appeared (1852) Blanchard’s N.
virescens was described. It appears that this species from Chile
was unknown to Fieber. Fieber in his 1852 paper first describes
N . nigra , a large and readily recognized species, the types of
which are still in Vienna. Under Notonecta rugosa (==N. insulata
Kirby) after naming three varieties from Long Island, Baltimore
and Pennsylvania, he adds the variety hasahs from Brazil.
Under N. VariahiUs he describes 4 varieties, the first one from
Brazil and Porto Rico, the second from Baltimore, and the
third and fourth from Brazil. I have not seen specimens of the

1Fieber, Franz Xavier: Rhynchotographieen- Prag (From Acten der
Konigl. Geseilschaft der Wissenschaften, Vol. V, Pt. 7.)

2Kirdaldy, G. W. : Revision of the Notonectidae Part I. Introduction
and Systematic Revision of the Genus Notonecta. Trans. Ento. Society of
London. 1897.

3Guerin-Meneville, Felix Edouard: Iconograohie du Regne Animal de
G . Cuvier Paris- 1829- 1841.

Psyche

[February-

common United States species which we call N. variabiiis from
Brazil and am inclined to believe that it does not exist there. If
the first named variety of Fieber’s N. variabiiis is to be taken as
the type, I should be inclined to the opinion that the name macu -
lata which Fieber gave to his variety from Baltimore should be
used as Fieber’s name for our North American species. His
description fits our insect very well. The size is too small to be
applied to our common N. undulata Say which Fieber appears
to have known only from the literature describing this insect
under other names. It happens, however, that the name N
maculata was employed previously by Fabricius. I suggest the
name Notonecta lunata for the North American species which
we have hitherto called N. variabiiis. A figure of the male genital
capsule is shown on Plate XXXI, Fig. 11 of Kansas University
Science Bulletin No. XI.

Under N. polystolisma Fieber describes 5 varieties, four of
them from Brazil and probably various color phases in the devel-
opment of the color pattern of one species. One variety which he
called sellata came from Buenos Aires and is most certainly N.
bifasciata Gu6rin. Kirkaldy and Bueno call N. polystolisma
Fieber a S3monym of N. bifasciata Guerin.

There have come to my hand for determination several
small species of Notonecta from South America. No one seems
to have given these insects the close scrutiny necessary to sep-
arate the species. As will be seen by the drawings submitted,
there are distinct structural characters. There are also character-
istic color patterns, but much confusion can arise because of the
teneral specimens taken in various stages of pigmentation. It
also happens that in some of these species there are two color
phases — the pale immaculate forms as well as the nearly black
forms, a condition similar to that of the well known Notonecta
shooteri Uhler.

Notonecta bicirca sp. nov.

Size: Length, 9 mm.; width, 3 mm. Some are a little
larger and some a little smaller than the measurements given.

1926]

Some N otonecta from South America

Color : General view shows head, prothorax and legs yellow-
ish. Scutellum and two circles on hemelytra black. Closer
inspection reveals posterior half of pronotum darkened by black
thorax beneath, an elongate yellow spot on lateral margins of
scutellum. Hemelytra yellowish- white covered with silvery hairs
and with the following typical maculations: Submarginal band
of black on base of corium; distal end of clavus black;
base of corium; distal end of clavus black; broad transverse
black band traversing distal third of corium and base of membrane
and embracing a small orange-yellow spot at end of embolium
and entirely surrounding a much larger nearly circular spot
above. The general effect produced is that of two black circles
surrounding orange-yellow spots upon the insects, the lateral
orange yellow spots upon the margins of the wings and opening
upon the embolial sutures being unnoticed.

Structural characteristics : The eyes farther apart at syn-
thlipsis than in others of this group of species. Vertex: synthlip-
sis : : 10 : 4. Anterior width of pronotum : posterior width of
pronotum : : 23 : 33. The genital capsule of the male is shown
on Plate II, Figure 1.

Described from 50 specimens from Chile. Taken by Doctor
Alfredo Faz. 15 of them from Santiago and the others from
Termas Cauquenes. Holotype, allotype and some paratypes in
author’s collection. Others in United States National Museum.

Notonecta disturbata sp. nov.

Size : Length, 8 mm.; width, 2.9 mm.

Color : Of two color phases. One yellowish- white throughout.
The other with yellowish-white head, anterior half of pronotum
and legs; basal half of hemelytra and tip of membrane white;
scutellum and remainder of hemelytra black.

Structure : The eyes fairly close at synthlipsis. Vertex:
synthlipsis : : 10 : 2.3. The width of the eye at base less than
width of vertex. Sides of pronotum convergent. Anterior
width of pronotum: posterior width of pronotum : : 19 : 29.
The genital capsule of the male is shown Plate II, Figure 2.

Psyche

[February

Described from specimen belonging to Sao Paulo Museum,
Brazil.

Notonecta minuta sp. nov.

Size : Length, 7.2 mm.; width, 2 mm.

Color : General view shows head, pronotum, legs and basal
third of hemelytra yellow. Scutellum and distal two-thirds of
hemelytra black with tips of membrane yellowish. Upon closer
study there are seen to be enclosed in the broad black area across
the hemelytra four small irregular orange yellow spots of nearly
equal size. On one of the three specimens there are ill defined
yellowish spots near the base and at the tip of the scutellum.

Structural characteristics : Vertex : synthlipsis : : 9 : 2.1.
The width of eye at base equal to the width of vertex. Interior
width of pronotum : posterior width of pronotum : : 19 : 26. The
genital capsule of the male is shown on Plate IT, Figure 7.

Described from specimens in the Carnegie Museum bearing
the label, “Prov. del Sara, Bolivia, 450 m. J. SteinbachV

Notonecta pulchra sp. nov. ■

Size: Length, 8 mm.; width, 3 -mm.

Color: Head, anterior half of pronotum, and legs yellow.
Scutellum and hemelytra black save two pale spots at base of
wings and an orange, irregular, transverse band at end of corium.
Silvery hairs on hemelytra. A beautiful and striking species.

Structural characteristics: Vertex : synthlipsis : : 11 : 3.
The vertex being broader than#the width of eye at its base. The
anterior width of pronotum : posterior width* of pronotum : : 22
: 32. The genital capsule of male is shown on Plate II, Figure 3.
Lilia Rica by Mr. F. Schade. Holot3q>e, allotype and many
paratypes in author’s collection. Paratypes also placed in
United States National Museum.

PSYCHE, 1926.

VOL XXX1I1, PLATE 2.

HUNGERFORD— NOTONECTA

1926]

Some N otonecta from South America

Notonecta polystolisma Fieb. var. spatulata var. nov.

Fieber described five varieties under this species, one of
which is quite certainly N. hifasciata. The other four are from
Brazil and appear to be stages of pigmentation of a single species.
Three of them he describes as having the “Schild gelblich.”
The species which I have may be related to them, but since it
does not fit any of his descriptions it seems best to give it at
least a varietal name. In the twenty specimens I have before
me the scutellum is typically black and none of them surpass 4
lines in length. The vertex : synthlipsis : : 10 : 3. The anterior
width of pronotum : posterior width of pronotum : : 23 : 35.
The genital capsule of male is shown on Plate II, Figure 9. Des-
cribed from 20 specimens from Sao Paulo, Brazil. Holot.ype,
allotype and some paratypes taken at Ypirango, S. A. by R.
Spitz. Others from Sao Paulo, Brazil, by unknown collector.
Holotype, allotype, and some paratypes in author's collection.
Others in the Museum of Sao Paulo.

Notonecta bifasciata Gu6r.

I have this species from Paraguay and various places in
Argentina. The genital claspers in the male are quite different
from any of the other species of this size (see Plate II, Figure 5.)
It appears to be a common and abundant species.

Description of Plate II.

Notonecta hicirca sp. nov. Chile. Figure 1.

Notonecta disturhata sp. nov. Brazil. Figure 2,

Notonecta pulchra sp. nov. Paraguay. Figure 3.

Notonecta hifasciata Guer. Argentina. Figure 5.

Notonecta minuta sp. nov. Bolivia. Figure' 7.

Notonecta polystolisma Fieb. var. spatulata var. nov. Figure 9,
Figures 4, 6 and 8 are of previously named species but not
of this series.

Psyche

[February-

A NEW FOSSIL MOTH FROM FLORISSANT.

By T. D. A. Cockerell,

University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo.

Many years ago, a fossil insect, supposed at the time to
belong to Trichoptera, was found by Mr. Geo. N. Rohwer at
Station 14 in the Miocene Shales of Florissant, Colorado. By
some oversight, it had not been studied until yesterday, when I
took it out to show to some students as an example of a fossil
caddis-fly. A little examination revealed unexpected characters,
and upon close study it was found that we had no caddis, but a
moth. With the higher power of the binocular it was easy to
see the scales, which thickly covered the anterior wings. On one
side the wings are spread, so that their outline can be clearly
seen; but T cannot make out the venation of the hind wings, nor
that of the anal area of the anterior pair. It is also difficult to
see exactly the condition at the apex of the cellula intrusa, but I
believe I have drawn it correctly, in which case it presents no
unique features. The genus may be definitely referred to the
Cossidse, and the general aspect is not unlike that of species of
Zeuzera, Givira or Comadia. The abdomen, which I have drawn
thick and short, is evidently lacking the apical part, and it may
well have been long as in most existing Cossidse.

Adelopsyche new genus

Rather small, thick bodied moths, the anterior wings long,
with subparallel margins, broadly rounded at apex, heavily
scaled, without spots or bands, but probably finely speckled.
Scales fairly broad, suboval or more elongate, apically bidentate.
Veins strong, basally stout; Ri, leaving common stem about as
far from radial cell as length of that cell; radial cell small, cunei-
form, emitting the quite simple R2 and Rs; from the end of the
cell (in the sense of lepidopterists,) and above the median cell or
cellula intrusa, arise R4, Rs and Mi, the first two (which are
simple to the end) well apart, but R5 and Mi from a common

1926]

A New Fossiv Moth from Florissant

point; median cell short, its lower apical corner emitting M2;
M3, Cuia and CuiB (in sense of Tillyard) coming off as in related
genera, CuiA distinctly nearer to M3 than to CuiB.

FIG. 1. ADELOPSYCHE FRUSTRANS SP. NOV.

Adelopsyche frustrans new species.

Anterior wing 15 mm. long and 4.5 broad, probably brown
or dark gray in life; hind wing about 9.7 mm. long; width of
thorax and abdomen, which are dark, nearly 4 mm.; legs not very
robust.

In having the veins R2,. R3, R4 and R6 all arising separately,
this differs from the American genera (which are well figured by
Barnes and McDunnough) and resembles the Australian genus
Macrocyttara Turner (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1918, p. 169).
It differs at once from Macrocyttara in having Ri arising before the
radial cell (as in Givira and other genera), and R4 and R5 arising
below it. The separate origin of Ri is considered by Jefferis
Turner to be more primitive than the condition in Macrocy-
ttara. Outside of Macroscyttara, the nearest allies of our fossil
are Cossodes (Australia) and Dudgeona (Australia, India, Africa) ;
these however are very distinct. The fossil genus Gurnetia
(Cockerell. Ann. Mag. N. Hist. June 1921, p. 472), from the
Isle of Wight, agrees in having the branches of the radius sep-
arate, while R6 and Mx come from beneath the radial cell. Cui
and Cu2 of my figure of Gurnetia are CuXA andCuiB of Tillyard.

Psyche

[February

NOTE ON THE HYMENOPTEROUS FAMILY RHOPALO-

SOMATIDiE.1

By Charles T. Brues.

During the course of a study of African Braconidac, I find in
a collection sent by E. C. Chubb, Director of the Durban Mu-
seum, a specimen of the Rhopalosomatid genus Paniscomima
Enderlein.

A comparison of this species which proves to be the type of
the genus, P. erlangiana, with the American Rhopalosoma
enables me to indicate the relation between these two genera
and to Morley’s Rhopalosoma abnorme from India which very
evidently represents another genus. It thus appears that this
aberrant family includes three genera, each characteristic of a
different zoological region, one from America, another from
Africa and a third from India.

Paniscomima erlangeriana Enderlein

Zool. Anz., vol. 27, p. 465 (1904)

There is a single male from Widenham, Natal, December
14, 1914 (A. L. Bevis)

Enderlein based his genus Paniscomima on a single female
from Somaliland and all of the characters which he gives to
separate it from Rhopalosoma are not valid since he was obliged
to rely on Westwood’s description and figures. I find on a
careful comparison of the present African specimen with speci-
mens of Rhopalosoma pceyi Cress, collected in Haiti by Dr. Wm.
M. Mann that several of Enderlein’s differential characters ( loc .
cit.) do not really exist since the labial palpi, parapsidal furrows,
tibial spurs and obsolete second recurrent nervure are essentially
similar in the two. However as set forth in the following key,
there are several differences which seem to be of sufficient weight
to retain Paniscomima.

A comparison of Morley’s description of the Indian Rhopalo-
soma abnorme (Trans. London Entom. Soc. 1910, p. 386) shows;
that it is undoubtedly entitled to generic rank. The strongly

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Ins-
titution Harvard University, No. 256.

1926]

Hymenopterous Family Rhopavosomatidce

antefurcal nervulus is a very unusual character (shown clearly
in Morley’s figure also) and the absence of the strigil on the hind
legs of the male is peculiar to the Indian form. The abdomen is
described as subsessile with the first segment only twice (cf)
or three times $ ; as long as broad at apex, a condition quite
different from that in the American or African forms. In the
latter character, however, the description and figure do not agree,
but as the petiole is very carefully described, it seems probable
that the figure is somewhat out of proportion. Morley overlooked
Paniscomima and hence makes no comparison between it and
his own species. These two are more closely similar in possessing
simple claws, but the form of the abdomen, strigil and venation
serve easily to distinguish them.

As stated elsewhere (Psyche, vol. 29, p. 107, 1922) I am
unable to agree with Turner and Waterston who have placed
Olixon Cameron in the Rhopalosomatidse.

Key to the Genera of Rhopalosomatidce.

1. Abdomen subsessile, the first segment two or three times as

long as broad at apex; tarsal claws of female simple, not
toothed beneath; spurs of hind tibiae of male of equal
length, their tarsi without strigil; nervulus strongly ante-
furcal. Type: Rhopalosoma abnorme Cameron

Hymenochimcera gen. nov.
Abdomen petiolate, the first segment four to six times as
long as broad at apex; inner spur of hind tibiae of female
much longer than the outer, their tarsi with a well de-
veloped strigil ; nervulus strongly postfurcal 2 .

2. Nervulus oblique, nearer to the basal vein than to the upper

angle of the second discoidal cell ; radial cell in hind wing
truncate at base, the first section of the radiu sperpendicular

to the costa Paniscomima Enderlein

Nervulus not nearer to the basal vein than to the upper
angle of the second discoidal cell; radial cell in hind wing
obliquely rounded at base, the first section of the radius
curved below toward the apex of the- wing

Rhopalosoma Cresson

Psyche

[February

THE DISTRIBUTION OF MUSCINA PASCUORUM
MEIGEN IN AMERICA.

By Charles W. Johnson,

Boston Society of Natural History.

The last report on the distribution of this fly in North
America was for 1923 (Psyche, vol. 31, p. 17, Feb. 1924).

During 1924 the fly was apparently quite scarce in the
vicinity of Boston and no additional records bearing on its dis-
tribution were received. Mr. R. C. Shannon however reported
one specimen (?) from Plummers Island, Md., Nov. 11, 1923
(Ent. News, vol. 35, p. 104, March 1924) and common in cupolas
(all females) at South Poland, Maine, May 1924 (Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., vol. 26, p. 146, May 1924).

During the fall of 1925 after the rains in September it again
appeared in eastern Massachusetts and I began to receive reports
of its entering houses in considerable numbers. During the first
week in October a few appeared each day on the windows at the
museum and at my home in Brookline. Mr. N. P. Woodward
sent me specimens from Worcester, Mr. D. S. Lacroix reported it
common at the State Cranberry Station, East Wareham. Mrs.
Hathaway sent me specimens on October 10 from East Bridge-
water. Dr. Francis Harper collected a number at Natick, Oc-
tober 16. Mr. W. L. Maxcy sent me a number from Still River,
October 20 and Mr. F. W. Walker found it common in a cottage
at Middleton, Nov. 15. My friend, the late Lewis B. Woodruff
wrote me Oct. 19 that it was plentiful on his windows at Litch-
field, Conn. Mr. N. K. Bigelow informs me that it is now com-
mon in parts of Ontario and sent me specimens collected at Port
Hope, Sept. 5, 1925.

Dr. A. H. Sturtevant in a letter dated October 17, 1925 says-
“I have just noticed that your friend Muscina pascuorum is now
common on the windows here. I have never seen it in New
York [City] before,* but cannot guarantee that it has not been fairly
common before since I do not check up carefully on Calypterse.”

19261

Muscina pascuorum M eigen in America

Later he writes — “I found Muscina pascuorum in an attic at Morris-
town,N. J. , Oct. 19, 1925, 1 have seen no males, but two females from
New York and one from Morristown, that I dissected, all had
active sperm in their receptacles. Evident^ the females mate
before they come indoors to hibernate.”

The distribution of this species is probably much greater
than has been recorded. It is readily overlooked as many of the
species of Muscidae are similar in appearance and have the same
habit of entering houses as the weather becomes cool in the fall.
Its life history in America is still unknown.

Psyche

[February

RECENT WORK BY GABRITSCHEVSKY ON THE IN-
HERITANCE OF COLOR VARIETIES IN VOLUCELLA
BOM BY LANS.1

By Clyde E. Keeler.

The large syrphid flies of the genus Volucella have long been
in taxonomic confusion due to their great variation in Color.
In Europe there are several forms which closely resemble certain
species of bumble-bees and as the flies are parasitic in the nests
of these bees, the color varieties have taken on considerable sig-
nificance on account of their apparent mimetic resemblance to
the specific bees on which they are parasitic.

Recently Gabritschevsky2 has reported on a number of
crosses between three varieties and has shown that they bear a
Mendelian relation to one another something like that found by
De Meijere3 to exist between the forms of polymorphic Papilio
memnon in Java.

While I do not share the belief that a Mendelian analysis
eliminates the problems of mimicry and protective resemblance,
by causing them to disappear, I do maintain that proof of such
an hereditary status sheds much light in the proper direction of
a solution and suggests a possible mode of attack upon allied
problems in these fields.

As early as 1901 a mating pair of Volucella bombylans var.
bombylans and Volucella bombylans var. plumata was reported by
Verrall.4 It is quite probable that there is free interbreeding
between these as well as other color varieties of this species.

Gabritschevsky has worked with a very difficult material
and has obtained results of great merit. However, he has hardly

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Insti-
tution, Harvard University, no. 259.

2Gabritschevsky, E. Farbenpolymorphismus und Vererbung mimetischer
Varietaten der Fliege Volucella bombylans und auderer “hummelahnlicher”
Zweifliigler. Zeitschr. f. indukt. Abstamm. u. Vererbungslehre, Vo. 32, 1924,
pp. 321-353.

3Meijere, J. C. H. de, Uber Jacobsons Ziichtungsversuche beziiglich des
Polymorphismus von Papilio memnon L. $ und uber die Vererbung sekunda-
rer Geschlechtsmerkmale. Zeitschr. f. indukt. Abstamm. u. Vererbungslehre,

4Verrall, British Flies, Vo. 8, p. 485. London, 1901.

1926] Inheritance of Color Varieties in V olucella bombylans 23

done justice to himself or his material, for although he tabulates
the data and shows that they may all fit a simple Mendelian
scheme, yet he does not attempt to show the snugness of this fit.
This I have tried to do, for one is not content with knowing that
an hereditary formula may be applied successfully, but desires as
well to know the probability of its being the most exact inter-
pretation possible for the given facts. It is when too many
multiple factors, lethals, normal overlaps, distorted chromosomes
and the like must be resorted to to elucidate materials of great
complexity and difficult handling, that many workers take leave
of this form of analysis.

The data under consideration show results of matings be-
tween the three varietal forms, bombylans, hcemorrhoidalis and
plumata. There are eighteen matings in which both parents are
known and twelve in which the mother only was observed. Ac-
cording to the Mendelian scheme as given by Gabritschevsky
there are twenty-one different genetic types of matings possible.

Among the forms considered there are two pairs of alter-
natives. Either the thorax and base of abdomen are black or
■they are yellow with a rusty red tinge on the central portion of
the mesonotum. The fourth abdominal segment is either rusty
red or white.

The black thorax and red abdomen are characteristic of
bombylans. The yellow thorax and red abdomen distinguish
hcemorrhoidalis from plumata which bears the yellow thorax and
white abdomen.

The fourth possible combination, that of a black thorax and
white abdomen does not appear in nature. This may be taken
to mean that the presence of a black thorax tinges the abdomen
regardless of those factors affecting it specifically. True it is that
there is variation in intensity of the rusty red abdominal color in
bombylans. Such a condition would give us reasons for at least
three such variations according to whether the specific color
factors which the animal contained were homozygous for red,
for white or heterozygous for both.

In Kurst Stad (Russia) the three color varieties are distri-
buted in the proportion of 50% b; 20% h; 30% p. If we as-

Psyche

[February

sume distribution and equal interbreeding of all the genetic
types (given in Gabritschevsky’s Table II) we may expect
animals appearing in the proportion of the three types shown in
the table. If we convert the tabular figures into percentages we
find that they give us an expectation of about 53% b; 14% h;
33% p. However, these ratios will shift from year to year in
nature and instead of having equal numbers of six genetic types
the second year to breed from there will be six types in the
ratios (6 + 17 + 17) bombylans, 7 hcemorrhoidalis, 16 + 6 plumata ,
causing the gradual piling up of the heterozygous classes.

The percentages for the region near Moskow are also given.
It is marked by a dearth of the dominant bombylans. These are
20% bombylans, 30% hcemorrhoidalis, 50% plumata. A shift
caused by interbreeding could not take care of these ratios.
True it is that the presence of even 20% bombylans will distort
the relative appearance of hcemorrhoidalis and plumata types. If,
however, we neglect this and compute the percentages for the
two varieties of yellow thoraxed flies observed, we find that
about 62.5% of them were p. and 37.5 were hcemorrhoidalis.
When we consult the table mentioned above and classify the'
animals resulting from yellow thoraxed parents we find that we
should expect 70% plumata and 29 . 1% hcemorrhoidalis.

The above is entirely a theoretical consideration. Actual
numbers are not given in the text. Percentages for these two
places only are given. It is unknown whether or not these per-
centages were based on fair samples of the population.

I prefer to use Mendel’s type of formulae for simplicity’s sake.

Let Y = black thorax

y = lack of black thorax=yellow thorax
W = white abdomen

w = lack of White abdomen=red abdomen
Then a bombylans may be:

YYww

YYWW

Yyww

possibly YYWw

YyWW

YyWw

1926] Inheritance of Color Varieties in V olucella bombylans

A plumata is :

yyWw

yyWW

A hcemorrhoidalis is:

yywuo

Bombylans and plumata may or may not breed true, but hcemorr-
hoidalis alway& does.

The simplest explanation is that the combinations of thorax
and abdomen are closely linked or that the three color phases
are allelomorphic.

If we classify the recorded matings by the types or classes of
offspring produced we find that the results fall readily into one
or more of the twenty-one theoretical combinations.

There is a single exceptional individual. It is in the case of
a hcemorrhoidalis male appearing in what should be a plumata
group onlvy. It may be an individual variation resmbling hcemorr-
hoidalis or a case of mutation. Non-disjunction and contamina-
tion might account for its appearance. It might be a badly dis-
torted ratio, for one possible mating could produce these in the
proportion of 3:1. In a number of instances only a single type
of mating can account for the results obtained. In others several
combinations could have produced the observed classes in the
same proportions. It is impossible to distinguish between homo-
zygous and heterozygous dominants in either parents or offspring
unless a very detailed genetic study could be successfully carried
out.

If we consider that those matings which produced like
results in the Fi were identical, although in a few cases there is a
chance to the contrary, we may combine these data. We may
then calculate the expectancy under such conditions. The cal-
culated sizes of the classes expected may then be compared with
the numbers of individuals in each class actually obtained.

Upon comparing the expected values with the numbers ob-
served, it is evident that there is a much better agreement than
could possibly be found due to chance alone.

Let us now examine these results as I have analysed them
by the statistical method.

26 Psyche [February

TABLE I.

Matings

Combined

Probable
type of
Mating

Expected

Found

Deviation
divided by
probable
Error

Probable occur-
ence of such de-
viations due to
chance alone
during 100 repe-
titions of the
same experiment,
other things being
equal.

1, 2, 3, 4

3, 11, 12,
15, 17, 18

83.5:27.5

82:29

0.4

1, 7, 8

17 5:17.5

19:16

0.7

6, 7, 8

* 2

34.5:11 .5

36:10

0.7

10, 11

16:0

0.0

17:17

11:23

3.0

4.3

9, 13, 14

25.5:25.5

25:26

0.004

16:0

0.0

16? 17? 18?

19, 23, 24

46:46

52:40

1 .8

22.47

20, 21, 25,
26, 27, 28

6, 20, 21

47:0

46:1

cannot be
calculated

22, 29, 30

46:46

0.0

In this analysis I have accounted for some 540 individuals
resulting from 27 matings. I have omitted three matings (Nos.
16, 17 and 18) in which we cannot be sure what the parents were
genetically and in which we cannot recognize the ratios definitely.

The results from a mathematical standpoint are close ap-
proximations of those expected. The highest deviation from the
expected for any group is barely three times the probable error.
This, from a statistical point of view, is probably insignificant.
The same deviation would be expected under normal conditions
of chance 4.3 times in 100 repetitions of the same experiment,
other things being equal.

1926]

Book Review

It is to be desired that a test of this kind be applied to the
American relatives of these flies, for it is quite probable that
their differences may have a similar hereditary basis.

Conclusion.

The results obtained by Gabritschevsky in studying the
relationships between Volucella bombylans, var. bombylans, V. b.
plumata and V. B. hcemorrhoidalis agree very closely with ratios
expected upon a mendelian interpretation, a condition hardly to
be predicted from an undetailed perusal of the genetical data as
presented by this experimentor.

Book Review.

Manual of Injurious Insects, By Glenn W. Herrick. Henry
Holt & Co., New York City, 1925. $4 . 50.

This is a book of 489 pages including its index, with 458
text-figures. It deals mainly with the more abundant North
American insects that affect agricultural crops although there are
short chapters dealing with the parasites of poultry and livestock
and a few words on the relation of insects to human and animal
diseases. It includes also a rather elaborate consideration of
insecticides and the machinery for applying them. Forest insects
are entirely omitted.

The several pests are dealt with seriatim , classified according
to the crops upon which they feed. For each species there are
paragraphs entitled “ Description: Injury; Life history, and
Control measures,” together with a figure of the insect or its
work and a list of such useful practical literature as has been
published by the Federal government and the various state
agricultural experiment stations. Less common pests are listed
by their common and scientific names with references to economic
literature.

Professor Herrick’s book forms a useful compendium and
with its abundant references will also furnish a key to the lit-
erature for those who wish to learn more concerning certain
species.

Psyche

[February

Due to the present unrest in nomenclature many unfamiliar
generic and specific names appear in the text. Unfortunately
some of these changes have been so rapid that the gender of the
generic names has not even been noticed and we see such bar-
barisms as Eriosoma lanigera, Eccoptog aster rugulosus , etc. Al-
though great attention seems to have been given to the use of
most “up to date” names, the brown-tail moth still appears as
Euproctis chrysorrhcea, which well illustrates the difficulty ex-
perienced by all who attempt to keep up with the gyrations of
the research worker in nomenclature!

C. T. Brues.

Exchange Notice.

Wanted. American Lepidoptera, especially moths, in-
cluding Sesia and the Microlepidoptera. European Lepidoptera
offered in exchange. Dr. A. Schmidt, Ungarisches National
Museum, Budapest 80, Hungary.

PIN-LABELS IN MULTIPLES OF 1000, ALIKE

ONE DOLLAR PER THOUSAND

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 3 cents each, in total and per line, per
1000. Trimmed so one cut makes a label.

C. V. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Schmitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-l®2 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXIII APRIL 1926 No. 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Social Habits of some Canary Island Spiders. W. M. Wheeler 29

The European Subgenus Actedium (Bembidion) in North America. P.J.

Darlington , Jr. 32

A New Genus of Chalcidoid Hymenoptera (Callimomidae). T. D. A.

Cockerell 36

Wing Veins of Bees as Strengthening Elements. Charles Robertson . 39

Descriptions of a Few American Diptera. Nathan Banks 42

New Species of North American Dolichopodidae. M. C. Van Duzee 45

Two Vagrant Grasshoppers and a Moth. A. P. Morse 53

Undescribed Species of Dicranoptycha from Eastern North America

(Tipulidae) (Diptera). C. P. Alexander 54

Spiders Eating Snakes. J. H. Emerton .60

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1926

President .

. Mr. W. L. W. Field

Vice-President

Mr. O. E. Plath

Secretary .

Prof. J. Bequaert

Treasurer

Mr. F. H. Walker

}

Mr. C. A. Frost

Excutive Committee

\ . . . Mr. F. M. Carpenter

1 . . Mr. P. J. Darlington, Jr.

Editor of Psyche

Prof. C. T. Brues

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T.

Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson,

Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. M eland er,

A. P. Morse,

College of the

Peabody Museum,

City of New York, Salem, Mass.

J. H. Emerton,

J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass.

Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,
Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February. April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, foreign postage, 25 cents extra, Canada 15 cents, Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be .addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and ocher editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Foresc Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXIII. APRIL 1926 No. 2

SOCIAL HABITS OF SOME CANARY ISLAND SPIDERS
By William Morton Wheeler.

Bussey Institution, Harvard University

During the summer of 1925, while I was visiting the Canary
Islands with my friend, Dr. David Fairchild, as a guest of Mr.
Allison Y. Armour on his yacht, the “Utowana,” my attention
was attracted by the peculiar gregarious or social behavior of
two species of spiders, Cyrtophora citricola Forskal and Argyrodes
argyrodes Walker. The former was described and figured from
the Canary Islands by Lucas as early as 1843 under the name of
Epeira cacti-opuntice1 . Simon2 showed that this spider is the same
as Cyrtophora opuntice Dufour, but in his later work3 he adopts
for it an earlier name, Cyrtophora citricola Forskal. He cites it
as occurring in Corsica, Provence, Spain, Algeria, Sicily, Syria
and the Island of Reunion “on cactus, aloes and more rarely on
lentiscus.” He also gives a brief but accurate account of its
web and egg-cocoons, but says nothing about its social proclivi-
ties. In the former of the works cited (Vol. V, 1881 p. 16) Simon
also mentions Argyrodes argyrodes as living “like a parasite on
the web of Cyrtophora opuntice , more rarely on the web of Epeira
adianta , Argiope lobata and Holocnemus rivulatus,” and as in-
habiting Corsica, Spain, Algeria, Sicily, St. Helena, Madagascar,
etc.

Lucas merely records C. citricola from the Canary Islands,
without mentioning particular localities. I saw both it and the
Argyrodes on three of the islands, namely Teneriffe, Palma and
Gran Canaria, but failed to find either of them on Lanzarote.

rIn Barker-Webb and Sabin Berthelot: Histoire Naturelle des Isles Can-
aries ,1836-1844, p. 40 PI. 6, Figs. 7, 7a.

2Les Arachnides de Frances I, 1874, p. 34.

3Histoire Naturelle des Araignees, 2nd edit. II, 1892-1895. p. 771.

Psyche

[April

The communal webs of the Cyrtophora are built over bushes or
trees and often cover a considerable area. On Teneriffe I found
a colony enveloping a long Pelargonium hedge in the garden of
the Hotel Martianez at Puerto Orotava, and in front of the same
hotel a huge web rising from the summit of a Lonicera hedge to
the telegraph wires several feet above it. At Villa Orotava, in
what was formerly the garden of the distinguished botanist
Wilpret, there was a fine web about twelve feet high and four
feet broad spread over the foliage of a cedar tree. On the island
of Palma smaller webs were seen on the way-side Opuntia cacti
near San Andres and Sauce. On Gran Canaria they were common
in the banana plantations and on cacti at Telde, and on a beau-
tiful myrtle hedge in the finca of Don Salvador Manriquez de
Lara at Tafira. But the most extensive web was seen on this
island near Puerto de la Luz. It completely enveloped a dense
hedge of Opuntia fully one hundred feet long and six to eight
feet wide. I estimated its area at somewhat more than 1000
square feet.

In all these cases the web was the joint work of dozens or,
in the last instance mentioned, of thousands of Cyrotphoras.
It consists of two parts, a very irregular structure or frame-
work of long, coarse, yellow and somewhat glutinous threads,
running in all directions and attached to the plants, and a
variable number of suborbicular, horizontal webs, suspended
side by side or one above the other in the frame work. These
webs are three to eight inches in diameter and made of very even
square meshes, of the size of those of mosquito netting, but
consisting of exceedingly delicate, whitish silk. The Cyrphoras
rest on the lower, convex surfaces of these webs. Individuals of
all ages live together amicably and seem to feed in common on
the prey that is caught in the webs, but the adult females, (15
mm. long) which are gray, with large, paired, silver spots on the
dorsal surface of the abdomen, are usually few in number. The
egg-cocoons are elliptical, about 15 to 20 mm. long, made of
dense, coarse, gray-green silk, and are suspended vertically in or
near the center of the whole structure. They vary from one to
five in number and are attached to one another in a series, so
that they resemble a string of minute sausages. The mother

1926]

Social Habits of Some Canary Island Spiders

spider is usually found resting at the end of the lowermost
cocoon.

The Argyrodes, which are black, with pale legs and extensive
silver spots on the abdomen and are very much smaller than the
adult Cyrtophoras (adult female only 4 . 5 mm. ; adult male 3 . 5
mm.), were also present in all the webs which I examined. They
seem to make no webs of their own but live in the coarse frame-
work of the structure spun by the larger species. Like the latter,
they are present in considerable numbers, of all sizes and of both
sexes. They were seen feeding on midges and other small insects
caught in the coarse yellow strands. When disturbed they
quickly drop to the ground by letting out a thin silken filament,
but the Cyrtophoras run off to the side and hide in the foliage of
the plant supporting the web. The egg-cocoons of the Argy-
rodes resemble certain seed-capsules and are of the peculiar
type seen in other species of the genus, being small subspherical
or pear-shaped, yellowish brown, papery- walled structures.
One pole of the capsule is prolonged into a stiff stem, or pedicel
by which the capsule is suspended from the threads of the web
and at the opposite pole there is a small circular, protruding rim.

The habits of Cyrtophora citricola and Argyrodes argyrodes
thus resemble those of Nephilla plumipes and Argyrodes nephiilve ,
which Mr. Nathan Banks and I observed in Panama. In a vol-
ume soon to be published4 I have described the behavior of these
spiders and have cited the observations of others on similar
gregarious or social habits in the species of Uloborus, Anelosimus,
Epeira, Stegodyphus, Coenothele, etc. in various parts of the
world.

4Les Societes d’lnsectes, Doin, Paris 1926.

Psyche

[April

THE EUROPEAN SUBGENUS ACTEDIUM (BEMBIDION)
IN NORTH AMERICA.1

By P. J. Darlington, Jr.

In a box of Albertan Bembidion recently received for deter-
mination from Mr. F. S. Carr, the writer found two specimens of
an apparently undescribed species belonging to the subgenus
Actedium Mots., a group not heretofore recorded from this con-
tinent. Actedium, which was erected in 1864 (8) for two Euro-
pean species, was defined as follows: elytra subquadrate (presque
carre); the striae distinctly punctured, effaced toward the apex,
not deeply impressed, the 7th visible, the third with two small
foveae; head and thorax punctate, the latter cordate with the
basal impressions feeble. It may be added that the eyes are
prominent, the humeri indistinctly angulate, the 8th stria close
to the margin, and the mentum tooth entire and triangular.
The two original species of the subgenus, together with a third
described from Europe in 1870 (6) and the one described below,
form a homogeneous group, the habitus being like that of a very
stout Lachnophorus.

In comparing Actedium to our other groups of Bembidion ,
it seems best to mention the closely related European subgenus
Princidium Mots. This was described in the same paper as Ac-
tedium, and was separated from it chiefly by having the form
narrower and the elytral striae entire. The two subgenera to-
gether are equivalent to the third group of Jacquelin-Duval’s
monograph, “De Bembidiis Europseis” (7).

It may be noted at this point that the several American
species included in Princidium by Motschulsky, notably those
now listed as dilatatum Lee., honestum Say, and concolor Kby.,
have all been referred to Peryphus Steph. by Casey (1). Of the
two European species placed in Princidium, only one, punctula-
tum Drap., can be retained. The other, ruficolle Gyll., has a very
different habitus and has the elytral foveae on the third interval.
Since no genotype has been assigned for Princidium thus far,

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institu-
tion. Harvard University, No. 262.

1926] European Subgenus Actedium in North America

the writer here designates Bembidion punctulatum Drap. as the
genotype of that subgenus.

It may also be noted that the species of Jacquelin-Duvars
groups four and five, which were associated with group three in
his monograph because of the punctuation of the head, all have
the elytral fovese on the third interval, a character noted but
not much valued by that author. Since the form described in
this paper combines the habitus of Actedium with an elytral
striation nearly as complete as in Princidium, the two subgenera
may have to be united under the latter name, which has priority
by a page.

The species of Actedium, and that of Princidium as restricted
above, differ from all hitherto described American species of
Bembidion by having the depressions in the posterior angles of
the prothorax entirely obsolete, and by having distinct non-
setigerous punctures on the head and the sides of the pronotum.
A partial exception is found in B. scopulinum Kby., in which there
is a tendency toward rugosity on the floor of the frontal sulci,
and of which a considerable percentage of specimens have a few
scattered punctures on the front. In B. Icevigatum Say there are
a few irregular frontal punctures, but these are setigerous and
are not comparable. Several species of the ustulatum group have
the base of the thorax, and more rarely an area near the apex,
rugose; and this, too, is best developed in scopulinum. The sides
of the thorax, however, are quite impunctate even in this species.

Except for its subdilated hind body and the unique charac-
ters noted above, Actedium is inseparable from Peryphus as the
latter is employed by Casey (1); and it seems most closely re-
lated to that part of Peryphus containing the more convex
species of Hayward’s (4) ustulatum group. Princidium, which
combines the habitus of a convex Peryphus with the technical
characters of Actedium, brings those two subgenera even closer
together. The gap remaining, however, seems too great, par-
ticularly as regards the structure of the posterior angles of the
prothorax, to allow Actedium and Peryphus to be united at
present. The two subgenera should, of course, be associated
on our lists.

Before proceeding to the description, the writer must ac-

Psyche

[April

knowledge his indebtedness to the authorities of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology at Cambridge for the opportunity of
examining specimens of all the European species mentioned in
this paper, and of referring to the invaluable collections of Leconte
and Hayward.

The following species, as already indicated, seems completely
congeneric with the European Bembidion (Actedium) kusteri
Schaum and B. (Act.) pallidipenne Illig.

Bembidion (Actedium) lachmophoroides n. sp.

Convex, posterior parts robust; head and thorax viridiaeneus; elytra
smoky-yellow, with apex and a slightly post-median transverse fascia blackish,
the latter slanting slightly forward from the suture. Head as wide as thorax
at widest part, strongly alutaceous, rather sparsely punctured with very dis-
tinct punctures; frontal striae broad, shallow, and parallel, the floor longi-
tudinally rugose; antennae stout, piceus with the basal joint paler, interme-
diate joints about twice as long as wide. Prothorax scarcely wider than an
elytron, about one eighth wider than long, subcordate, narrower at base than
apex, strongly alutaceous; median line well impressed, transverse impressions
indistinct; disk impunctate at middle, slightly wrinkled transversely; sides
with sparse, large punctures; base and apex strongly and longitudinally
rugose; lateral margins narrow; hind angles not striate, slightly obtuse but
not rounded, not prominent; basal impressions entirely obsolete except for
the slightly broadened margin where the tactile seta arises. Elytra, alutaceous,
together one half longer than wide, sides straight and subparallel in median
third; humeri not prominent; striae moderately impressed, modertely punc-
tured on basal two thirds; first, second, and seventh distinct at apex, others
slightly abbreviated; seventh slightly less impressed on disk than sixth; third
with two moderate foveae. Head and thorax piceous or reddish beneath;
abdomen entirely flavo-testaceous ; Legs entirely pale. Length (cT 9) 4.25
mm. Width (cf 9) 1.8-1. 9 mm.

This species is most closely related to B. kusteri Schaum of
Europe, but is distinct by the more complete elytral striation,
the dark antennae, the posterior rather than anterior elytral
markings, and the pale abdomen. The last character, however,
may be due to the immaturity of the types.

Both the c? holytope and 9 allotype were collected by Mr.
F. S. Carr at Medicine Hat, Alberta, Sept. 8, 1923. By arran-
gement with Mr. Carr the holotype will be deposited in the
Canadian National Museum; the allotype is in my own col-
lection.

The occurence of European groups, or even species, in North
America is a common phenomenon of which Actedium is only
an additional example (2, 3). The subgenus should be looked for

1926] European Subgenus Actedium in North America

in the gulf of St. Lawrence region and in Alaska, though it had
not been recorded from Siberia up to 1896 (5).

The following papers have been referred to, by number, in
the preceding pages:

1. Casey, T. L. — Bembidiinse; Memoirs on Coleoptera, VIII,

Lancaster, 1918, p. 46-85, for Peryphus.

2. Champion, G. C. — List of Coleoptera common to Britain

and North America; Ent. Month. Mag., ser. 2, VI,
1895, p. 150-155.

3. Hamilton, John — Catalogue of Coleoptera common to North

America and northern Europe and Asia; Trans.
American Ent. Soc., XXI, 1894, p. 345-416.

4. Hayward, Roland — On the species of Bembidion of America

north of Mexico; Trans. American Ent. Soc. XXIV,
1897, p. 32-143.

5. Hey den, Lucus von — Catalog der Coleopteren von

Siberien; Deutche Ent. Zeits. (special no.), 1881;
N'achtrag I, 1893; Nachtrag II, 1896.

6. Hey den, Lucus von — Reise nach Spanien; Berlin, 1870, p.

63.

7. Jacquelin-Duval. Camille — De Bembidiis Europaeis; Ann.

soc. ent. France, ser. 2, IX, 1851, p. 441-576; 1852,
p. 101-236.

8. Motschulsky, T. Victor von — Enumeration des nouvelles

especes, IV; Bull. Moscou XXXVII, 3, 1864, p.
181 (Princidium) ; p. 182 {Actedium).

Psyche

[April

A NEW GENUS OF CHALCIDOID FIYMENOPTERA
(CALLXMOMXDiE)

Bt T. D. A. Cockerell,

University of Colorado.

Mr. Charles H. Hicks has for many months been studying
the insects breeding in dead herbaceous stems. He finds that
these will emerge in great numbers during the winter, in the
warmth of the laboratory, and as a result he has obtained a
a wonderful series of bees and other insects, some new, others
permitting the association of sexes, and many connecting para-
sites with hosts. On Feb. 3, 1926, he bred the insect described
below from a stem collected at Boulder, Colorado. It has since
been determined to be parasitic on a bee of the genus Stelis.

Megormyrus new genus

Female. Elongate, parallel-sided, highly metallic, minutely
sculptured, the head and thorax with only very short and thin
pale hair; head transverse, broader than long, with large pro-
minent eyes, which are finely, not densely, hairy; front minutely
cancellate, transversely striatulate above the antennse; ocelli
large, in a triangle, lateral ocelli about as far from eyes as dia-
meter of an ocellus; cheeks flattened, not at all bulging behind
eyes; last joint of maxillary palpi very long; clypeus with some
relatively large punctures near margin; mandibles broad, not
metallic, the outer surface striate and with a few oval punctures;
antennse placed low down on face, 12-jointed, no ring-joint dis-
cernible; flagellum thickly minutely hairy, middle joints longer
than broad; terminal cancellate; no parapsidal grooves; hind
coxae extremely large, with a minute reticulate sculpture; femora
robust, but not greatly swollen; curved spur of anterior tibia
much shorter than basitarsus; tarsi five-jointed, ordinary;
wings well developed, hyaline, with a large circular dusky cloud
below end of submarginal vein, and a couple of dusky streaks on
lower margin at about the same distance from base; marginal

1925] A New Genus of Chalcidoid Hymenoptera 37

vein about half as long as submarginal; postmarginal about or
almost as long as marginal; stigmal moderate, clavate, with an
upper lateral pointed projection; abdomen broad, with five ter-
gites visible before the pointed hairy apex; fourth nearly as long
as first three together, second much shorter than first or third ;
sculpture minutely cancellate or reticulate, produciug a dullish
surface, but first segment highly polished; hind margins of sec-
ond and third segments shining; no rows of strong punctures;
no trace of a dorsal carina; venter convex, polished, with deep
median groove for ovipostor, which is only very slightly exsert-
ed at apex.

Megormyrus amabilis n. sp.

Female. Length about 7 mm.; head in front obscure dull
green, cheeks shining green; scape chestnut red, flagellum black,
suffused with red about middle; thorax dorsally dull obscure
greenish, but pronotum somewhat shining posteriorly, post-
scutellum brilliant purple, metathorax green with rosy patches,
sides more brassy; hind coxae shining green, with a brassy luster;
legs (except the green coxae) bright chestnut red; first abdominal
segment highly polished, shining beautiful coppery red, second
and third obscurely green, fourth very dark blue, fifth dark blue;
venter shining. Stigmal vein 255 microns long; postmarginal
about 800, from its end to, wing tip about 640. Compared with
Ormyrodes Brues, it differs by not being coarsely punctured, nor
the abdomen excessively elongate; also by the lack of a dorsal
keel on abdomen and shorter marginal vein. From Monohceus
Forster it differs by the sculpture of the abdomen, hairy eyes,
and general appearance. In Ashmead’s table it appears to fall
closest to Monobceus, but it is certainly not congeneric with M.
hegeli Girault, described from Michigan. I have not access to
the descriptions of Forster’s two species, but as Mayr referred
them to Ormyrus, they are evidently quite different from the
insect now described. In the Colorado fauna, this actually
seems closest to the remarkable Ormyrodes petref actus Brues,
fossil in the Miocene of Florissant. May we suppose that for-
merly this group of insects was more abundant, surviving today

Psyche

[April

in a few isolated and peculiar types, and the widespread and
more prolific genus Ormyrus ? Ormyrus, mainly parasitic in cyni-
pid galls1 has about 45 species; Monobceus has three, Tribceus one.
Ormyrodes was based on a species from South Africa; the very
similar fossil 0. petrefactus , from Florissant, is probably not
truly congeneric.

JNot invariably, O. sculptilis Crosby being from Asphondylia and Agro-
myza.

1925] Wing Veins of Bees as Strengthening Elements

WING VEINS OF BEES AS STRENGTHENING
ELEMENTS.

Charles Robertson,

Carlinville, Illinois.

Lutz (1, 182-3) says that if the wing- veins of bees have a
function it is probably to strengthen the wing. “However, the
'stingless honey-bees’ of the tropics are fairly strong fliers, carry
through the air heavy loads of pollen and other material, and are
a very successful group, judging by their numbers and their
wide distribution, but their wing-venation is so reduced that
only a few moderately well-developed cells remain. It would
seem from this that the need of an elaborate network of veins to
strengthen the wings of bees is not very great, if, indeed, there
be such a need.” This seems to me an argument from an ex-
ceptional case.

The reduction of veins is associated with the importance
of the veins as strengthening elements. In 2, 236, the reduction
is stated to be associated with small size.

Families of small bees. — The submarginal cells are reduced
to two in Panurgidse, Dufoureidse, Macropididse, Prosopididae,
Pasitidse and Megachilidae. The Megachilidae contain some
middle-sized bees, but none equaling the largest of the 3-celled
species. The typical forms are small, like Prochelo stoma, the
larger ones being developed from these and retaining the same
two cells.

Obliteration or reduction to stumps tn anamalous cases.

The second cubital cell. — This is usually the shortest and the
transverse cubital veins 1 and 2 are so approximated that, on
the presumption of strength, one of them can be dispensed with.
Of 289 cases, one of these veins is obliterated in 286 while the 3d
transverse cubital is obliterated in only 3. In Perdita obscurata
the 2nd cubital cell is small and petiolate, indicating that in or-
dinary Perditinse the two cells are the 1st and 3rd. In one spe-
cimen of Pseudopanurgus compositarum transverse cubital vein

Psyche

[April

2 is represented by a stump so close to the 1st that it would
coalesce with it if produced upward. In a specimen of Phor
integer this cell is petiolate. Of 130 specimens of Parandrena
andrenoides , which is regularly 2-celled, two show on one side a
narrow 2nd cubital cell closed at the top.

Long and short-tongued nest-makers. — Of 216 cases, a trans-
verse cubital vein is obliterated in 215 short-tongued and only
one long-tongued, showing that the reduction occurs in the small
wings where they are less important elements of strength.

Long and short-tongued inquilines. — While only one long-
tongued nest-maker has the veins reduced, 59 long-tongued in-
quilines have one of them obliterated. On the theory of strength,
this may be explained on the ground that strong wings are less
important to inquilines. Most inquilines are long-tongued. In
the short-tongued Sphecodini, I find 13 specimens with one vein
obliterated.

Transverse cubital 2 obliterated. — Since the first cubital cell
is the longest in all of the 226 cases observed, this vein is the one
which can be dispensed with without weakening. Usually ob-
literation of vein 2 leaves two cells of the same size. Vein 2 is
obliterated in 226 cases and 1 in only 60. The 226 cases are
Andrenidae 169, Halictidae (ex. Sphecodini) 33, Epeolidae 11,
Nomadidae 6, Sphecodini 3, Colletidae 3, Euceridae 1.

Transverse cubital 1 obliterated. — Except that it makes the
first cell a little larger, it can be dispensed with in second order.
It is wanting in 60 cases, while tr. cu. 2 is wanting in 226. The
60 cases are Nomadidae 40, Sphecodini 10, Halictidae (ex. Sphe-
codini) 7, Epeolidae 2, Andrenidae 1. The obliteration in Noma-
didae and Sphecodini is peculiar. This, I think, is the vein
wanting in Prosopis.

Other veins obliterated. — Transverse cubital 3 is obliterated
in 3 cases, 1st recurrent in 1 and 2nd recurrent in 1. Altogether
the transverse cubitals 1 and 2 are obliterated in 286 cases, while
more useful veins are wanting in 5.

Curiosities. — In Trachandrena claytonice and Dialonia anten-
narice tr. cu. 2 is wanting on 1 side, tr. cu. 1 on the other. In two
cases, Oxystoglossa confusa and Heminomada obliterata, both are

1925] Wing Veins of Bees as Strengthening Elements

wanting on one side. In another case, Holonomada placida,
they are wanting on both sides.

Veins increased. — In 3 cases the second cubital cell is divided
by a vein which appears as a continuation of the 1st recurrent.
In another case the upper part of the 3d cubital cell is separated
from the lower by a cross vein. So that veins are increased in 4
cases and obliterated in 291.

Enfeeblement of veins. — Instead of proving that the need of
strong veins is not great, the reduction in the stingless bees seems
to be so unusual as to require an explanation. Comparing with
related bees like Bomhus, Xylocopa and Eulema would establish
a presumption that the reduction is related to the smaller size.
The loss of strength comes from a fading out, instead of an ob-
literation, of the veins. In Curtisapis, the third cubital nervure
is enfeebled, while in almost all smaller Halictidse 2 and 3, and
the second recurrent, are weaker. In the small Perditella boltonice
the second recurrent vein is almost obsolete. Enfeeblement is
pretty regularly correlated with reduction in size.

I have seen bees unable to fly on account of the outer mar-
gins being broken. The strength of the nervures may determine
how long the wings can be used. Individuals of Meliponidae
may be short-lived. Inquilines have a shorter flight than their
hosts, make no nests and have less need for strong wings. They
are the almost exclusive long-tongued bees which show anoma-
lous reductions in the venation. In Australia the hive-bee is said
to be driving out the native honey-bee. The stronger wings of
Apis may have something to do with this.

Literature cited.

1. Lutz, F. E. 1924. Apparently non-selective characters and

combinations of characters. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 29:

181-232.

2. Robertson, C. 1910. Hosts of Strepsiptera. Can. Ent. 42:

323-30.

Psyche

[Apri 1

DESCRIPTIONS OF A FEW NEW AMERICAN DIPTERA
By Nathan Banks,

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Stratiomyia occidentis sp. nov.

Related to S. maculosa , the male having pilose eyes and a
black face. It differs from S. maculosa most prominently in
lacking oblique yellow marks on the fourth segment, and the
lateral marks are narrow, almost linear. The lateral appendages
of the male genitalia are very much broadened at tip, about
twice as broad as in middle, whereas those of S. maculosa are
scarcely broadened at tip. The hair on the eyes is much shorter
than that of maculosa and white (not yellowish). The hair on
face and thorax is also whiter than in maculosa ; the scutellum is
about half yellow, the marks on the fourth segment do not ap-
proach each other, the fifth segment shows but one spot, much
broadened behind; the venter is largely yellow, but black on
base or lateral parts of segments; femora black, rest of leg tawny.

Length 15 mm.

The type is from Stockton, Utah, June (Spaulding), two
other smaller males from Webber Lake, Calif., July (Osten
Sacken.)

Odontomyia tumida sp. nov.

In general similar to 0. arcuata in coloration and structure;
the head yellow, with black mark over ocelli, and a curved dark
mark each side in front from the eye, basal joint of antennae
pale; thorax rather more silvery pubescent above than in arcuata,
pleura and sternum yellow, latter black in middle, legs wholly
pale, the tarsi hardly darker near tip, scutellum yellow with
short yellow spines; abdomen yellow above with four black
bands, narrower than in arcuatus, and none of them reaching to
the margin. It is distinguished from arcuatus by the profile of
the face, which is fully twice as much swollen out beneath an-
tennae as in arcuatus , projecting forward the width of the eye;

1926]

Descriptions of a Few New American Diptera

from in front the lower corner of the eyes are as far apart as the
length of inner orbit (in arcuatus very much closer.)

Calobata kennicotti sp. nov.

Black, face and cheeks silvery, front tawny except the dark
triangle, not reaching as far forward as in C. pallipes, orbits
silvery, occiput black; thorax black, clothed with white pubes-
cence, especially prominent on pleura, on dorsum a bare shining
black stripe each side above base of wings; abdomen black above
and below, clothed above with prominent white hair, apical seg-
ment largely brown, genitalia pale; legs pale, mid and hind
tibiae beneath with dark mark at tip; wings hyaline, second
vein ending in costa nearer to tip than to hind cross vein.

Length 5 mm.

Hudson Bay Territory (Kennicott). Separated from C.
pallipes ( alesia ) by very different genitalia, as well as by marks
of thorax. I have not seen C. nasoni, but that species is said to
have on the genitalia a long filiform process; also to have a
process between hind coxae, and yellow humeri, and the markings
on the thorax do not agree, and the venter is pale.

Leria (Amoebaleria) helvola var. angustifrons var. nov.

The types (c?) of helvola have very hairy dorsum and the
anterior dorso-central bristles weak, and the front of head,
viewed from above is very much broader than long (inner eye-
margin). There is in the East another form in which the male
has much shorter hair on mesonotum (hardly longer than in
other species), the anterior dorso-centrals are much longer, and
the front of the head, viewed from above, is but little broader
than long (inner eye-margin). The specimens are rather smaller
than the typical form. Specimens come from Dead Run, Va.,
Black Mt., N. Car., Washington, D. C., Ithaca, N. Y. and N. Y.
(Osten Sacken).

Psyche

[April

Eutreta hespera sp. nov.

This is the western form that has passed as E. sparsa. It is
distinguished by the pellucid dots of the wing, larger, often con-
fluent, those on the posterior part much larger than in E. sparsa;
there are also pale spots in the costal area, and the costa before
the end of the first vein is marked several times with pale; no-
where do the spots tend to form in rows as in E. sparsa. The
wings are about as broad as in E. sparsa , and the clear apex of
about the same extent.

Length of forewing 5 . 5 mm.

From California Julien (Osten Sacken) and Compton (Cole),
and Colorado, Manitou.

Eutreta angusta. sp. nov.

Resembles E. sparsa, but with narrower body and more
slender wings; sides of the abdomen nearly parallel, last seg-
ment much longer than broad at base, and more tapering than
in E. sparsa. Wings about twice as long as broad; the spots
rather less scattered, but somewhat in rows, and a few in the
costal area, and the costa before end of auxiliary is partly pale,
the mark at end of the first vein is very small, the clear apical
margin is less extensive than in that species.

Length of fore wing 4.2 mm., width 2 mm.

From Texas (Lefv.) and one specimen marked “R” and var.?
by Loew.

These two species may be tabulated with E. sparsa as fol-
lows:

1. Costa before end of auxiliary vein not marked with pale or

but once E. sparsa

Costa marked several times before end of auxiliary vein. 2.

2. Wing about twice as long as broad E. angusta

Wing much broader E. hespera

Eutreta simplex Thomas differs from all of these in lacking
the black spots on the face.

1926] New Species of North American Dolichopodidce 45

NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN
DOLICHOPODIDJE

By M. C. Van Duzee,

Buffalo, N. Y.

Hydrophorus maciilipennis new species.

Male: Length 3.5 mm.; of wing 4 mm. Face wide, but
little narrowed above, upper portion green with only a little
pollen; lower part opaque with yellow pollen. Palpi black with
pale hairs. Front opaque with brown pollen. Antennae black,
third joint small, nearly round; arista whitish at tip. Cheeks
very narrow. Beard yellow, not very long or abundant, the
black orbital cilia decend to the middle of the eye.

Dorsum of thorax shining blackish with thin brown pollen,
which is more abundant on the sides and ends abruptly a little
below the pleural suture; pleurae bare, more greenish, the pollen
white, contrasting strongly with that above; acrostichal and
dorsocentral bristles very short, hair-like; propleurae with one
black bristle and some small, pale hairs above each fore coxa;
seutellum with two pair of marginal bristles. Abdomen green
with brown pollen above, white on the sides, the line between
being sharply defined; hairs of the abdomen very minute, black,
white only on lower edges of the sides. Hypopygium concealed,
with a pair of quite large, black lamellae projecting backward,
they have a few pale hairs on upper edge.

Fore coxae green, nearly bare, but with a few minute white
hairs and several short, black, hair-like bristles on outer edge
and one at tip; middle and hind coxae black with white pollen.
Femora and tibiae green, their hair mostly black. Fore femora
thickened, tapering to the tip, with one row of ten black spines
extending nearly their whole length on lower anterior edge, lower
surface with pale hairs. Fore tibiae with the usual row of spines
on lower surface extending their whole length. Middle and hind
femora with several bristles below, their tibiae with more numer-
ous bristles below, the former with six, the latter with three

Psyche

[April

bristles on anterior surface. Tarsi black with white pulvilli:
fifth joint of middle and hind tarsi very slightly widened. Joints
of fore tarsi as 29-14-11-7-10; of middle ones as 33-22-17-10-12;
those of posterior pair as 35-23-17-12-16. Calypters yellow with
white cilia. Halteres blackish with the stem partly yellow.

Wings grayish, tinged with brown in front of second vein;
a dark brown, nearly round spot on the cross-vein and on the
middle of last section of fourth vein, this section being nearly
straight; veins wholly black, not at all yellow at root of wing.

Described from one male taken at Newport, Oregon, June
8, 1925, by E. C. Van Dyke.

Type in the California Academy of Sciences.

Hydrophorus nigrinervis new species.

Male; Length 3 .2 mm.; of wing 4.2 mm. Face wide below,
narrowed above, wholly covered with white pollen. Palpi black
with black hair. Front opaque with brown pollen. Antennae
black, short, third joint nearly round in outline; arista thick
with a bristle-like tip, a little longer than the antenna. Beard
scanty, white; the black orbital cilia do not reach down to the
middle of the eye. One pair of post verticals. Cheeks extending
narrowly below the eyes.

Thorax and abdomen bright metallic green; pleurae and
sides of abdomen dulled with white pollen; propleurae with one
black bristle on each side above fore coxae; scutellum with two
pair of bristles; hair on the dorsum of the abdomen black. Hy-
popygium black with white pollen, its hair white ; its appendages
extending downward, as long as height of hypopygium with
several long, white hairs at tip.

Fore coxae green with white pollen and hair; no black bristles
at tip; middle and hind coxae black with white pollen. Femora
and tibiae green, their hair black; fore femora thickened on basal
portion, narrowed at tip, with two, closely approximated rows
of spines below, one of which extends their whole length; fore
tibiae with a row of short, erect spines on whole lower edge;
middle femora with a row of short bristles on lower posterior
edge of apical two thirds and three small ones on lower anterior

1926] New Species of North Americau Dolichopodidce

edge near the tip; posterior femora with a row of six small
bristles on lower anterior edge of apical half and three on posterior
edge near the tip; fore and middle tibiae each with five to seven
small bristles below. Tarsi black with white hair; middle and
hind basitarsi with a row of minute black spines below. Joints
of fore tarsi as 31-14-14-10-11; of middle pair as 51-24-20-14-13;
those of posterior tarsi as 43-31-24-16-12. Calypters yellow
with white cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings grayish hyaline, without spots on the veins; veins
black, not yellow at root of wing; last section of fourth vein
nearly straight; third vein bent a little backward at tip.

Female: Length 3.5 mm.; of wing 5 mm. Pollen of face
more brown on upper portion, yellow on lower part, becoming
white along the orbits, the pollen scarcely concealing the ground
color. Fore femora with a single row of spines below in the
middle for half their length. Otherwise about as in the male.

Described from two males and one female, taken at Kom-
loops, British Columbia, July 30, by N. Criddle.

Type in the Canadian National Collection.

Hydrophorus albomaculatus new species.

Female: Length 5 mm. of wing 6 mm. Face wide, its sides
nearly parallel, opaque with white pollen. Palpi black, their
pollen and hair white. Cheeks wide, extending as far down as
the tips of the palpi. Front opaque with brown pollen. An-
tennae black; first joint as long as the last two taken together;
third nearly square in outline; arista thick, as long as the an-
tenna. Beard abundant, long, white; the black orbital cilia
decend to apical fourth of the eye; postvertical bristles in a
row of four on each side, extending to the orbital cilia.

Thorax blackish with three lines along the rows of bristles
which are more gray with pollen; humeri and narrow lateral
edges of the dorsum white pollinose; three black propleural
bristles above each fore coxa and long white hairs above and
below these bristles ;scutellum with four pairs of marginal bristles,
the outer pair small; there are several small pale hairs on the
pleurae above middle coxae. Abdomen black, thickly covered

Psyche

[April

with white pollen, in the type there are many dots where the
ground color shows through, its hairs white and conspicuous.

Coxae, femora, tibiae and tarsi black with more or less white
pollen. Fore coxae with moderately long, white hair. Fore
femora thickened, lower anterior surface with a stripe of numer-
ous, quite long, irregular bristles, extending their whole length.
Anterior tibiae with quite long pale hair on the front surface; all
tibiae and tarsi with minute white hairs below, which are longer
on anterior and posterior basitatsi, the latter bent and with
several long, black, bristle-like hairs above. Joints of fore tarsi
as 46-25-20-14-18; first two joints of middle tarsi as 78-39; joints
of posterior pair as 64-43-35-26-22. Calypters, their cilia and
the halteres pale yellow.

Wings dark grayish; in front of third vein, except at tip,
between third and fourth veins to a short distance before the
cross-vein; a roundish spot at anal angle, a spot between fourth
and fifth veins before the cross-vein and a small spot between
third and fourth veins near their tips whitish, these spots cons-
picuous without a lens; veins blackish, except sixth vein which is
snow white towards its tip; last section of fourth vein somewhat
arched.

Described from one female, taken at Aweme, Manitoba,
July 12, 1925, by R. D. Bird.

Type in the Canadian National Collection.

Hydrophorus flavipennis new species.

Male: Length 4.5 mm.; of wing 4 mm. Face wide, scarcely
narrowed above, green with silvery white pollen, which is most
conspicuous around the edge of lower portion. Palpi black with
white hair. Front metallic coppery, dulled with grayish pollen.
Antennae black, third joint small, nearly round in outline; arista
black with apical half yellowish white. Beard long and abundant,
snow white; I can see only about five black cilia on upper orbits.

Thorax green, dorsum with a narrow brown line each side
of the acrostichal bristles, and two less distinct lines on each side
of these; it has a very little gray pollen; pleurae with white hair
above middle coxae; propleurae with long white hair above each

1926J New Species of North American Dolichopodidce

fore coxa, but without a black bristle; dorsocentral bristle next
to the scutellum large, the rest very small; scutellum with two
pair of bristles. Abdomen coppery with the hind margins of the
segments black, its hairs white, short on the dorsum, long on the
sides. Hypopygium concealed, with a pair of long black ap-
pendages projecting downward with a small tip turned forward,
fringed with small white hairs.

Fore coxae dark green, their long hair and the pollen silvery
white; middle and hind coxae black. All femora and tibiae dark
green with white hair; fore femora thickened, their tips narrowed;
they have eight short, blunt spines before the middle on lower-
surface, the first placed a considerable distance from base of
femora; posterior femora with a conspicuous bend near the base,
the concave side down, beyond this bend they are a little thick-
ened. Fore tibiae with a row of minute spines on their whole
lower edge; middle tibiae with two minute black bristles above
near the base, posterior pair with several very small ones on
upper surface. Tarsi black with white hair, first four joints of
middle and hind tarsi with minute black spines below; fifth
joint of middle tarsi slightly widened. Joints of fore tarsi as
25-18-13-9-12; of middle ones as 38-18-13-8-12; those of posterior
pair as 50-25-20-12-14. Calypters and halteres yellow, . the
former with white cilia.

Wings with a yellowish sheen on anterior half, posterior
half more gray; costa and veins bright yellow, veins on posterior
half usually more brownish.

Female: Length 4.5 mm.; of wing 5 mm. Face and front
very wide, covered with yellowish pollen, the bronze ground
color showing through, except on lower portion, the face long,
reaching nearly to the lower corner of the eyes; the black cilia
reach down to the middle of the eye ; pollen on the dorsum of the
thorax more dense than in the male, fore coxae with shorter hair;
fore femora with two rows of spines below for nearly their whole
length; posterior femora not bent at base; all tibiae and middle
and hind femora with a few scattering black bristles. Wings,
hairs of the abdomen, legs and feet as in the male.

Described from one male and six females which I have
taken, the male and two females (type and allotype) taken at

Psyche

[April

Wainfleet, Ontario, July 20 and 26, 1924; two females at Ridge-
way, Ontario, July 24, 1910; one at Buffalo, October, 18, 1910,
and one female at Needles, California, February, 18, 1915.

Type in the author’s collection.

Hydrophorus lividipes new species.

Male: Length 4 mm.; of wing 5 mm. Face wide with silvery
white pollen, the blue-green ground color showing through a
little on upper portion. Palpi black with abundant black hair.
Front opaque with brown pollen. Antennae black, short; third
joint scarcely as long as wide. Beard rather long, yellowish;
the black orbital cilia extend down nearly to the lower margin of
the eye. Cheeks wide, extending lobe-like below the eyes, about
as long as the palpi.

Dorsum of thorax and its pollen brown; pleurae green with
white pollen, bare, one propleural bristle on each side and several
pale hairs below them; two pairs of scutellar bristles. Dorsum of
abdomen brown with slight green reflections and brown pollen;
its sides shining green with only a little white pollen on lower
edges; hairs on first segment long and white; on the others short,
black. Hypopygium and its pollen brown, its appendages
small, extending downward, scarcely as long as wide, with a little
point at tip extending forward, fringed with short hair.

Fore coxae green, anterior surface with white hair and pollen
and a row of about five small black bristles of equal length on
outer edge of apical half; middle and hind coxae black with
white pollen. All femora and tibiae dark blue-green with black
hair, each with several small bristles below. Anterior femora
thickened, narrowed towards their tips; I can see only one row
of spines on lower surface, which are on the anterior edge and
placed rather far apart (there may be another row), they also
have pale hair on lower surface, fore tibiae with pale hair on the
sides. Tarsi black with brown pollen; first joint of middle and
hind pairs with very small spines below, the latter also have pale
hair on lower surface. Joints of fore tarsi as 36-17-15-12-13; of
middle ones as 44-27-21-15-16; those of posterior pair as 48-30-23-
15-15. Pul villi of all tarsi large, pale in color. Calypters yellow

1926] New Species oj North American Dolichopodidce

with reddish border and white cilia. Halteres blackish, stem
yellow in the middle.

Wings grayish, strongly tinged with brown in front of third
vein as far as tip of second; veins without spots; last section of
fifth vein straight, third considerably bent back near the tip;
veins wholly black.

Described from a single male taken at Aweme, Manitoba,
April 8, 1925, by N. Criddle.

Type in the Canadian National Collection.

Hydrophorus argentifacies new species

Male : Length 2 . 7 mm. ; of wing 3 . 5 mm. Face wide below,
narrowed above, silvery white, slightly brown just below the
antennae, in certain lights it is tinged with green because of the
ground color. Palpi black with gray pollen and pale hair. Front
green with brown pollen, antennae black, short, third joint nearly
round in outline. Beard yellow, the black orbital cilia decend to
about the middle of the eye. Cheeks narrow, truncate below.

Dorsum of thorax and its pollen brown; pleurae and ab-
domen green, dulled with white pollen, the latter with black hair,
except on lower edge of the sides; propleurae with one black
bristle and several white hairs on each side above fore coxa;
sides of pleurae bare; scutellum with two pair of marginal bristles.
Hypopygium black, its appendages short, rounded, about as long
as wide, with only short hair on apical edge.

Fore coxae green with yellowish hair on anterior surface, no
black bristle at tip; middle and hind coxae black with gray pollen.
Femora and tibiae green with black hair, except on anterior tibiae.
Fore femora thickened on basal portion, narrowed at tip; they
have a few short spines below, apparently in a single row (cannot
see them very well in the type), their tibiae with the usual row of
spines below; middle and hind femora without a bristle below,
except a small one near the tip, posterior tibiae without, middle
ones with one small bristle below, tarsi dark brown; fifth joint of
middle ones black and slightly widened. Joints of fore tarsi as
30-16-15-10-12; of middle ones as 43-18-15-10-8, fifth joint 5
wide; posterior tarsi with their joints as 43-24-19-11-10. Calyp-

Psyche

[April

ters yellow with white cilia. Halteres yellow, knobs darker, but
scarcely blackened.

Wings grayish, darker on anterior half; cross-vein bordered
with brown a very little; last section of fourth vein straight;
third vein bent backward a very little at tip.

Female: Length 3 mm.; of wing 4 mm. Face wider, dark
gray. Front opaque with brown pollen; hair on fore coxae a
little more yellowish than in the male. Fore femora with a row
of four quite long bristles below and a stripe of very short spines
on lower anterior surface; fifth joint of middle tarsi not widened;
last section of fourth vein with a very faint cloud at its middle;
halteres wholly yellow. Joints of fore tarsi as 32-17-13-9-12; of
middle ones as 47-26-17-11-13, those of posterior pair as 41-32-
21-12. Otherwise about as in the male.

Described from one pair, taken at Treesbank, Manitoba,
September 16, 1925, by N. Criddle. They are in the Canadian
National Collection.

1926]

Two Vagrant Grasshoppers and a Moth

TWO VAGRANT GRASSHOPPERS AND A MOTH.

By A. P. Morse,

Peabody Museum, Salem, Mass.

Schistocerca vaga Scudder

Scudder’s appellation “wandering,” applied to this species,
is verified by the recent capture of an adult living female in
Salem, Mass., Jan. 28, 1926. It was found in a shipment of
cauliflower from California by Leonard Kobuszewski, a clerk in
Tassinari’s market and fruit-store, Essex St., Salem.

Neoconocephalus triops Linne

Three weeks later, Feb. 19, 1926, a living male of this
species was found in a lot of spinach from Texas at the same
place by the same person. This species has been taken in New
England twice before under similar circumstances (see my
Manual of the Orthoptera of New England, p. 358).

Ceramidia viridis Druce.

On April 1 following, a specimen of this black moth was
found in bananas, probably from Costa Rica, by Mr. George
Tassinari. Mr. C. W. Johnson, to whom I am indebted for its
determination, tells me that an example of this species has
previously been taken at Nantucket.

All three specimens have been placed in the local collection
(Essex County, Mass.) of insects of the Peabody Museum, Salem.

Psyche

[April

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF DICRANOPTYCHA FROM
EASTERN NORTH AMERICA (TIPULID^E, DIPTERA).*

By Charles P. Alexander,

Amherst, Mass.

While revising the species of the crane-fly genus Dicrano-
ptycha in my collection, a few species that had not been described
were noted and their diagnoses are given in this paper. The
material upon which the descriptions are based was largely in-
cluded in the writer’s collection and in a very extensive series of
these flies collected in Indiana, Tennessee, North Carolina,
Georgia and Florida by Prof. J. Speed Rogers of the University
of Florida. Specimens of Dicranoptycha septemtrionis were taken
by Dr. Crampton and by Mr. M. C. Van Duzee. I express my
sincere thanks to all of the above named gentlemen for their co-
operation in this matter.

The crane-flies of the genus Dicranoptycha are eminently
characteristic of open Austral woodlands, often occurring far
from running water. The immature stages of certain species, at
least, are spent in dry soil in habitats such as the above. Recent
papers by the writer on the Eastern species are included in the
following references: Entomological News, 30: 19-22; 1919.
Pomona Journal of Entomology and Zoology, 11: 67-74; 1919.
Cornell University Agr. Expt. Sta., Memoir 38: 829-830; 1920.

The structure of the male hypopygium offers the best
characters for the differentiation of some of the otherwise very
similar species. In general, the basistyles are unarmed and do
not offer good specific characters. The two dististyles are broad-
ly joined at base, the outer more or less heavily chitinized and
armed in various ways with teeth and erect setulse. The shape
of this style and its armature is of prime importance in defining
the various species. In D. tigrina Alex., D. minima Alex, and D.
pallida, sp. n., there are no denticles on the outer margin of the
style. The inner dististyle is more fleshy and differs in shape in

Contribution from the Department o Entomology, Massachusetts
Agricultural College.

1926]

Undescribed Species of Dicranoptycha

the various forms. At the base of the mesal face of the basistyle
but not connected with it, nor, apparently, connected with the
tergite, lies a pale flattened rod that is termed herein the lateral
process. From its position it appears to be an interbasal process
but from its location in membrane rather removed from the
basistyles, I hesitate to call the structure an interbase. The
shape of these lateral processes differs much in the various spe-
cies. The aedeagus and surrounding apophyses vary greatly
and offer remarkable characters. The largest aedeagi are found
in D. sobrina O. S. and D. megaphallus, sp. n. In most of the
other species, the organ is relatively small and insignificant.
The gonapophyses are greatly produced and bifid at their tips in
D. tigrina Alex.

Dicranoptycha australis sp. n.

Male. — Length 9-9 . 5 mm. ; wing 8 . 5 mm.

Female. — Length about 8-8 . 5 mm. ; wing 8-8 . 3 mm.

Generally similar to D. sobrina O. S., differing especially
in the hypopygial characters.

Basal two segments of antennae obscure yellow, the flagellum
abruptly dark brown. Head and thorax light gray, the praescutum
with a very ill-defined grayish brown median stripe.
Pleura light gray. Legs with the coxae sparsely pruinose; tro-
chanters obscure yellow; femora and tibiae obscure yellow, with
darker setae; terminal tarsal segments passing into dark brown.
Wings with the costal fringe (cf) relatively short and incons-
picuous; membrane strongly suffused with brownish yellow, the
costal region clearer yellow; veins brown. Venation: Rs shorter
than the elongate cell ls£ M2, sometimes angulated and spurred
at origin.

Abdominal tergites pale to medium brown; segment seven
blackened; eight dark brown; hypopygium and sternites pale.
Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle relatively small,
gradually narrowed and gently curved to the long acute apical
spine; outer surface with short, dense, erect setae; distal half
with microscopic appressed serrulations. Inner dististyle stout,
the apex suddenly enlarged, provided with coarse setae. Aedeagus

Psyche

[April

relatively small and inconspicuous, the apex rounded. Lateral
processes with the apex of each not evenly rounded but directed
slightly lateral, the mesal edge rounded, the lateral edge nearly
straight to appear like a pruning-knife.

Habitat. — South-eastern United States.

Holotype, d, Gainesville, Florida, April 15, 1922 (J. S.
Rogers); No. 43.

Allotype, 9, Ocmulgee Valley, Bibb Co., Georgia, June 3,
1923 (J. S. Rogers); No. 4.

Paratopotypes, 6 d $ ; paratype, 1 d , with the allotype.

Type returned to Professor Rogers.

Dicranoptycha septemtrionis sp. n.

Generally similar to D. sobrina O. S.; mesonotum dark
brown, sparsely dusted with gray; pleura pruinose; femora and
tibiae yellow, the terminal tarsal segments dark brown; wings
tinged with yellow, with a faint brown tinge; abdominal tergites
brown, segments seven and eight dark brown; male hypopygium
with the outer dististyle rather strongly curved, the blackened
apex microscopically serrulate on all surfaces; aedeagus small
and inconspicuous, about equal in size to the lateral process.

Male. — Length 7-7.5 mm. ; wing 8 . 5-9 mm.

Rostrum brownish gray, the palpi drak brown. Antennae
with the basal segments light yellow, the flagellar segments
gradually passing into brown. Head yellowish gray.

Pronotum dark, dusted with gray. Mesonotal praescutum
dark brown, sparsely dusted with gray, especially on the humeri;
scutellum and postnotum gray dusted. Pleura pale, the dorsal
pleurites darker, the entire surface sparsely pruinose. Halteres
pale, the knobs weakly infuscated. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters yellow; femora and tibiae yellow; basitarsi yellow,
the tips and remainder of the tarsi dark brown. Wings with a
yellowish tinge, weakly suffused with brown, the costal region
clearer yellow; veins pale brown, those of the costal region more
yellowish. Costal fringe (cf1) relatively short. Venation: Rs
longer than cell 1st Mi, the latter rectangular; m-cu shortly
beyond the fork of M.

1926]

Undescribed Species of Dicranoptycha

Abdominal tergites brown, segments seven and eight dark
brown, segment nine slightly paler; remainder of hypopygium
yellow; sternites brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the
outer dististyle relatively short, rather strongly curved to the
acute tip, with about the distal half to third of the style black-
ened; base of style with microscopic setulae that become longer,
more conspicuous and suberect outwardly, the surface of the
style in the blackened portion microscopically serrulate on all
surfaces. Inner dististyle longer, fleshy, with conspicuous setae,
the style gradually narrowed to the blunt apex. Aedeagus
small and inconspicuous, subequal in size to one of the lateral
processes, the latter broad at base, thence gradually decreasing
to the narrowly obtuse apex.

Habitat. — North-eastern United States.

Holotype, Greenfield Mt., Franklin Co., Massachusetts,
September 6, 1925 (G. C. Crampton).

Paratopotypes, cf $ , August 23-September 6, 1925 (C. P'
Alexander); paratype, U, Niagara Falls, New York, September
6, 1911 (M. C. Duzee).

Type in the writer’s collection.

All of the records for D. sobrina 0. S. in my “Crane-flies
of New York,” Part I, Cornell University Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem.
25: 797; 1919, pertain to this new species. Material was sent to
various collections in 1925 with the determination of D. sobrina.
The species flies late in the season and all of those seen alive by
the writer occurred near sluggish streams of water, usually at the
foot of wooded hillsides.

Dicranoptycha megaphallus sp. n,

Male. — Length about 8 mm.; wing 9.2 mm.

Generally similar to D. sobrina O. S., differing conspicuously
in several features, notably the short costal fringe of the male
and the spinulose outer dististyle of the male hypopygium.

The head and thorax of the type are greasy and the color-
ation is discussed in general terms only. Antennae with the
scapal segments light yellow, the flagellum darker. Head dark,
any normal pruinosity destroyed. Thorax dark colored, un-

Psyche

[April

doubtedly pruinose in fresh specimens; sternopleurite paler than
the remainder of the pleura. Halteres pale, the knobs slightly
darkened. Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow;
femora yellow, including the fore femora; tibiae and tarsi yellow,
the terminal tarsal segments passing into dark brown. Wings
with a grayish yellow tinge, the base and costal region clearer
yellow; veins brown, more yellowish in the costal region. Vena-
tion: Rs shorter than cell IsZ M2, the proximal end of the latter
more arcuated; m-cu a little less than its own length beyond the
fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brown, the lateral margins narrowly
paler; segments six and seven dark brown, eight and nine, with
the hypopygium, yellow; sternites yellowish brown. Male hy-
popygium with the outer dististyle relatively long and slender,
the distal half or less blackened and armed with small but cons-
picuous spinules, those on the outer face more nearly erect; basal
half of style on outer face with short, dense, erect setulae. Inner
dististyle broad basally, narrowed apically, the tip a little ex-
panded. Aedeagus very large, on slide appearing rectangular,
the tip sub truncate, pale. Lateral processes evenly rounded at
tips.

Habitat. — Tennessee.

Holotype, cf, Allardt, Fentress Co., at light, altitude 1650
feet, June 10, 1924 (J. S. Rogers); No. 11.

Type returned to Professor Rogers.

Dicranoptycha pallida sp. n.

Generally similar to D. winnemana Alex., in the pale color-
ation; legs yellow, the tips of the tibiae and the basal segments of
tarsi narrowly darkened; wings with a strong yellow tinge;
costal fringe (c?1) short; abdomen (cf) with only the eighth seg-
ment darkened; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle
smooth on the outer convex face; aedeagus small; a single small,
median gonapophysis.

Male. — Length about 7-7 . 2 mm. ; wing 7 . 2-7 . 8 mm.

Female. — Length 9-9 . 5 mm. ; wing 8-8 . 5 mm.

1926]

Undescribed Species of Dicranoptycha

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with the basal
segments obscure yellow, only the outer flagellar segments more
infuscated. Head brownish yellow.

Mesonotum shiny brownish yellow, the pleura light gray
pruinose. Halters pale, the knobs slightly infuscated. Legs
with the coxae slightly pruinose; trochanters obscure yellow;
femora yellow, with conspicuous erect setae; tibiae and tarsi light
yellow, the tips of the individual segments weakly infuscated;
terminal tarsal segments uniformly infuscated. Wings with a
strong brownish yellow suffusion, the costal region clearer yellow;
veins dark yellow. A few trichiae at ends of both anal veins.
Costal fringe (d71) relatively short. Venation: Rs considerably
longer than cell M2.

Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, segment eight con-
spicuously dark brown; ninth tergite and the hypopygium light
yellow; sternites paler yellow. Male hypopygium with the
outer dististyle of moderate length, gently curved to the acute
tip, the outer margin entirely smooth, the inner margin with
only a few weak denticles on the distal quarter before the spinous
apex; vestiture of style barely visible, under high magnification
appearing as microscopic setulae. Inner dististyle stout, gradual-
ly decreasing in diameter outwardly, clothed with conspicuous
slender setae, those at the apex only a little stouter. Aedeagus
small, relatively slender. A single gonapophysis, the tip of
which is bent ventrad toward the aedeagus. Lateral process
with the apex evenly rounded.

Habitat. — Kansas.

Holotype, cf, Lawrence, Douglas Co., altitude 900 feet,
August 1, 1918 (C. P. Alexander).

Allotopotype, 9 , July 16, 1918.

Paratopotypes, 10 c? 9 , July 16-August 1, 1918.

Type in the writer’s collection.

This is the species (Kansas material only) discussed in
earlier papers by the writer as being D. winnemana Alex. (Ent.
News, 30: 19-21; 1919 — Pomona Journ. Ent. and Z00L, 11:
67-74; 1919— Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. 38: 829-830;
1920).

Psyche

[April

SPIDERS EATING SNAKES.

In a communication to the Biological Society of Sao Paulo,
Brazil, July 8, 1925, Drs. Brazil and Vellard give an account of a
spider which eats snakes, frogs and lizards in preference to in-
sects. I am indebted to Dr. Amaral from Brazil who is now in
Cambridge for translation of part of this paper.

The spider, Grammostola acteon Pocock, is one of the large
Aviculariidae commonly known as “tarantula.” The body of a
male is 60 mm. in length, the thorax 24 mm., the abdomen 36
mm., the legs 60 to 72 mm. The female is somewhat larger with
shorter legs.

One of these spiders, kept in confinement, refused for some
time to eat insects which were offered to it. One day a small frog
was put in with it and the spider at once pounced upon it,
crushed it with its jaws and fed upon it. The same experiment
with other individuals and other kinds of frogs showed that the
spiders preferred the frogs to insects. Small snakes were then
given to them, and they took these as readily as they did also
small lizards.

When a Grammostola and a young snake are put in a cage
together the spider tries to catch the snake by the head and will
hold on in spite of all efforts of the snake to shake him off. After
a minute or two the spider’s poison takes effect, and the snake
become quiet. Beginning at the head, the spider crushes the
snake with its mandibles and feeds upon its soft parts, some-
times taking 24 hours or more to suck the whole animal, leaving
the remains in a shapeless mass.

In a large cage with snakes 25 to 45 centimeters long, frogs
and insects, the spiders will generally neglect the insects.

The Grammostola does not feed with much regularity. One
individual took 48 hours to suck a frog 6 cm. long. Two days
later it ate a small snake, Crotalus terrificus, on the third day a
frog, Cyclorhamphus, and the next day a snake, Bothrops jaracara,
after which it was two weeks before it ate again.

J. H. Emerton.

PIN-LABELS IN MULTIPLES OF 1000, ALIKE

ONE DOLLAR PER THOUSAND

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 3 cents each, in total and per line, per
1000. Trimmed so one cut makes a label.

G. V. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Schmitt boxes.

American Ent. Go. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXIII JUNE 1926 No. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

New or Little-Known Australasian Cicadas of the Genus Melampsalta,

with Notes on Songs by Iris Myers. J. G. Myers 61

The Affinities of Grylloblatta indicated by a Study of the Head and

its Appendages. G. C. Crampton 77

Notes on Some Tingitidse from Cuba (Hemiptera). Carl J. Drake 86

The Synonymy of Actina viridis (Say). Charles IV. Johnson 88

Concerning the Types of Mallophora rex and Chrysomela Bromley.

E. T. Cresson, Jr , 91

Tillyard’s Work on Insect Phylogeny. J. G. Myers 92

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1926

President

. Mr. W. L. W. Field

Vice-President

Mr. O. E. Plath

Secretary

Prof. J. Bequaert

Treasurer

Mr. F. H. Walker
Mr. C. A. Frost

Excutive Committee >

. Mr. F. M. Carpenter
Mr. P. J. Darlington, Jr.

Editor of Psyche .... Prof. C. T. Brues

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson, Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. M ELAND ER, A. P. MORSE,

College of the Peabody Museum,

City of New York, Salem, Mass.

J. H. Emerton, j. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, foreign postage, 25 cents extra, Canada 15 cents, Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

Authors contributing articles over 8 printed pages n length will be required to bear a
part of the extra expense, for additional pages. This expense will be that of typesetting
only, which is about $2.00 per page. The actual cost of preparing cuts for all illustrations
must be borne by contributors; the expense for full page plates from line drawings is
approximately $5.00 each, and for full page half-tones, $7.50 each; smaller sizes in pro-
portion.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by th«
Editor on application.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXIII. JUNE 1926

No. 3

NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN AUSTRALASIAN CICADAS OF
THE GENUS MELAMPSALTA, WITH NOTES ON
SONGS BY IRIS MYERS.1

By J. G. Myers,

1851 Exhibition Scholar for New Zealand, 1924.

The purpose of the present paper is threefold; firstly to des-
cribe a few new species brought to light by further collecting in
the river-beds and mountains of the South Island, secondly to
record the songs of several forms not known to us firsthand in
1924 (v. Myers and Myers), and thirdly to present taxonomic
notes on a number of Australian and one New Caledonian cicada
which indicate the nearest relationships and the probable origin
of the cicada fauna of the Dominion. It is reserved for a later
paper to trace the supposed lines of evolution of the nineteen
cicadas now known in New Zealand, and to show how the descen-
dants of one immigrant form are believed to have colonised the
various ethological stations offered by the diversified New Zealand
countryside.

A plea is made for the completer use of the male genitalia in
cicada systematics. The sedeagus at least should be dissected out
and mounted for microscopic examination. After considerable-
trial I prefer not to use KOH at all, but to dissect directly in
water, either fresh or relaxed material. The lateral pieces of the
sedeagus are often so tenuous as to be distorted if not destroyed
by caustic, while the whole structure is relatively so great that
direct dissection and careful removal of muscles is a speedy and
easy task. If necessary the pygophor may be returned to its
natural position after the sedeagus and one or both copulatory
hooks have been removed.

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institu-
tion, Harvard University. No. 265.

Psyche

[June

After the usual dehydration the sedeagus and copulatory
hooks are mounted in balsam on a slip of celluloid pierced by the
pin of the insect to which they belong. We may follow Mr. F. W.
Edwards’ method with mosquito hypandr a and leave them
entirely bare of cover-slip, or we may use a cover either of glass
or of celluloid. If it becomes necessary to use the genitalic
material thus mounted, in a projectoscope or in a photo-micro-
graphic apparatus, one has prepared a stock of cards of the size
and shape of a microscope slide, and with a strip of stout paper
of exactly similar dimensions pasted on them by both ends. A
circular hole of appropriate size is punched through both paper
and card and the celluloid mount is then slipped in between
paper and card so as to extend across the hole. The resulting
combination can be handled in all respects like an ordinary glass
microscopic slide.

A complete synonymy of these and other species will be
given in my forthcoming list of the Cicadidse of the world. It
has been elucidated for the New Zealand species in a paper now
in the press {Trans. New Zealand Institute, 1926). Only sufficient
references are quoted here to establish the nomenclature adopted.
An examination of all the types of New Zealand cicadas ac-
complished last summer in Europe, has led to several disturbing
but necessary changes in the names of the commoner species.

Melampsalta sericea (Walk.)

Cicada sericea Walk., 1850, List Homopt. Brit. Mus., p. 169.
C. nervosa Walk., op. cit., p. 213.

Melampsalta indistincta Myers, 1921, Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol. 53,

p. 245, pi. 46, figs. 7, 8.

The above synonymy is based on a study of the types in the
British Museum. The insect now labelled as type of sericea is a
female, while that of nervosa is a male. Sericea is the Maorian
representative of a homogeneous group of species found also in
New Caledonia and in Australia, and reaching its highest de-
velopment in the arid and semi-arid regions of the latter con-
tinent. The New Caledonian species, M. melanesiana is des-
cribed below. The Australian representatives include the fol-

1926]

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

lowing, of which the types were examined in the British Museum,
while in some cases the genitalia of closely similar specimens were
dissected. I owe hearty acknowledgements to the British Mu-
seum authorities and especially to Mr. W. E. China for giving me
all possible facilities.

A very useful specific character in this group lies in the
development of a shining boss like a Lecaniine Coccid (e. g.
Saissetia) at the base of each operculum. This swelling is
markedly different in texture and often in colour from the ad-
jacent chitin.

Melampsalta labyrinthica (Walk.) : the type is a female, but
a male placed as conspecific by Distant had the Saissetia swelling
distinctly marked. Australia.

M. quadricincta (Walk.): the type is from King George’s
Sound, S. W. Australia, and all truly conspecific examples are
from Western Australia. The swelling at base of operculum is
very conspicuous and well-developed. A series of specimens of
somewhat larger size from Yallingup, W. Australia (R. E. Turner
coll.) shows a slightly wider head but agrees in male genitalic
structure and in opercular characters.

M. sp.?: two males from W. Australia, arranged under
quadricincta have the opercular swellings less distinct and are in
other respects different, but cannot be described without com-
parison with types in Australia.

M. latorea (Walk.) : the type has the opercular swelling very
distinctly developed. Most of the examples in the British Mu-
seum are from W. Australia and the species is almost certainly
synonymous with quadricincta from the same region, but the
male genitalia must be dissected to establish this.

M. waterhousei Dist. : the type has the opercular swelling
il -developed.

M. labyrinthica (Walk.): the type is a female but a male
placed as conspecific has the opercular swelling distinctly marked.
Australia.

M. mackinlayi Dist. : the type is a female but a male placed
as conspecific has no signs of the opercular swelling. Queensland.

M. stradbrokensis Dist.: the type has indications of the
opercular swelling but not very distinct. This species, from

Psyche

[June

Stradbrooke Island, is darker than most of the other members
of this group.

Of this list, quadricincta, nervosa, M. sp.?, with melanesiana
and the New Zealand alpine cicada, cassiope Huds., were placed
by Distant under the synonymy of the first-named. The name
quadricincta is therefore to be expunged from New Zealand lists.
Sericea , of which nervosa is a synonym, is nearest to melanesiana
and to quadricincta. To the latter it is closer in facies and in
width of head, but the two are distinct in opercular structure
since sericea has no signs of the swelling so highly developed in
quadricincta. To melanesiana it is related in opercular structure,
the swelling being very feebly developed in the New Caledonian
species, but the facies is different largely on account of the wider
head of the latter. Sericea is fairly distinct from both in male
genitalic characters.

Needless to say, the synonymisation of cassiope with nervosa
or with any other species of this group has no foundation in
morphology or even in appearance. But M. viridicincta Ashton
(1912, p. 78, pi. 7, fig. 5) from Perth, W. Australia, certainly
belongs to this group, and judging from the description is almost
certainly a sjmonym of quadricincta.

The genitalia of several forms from the group under dis-
cussion are figured.

Mel&mpsalta melanesiana sp. n.

cT. Head very short and very wide — wider than anterior
part of pronotum and equal to widest part of pronotum. Meso-
notum comparatively narrow. Abdomen long oblong, somewhat
laterally compressed. (This compression may be due to drying,
but related species do not dry thus). Not hairy. Seventh
sternite long, somewhat truncate apically. Venation normal
for the genus. Fore femora with the usual three spines beneath.
Aedeagus as figured (4). Hind tibia with five spines not counting
the apical ones Opercula short and well-separated with prac-
tically no signs of the shining boss at the base.

Color black with greenish and testaceous markings as fol-
lows,— greenish markings. — anterior border and posterior tri-

1926]

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

angular spot of vertex, hind border and longitudinal lanceolate
mark on pronotum, four fasciae and most of cruciform elevation
and visible portion of metanotum; testaceous markings, — very
narrow fore border of pronotum, two oblique fasciae on each side
of pronotum and posterior edge of abdominal segments, margin of
frons, rostrum except tip, and most of anterior two pairs of legs.
Ventral surface in general fuscous, with thoracic sterna black,
and pleura, opercula and hind legs very pale greenish.

Length to tip of last tergite, 18.0 mm.; length of head,
1.5; width between eyes, 2.9; length of pronotum, 2.6; length
of mesonotum, 4.0; length of tegmen, 21.4; greatest width of
tegmen, 7.7; ratio of length of 2nd antennal segment to that of
3rd, 1.7:1; ratio of width between eyes to length of vertex, 2.9:
1.5, or 0.52.

Described from 5 males, Plaine des Lacs, New Caledonia
(coll. P. D. Montague), and placed by Distant in the British
Museum collection under quadricincta and thus recorded (Dist.,
1920, p. 459).

Holotype: Plaine des Lacs, N. C., 20th February. 1914.

British Museum.

Paratopotypes : 3 ma’es, February, 1914.

Paratype : 1 male, Kuakue, New Caledonia, 14th May, 1914.

This species is not at all likely to be confused with any of the
other New Caledonian species of Melampsalta. There is but
little variation in size in the series examined and still less in color.
The largest is 19 mm. long, and the smallest (from Kuakue)
15 mm.

The holotype and all other material are in the British Mu-
seum, save two paratopotypes in my collection.

Melampsalta oromelaena sp. n.

Form stout, widest at third abdominal segment. Head
much narrower than pronotum. Seventh sternite very short,
widely rounded apically, very slightly indented. Venation
normal for the genus. Veins fuscous, black apically. Whole
body very hairy with long black hairs and short white decum-
bent pubescence, the latter especially marked in female and

Psyche

[June

producing in that sex a generally grey appearance. Hind tibiae
with five spines exclusive of apical ones. Opercula very short,
crescentic, barely hiding the underlying cavities. Axillary mem-
branes distinctly white. Aedeagus as in figure 8.

Color jet-black, male immaculate save for opercula which
are largely whitish, and the following testaceous markings, —
an almost imperceptible edging to abdominal tergites except
the basal two or three, a narrow edging above antennal scrobe,
sides of face, posterior margins of abdominal sternites. Female
with wing-veins paler, apex of vertex, sides of pygophor and most
of venter pale testaceous; also testaceous are two marks on
each side of disc of pronotum, its posterior margin very narrowly,
most of cruciform elevation and a narrow posterior margin to
mesonotum. A silvery median longitudinal line on abdomen
formed by white pubescence. Fore femora olivaceous striped
with black.

Dimensions in mm. (first figure, male, second, female). —
Length to tip of last tergite, 19.0; 20.1; length of head, 1.7;
2.3; width between eyes, 2.5; 3.0; length of pronotum, 2.5;
3.0; length of mesonotum, 3.9; 4.7; length of tegmen, 18.8;
21.0; greatest width of tegmen, 7.0; 8.1; ratio of second an-
tennal segment to third, in length, 1.6:1 (c? $); ratio of width
between eyes to length of vertex, .70; .77.

Holotype, male, Mt. Cleughearn, Hunter Mountains, South-
land, New Zealand, 3,000 feet, 25th June, 1917, A. Philpott.
(Myers collection).

Allotype, female, same data as holotype. (Myers collection.)

Paratopotypes, 2 males, 3,000 feet, 22nd January, 1914, A.
Philpott.

Paratypes, 2 males and 4 females Mt. Cook, 4500 feet,
11th March, 1923, R. J. Tillyard. One male of these is only
15 mm. long, but agrees in sedeagal structure and in other res-
pects. The females are much blacker than the type and what
pale markings they possess are not testaceous but drab.

Females referred without certainty to this speces. — Two
from Lake Wakatipu, 3,600 — 4,000 feet, February, 1911, G. V.
Hudson; one from Ben Lomond, 20th December, 1913, A. Phil-

1926

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

pott ; one from Arthur’s Pass, 3,000 — 4, 000 feet, February, 1920,
G. V. Hudson.

In the present fragmentary state of our knowledge of the
mountain cicadas of New Zealand, it is very difficult to separate
the females of some of the species of which the male genitalia are
remarkably distinct The most useful character so far used is
the ratio of the length of the vertex to the width between eyes.

Oromelcena is a high mountain form nearest to nigra , but
distnguished by its larger size and different sedeagus (fig. 8).

Melampsalta mangu F. B. White.

F. B. White, 1879, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 15, p. 21.

M. quadricincta (part) Myers, (nec Walk.), 1921, Trans. N- Z.

Inst., vol. 53, p. 246, (pi. 45, figs. 3, 4, are not this species

but true cassiope).

Buchanan White evidently had two species before him,
comprised in four examples from “ Porter’s Pass, Canterbury,
about 3,500 feet,” collected by Wakefield. The bulk of the des-
cription seems to refer to the common alpine cicada named by
Hudson, Cicada cassiope , but hitherto placed in the synonymy
of the quite unrelated Australian M. quadricincta (Walk.) as we
have noticed previously. But the only remaining material of
M. mangu in the Buchanan White collection is a female in poor
condition, labelled “mangu,” presumably in White’s hand-
writing and with the locality, “Porter’s Pass,” but lacking a
date. It is reasonable to suppose that this is one of the original
four, and therefore by elimination to be considered the type of
M. mangu. It is not conspecific with cassiope, but with a form
of which we have a series from the Dun Mountain, and which
we were about to describe as new. Buchanan White’s specimen
differs only in the fact that the hind tibiae have a dark ring near
the middle, but the leg coloration in Melampsalta, especially the
mountain forms, seems very variable.

The large and altogether black species mentioned by White
at the close of his description, is probably conspecific with
oromelcena sp. n., just described.

The following is a re-description of the type of mangu. —

Psyche

[June

Much worn, blackish with reddish yellow markings as follows, —
a longitudinally grooved spot on middle of posterior margin of
vertex, one on each side on the ledge overhanging the antennae,
a faint median longitudinal line on disc of pronotum, almost
whole of cruciform elevation except anterior entrant angle, a
very narrow edging to abdominal tergites, almost invisible
dorsally, a large smooth patch on side of eighth segment, an
irregular marking along side of pygophor, most of ventral surface
and legs. The legs are striped in typical fashion with black,
differing from my Dun Mt. examples only in possessing a blackish
ring on midde of hind tibiae.

A few colorless long hairs, especially on head and posterior
part of abdomen. A fairly dense covering of fine close golden
prostrate pubescence, save on salient points like disc of mesono-
tum, whence it was probably rubbed off.

Fore femora both badly damaged, but apparently as in Dun
Mt. specimens, with which the type agrees also in the spines of
the hind tibiae. Eyes pale. A yellowish spot at base of second
antennal segment apparently not present in Dun Mt. examples.
Wings very murky — possibly the insect was killed too soon after
emergence. Veins all brownish, not dark. Rostrum reaching
middle coxae. Frons tumid with the striae filled with golden
pubescence, looking like stripes on the jet-black ground color.

Dimensions in mm. — Length to tip of last tergite, 18.4;
length of head, 2.3; width between eyes, 2.7; ratio, .84; length
of pronotum, 2.5; length of mesonotum, 4.0; length of tegmen,
18.0; greatest width of tegmen, 6.7; ratio of lengths, 2nd to 3rd
antennal segments, 1 .4:1.

The males of the Dun Mountain examples, as usual in
M elampsalta, are darker than the females, the chitin co'or being
almost immaculate black, but the general color is greyish owing
to the covering golden pubescence. The insect rests on bare
rocks in the fell field and is extremely hard to see. We have
exam ned the following material. —

A series of both sexes in the collections of the Cawthron
Institute and of myself, all taken on the Dun Mountain, Nelson
14th December to 23rd January at elevations from 3,000 to
4,000 feet. A single female is doubtfully referred to this species

1926]

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

from Mount Tapuaenuku, 3,000 to 4,000 feet (coll. G. V. Hudson,
14th February, 189d). From the Dun Mountain material I have
selected a male plesiotype (in my collection) and figured the
genital a. I expressly refrain from declaring this the allotype of
mangu, for material from the type locality o: the latter species
may prove my identification, based on the single female, to be
incorrect.

The song of Melampsalta mangu. — The song of the insect
which we have identified with Buchanan White’s M. mangu is
extremely low-pitched — -so low as to be almost imperceptible to
some ears until attention is called to it. I has a very dull,
toneless quality, and sounds rather like a buzzing wing vibration.
It consists of a series of slow vibrato phrases of two notes of the
same pitch at a rate of approximately one note in 2 seconds. The
first, longer note of the phrase sounds, when one is nearer to the
insect, more like a series of discrete staccato notes. Because of
the vague muffled quality of tone the nsect is almost unlocalisable
by sound. Partly because it is over two octaves lower in pitch,
and partly because of the tonal quality accompanying this, the
song of M. mangu is utterly unlike that of any other New Zealand
cicada so far heard.

A - 4S4CS. j>c. D.c.

'Vibf. — — 'Vibr. -w

Melampsalta Campbell! Myers

1923, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 54, p. 430.

The male, discovered since the above was written, may be
described as follows, — Head considerably narrower than prono-
tum. Abdomen somewhat oblong. Seventh sternite very short
and wide, narrowing and sinuate apically. Venation normal for
the genus. Head and thorax especially, moderately hairy with
long black hairs. (The female holotype was worn and smooth).
Opercula moderately large with shining black slightly elevated
area at base. Aedeagus as figured (12).

Psyche

[June

Coloration much as in female described in 1923, but on the
whole much darker, especially on the abdomen, which is largely
black, the tymbals pale. Seventh tergite posteriorly margined
with olivaceous and eighth very widely with red and tipped with
shining silver pubescence. A median longitudina dorsal line
formed by patch of this pubescence on nearly every tergite and
an edging to the third to eighth tergites laterally, conspicuous in
dorsal view but less so from lateral aspect. Veins red, darker
apically, the tegmen suffused very strongly with olive-brown.
Axillary membranes of tegmen and of hind-wing and much of
anal area of latter china-white.

Dimensions in mm. (the second figure in every case is that
of paratype female). — Length to tip of last tergite, 15.0; 15.5;
length of head, 1.5; 1.9; width between eyes, 2.4, 2.4; ratio,
.63; .80; length of pronotum, 2.4; 2.4; length of mesonotum,
3.0; 3.0 length of tegmen, 15.0; 14.0; greatest width of te-
men, 5.5; 5.4.

Allotype, male, Otira, New Zealand, 1,700 feet, 5th January,
1923, Iris Myers. (Series taken)

Other material has been examined as follows — Examples
from Mt. Cook, 2,500 feet, 8th March, 1923, R. J. Tillyard; from
Waiau, Southland, 19th January, 1914, A. Philpott; from White
Rock, North Canterbury, December, 1918, S. and C. Lindsay.

All these specimens agree in being much darker than the
types and with less suffusion in the tegmen, at least than in
freshly caught examples. For these reasons the males from
Waiau and from White Rock were not previously recognised as
conspecific with the females on which the description of the
species was based.

A freshly caught female is less brilliant than the holotype,
which had evidently bleached out much of the darker color,
together with the suffusion of the tegmina.

The song of Melampsalta camphelli. — This song is faint,
slow and of a muted quality rather resembling that of M. scu-
tellaris, of which it is occasionally reminiscent also in rhythmic
structure (C) though quite distinct. The cicada was first heard
(at Otira in January, 1923) singing when the sun was hidden by
clouds. A long note, lasting 6 seconds, was followed by a mono-

1926]

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

tonous, disjointed series of staccato notes of uniform pitch, at a
rate of 1 per second. The sun suddenly came out and song (A)
became more spirited, resolving itself into song (B), slightly
rasping, varied in volume and rhythm, with a rise and fall in
pitch of a major third, or sometimes a major fifth as in phrase
(C) which was an occasional variant of the preceding phrase.
This had a vocal quality which may be expressed as “oo-er-ih.”
Unfortunately the song was heard unexpectedly at a time
when no exact means of determining pitch was at hand. It was
judged to lie somewhere in the octave between C 256 vs. and C
512 vs.

J * Is cc.

* P-

P« 05.

B O 00 - tTr Uv

Melampsalta hamiltoni sp. n.

Very short and squat, especially in the female. Vertex
narrow, slightly produced. Antennae unusually long. Seventh
sternite of male short, truncate, almost rectangular. Venation
normal for the genus; veins fuscous, black apically; in the
female basally pale brown. Hind tibiae with five spines exclusive
of apical ones. Opercula extremely short, failing to cover the
underlying cavity. Aedeagus as figured (11).

Color uniform dark grey in both sexes, due to paler hairs
and especially to an even extremely short golden pubescence
obscuring a jet-black chitin color. Even the opercula are black
(in other spp. usually paler than rest of body). Fore femora
uniform black. Venter black except for suggestions of paler
markings on segmental margins, thoracic pleura and apices of
hind tibiae. Axillary membrane of tegmen basally yellowish.

# Dimensions in mm. (second figure that of female). — Length
to tip of last tergite, 15.5; 15.0; length of head, 1.9; 2.2;
width between eyes, 2.5; 2.6; ratio, .76; .84; length of pro-

Psyche

[Ji

notum, 2.3; 2.3; length of mesonotum, 3.4; 3.6; length of
tegmen, 15.4; 15.4; greatest width of tegmen, 5 . 2 ; 5.2.

Holotype, male, Arthur’s Pass, New Zealand, 2,500 feet,
19th December, 1922, Iris Myers. (Myers collection).

Allotype, female, same station, 24th December, J. G.
Myers. (Myers coll.)

Paratopotypes, series of males and one female, H. Hamilton,
Myers.

Paratypes, 2 males, White Rock, North Canterbury, 26th
November, 1922, S. Lindsay.

This very interesting species, apparently confined to un-
stable river-beds, is dedicated to Mr. H. Hamilton, who dis-
covered the species at Arthur’s Pass before we collected it there.
It is very cryptically colored on the grey river-bed shingle and is
one of the most difficult of all New Zealand cicadas to locate.

The song of Melampsalta hamiltoni. — When first heard from
a distance th’s song sounds very like a fainter edition of the song
of M. muta. Closer acquaintance reveals distinct differences,
though a resemblance in pattern and in tonal quality still remains.
The song of Hamiltoni is pitched slightly lower, the rhythm of the
short rather staccato notes is more broken, though the tempo is
very similar, being from two to three notes per second. A
striking difference, however, is that quite often in the song (v. B)
a series of long drawn out notes is accompanied by a peculiar low
buzzing sound, perhaps made by the wings, though this has not
yet been ascertained.

B -bujynj -sound. . j*

Melampsalta cassiope (Huds.)

Cicada cassiope Hudson, 1891, Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol. 23, p. 54.
Melampsalta quadricincta Myers (nec Walk.), 1921, Trans. N. Z.

1926]

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

Inst., vol. 53, p. 246, pi. 45, figs. 3, 4. (Exclusive of synonymy).

With the disposal of quadricincta Walk, and mangu Buchanan
White, this species, the most widely distributed and best known
of New Zealand mountain cicadas, fittingly takes once more the
name given it by Mr. G. V. Hudson, than whom no one has
contributed more towards a knowledge of the mountain insects
of the Dominion.

The description and figures of quadricincta (Myers, nec
Walker) in Myers (1921), apply correctly to cassiope, but the
synonymy and distributional records are to be disregarded.
The male genitalia of a specimen compared with the type
material are figured (14). A strong pinkish suffusion of the body
is a constant character.

The mountain cicadas of the South Island are now so
numerous, and often very difficult to separate by general ap-
pearance that I have thought it worth while to figure the aedeagus
and related structures in them all. With no exception the male
genitalia supply excellent distinguishing characters.

The song of Melampsalta cassiope. — This consists of a
resonant, birdlike prolonged lower note which may be vocalised as
a vibrating “chur-r-r,” rising in a slur to a faint, very much
higher note, like a shrill squeak. The second note sounds dis-
tinctly like “-i-i-m” the whole phrase of the song giving the effect
of “chur-r-r — ■ --im” unmistakably.

The song is always slow and consists solely of a repetition
of these two notes, both prolonged. The time of prolongation of
each note varies so that there is no fixed rhythmical relation
between them; for example in the sample given the first “churr,?
was observed to last 1 second, the aim” 2J4 seconds, the second
“churr” 4 seconds, the “im” 8 seconds, the third “churr” 10 and
the “im”. 2. The song produces a peculiar spatial effect, the
insect being localised much nearer on the low note than on the
high one.

Chu,r-r i - L-ml Churr i-i-i-irv! Chu a -a r-n-Cm!

Psyche

[June

Melampsalta muta (Fabr.)

Tettigonia muta Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 681.

Melampsalta muta Kirby (part), Distant (part), Hudson (part),
Hutton, Kirkaldy, nec Myers.

Melampsalta cruentata, authors including Myers (nec Fabricius),
1921, Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol. 53, p. 244, pi. 46, figs. 9-11.

This is perhaps the most variable cicada known. The
elucidation of its manifold forms has been far from assisted by
the century old misidentification of the type. Muta is a dominant
species which has been and perhaps still is in an extremely plastic
condition, mutating (?) right and left and occupying most of the
less extreme ethological stations suitable for Cicadidse.

It has been possible to collect very large series of this species
from widely distant localities. This has led to the securing
of complete chains of intermediates between the extreme forms
and thus to a demonstration of specific identity. No attempts to
split off segregates worthy of specific rank have so far been
successful. Always a collecting excursion in an intermediate
station, either geographically or ethologically, has brought to
light connecting links. These annectent forms have shown
themselves intermediate even in song, perhaps the most stable
single character in cicadas.

We divide the species therefore into the following three
varieties, for which names are already available. —

Var. a. muta (Fabr.) (as above).

Synonyms. — Cicada rosea, Walk., 1850, List Horn. Brit. Mus.,

p. 220.

C. angusta Walk., 1850, op. cit., p. 174.

C. bilinea Walk., 1858, op. cit., Suppl., p. 34.

C. muta Huds., and vars. flavescens, cinerascens,
rufescens, 1891, Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol. 23, p. 51.

Var. b. subalpina (Huds.), 1891, Trans. N. Z. Inst.,
vol. 23, p. 51.

Synonyms. — Melampsalta subalpina (Huds.), Myers and Myers,
1924, Rep. Austr. Ass. Adv. Sci., (1923), p. 428.

1926]

New or Little Known Australasian Cicadas

Var. c. cutora (Walk.), {Cicada), 1850, List. Horn. Brit.

Mus., p. 172.

Synonym. — Melampsalta muta var. subalpina Myers (nec Hud-
son), 1921, Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol. 53, p. 257. (From
Kermadec Islands).

Just as subalpina connects cutora with var. muta, so cutora
shows that ochrina is almost certainly derived from muta, though
the result is sufficiently distinct to merit specific rank. Super-
ficially cutora is more like ochrina than like muta, but the series
of transitional forms between the latter and cutora is complete,
while intermediates in any sense between cutora and ochrina
{muta Myers, 1921, nec Fabr.) have not been found.

In 1921 (p. 244) I wrote, “It is interesting to note that this
[muta Fabr.] is the only species not endemic. Goding and
Froggatt (‘Monograph of Australian Cicadidse’) record it from
Adelaide and Victoria.” We know now that this cicada is
entirely confined to New Zealand. No authentic foreign spe-
cimen is known. Ashton (1912, p. 25) remarks that M. angusta
God. and Frogg. nec Walk, is a synonym of M. binotata God. and
Frogg. Their angusta is thus the male and their binotata the
female of a species quite distinct from angusta Walk, which is a
synonym of the Maorian M. muta (Fabr.).

In conclusion I should like to thank all the collectors men-
tioned in these pages for giving me the opportunity of studying
their material.

Explanation of Plate III.

(Figures 7-14 inclusive are magnified exactly half as much as figures 1 — 6).

1. Melampsalta quadricincta (Walk.), sedeagus and copulatory hook of a

specimen from Swan R., compared with type.

2. Melampsalta melanesiana sp. n., copulatory hook.

3. Melampsalta quadricincta (Walk.), aedeagus of example from S. W. Aus-

tralia.

4. Melampsalta melanesiana sp. n., aedeagus.

5. Melampsalta sericea (Walk.), aedeugus and copulatory hook of form

from Hawkes Bay.

6. Melampsalta sericea (Walk.), aedeagus of typical form.

7. Melampsalta mangu Buchanan White, aedeagus and copulatory hook of

example from Dun Mountain.

8. Melampsalta oromelaena sp. n., aedeagus and copulatory hook.

Psyche

[June

9. Melampsalta nigra Myers, aedeagus and copulatory hook of topotype.

10. Melampsalta lindsayi (Myers), aedeagus and copulatory hook.

1 1 . Melampsalta hamiltoni sp. n. , aedeagus and copulatory hook

12. Melampsalta campbelli Myers, aedeagus and copulatory hook.

13. Melampsalta iolanthe (Hudson), aedeagus and copulatory hook.

14. Melampsalta cassiope (Hudson), aedeagus and copulatory hook.

References.

Ashton, H.

1912. Catalogue of the Victorian Cicadidse in the National
Museum, Melbourne. Mem. Nat. Mus., Melbourne, IV,
23-29, pi. 4, figs, b, d-h, j, k. Notes on Australian Cicadidse.
Pec. Austr. Mus., IX, 76-80, pi. 7.

Distant4 W. L.

1920. Rhynchota from New Caledonia, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (9), VI, 456-470.

Myers, Iris and Myers, J. G.

1924. The Sound-organs and songs of New Zealand Cica-
didse. Rep. Austr. Ass. Adv. Sc., (1923), XVI, 420-430.

PSYCHE 1926. VOL. XXXIII, PLATE III.

MYERS -AUSTRALASIAN CICADIDAE

Psyche

[June

THE AFFINITIES OF GRYLLOBLATTA INDICATED BY
A STUDY OF THE HEAD AND ITS AP-
PENDAGES

By G. C. Crampton, Ph. D.

Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass.

Since specimens of Grylloblatta are extremely rare and
valuable, I am deeply indebted to Mr. Eric Hearle and to Mr.
H. S. Barber, for their kindness in supplying me with the material
used in the preparation of this paper. The following discussion
is based upon the study of Grylloblatta campodeiformis Walk.,
and Grylloblatta barberi Caud., with which I have been able to
compare sketches of the parts of the only other known Gryllo-
blattid, Galloisiana nipponensis Gaud., through the kindness
of Mr. A. N. Caudell.

The affinities of Grylloblatta indicated by the study of its
terminal abdominal structures have been discussed by Walker
1919 and 1922; and the writer (Crampton 1915, 1917, 1923,
1924 and 1926) has discussed the evidence of its affinities in-
dicated by a study of its antennae, maxillae, head, thorax and
ovipositor. I believe that Grylloblatta is practically a living
Protorthopteron very closely related to the common stock from
which sprang the Tettigonioid and Grylloid Orthoptera, and
the closest affinities of Grylloblatta are with the Tettigonioids.
Outside of the true Orthoptera, the next of kin of the Gryllo-
blattids are the Dermaptera, and the Phasmids are somewhat
more remotely related to them. The Grylloblattids (with the
rest of the Orthoptera) Dermaptera and Phasmids were descended
from a common Protorthopteroid stock which also gave rise to
the Embiids, whose line of descent parallels that of the Gryllo-
blattids rather closely, but the nearest relatives of the Embiids
are the Plecoptera. The Protorthopteroid ancestors of the Or-
thoptera (including Grylloblatta) Dermaptera and Phasmids
were descended from Protoblattoid forms, from which the
Blattids and Isoptera have departed but little. In the following

1926]

The Affinities of Grylloblatta

discussion I would point out the evidences for this view afforded
by a study of the head and its appendages in Grylloblatta.

The head capsule of Grylloblatta as shown in Fig. 2, gives no
support to the view of Imms, 1925, for example, who maintains
that Grylloblatta is one of the Cursoria, since the head of Gryllo-
blatta is very similar to that of the Orthopteron Gryllotalpa in
its general outline, the position of the eyes the location of the
antennae, and numerous other features. Gryllotalpa , however,
and the other Grylloid Orthoptera have ocelli, so that in acking
these structures, the head of Grylloblatta resembles that of certa'n
Tettigonioid Orthoptera such as Ceuthophilus, as is also true of
other features of the head in these insect . On the other hand,
the head of Grylloblatta is not like that of such Cursoria as the
Blattids, Mantids, etc. and the evidence from this sou ce would
indicate that Grylloblatta is either a true Orthopteron, or possibly
a relict of he extinct Protorthoptera-like ancestors o the
Grylloids and Tettigonioids.

In tracing the type of head capsule exhibited by the Gryllo-
blattids to its prototypes in the lower Orthopteroids clustered
about the base of the line of descent of the Orthoptera, it at once
becomes evident that the head capsule of Grylloblatta is so like
that of the Dermaptera that the head of Grylloblatta should be
referred to as Dermapteroid or Forficuloid. Thus, in a typical
Dermapteran head, there is a pale anteclypeus, like the region
labelled ac in Fig. 2; the antennae are located near the bases of
the mandibles, as in Fig. 2; the eyes are located far down the
tempora (tm of Fig. 2); temporal sutures (ts of Fig. 2) demark
the temporal regions tm from the parietal regions pa] the arms
of the frontal suture fs are widespread as in Fig. 2; there are no
ocelii present, and many other features of the Dermapteran head-
capsule clear y indicate that the head of Grylloblatta (Fig. 2) is
Dermapteroid. The evidence of the head-capsule would thus
indicate that among the lower Orthopteroids, the Dermaptera
are the next of kin of the Grylloblattids, and the correctness of
this view is borne out by the evidence of the thoracic splerites
and many other features.

The head capsul of the Phasmids such as Timema approcah-
es the Grylloblattid and Dermapteran type in most of the features

Psyche

[June

mentioned above, but the Phasmid type although clearly derived
from the same source, apparently follows a path of specialization
leading to extreme development along the l'ne of massing the
parts in the anterior region of the head, thus leading away from
the common ancestral type from which the Grylloblattids and
Dermaptera arose. The relation of the eyes and antennae, etc.,
to the bases of the mandibles is likewise very similar in the Em-
biids and the forms mentioned above; but the Embiid type is
evidently leading away from these Orthopteroids — although it,
also, was evidently derived from Protorthopteroid prototypes.

The study of the head capsule thus bears out the evidence
from other sources indicating that the Grylloblattids, Dermap-
tera and Phasmids are closely related, and sprang from a common
Protorthopteroid ancestry; and these in turn were evidently
derived from Protoblattoid ancestors. The Blattids, Mantids
and Isoptera are the nearest living representatives of these
Protoblattoid ancestors, and of these the Isoptera are in some
respects the nearest living representatives of the Protoblattoid
forms giving rise to the Protorthopteroid ancestors of the Gryllo-
blattids, Dermaptera and Phasmids, so that we would expect to
find among the Isoptera some types of head capsule suggesting
the prototypes of the Dermapteroid head characteristic of the
Grylloblattids, Dermaptera and Phasmids, and such is indeed
the case. The resemblance, however, is more striking when one
compares a Grylloid head, rather than the Grylloblattoid type,
with a typical Isopterous head, since the head-contour, relation
of the eyes, antennae, bases of the mandibles, etc., are more
nearly alike in the Grylloids and Isoptera, than is the case in the
Grylloblattoids and most Isoptera. The thoracic sclerites of
the Grylloblattoids and other Orthopteroids are very like those
of the Isoptera, and the evidence from this source would lend
support to that of the head capsule in indicating that the Isoptera
are very like the Protoblattoid ancestors of the Orthopteroid
group of insects.

While the head of such Blattids as Cryptocercus is rather
suggestive of the precursor of the Orthopteran type of head, and
the head capsule of such primitive Mantids as Eremiaphila
exhibit certain features likewise suggestive of the starting point

1926]

The Affinities of Gryllohlatta

of the evolution of the Orthopteran type, the head of a typical
Blattid or Mantid does not resemble that of a typical Orthop-
teron as much as the head of a typical termite does, and the
thoracic sclerites of the Blattids and Mantids are not as similar
to those of the Orthoptera as the thoracic sclerites of the Isoptera
are, so that in general, the Isoptera are nearer to the ancestors
of the Orthopteroids than the Blattids and Mantids are, although
in the character of their terminal abdominal structures, the
Blattids and Mantids approach the Orthopteran type more
closely.

In the slenderness of the lacinia and galea, the maxilla of
Gryllohlatta (Fig. 1) resembles that of Gryllotalpa and the Der-
maptera, but the stipes of Gryllohlatta is not divided into the

Fig. 1, Ventral (posterior) view of labium, maxilla, and sinistral half of head.
Fig. 2 Frontal view of head capsule.

Fig. 3, Ventral (posterior) view of dextral mandible.

Fig. 4, Antenna.

peculiar subdivisions present in these two Orthopteroids. The
maxilla of a typical Isopteron or Blattid would readily serve as
the starting point for evolving the types of maxillae occurring in
the Grylloblattids and Dermaptera; and the Isoptera seem to be

Psyche

[June

somewhat nearer than the Blattids are to the Orthopteroids, in
the character of their maxillae.

The character of the labium of Gryllohlatta (Fig. 1) clearly
shows that this insect is Orthopterous or Orthopteroid, since it
is only in the Orthoptera that I have found a separate and dis-
tinct, well-chitinized mentum of the type shown in Fig. 1, mn.
The labium of Gryllohlatta lacks the transverse gular plate
characteristic of all Dermaptera; and the type of labium ex-
hibited by the Orthopterous insects might be derived more
readily from Isopteroid or Blattoid precursors.

It is rather surprising that the maxillae and labium of the
Phasmids which I have examined are not as similar to these
structures in Gryllohlatta as the maxillae and labium of the Em-
biids are. This, however, is doubtless due to the fact that my
material is not as suitable as it might be to indicate the real
relationships involved, and there are certain features of the
submental region of the Phasmid labium, for example, that
indicate a much closer relationship to the Orthoptera should be
expected in the Phasmids than in the Embiids.

The mandible of Gryllohlatta (Fig. 3) is very like that of such
Orthoptera as Gryllotalpa, and resembles the type occurring in
the Embiids quite closely. The mandible of Gryllohlatta is not
as much like that of the Phasmids and Dermaptera as one would
expect, but it resembles the Dermapteran type as much as any.
The • resemblance to the Isopteran or Blattid type is not very
marked, so that the evidence of the mandibles it not of great
phylogenetic value.

The antenna of Gryllohlatta (Fig. 4) is remarkably like that
of Emhia not only in the number of the segments composing it,
but also in the relative sizes of the individual segments. The
antenna of Gryllohlatta is also very like that of such Phasmids as
Timema and this type of antenna was apparently inherited from
a common Protorthopteroid source. Among the true Orthop-
tera, the type of antenna found in the Acridids (Locustids) and
their allies approaches the Grylloblattid type more closely than
is the case with the antennse of the Tettigonioids and Grylloids,
which is rather surprising in view of the fact that Gryllohlatta is
more closely related to the Tettigonioid and Grylloid Orthoptera

1926]

The Affinities of Grylloblatta

than it is to the Acridids and their allies. The Gryllobiattid
type of antenna approaches that found in certain primitive
Dermaptera and Isoptera more closely than it does the Blattid
or Mantid type of antenna, and the antennse of certain Grylloids
and Tettigonioids are much more like the antennse of the Blattids
and Mantids than is the case with the antenna of Grylloblatta,
although in a few Blattids, I have found a suggestion of the
Gryllobiattid type of antenna.

It is quite possible that there were two tendencies in the
Protoblattoid ancestors of the Orthopteroid insects. One ten-
dency was to retain the multiarticulate type of antenna with
many annular segments in the basal region of the flagedum while
the segments in the distal region of the flagellum tended to
become more cylindrical. This tendency, exhibited by most
Blattids and Mantids, affected the development of the Grylloid
and Tettigonioid types of antennae. The second tendency
among the Protoblattoid ancestors of the Orthopteroid insects
was toward a reduction in the number of antennal segments,
and to increase the proportion of cylindrical segments, while
only a few segments in the basal region of the flagellum remain
short, or approach the annular type to any degree. This ten-
dency affected the Phasmid, Dermapteran, and Gryllobiattid
descendants of the Protorthopteroids more than any others.

In the main, the evidence of the head-capsule and its ap-
pendages is in harmony with that from other sources which
supports the views as to the interrelationships of the Orthop-
teroid and Isopteroid insects proposed by Crampton, 1924; and
according to these views the insects in question were grouped as
follows :

Section Orthopteradelphia (Orthopteroid insects, sensu lato)

Superorder Panisoptera (Isopteroid insects)

Orders Protodictyoptera (Protoblattids — fossil)
Dictyoptera (Blattids and Mantids)

Isoptera

Superorder Panorthoptera (Orthopteroid insects, sensu
stricto)

Orders Protorthoptera (Fossil)

'84

Psyche

[June

Orthoptera (Saltatoria and Grylloblattids)
Dermaptera

Cheleutoptera (Phasmids)

Superorder Panplecoptera (Plecopteroid insects)

Orders Protoplatyptera Hadentomoidea — fossil)
Platyptera (Embiids)

Plecoptera

The Plecopteroid and Orthopteroid insects were descended
from Protort hopteroid forebears which arose from the Proto-
blattoid ancestors of the Isopteroid insects, so that the ancestral
types in the common Protorthopteran-Protoblattid stem gave
rise to the lines of descent of the Isopteroid, Orthoptero d, and
Plecopteroid insects which comprise the Orthopteroid nsects in
the broad sense of the term The Palaeorthoptera such as Synar-
moqe, serve to connect the common Protorthopteran-Protoblattid
stem with the Palaeodictyoptera, wh’ch are very like the ancestral-
types giving rise to the winged insects in general.

Literature referred to in this paper.

Crampton, G. C.

1915. Thoracic Sclerites and Affinities of Grylloblatta. Ent.
News, 26, p. 337.

1917. Antennae o Grylloblatta and Embiids. Canadian Ent.,
1917, p. 213.

1917. Ovipositor of Grylloblatta and Related Insects. Jour.
New York Ent. Soc., 25, p. 225.

1917. Lateral Head and Prothoracic Regions in Grylloblatta
and Related Insects. Ent. News, 28, p. 398.

1922. Evolution of Insects Indicated by the Venation. Can-

adian Ent., 1922, p 206.

1923. Maxillae of Grylloblatta and Related Insects. Jour. New

York Ent. Soc., 31, p. 77.

1924. Phylogeny and Interrelationships of Insects. Jour. Ent.

Zool., 16, p. 33. 1926. Sclerites of Grylloblatta and
Other Insects. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 61.

Imms, A. D.

1925. Textbook of Entomo’ogy.

1926]

The Affinities of Grylloblatta

Walker, E. M.

1919. Genitalia of Male Grylloblatta. Canadian Ent., 1919,
p. 131.

1922. Terminal Abeominal Structures of Grylloblatta and Re-
lated Insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. America , 15, p. 1.

ABBREVIATIONS

a.. .Basal process of lacinia
ac . . Anteclypeus
af . . Antennif er

an. . Antennale (basantenna)
ant. Antenna (basal segment)

be. .Basicardo
bg. .Basigalea

bm. .Basimaxillary membrane
cs . . Coronal suture
dc. . Disticardo
e . . . Compound eye

fr. . .Frons

fp. .Frontal pits (frontocavse)

fs. . . Frontal suture
ga. . Galea

ge . . Gena
gl. . Glossa

gn. . Gnathite
gp..gular pit

gu. . Gular region of membrane

he. . Hypocondyle (gnathocon-

dyle

in. . Incisors
la. . Lacinia
lp.. Labial palpus

lr. . . Labrum

ls . . . Labiostipes

m. . . Mandibulare (basimandibu-

md.. Mandible

mdm. Mandibular membrane

mm. Medimentum

mn. .Mentum

mo. . Mola

mp. . Maxillary palpus
pa . . Parietals

pc . . Postclypeus (epistoma)

pd. .Pedicel
pge . Postgena
pgl. . Paraglossa
pgr..Palpiger
ppd. Postpedicel
pr.. . Postgenal ridge
pst. . Parastipes

sc.. .Scape

sm. . Submentum

st Stipes

tm. . Tempora

ts.. . Temporal suture

Psyche

[June

N0TE8 ON SOME TINGITID.E FROM CUBA
(HEMIPTERA)

By Carl J. Drake
Ames, Iowa.

The writer has recently received from Mr. J. G. Myers,
Bussey Institution, Harvard University, a small collection of
lace bugs from Cuba. This collection contains eight species, one
of which is undescribed.

Monanthia monotrcpidia (Stal)

Many specimens, Soledad, Feb. 13 (nymphs), March 6 and
March 28 1925, (adults and nymphs) on Cordia Gerascanthus L.
This is one of the most common tingids in the West Indies and
Central America.

Teleonemla serupulosa Stal

One example, Mina Carlota, Trinidad Mts., March 21, 1925,
on Latana camara.

Teleonemla sacchari (Fabr )

Two specimens, Mina Carlota, Trinidad Mts., March 21
and 23, 1925, on Latana camara.

Acanthocbeila sigillata Drake & Bruner.

Female, Soledad, Feb. 13, 1925. This is the second record
of this species in Cuba. The types were taken on Pisonia aculeata
in Cuba.

Leptodictya bambusae Drake

Many specimens, Soledad, Feb. 13 and 28, 1925. This is
the most common species of the genus in the West Indies. It

1926]

Notes on Some Tingitidoe From Cuba

feeds on bamboo, but a series of specimens (nymphs and adults)
from Mexico were taken on sugar cane.

Corythucha gossypii Fabr.

Several specimens, Guines, March 18, 1925, on Ricinus
communis. This is a common insect throughout the West Indies,
Mexico, Central America and Florida. It breeds upon several
different species of plants, cotton being one of the preferred
hosts.

Corythucha spinosa (Duges)

Two specimens, Mina Carlota, Trinidad Mts., March 21,
on Latana camara.

Leptopharsa myersi, n. sp.

Head very short, black, largely concealed by the short hood;
spines moderately long, whitish, the anterior pair porrect, the
tips not touching; posterior pair and median spines directed
forward touching the surface of the head. Antennae moderately
long, whitish, the tips of the fourth segments black; segment I a
little stouter than II and about one and a half times as long;
segment III nearly three times as long as IV; segment IV con-
siderably longer than I and II taken together, clothed with a few
long hairs. Rostral groove becoming quite wide on the meso-
and metasternum, closed behind, the rostrum reaching to the
middle of the metasternum. Bucculae broad, closed in front.
Body beneath black, the rostrum and rostral laminae whitish.
Pronotum black, shining, narrowed anteriorly, unicarinate,
coarsely pitted, strongly swollen, nearly semi-globose; carinae
whitish, each composed of a single row of very minute cells;
paranota narrow, carinae-like, whitish, gradually becoming
slightly wider anteriorly, three or four distinct cells on each side
in front; triangular portion not tumid behind, distinctly notched
at the apex, the apex and posterior margin whitish. Hood

Psyche

[June

moderately large, transverse, covering a large portion of the very
short head, whitish, the areolae very small.

Elytra moderately broad, broady rounded at the tips,
pale testaceous, with broad fuscous band in front of the middle
of costal area, most of the nervures of subcostal, discoidal and
sutural areas (except apex) fuscous, the areolae transparent;
broadest at the transverse fascia; costal area broad, triseriate,
the areolae moderately large. Discoidal area elevated (with
sutural area), short, not reaching the middle of the elytra, tes-
taceous at the base and apex, the areolae semi-opaque; subcostal
area broad, composed of five rows of areolae at its widest part,
the areolae small, subequal in size to those of discoidal area;
sutural area with one very large cell near its apex.

Length, 2 . 45 mm. ; width, 1 . 3 mm.

Holotype, female, Mina Carlota, Trinidad Mts., March 24,
1925, in writer’s collection. L. unicarinata Champ., and L.
myersi are very much unlike the type of the genus of Leptopharsa.
The characters of the pronotum and the color of the elytra and
paranota readily separate these species.

THE SYNONYMY OF ACTINA VIRIDIS (SAY).

By Charles W. Johnson,

Boston Society of Natural History

For some time it has been evident that the old species,
Beris viridis Say, was being subjected to rather reckless treat-
ment. The description by Say is good, and the character
“scutel with four yellow spines” has always readily separated
it from the other species formerly referred to Beris. In 1848
Walker described Beris quadridentata. As the name indicates
it would apply only to the male, having four yellow spines on
the scutellum and not to the female with six spines. B. quad-
ridentata was placed in the synonymy under B. viridis Say by
Osten Sacken (Catl. p. 44, 1878).

Dr. G. Enderlein in 1920 (Mitt. Zool. Mus., Berlin, 10:209),

1926]

The Synonymy of Actina viridis (Say)

89'

recognized and redescribed B. quadridentata Walker, making it
the type of a new genus Hemiberis, although in the same pub-
lication (page 192) he recognizes Actina viridis (Say). Dr. En-
derlein’s description of H. quadridentata (Walk.) is based on a
single male from Wisconsin and agrees in every respect with the
male of A. viridis. His generic conclusion was evidently made
solely upon comparison with species of Hoplacantha Rond.,
Hemiberis in the male having the eyes separated and the posterior
metatarsi thickened.

Under the title “The generic position of Beris viridis Say,
“(Canadian Ent., vol. 56, p 24, 1924), Mr. C. H. Curran pro-
poses a new genus Allactina, genotype Beris (Actina) viridis Say.
In the generic diagnosis he says: — “scutellum with six large
spines,” a character which does not apply to B. viridis. There
is also the following discrepancy in the comparison of genera, —
“In addition, the eyes of the male in this species are broadly
separated, while they are contiguous in all the species I have
seen of both Beris and Actina .” Eyes of the male not contiguous
is one of the leading characters that separates Actina from Beris.
The above brings up a question. Should the name Allactina
be applied to the genotype or to the species with six spines on the
scutellum. As the intention was to propose a generic name for
B. viridis , I am inclined to think that — “six large spines” was
probably written by mistake.

Dr. 0. A. Johannsen under uBeris quadridentata Walker”
(Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., XX, 214, 1925) says: — “In the British
Museum there are several specimens under this name. Two
specimens a male and a female, have been selected as the types.
These, however, are not conspecific. The male is Beris viridis
Say, having four scutellar spines, as indicated by the specific
name, but the female specimen, also bearing a type label has six
spines. The synonomy noted above as pointed out by Osten
Sacken, makes the generic designation Allactina Curran, a
synonym of Hemiberis Enderlein ”

As to the genus Actina. With eight specimens of the geno-
type (A. nitens Latr.) before me, I find no character of sufficient
importance to separate B. viridis from this genus. The ad-
ditional posterior vein from the discal cell in A. nitens is only

Psyche

[June

rudimentary and is entirely absent in two specimens, while in two
others the vein forming the outer part of the discal cell is wanting.
It seems therefore apparent that the synonomy of this species
should stand as follows:—

Actina viridis (Say).

Beris viridis Say, Long’s Exped., App., 368, 1824.

Beris quadridentata Walker, List Dipt., I, 127, 1848.

Actina viridis Aldrich, Cat’L, 174, 1905

Hemiberis quadridentata Enderlein, Mitteilungen Zool.

Mus. Berlin, 10: 209, 1920.

Allactina viridis Curran, Can. Ent., 56: 24, 1924.

The species is widely distributed. I have before me 65
specimens collected from Codroy, Newfoundland, to St. Paul,
Minn., and south to the Black Mts., N. C. The only noticeable
variation is in those from the more northern locaiities, especially
in the males. Specimens from East Cape Anticosta Island,
collected July 7, 1881 by Mr Samuel Henshaw, are slightly
smaller and have the legs dark. All of the femora are brownish-
black, only the extreme basal part of the tibiae are yellow, the
tarsi are also dark except the posterior metatarsi, which are also
brownish toward the outer end The female, however, has only
the tips of the femora, the outer two-thirds of the tibiae and the
tarsi (except the posterior metatarsi) dark brown. I propose the
varietal name of obscuripes or the six specimens from Anticosta
Island. Holy type and three paratypes in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology. Allotype and one paratype in the Museum of
the Boston Society of Natural History. Two males from Low
Bush, Lake Abittibi, Ontario, June 11, 1925 (N. K. Bigelow),
have the femora blackish, except for narrow basal and apical
bands of yellow. A third male, however, from the same locality
has the femora yellow.

1926]

Types of Mallophora Rex

Concerning the Types of Mallophora Rex and
Cheysomela Bromley

In the June 1925 number of Psyche Vol. 32, p. 190, Mr. S.
W. Bromley described two new species of Mallophora , in part,
on material from the collection of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. He however, did not designate any
type specimens, and as the material returned to the Academy
was labeled types, I take this opportunity to record his type
fixation as follows:

Mallophora rex Bromley. Type, male; Southern Pines,
South Carolina, August 26, 1909. [Academy Collection, No.
6297].

Mallophora chrysomela Bromley. Type, male; Atlanta,.
Georgia, June 30, 1906, [Academy Collection, No. 6298].

E. T. Cresson, Jr.

Psyche

[June

TILLY ARD’S WORK ON INSECT PHYLOGENY.

By J. G. Myers.

On 30th April the entomologcal seminary of the Bussey
Institution, together with a considerable number of other Boston
entomologists was privileged to hear Dr. R. J. Tillyard, Entom-
ologist and Chief of the Biological Division of the Cawthron
Institute, Nelson, New Zealand, lecture on his study of fossil
insect and on the phylogeny of recent forms. At the same time
the excellent photographs and d agrams shown as lantern slides,
and still more the actual specimens of most of the important
fossil forms enabled specialists present to form their own opinons
as to the correctness of the lecturer’s conclusions.

Dr. Tillyard was led, on venational considerations alone, to
select or study the scorp' on-flies as affording a central type
which might serve as a guide to the relationships of several more
specialised and larger orders of Holometabola. Comparative
morphology proved inadequate as a sole means of elucidating
these relationships but the rich finds of ate Palaeozoic (Upper
Permian) and early Mesozoic (Upper Triassic) insects in Aus-
tralian rocks supplied at once an extremely valuable series to
help bridge the gap between the Carboniferous fossils of Europe
and North America and the Liassic remains of England and
Germany. This hiatus in the palaeo-entomological record was
almost completely filled by the discovery of a wealth of forms in
the Lower Permian of Kansas.

Until Dr. Tillyard’s work there was little palaeontological
evidence as to the origin of the more highly specialised and
dominant groups of modern insects — Lepidoptera, Diptera, Hy-
menoptera, Coleoptera, Hemiptera The first contribution on
the Permian and Triassic insects of Australia confirmed the very
close relationship subsisting between Trichoptera and Lepidop-
tera and established the probable origin of the Diptera, Lepidop-
tera, Trichoptera, Neuroptera and Mecoptera from a Mecope-
roid stem. A very convincing and practically complete venational
series was shown by slides and specimens to culminate in modern

1926] Tilly ard’s Work on Insect Phylogeny 93

lepidopterous and dipterous types. An interesting backward
extension of the series afforded by the discovery of true Mecop-
tera in the Kansan Lower Permian places the origin of holome-
taboly back at least half a geological period. The Upper Car-
boniferous Metropator , a fossil from the earliest horizon yet known
to furnish insect remains, is now believed to be a true Mecopteron,
leading to the possibility that complete metamorphosis may
have evolved even earlier and that the ancestors of the present
Panorpoid Holometabola may have been not merely Mecopte-
roid but actually Mecopterous.

Perhaps the most interesting link in the phylogeny of the
Neuroptera is afforded by the Lower Permian Protomerope, in
which the strong series of costal veinlets, the form of Sc and the
abundant branching of Rs and of M lead at once to the condition
exhibited by primitive Neuroptera.

The Australian fossils threw no light on the relationships of
the Hymenoptera. There were indications that this order was
related to those composing the “Panorpoid complex/’ but no
definite venational types from which the hymenopterous con-
dition could be derived. It remained for the Kansan Lower
Permian to supply more definite information as to the origin of
this order. In the beautifully preserved fossils for which has
been founded the new order, Protohymenoptera Tillyard, the
venation and texture are distinctly Hymenopteroid and yet
show, especially in the number and position of the cross-veins,
some evidence of Mecopteroid relationships. The divergences
are, however, greater than the resemblances and the Proto-
hymenoptera, with their supposed derivatives the Hymenoptera,
are believed to have sprung from another stem than that which
gave rise to all the other Holometabola. If, as the ecturer
suggested, the hitherto enigmatical Sycopteron symmetricum
Bolton from Commentry, France, belong also to the Protohy-
menoptera, then the origin of the Hymenoptera must be put
back to the Upper Carboniferous.

The acceptance of Protohymen and its relatives as near to or
identical with the ancestors of the Hymenoptera leads inevitably
to the replacement of the complicated MacGi livray (1906) in-
terpretation of the wing-venation in this order by a much

Psyche

simpler scheme comparable with that already suggested in the
Homoptera by the Tillyard modification of the Comstock-
Needham system The chief change concerns Cu. The vein
formerly known by this name becomes Cm while the stem called
by Comstock 1A + 2A is Cu2 + 1A. The corresponding change
in Homopterous horismology has now been accepted by every
authoritative worker in the sub-order while the present modi-
fication seems to meet the approval of most of the Hymenopte-
rists who have been able to examine the fossils. The differences
in venation between Protohymenoptera and Hymenoptera may
all be traced to specialisat on accompanying the evolution of a
wing-coupling apparatus

In spite of the fact that as far back as the upper Trias of
Australia true Coleoptera were the dominant insects, the origin
of the order long remained obscure. True beetles occurred also
in the upper Permian and with them primitive forms resembling
Coleoptera but with flattened elytra furnished with a straight
sutural margin and complete venation. These insects, cons-
tituting the new order, Protocoleoptera of Tillyard, were evidently
nearly related to the ancestors of the Coleoptera, but their own
affinities are very uncertain.

Outside the Holometabola the Hemiptera (sens, lat.) have
long formed perhaps the most isolated of insect orders. The
Heteroptera truly recognisable as such are recorded first in the
Triassic, where they were already differentiated into quite-
specialised gymnocerate and cryptocerate types. Fossils con-
necting this sub-order with more primitive forms are as yet
unknown. With the Homoptera, however, the case is far
different. Although the Protohemiptera, represented by Eugereon
and by Mesotitan, are nothing at all to do with the Hemiptera,
the Palaeohemiptera have proved so definitely hemipterous that
they are now apportioned among various fossil and recent familes
of auchenorrhynchous Homoptera. Most of the upper Permian
Homoptera are distinctly either auchenorrhynchous or sterno-
rrhynchous. Pincomhea is, however, in virtue especially of its
well-developed clavus, possibly annectent, although predominant-
ly sternorrhynchous. More generalised forms discovered in the
lower Permian of Kansas have taken true Homoptera much

1926]

Tilvyard’s Work on Insect Phytogeny

further back in geological time and have indicated the steps in
the evolution of the clavus. The original position of the wings at
rest in these primitive Hemiptera was almost certainly stegop-
terous. The folding of the wings flat on the back was accom-
panied by the shortening and widening of the clavus and the
thinning of the membrane distal of a line drawn transversely
from the tip of the clavus to a point on the costal margin, that is,
of those portions of the fore-wings which overlapped in the
resting position. Thus was developed the hemielytral condition
reaching its culmination in the typical heteropterous fore-wing.
Conversely the lengthening and narrowing of the clavus led to
the evolution of the type which reaches its highest development
in the tegmen of the Homoptera Auchenorrhyncha.

The venation of the most primitive of the Homoptera from
the Kansan lower Permian is derivable from a condition similar
to that seen in Copeognatha from the same beds. Thus for the
first time we have palaeontological evidence for the view originally
advanced by Borner from a consideration of the head structure
and mouth-parts, that the Psocids and Hemiptera are related
groups and that the latter with the Thysanoptera were derived
from mandibulate ancestors by way of a Psocoid intermediate
type. In the same complex obviously belong also the Anoplura,
which are, however, much more closely related to modern Psocids
through the Mallophaga.

PIN-LABELS IN MULTIPLES OF 1000, ALIKE

ONE DOLLAR PER THOUSAND

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 3 cents each, in total and per line, per
1000. Trimmed so one cut makes a label.

G. V, BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St«, STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the second Tuesday
of each month (July, August and September excepted) at 7.45
p. m. at the Bussey Institution, Forest Kills, Boston. The
Bussey Institution is one block from the Forest Hills station of
both the elevated street cars and the N. Y„, N. FI. & H. R. R.
Entomologists visiting Boston are cordially invited to attend.

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Schmitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Fins, Klaeger Fins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College A?e., Rochester, N. Y.

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXIII AUGUST-OCTOBER 1926. Nos. 4-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Some New Neotropical Ants. W. M. Mann . 97

A Note on Beris annulifera (Bigot). C. W. Johnson 108

Heteroptera in Ocean Drift. J. G. Myers 110

Phenology of Inquiline and Nest-making Bees. Charles Robertson 116

Descriptions of Four New Species of Eustictus (Hemiptera,

Miridse). H. H. Knight 121

Methods of Orientation in Dragon-fly Larvae. C. E. Abbott 124

New Name for Odynerus clypeatus Robertson. Charles Robertson 126

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1926

President .

. Mr. W. L. W. Field

Vice-President

Mr. O. E. Plath

Secretary .

Prof. J. Bequaert

Treasurer

Mr. F. H. Walker

Mr. C. A. Frost

Excutive Committee J-

. Mr. F. M. Carpenter

J . . Mr. P. J. Darlington, Jr.

Editor of Psyche .... Prof. C. T. Brues

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson, Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.

A. L. Melander, A. P. Morse,

College of the Peabody Museum,

City of New York, Salem, Mass.

J. H. Emerton, J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, foreign postage, 25 cents extra, Canada 15 cents, Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authors, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXIII. AUGUST-OCTOBER Nos. 4-5

SOME NEW NEOTROPICAL ANTS
By W. M. Mann

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Descriptions of the new species given in the following paper
are presented at this time so their names may be used in con-
nection with new species of myrmecophilous beetles. One in-
teresting new form, which has been collected from the stomach
of a toad by members of the Bureau of Biological Survey, is also
included.

Eciton gracellae, new species.

Worker. — Length 2.75-4 mm.

Head a little longer than broad, broadest in front of middle,
sides moderately convex, posterior corners narrowly rounded,
border shallowly concave. Eyes very distinct, situated a little
behind the middle of front of sides. Mandibular blades finely
and bluntly denticulate. Antennal scapes extending a little
beyond the eyes, all funicular joints longer than broad. Thorax
rather slender, in profile evenly convex. Epinotum on a lower
plane than the promesonotum, its surface shallowly impressed
at basal half, very feebly convex behind, twice as long as broad
and one and one half times as long as the declivity, into which it
very broadly rounds. Petiole in profile a little longer than high,
convex above, with the antero-ventral spine strong, elongate,
curved and acute at apex, extending backward; from above
longer than broad, with feebly convex sides, postpetiole in
profile as long as high and convex above; from above a little
longer than broad, with nearly straight sides. Legs long, rather
slender, claws simple.

Psyche

[August-October

Shining. Mandibles rather coarsely striate. Head and
body sparsely, moderately, coarsely punctate, except on the im-
pressed anterior portion of epinotum and on the meso- and meta-
pleurse which are densely punctate and subopaque.

Fine, elongate, erect yellowish hairs abundant on head,
body and appendages, on the gaster mixed with shorter and sub-
appressed hairs.

Gaster dark brown to black, remainder bright brownish red.

Type locality. — Ototonilco, Jalisco, Mexico.

Cotypes. — Cat. No. 29045 U. S. N. M.

Described from nine workers taken from a file running
through the grass in an orange grove, and named in honor of
Sehorita Graciella Mercedes Maderiaga, the child who found
them.

Eciton (Acamatus) peninsulare, new species.

Worker major. Length 3.5 mm.

Head about one fifth longer than broad, slightly broader in
front than behind, with broadly and shallowly concave posterior
border and rounded corners. Eyes not discernible. Mandibles
with several rather stout, separated teeth basally and one larger
one forming an angle between the base and the blades. An-
tenna stout, scape broadened and somewhat compressed apically,
extending about three eighths the distance to occipital corners;
funicular joints 2 to 8 a little broader than long, 9 and 10 as long
as broad, apical about as long as the two preceding joints to-
gether. Thorax rather stout, compressed laterally, nearly flat
above; epinotum more than half as long as pro- and mesothorax
together, its base on the same plane as the mesonotum and
separated from it by a narrow, though strong impression, de-
clivity distinctly shorter than the base and broadly rounding
into it. Petiole in profile only slightly longer than high, convex
above, antero-ventral tooth moderate in size and blunt at tip;
from above subquadrate, about as long as broad; postpetiole
from above transversely oval and one third broader than the
petiole; antero-ventral tooth stout and blunt at tip. Claws
simple.

1926]

Some New N eotropical Ants

Shining. Mandibles with short, coarse striae; head and
body with distinct, widely separated punctures, coarsest and
most abundant on the mesonotum, finest on the gaster.

Suberect, fine yellowish hairs rather sparsely distributed on
head, body and appendages.

Color pale to rather dark brownish yellow.

Worker minor. Length 1 .5 mm.

The smallest specimens in the colony differ in having the
head one and two thirds times as long as broad, with straight
sides (convex in the larger workers) and more deeply excavated
posterior border and the meso-epinotal impression feebly im-
pressed.

Type locality. — La Palma Davila, Lower California.

Cotypes. Cat. No. 29046 U. S. N. M.

Described from a series of 33 workers taken by the writer
from a cluster beneath a stone. Among them were numbers of a
Staphylinid beetle, which I have recently described as Pulico-
morpha coccum.

Eciton peninsulare is related to Eciton calif ornicum Mayr,
but much smaller in size and distinct in the absence of eyes, the
more elongate head, as well as the smoother, more shining and
sparsely punctate integument.

Eciton (Acamatus) sumichrasti Norton.

Female. — Length 11.5 mm.

Head from the front about as long as broad, slightly broader
in front than at occipital border, sides feebly rounded, occipital
border emarginate, occiput and vertex with large impressed
areas; vertex and front with a median longitudinal groove that
becomes stronger anteriorly and terminates at posterior border
of clypeus. Ocelli lacking; eyes of a single, white facet, situated
a little behind middle of sides of head. Mandibles slender,
thickest at middle, nearly straight, their tips obtusely pointed.
Median, triangular portion of clypeus longer than broad, an-
terior border very feebly emarginate. Frontal carinse anteriorly
rather acute above, posteriorly broad and convex. Antennal
scapes robust, clavate, about half as long as head; funiculi more

100

Psyche

[August-October

slender than scape, the first joint as broad as long, the others
distinctly longer than broad, the terminal slender, connate and
nearly as long as the two preceding joints together. Thorax
long, very gradually widened from front to rear, in profile about
three times as long as deep, slightly rounded in region of pro-
notum, flat behind, the dorsal surface of mesonotum shallowly,
though distinctly impressed at middle. Propleurae shallowly
and broadly impressed. Promesonotal suture very indistinctly
indicated by an impressed line; mesometanotal suture not dis-
cernible. Meta-epinotal impression distinct. Basal portion of
epinotum much longer than the flat declivity, into which tt
broadly rounds; dorsal surface a little broader than long, strong-
ly and broadly impressed at middle, the impression deepest
posteriorly, sides behind middle subgibbous. Petiole from above
transverse, not as broad as epinotum, sides very feebly divergent
behind, anterior corners broadly rounded, posterior corners pro-
jecting and obtusely angulate, posterior border strongly emar-
ginate, dorsal surface concave at middle, with rather strong
convexities at sides of concave portion, then sloping and indis-
tinctly impressed toward lateral borders; seen from the side the
node is much higher than long, arcuate in front and above and
emarginate on posterior outline, with the anterior portion of
sides convex and the posterior concave. Gaster elongate oval.
Hypopygium and pygidium submembraneous at borders, which
in the former are nearly straight and in the latter triangularly
excised. Sting not visible. Legs rather short, slender. Claws
simple.

Gaster shining, the rest nearly opaque. Head, thorax and
epinotum densely and finely punctate, the head more shallowly
than the rest, and in addition with scattered, coarser punctures
most conspicuous on the epinotum. Petiole densely and shallowly
punctate and more shining. Gaster with distinct, irregular,
separated punctures, each of which bears a moderately long,
stiff, finely pointed yellow recumbent hair. Mandibles and an-
terior border of clypeus sparsely punctate.

Erect hairs yellow, fine and abundant on head, thorax and
petiole and appendages.

Dark ferrugineous red, appendages paler, antennae yellowish.

1926]

Some New Neotropical Ants

101

Described from a female found with a cluster of workers
beneath a stone on the edge of the Barranca de Oblatos at Guada-
lajara, Jalisco, Mexico.

Alfaria bufonis, new species.

Worker. — Length 5 mm.

Head one fourth longer than broad, as broad behind as in
front, sides feebly convex, occipital corners broadly rounded,
border shallowly concave. Clypeus slightly convex, broadly
rounded at anterior border. Frontal area very distinct, the
surface immediately in front strongly, transversely impressed.
Antennal scapes slender basally, clavate toward apex, surpassing
occipital corners by a distance nearly equal to their width at tip.
Eyes small, round, convex, situated at middle of sides of head.
Promesonotum widest in front of middle, sides very feebly
rounded, surface slightly convex; inferior corners obtusely an-
gulate. Epinotum separated from mesonotum by a distinct
though narrow transverse groove, its basal surface on a lower
plane than the mesonotum, as long as the declivity, broadened
behind; slightly convex in profile. Petiolar node in profile longer
than high, convex above, with a sloping anterior face; from above
longer than broad, with sides rounded behind and nearly straight
in front. Gaster similar to that of Alfaria simulans Emery.

Subopaque. Head, thorax and abdomen with coarse, irregu-
lar punctures, approximate and with the surface between appear-
ing as a reticulum on the head and especially the pronotum, less
approximate on dorsal surface of petiole and abdomen and widely
separated on metapleurse, the entire surface with a silk-like
sheen; front of head at middle with a subtlely striate area;
frontal lobes and mandibles rather coarsely striate; antennal
scapes and legs with distinct, separated shallow punctures and
dense microscopic striolse.

Fine and silky, yellowish hairs moderately abundant on
head, body and appendages.

Dark brown to black, with a red-brown tinge, mandibles
and appendages lighter.

Type locality. — Choapam, Oaxaca, Mexico.

Type.— Cat. No. 29047 U. S. N. M.

102

Psyche

[August-October

Described from a single worker taken from the stomach of
a toad (Bufo valliceps Weig., U. S. N. M. 46967) collected by
Nelson and Goldman, July 28, 1894.

The type lacks the antennal funiculi and portions of the legs,
but is otherwise in good condition, with the pilosity well pre-
served. Alfaria simuians Emery, the nearest species, differs in
its shorter and stouter antennal scapes, in the entire absence of
an impression between meso- and epinotum, in its larger size
and lighter color.

Leptogenys (Leptogenys) peninsularis, new species.

Worker. — Length 7.5 mm.

Head, excluding mandibles, more than one and one half
times as long as broad, a little broader in front than behind, with
feebly arcuate sides, broadly rounded occipital corners and
straight border. Clypeus carinate at middle, the anterior pro-
jecting triangular portion as broad as long and subacuminate at
tip, the median lobes at middle of sides of front border low and
rounded. Mandibles distinctly shorter than sides of head, seen
from the front nearly straight, broadened apically, inner border
of basal portion subcultrate and terminating in an inner small,
broad lamellate triangle, blades strongly concave. Antennal
scapes surpassing occipital angles by about three-eighths of their
length, second funicular joint one and one-half times as long as
the first, remaining joints shorter and slightly thicker toward
apex, the terminal as long as the two preceding joints together.
Eye about as long as its distance to border of clypeus. Pronotum
as broad as long, broadest behind middle, sides convex, dorsal
surface slightly convex. Mesonotum slightly longer than broad,
with straight sides and posterior border. Meso-epinotal im-
pression moderate. Epinotal base nearly straight in outline
and about twice as long as the flat declivous portion, into which
it broadly rounds. Petiolar node higher than long, anterior
surface broadly convex, posterior surface flat, dorsum broadly
rounding into anterior and narrowly into posterior surface; from
above longer than broad, slightly widest behind, with sides
feebly arcuate. Abdomen elongate; sting strong. Legs long and
slender.

1926]

Some New N eotropical Ants

103

Head and thorax subopaque, finely and densely reticulo-
striolate, the striae transverse on posterior part of head, median
portion of pronotum and on the meso-and epinotum; petiole
with more subtle striation and gaster shining, with fine separated
punctures. Mandibles sparsely and coarsely punctured and very
finely striolate.

Fine, erect hairs rather sparse on head, body and legs; ap-
pressed yellow pilosity rather thin on head, thorax and abdomen.

Color ferrugineous.

Type locality. — Comondu, Baja California.

Cotypes. — Cat. No. 29048 U. S. N. M.

Described from 36 workers collected by the writer from
colonies found beneath stones by the stream that waters the
valley at Comondu. In size, structure of the head and mandibles
and in sculpture and pilosity and coloration, Leptogenys penin-
sularis is widely different from any of the described neotropical
species.

Erebomyrma nevermanni, new species.

Worker. — Length 1.25 mm.

Head, excluding mandibles, a little longer than broad and
about as broad in front as behind, with evenly arcuate sides,
rounded occipital corners and very feebly concave border. Man-
dibular blades with four rather strong teeth. Median portion of
clypeus convex, bordered at sides by narrow carinse terminating
at sides as triangular teeth, feebly emarginate at anterior border.
Frontal carinse delicate, continued to rear occipital border. An-
tennal scape extending slightly more than two-thirds the distance
to occipital corners, slenderly clavate, first funicular joint stout,
about as long as the three following together, joints 2-8 small,
strongly transverse, club nearly as long as the remainder of
funiculus, with the penultimate joint less than half as long as the
terminal. Eyes minute, situated a little in front of middle of
sides of head. Thorax robust. Pro-mesonotum feebly convex
above, humeri subangulate, anterior border with a narrow elevat-
ed margin, sides feebly arcuate and converging to the posterior
border which is a little more than half as broad as the anterior.

104

Psyche

[August-October

Mesoepinotal impression strong. Base of epinotum somewhat
transverse, longer than the declivity and narrowly rounding into
it; with a pair of acute triangular spines, nearly as long as their
distance apart at base. Petiolar peduncle nearly as long as the
node, which in profile is conical and as high as long, and from
above elongate oval. Postpetiole longer than broad and twice
as broad behind as in front, sides nearly straight, in profile much
longer than broad, convex above. Femora slender basally and
clavate apically ; tibiae stout.

Gaster and post petiole, mandibles and legs shining, the
remainder feebly shining. Mandibles sparsely punctate. Clypeus
and middle of front smooth, remainder of head rugulose-punctate
and with sparse striae which are longitudinal on front, reticulate
on occiput and diagonal on cheeks. Promesonotum sculptured
like the head, with the striae irregularly longitudinal. Epinotum
and meta- and epipleurae and petiolar peduncle cribrately punc-
tate. Petiole, postpetiole, gaster and legs smooth.

Hairs long, erect and very fine, moderately abundant on
thorax and abdomen, shorter and semirecumbent on head and
appendages.

Rather pale reddish brown; legs, tip of antennae and often
the petiole and gaster yellowish.

Type locality. — Hamburg Farm, Reventazon, Santa Clara,
Costa Rica.

Cotype. — Cat. No. 29049 U. S. N. M.

Mr. F. Nevermann found the colony in a rotten log, in
company with Euponera ( Trachymesopus ) stigma Fabr.

Erebomyrma longi Wheeler, from Texas, differs in having the
head longer and, in profile, much thinner, the humeri are not
angulate, the anterior border of pronotum, not margined, the
epinotal spines shorter and the post petiole transverse, as well
as in its finer sculpture and paler color.

Strumigenys (Tingimyrmex), new subgenus.

Head elongate, not strongly excised behind. Mandibles
short, remote at base, with a series of microscopic teeth at apical
third. Antennal scrobes deep and broad and extending length of

1926]

Some New Neotropical Ants

105

head. Pronotal humeri with lamellate spines, postpetiole very
large and broad. Clypeus, scrobes, posterior border of head,
anterior border of thorax, sides of epinotum, upper and lower
surfaces of petiole and lower surface of postpetiole with broad,
thin, semitransparent lamellae.

Genotype. — Strumigenys ( Tingimyrmex ) mirabilis, new spe-
cies.

Strumigenys (Tingimyrmex) mirabilis, new species (Fig. 1).

Worker. — Length 2 . 25 mm.

Head, excluding mandibles, nearly two times as long as
broad and about twice as broad at occiput as in front, sides
posterior to eyes nearly straight and parallel, in front of eyes
convergent, then very feebly sinuate and slightly divergent to
anterior border; occipital corners angulate, border shallowly
emarginate; vertex rather strongly convex. Clypeus broadly
convex, arcuate at anterior border. Mandibles a little more than

106

Psyche

[August-OetoLer

half as long as head, slender, acuminate. Antennal scapes
slender basally, somewhat thickened at apical half, attaining
occipital corners; first funicular joint thicker and scarcely shorter
than the second, which is a little more than three times as long;
as broad and subequal to the third, fourth joint two thirds as
long as the terminal, which is subfusiform and pointed at tip.
Eyes small, very convex, situated on lower margin of antennal
fossa, well behind middle. Pronotum nearly flat, broadest in
front, sides moderately arcuate, anterior angles with thick,
blunt spines longer than broad, posterior angles with elevated,
broad, lamellate triangular teeth, the bases of which continue as
elevated side margins to the strongly sloping mesonotum. Epi-
notum slender, the base shorter than the declivity and rounding
into it, strongly margined at sides, the margins prominently ex-
panded and angulate between basal and declivous portions,
nearly parallel on the declivity, nearly convergent anteriorly on
the base, making that portion from above triangular in shape
and less than twice as long as broad. Petiolar peduncle slender,
longer than the node ; node in profile with a rather concave dorsal
surface, as long as the sloping anterior surface and much shorter
than the posterior surface; from above transverse, prominently
angulate at sides, subangulate in front, exposed posterior outline
arcuate. Postpetiole nearly as broad as base of gaster and more
than three times as broad as petiole, less than twice as broad as
long, evenly convex above, anterior border straight, sides arcuate,
posterior border in three subequal parts, the lateral lines feebly
and the median distinctly emarginate. Legs long and rather
slender.

Exposed areas smooth and shining, dorsal surface with
sparse, exceedingly long and flexuous hairs, mingled on the head
and thorax with shorter, coarser and strongly curved erect
hairs; legs with stiff, moderately long, curved, semirecumbent
hairs.

Pale brown, appendages lighter, gaster darker.

Type locality. — Huachi, Beni, Bolivia.

Cotype.— Cat. No. 29050 U. S. N. M.

Described from a series of workers found by the writer
beneath a stone.

1926]

Some New Neotropical Ants

107

In writing the description, a cleared specimen has been used
to make out the outlines, which in parts are concealed by plates of
thin semi-transparent chitin, the development of which is ex-
treme in this species. This is not unlike yellowish mica with
reticulate lines through it, and not only margins the clypeus,
scrobes, occipital border of head and anterior border of pronotum,
but occurs as high thin plates on the epinotal margins and the
dorsal and ventral surface of petiole at middle and is acutally
spread over the surface in places, especially on the clypeus and
front of head (except the median portion of vertex).

These plates are chitinous in nature, as are the spongiform
processes, and Dr. N. E. Mclndoo, who kindly examined some
specimens for me, writes as follows:

“In regard to the nature of the spongy material on the
peduncle and other parts of a new species of ant from Bolivia, I
believe that it is chitinous, and not a waxy secretion, for the fol-
lowing reasons. When an alcoholic peduncle had been cleared in
xylene and mounted in balsam, and then observed under an oil-
immersion lens, the porous or spongy material had the same shade
of light yellow as that of the hairs and other chitinous parts;
and the external wall of this material was continuous with the
external wall of the chitinous integument. After the same pe-
duncle had been treated with cold caustic potash for 18 hours,
the spongy material was not destroyed. This is a sure test for
the presence of chitinous structures. Considering the above and
also that no pores are visible in the integument of this peduncle,
it would appear that this material is formed when the hairs and
chitinous integument are formed, and not at a later time.”

108

Psyche

[August-October

A NOTE ON BERIS ANN ULIFERA (BIGOT).

By Charles W. Johnson.

Boston Society of Natural History.

This seems to represent an extremely variable species. Spe-
cimens with all the femora and tibiae yellow, have been referred
to R. morrisii Dale, a European species, which has however quite
a different genitalia. I have not seen a typical morrisii from
America. Numerous specimens from New England and Canada
agree with Bigot’s description although “Georgie” is given as the
type locality. In a series of fifty-two specimens I am unable to
find characters of specific value, but there seem to be three quite
marked varieties, based on the general color of the legs. Not-
withstanding the fact that intermediate forms exist, it seems
well to consider these varieties rather than to have Bigot’s des-
cription the only means of determining this variable and widely
distributed species.

Beris annulifera (Bigot).

Oplacantha annulifera Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887,

p. 21.

Legs yellow, the posterior femora with a more or less pro-
minent sub-apical band of brownish black, tarsi black with the
base of the metatarsi yellowish. Its distribution is as follows:
Bretton Woods, N. H., June 24, Oquossoc, Me., July 2, (C. W. J.),
Lake Nipigon, July 4 and Lake Abittibi, Ontario, June 23 (N. K.
Bigelow), English River and Athabasca River, (Kennicot) N.
Calif., (Mus. Comp. Zool.) Alaska, (Coquillett).

Around the base of Mt. Washington, N. H., there are as-
sociated with the typical form the two varieties described below.
There is also considerable variation in the venation. The two
veins extending from the tip of the discal cell may be quite
widely separated, close together, or fused and petiolate. A few
specimens have an angle and stub — a vestige of a fourth vein
arising from the discal cell. The latter variation is best shown

1926]

A Note on Beds annulifera {Bigot)

109

in a series from Lake Nipigon, Ontario, collected by N. K.
Bigelow.

Beris annulifera var. luteipes var. nov.

Beris morrisii of authors, not Dale.

Femora, tibiae and posterior metatarsi entirely yellow, the
front and middle metatarsi yellow except the tip, the remaining
tarsal joints blackish.

Holotype and allotype Seattle, Wash. (0. B. Johnson);
Denver, Col. (Oslar); Kearney, Ontario (M. C. Van Duzee);
Lake Nipigon, Ontario, (Bigelow), collection of C. W. Johnson.
Glen House, and Bretton Woods, N. H., St. Johnsbury, Vt.
(Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.).

This form is more prevalent in the females than in the males.

Beris annulifera var. brunnipes var. nov.

All of the femora and tibiae dark brown, the extreme tips of
the femora and basal third of the tibiae yellow, the tarsi entirely
dark brownish black.

Holotype and allotype, Parroquet Island, Labrador, July 21,
1887, “Arethusa coll.” (S. Henshaw). In the collection of the
Boston Society of Natural History. Paratypes from the same
locality in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. There are
also specimens from Bretton Woods, N. H. in the Society’s col-
lection, and from the mountains east of Codroy, Newfoundland,
July 19, (P. G. Bolster) in the author’s collection.

Psyche

[August-October

HETEROPTERA IN OCEAN DRIFT.1

By J. G. Myeks.

The presence of occasional terrestrial insects or their remains,
in beach drift is a phenomenon of little ethological significance;
but the occurrence on some rare occasions, under circumstances
but little understood, of considerable windrows extending some-
times for miles along the beach and often consisting of little else
but insects, is a matter for legitimate speculation.

In 1915 Torre Bueno published extensive records of Heterop-
tera found in drift on lake and ocean shores, and in 1917 Parshley
made further observations on this phenomenon. Mr. P. J.
Darlington makes a practice of examining such drift on the
Massachusetts coast for Coleoptera, and he has kindly given
me four small collections of Heteroptera from this material.
Though the species present are not extremely numerous, the
circumstances of season and composition render them worthy of
record as modifying certain conclusions of previous writers on
this obscure subject.

In the lists which follow, the species marked B were present
also in Torre Bueno’s material, while P indicates those observed
by Parshley.

Nahant, Mass., 19th May, 1926.

Pentatomidce

1 Podisus maculiventris (Say) B

1 Podops cinctipes (Say) BP
Aradidce

6 Aradus rohustus Uhl. (3 males and 3 females).

2 A. quadrilineatus Say

1 A.falleni Stal

Lygceidce

1 Cymus angustatus Stal P

1 Drymus crassus Van D.

Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Insti-
tution, Harvard University, No. 268.

1926]

Heteroptera in Ocean Drift

111

6 Eremocoris ferus (Say) BP (The most abundant species,
Bueno, 19th July)

2 Cryphula parallelogramma Stal
Gerridce

1 Gerris rufoscutellatus Latr. B
Miridce

1 Lygus pratensis (L.)

Ipswich, Mass., 22nd May, 1926.

Pentatomidce

1 Meadorus lateralis (Say)

Aradidce

5 Aradus robustus Uhl.

1 Aneurus inconstans Uhl.

Lygceidce

5 Eremocoris ferus (Say) BP

Nahant, Mass., 13th June, 1926.

Cydnidce

2 Amnestus spinifrons (Say) B (Most abundant species,
Bueno, 3rd Oct.)

3 Galgupha nitiduloides (Wolff)

1 G. atra (A. and S.)

Pentatomidce

1 Podops parvula Van D.

1 P. cinctipes (Say) BP
Aradidce

1 Aradus similis Say
Lygceidce

1 Ozophora picturata Uhl.

1 Blissus leucopterus (Say)

3 Eremocoris ferus (Say) BP
Tingidce

1 Corythucha juglandis Fitch
Miridce

1 Capsus ater (L.) P

1 C. ater var. semiflavus (L.) P

2 C. ater var. tyrannus (Fabr.)

112

Psyche

[August-October

Ipswich, Mass., 20th June, 1926.

Pentatomidce

1 Menecles insertus (Say)

Lygceidce

1 Eremocoris ferus (Say) BP
Miridce

5 Capsus ater semiflavus (L.) P

3 C. ater tyrannus (Fabr.)

As to the season, it is interesting that Parshley’s three
records of the phenomenon in question occurred between 21st
June and 1st August, while Bueno’s observations, extending
over a considerable number of years, were made in July, Sep-
tember and October. Mr. Darlington’s first two lists are then
apparently the first to be compiled in spring.

With regard to supposedly collaborating circumstances,
Parshley noticed that “in each case there was a light on-shore
breeze with fair weather, and in none was the occurence preceded
by an unusually violent off-shore wind, though on the day before
the last a moderate land-breeze was observed.” Bueno notes
that on at least one of the occasions when he collected ocean
drift there was “a heavy sea breeze.” In the present cases Mr.
Darlington recognizes certain weather conditions as necessary
for renumerative drift collecting; but these conditions seem to
depend more upon warmth and bright sunshine acting as stimuli
to extensive flights, than of direction of wind. The wind on 19th
May for instance was quartering, but blowing rather more on-
than off-shore; while on the 22nd, the direction of the breeze
was practically parallel to the beach. On both these occasions,
and in fact on all days when collecting was well rewarded, ac-
cording to Mr. Darlington, the weather was hot and insects were
observed flying in the sunshine.

As an example of the form in which the material is found,
the drift on 19th May was said to consist of a broken windrow
extending for about half a mile. The most common constituent
insect was a Bibionid, which made up more than all other species
combined. Next most abundant were Coleoptera and thirdly
Heteroptera.

1926]

Heteroptera in Ocean Drift

113

Finally, as to the Heteroptera represented in beach-drift,
Bueno records 66 species, of which 22 were in Lake Michigan
drift and 49 in ocean debris (with 5 common to both situations).
Parshley adds over 30 more species, while the present lists include
17 forms not previously recorded. It is therefore obvious that
we are still far from knowing how many eastern North American
Heteroptera may occur in this plight, but the extreme variety of
the records so far published renders it likely that any species may
be so found. In Bueno’s material the Pentatomids (sens, lat.)
were far the most plentiful, with Lygseidse next in abundance.
After considering the representation of other groups Bueno con-
cludes that “the relative abundance of the families is what
should be expected, in view of the fact that the Cimicidse [Pen-
tatomoidea] are abundant in numbers and strong fliers and that
the Myodoehidse [Lygseidse], next to the Miridse, are the largest
of the Heteropterous families and most abundant as to in-
dividuals.” In Mr. Darlington’s lists, however, while the Ly-
gseidse are strongly represented by 6 species with 21 examples, a
preponderance brought about by the frequency of the littoral
Eremocoris ferus, the Aradidse, insects by no means frequent in
the field, have 5 species with 16 specimens — an unexpectedly
high representation, and one out of all proportion to their relative
abundance as gauged by ordinary methods of collecting. Mr.
Darlington states that on 19th May, Aradids were at least as
numerous in the drift as all other Heteroptera put together. On
later occasions their relative numbers decreased. Since the col-
lections made are likely to represent more truly the number of
species present than the proportion of individuals I list the
families in order according to the former criterion, — Lygseidse,
6 spp., Pentatomidse and Aradidse 5 spp. each, Miridse 4 forms,
Cydnidse 3 spp., Gerridse and Tingidse, 1 each. Judged on both
criteria the Aradidse come second on the list.

From the fresh and indeed frequently living condition of
the stranded insects, the presence of Heteroptera in beach drift
is a sure indication that each species concerned has indulged,
perforce or sua sponte, in flights over the water. Parshley re-
marks that the “phenomenon is not to be explained in connection
with the spring and fall flights when the air seems alive wi

114

Psyche

[August-October

insects on the wing, as it has been observed at various other
seasons, and for the same and other reasons such flights do not
seem to be nuptial in character.” He offers the suggestion that
“on a clear day with a slight, on-shore breeze the surface of the
ocea,n reflects sunlight with a peculiar sparkling brilliancy which
might conceivably attract insects already flying above the land
in unusual numbers because of some favouring combination of
atmospheric conditions.”

The outstanding feature of the present case is the unex-
pectedly strong representation of such cryptozoic woodland in-
sects as the Aradids. That these bugs, in common with many
social, semi-social or gregarious insects living in the same cryp-
tozoic habitat, exhibit the phenomenon of a definite autumnal
flight seems well ascertained in some species. Thus, with Aradus
australis Erichs, in New Zealand, February appears to be a
flying period during which these insects may be found in the
most unlikely places, in houses, on windows in cities and often
in large numbers in spiders’ webs. Indications of a similar habit
occur in Ctenoneurus hochstetteri (Mayr), a New Zealand Mezirine
which has been observed flying at midday in brilliant sunshine.
Bueno found two species of Aradus and one of N euroctenus in
ocean drift on 19th July.

That there is a definite spring flight of North American
Aradids has been shown by Parshley (1921, p. 4). I have taken
at Blue Hills, Mass., Aradus quadrilineatus in the open on 13th.
of May. This species is included in our present ocean-drift list, as
is also Lygus pratensis (L.), of which Mr. George Salt saw exten-
sive flights in the vicinity of Boston during the earlier part of
May. The preponderance of Bibionid flies in the first drift re-
corded in the present paper is obviously associated with the
spring-flights so characteristic of these flies and so familiar to all
who collect at that season. It seems therefore altogether probable
that the occurrence in large numbers, of insects in general and of
Heteroptera in particular in ocean-drift is related more often
and more exclusively than Parshley believes, with definite spring
and autumn flights. It is at least likely that Aradids form a
considerable portion of such debris only during the spring and
fall flights.

1926]

Heteroptera in Ocean Drift

115

References.

Parshley, H. M.

1917. Insects in ocean drift. I. Hemiptera Heteroptera. Can
dian Entom., XLIX, pp. 45-48.

1921. Essay on the American species of Aradus (Hemiptera).
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XE VII, pp. 1-106, pis. i-vii.

Scott, H.

1926. Coleoptera in the sea. Ent. Mo. Mag., LXII, p. 115.
(Records large numbers of Staphylinids struggling in the sea
2 3-4 miles from the Suffolk coast, and adds a note by J. J.
Walker on great swarms of Coccinellids washed up on the
Kentish shore during the great irruptions of these insects in
1869).

Torre Bueno , J. R. de la 1915.

1925. Heteroptera in beach drift. Ent. News, XXVI, pp.
274-279.

116

Psyche

[August-October

PHENOLOGY OF INQUILINE AND NEST-MAKING BEES.
By Charles Robertson
Carlinville, Illinois.

Cases observed with a flight of only 1-10 days are excluded
as fragmentary. Comparisons should be made with 6, 105-9.

Colletes and Epeolus. — Colletes flies 224 days, Mar. 20-Oct.
30, six together June 20-29 and Aug. 26-Sept. 5. It shows a
maximum of 46.6 per cent June 21, 53.3 per cent flying in July
and August. Epeolus flies 148 days, May 29-Oct. 23, four to-
gether Aug. 29-Sept. 5. Its flight is 76 days shorter than that
of Colletes. C. incequalis lacks only 3 days of completing its
flight of 81 days, Mar. 20-May 31, before Epeolus begins. Evi-
dently it is not infested by any Epeolus.

E. interruptus, May 29-June 19, is evidently an inquiline of
C. cestivalis, May 8-July 1. It may, however, belong to C. brevi-
cornis, May 29-June 29, or to both. E. bifasciatus, June 12-Oct.

3, is probably an inquiline of C. latitarsis, June 13-Oct. 1, and
perhaps also of C. willistonii, May 28-Sept. 5; E. pusillus, Aug.
26-Oct. 23, of C. americanus, Aug. 18-Oct. 30; E. autumnalis,
Aug. 29-Oct. 13, of C. compactus, Aug. 26-Oct. 21. The former
pair are small, the latter large. C. armatus, Aug. 17-Oct. 7 may
be infested also by E. autumnalis or by E. coreopsis, Aug. 20-
Sept. 5.

Grsenicher (3) says Argyroselenis minimus is an inquiline of
C. eulophi, which flies 146 days, May 28-Oct. 30. I have taken
A. minimus but once, July 8.

Mecaghilini and Ccelioxys. — The Megachilini, 14 species, fly
165 days, May 11-Oct. 22, all together for 8 days, July 3-10.
Six species of Ccelioxys fly 161 days, May 12-Oct. 19, all together
for 42 days, July 4-Aug. 14.

Megachile brevis, May 15-Oct. 22, may be infested by C.
octodentata, May 12-Oct. 19 (I think it has been recorded in Ent.
News) and M. mendica, May 16-Oct. 11, by C. sayi, May 21-Oct.

4. Xanthosarus latimanus, May 28-Oct. 20, is infested by C.
rufitarsis, July 4-Oct. 19, according to Grsenicher (2), and I have

1926] Phenology of Inquiline and Nest-making Bees

117

seen the inquiline enter the burrows. Oligotropus campanula,
June 25-Sept. 14, is probably infested by C. modesta, June 25-
Aug. 28, both small species. The flight of C. texana, June 25-
Aug. 14, and C. germana, June 25-Sept. 3, are covered by the
flight of Megachile generosa, June 11-Sept. 28, M. sexdentata,
June 14-Sept. 10, and M. petulans, June 17-Sept. 20. According
to Shuckard (7) Codioxys infests Megachilini with modified front
tarsi. There are not as many inquilines as would be expected
otherwise.

Osmiince and Stelidini. — The Osmiinse fly 211 days, Mar. 21-
Oct. 18, with a maximum of 75 per cent June 16, 90 per cent
flying in June. May 21-25, 28 and June 6-11, 70 per cent are
flying. The Stelidini fly 163 days, May 9-Oct. 18, all together
May 7-14.

Alcidamea simplex, 85 days, May 3-July 26, and Microstelis
lateralis, 43 days, May 9- June 20, are host and inquiline (Crawford
8, 5)., Neotrypetes carinatus, 144 days, May 28-Oct. 18, and
produdus, 138 days, June 3-Oct. 28, the females mixed and
counted for both species, are evidently infested by Stelidium
trypetinum, 135 days, June 6-Oct. 18. In 6, 109, produdus should
be carinatus.

Bombince and Psithyrus. — Bombus americanorum, Mar. 5-
Nov., and P. variabilis, Apr. 28-Nov., are host and inquiline, as
stated by Frison (1). Their time and frequency indicate this.

Halididce, Sphecodini and Paralidus. — The Halictidse, Mar.
17-Nov., are probably infested by Sphecodini, Mar. 31-Nov.
Chloralidus is probably host of Paralidus, both March 15-Nov.
P. cephalicus, May 9-Oct. 19, was taken at a bank where C.
zephyrus, Mar. 21-Nov., was nesting.

I would arrange the Halictidse as follows: Halictinae, wing
veins not enfeebled; Halictini: Halictus, etc.; Sphecodini: Sphe-
codes, etc.; Lasioglossinse, outer veins enfeebled; Lasioglossini :
Curtisapis, Evylseus; Chloralictini : Chloralictus, Dialictus, Pa-
ralictus. The last is an offshoot from Chloralictus. The Spheco-
dini were derived from Halictini, not from the forms with outer
veins enfeebled.

Andrenidce and Nomadidce. — The Andrenidse fly 227 days,
March 17-Oct. 30, have a maximum of 68.8 per cent May 11-13,

118

Psyche

[August-October

75.5 per cent flying in May, 64.4 in April, 48.8 in June. Only
one is flying July 30-Aug. 12, while 6 are simultaneous Sept. 8-20.
The Nonadidse fly 212 days, Mar. 21-Oct. 19. Twenty species
fly 129 days, Mar. 27-July 27. The maximum is May 5 when
there are 14 species flying simultaneously. Three species fly 54
days, Aug.27-Oct. 19, all together for 25 days, Sept. 8-Oct. 2.

Forty-five species of Andre nidse and 20 of Nomadidse com-
plete their flight before August and are evidently related as host
arid inquiline, but there are so many that it is hard to match
them. I think Centrias erigerontis, June 17-21, is an inquiline of
Pterandrena rudheckice, June 10-Aug. 17. C. americanus, Apr. 29
-July 16, ends when only 3 Andre nidae are flying, Pterandrena rud-
heckice, Trachandrena quintilis and T . obscura. It begins 42 days
before any of these, in which time it evidently infests some other
species. Cephen texanus, July 17-27, probably belongs to Trachan-
drena quintilis, July 8-29, T. obscura- July 16, or Pterandrena
rudheckice, which are the only Andrenidse flying at the time.
Holonomada vincta, Aug. 27-Oct. 2, is probably an inquiline of
Pterandrena helianthi, Aug. 27-Oct. 10. H. placida, a small spe-
cies, Sept. 6-Oct. 19, may belong to Pterandrena solidaginis,
Aug. 13-Oct. 22, or Andrena nubecula, Aug. 13-Oct. 30. Nomada
vicina, Sept. 8-Oct. 19, is most closely associated in time with
Pterandrena asteris, Sept. 8-Oct. 21.

Panurgidce and Pasititidce. — Holcopasites illinoensis, June 6-
Aug. 23, is probably an inquiline of Calliopsis andreniformis,
May 30-Oct. 14. Heterosarus parvus and Pseudopanurgus albi-
tarsis are the only other Panurgidse flying in the early part of
June.

Anthophoridce and Meledidce. — Five species of Anthophoridae
fly 166 days, Apr. 8-Sept. 20, averaging 63.4 days. Excluding
Emphoropsis floridana, the male observed for 16 days, the average
is 75.2.

Bombomelecta thoracica, April 18-May 28, flies during the
time of Anthophora ursina, April 8- June 22. M electa interrupta,
taken twice, June 18, July 19, is probably an inquiline of Ame-
gilla walshii, July 6-Sept. 20. It no doubt flies much later than
Anthemcessa abrupta, May 7-July 29, and Clisoden terminalis,
May 25- July 27.

1926] Phenology of Inquiline and Nest-making Bees 119

Emphoridce, Euceridce and Triepeolus. — The Euceridse fly
198 days, Apr. 8-Oct. 22. Excluding Tetralonia, they fly 132
days, June 13-Oct. 22. Triepeolus flies 118 days, June 26-Oct. 21,
all together for 5 days, Aug. 30-Sept. 3.

In 4, 37, I accepted Ashmead’s erroneous opinion because
Triepeolus was mixed with Epeolus. There were too many of
them and they were too large to be inquilines of Colletes.

Triepeolus donatus, Aug. 11-Oct. 11 infests Melitoma taurea,
June 24-Oct. 7 (Ashmead in 5). T. helianthi, Aug. 11-Oct. 3,
infests Melissodes trinodis, June 14-0ct. 6 (Graenicher 2). T.
pectoralis , Aug. 30-Oct. 21, coincides pretty well with M. autum-
nalis Aug. 21-0ct. 22. Triepeolus is too late to infest Tetralonia.
Tetralonia dilecta , Apr. 18-July 14, may be infested by Holono-
mada superha, Apr. 20-June 24.

Of 296 local species, the short-tongued bees are 50.6 per
cent. In general they are the primitive bees and occupy the
original positions. The long-tongued bees, developed later, have
turned to flowers whose nectar has become so deeply seated as to
be rather inaccessible to the short-tongues. They have not dis-
placed the lower bees, but have taken up new ecological positions.
That the long-tongues have been compelled to find new places for
themselves is shown in the development of inquilines, 77.7 per
cent of which are long-tongues. Inquilines are 38.3 per cent of
long-tongued bees and 10.6 per cent of short-tongued bees.

Of the short-tongues, the Halictidse are the only ones which
have developed inquilines, Sphecodini and Paralictus. Natural
selection seems to have favored the development of inquilines,
just as if they could live at the expense of previously established
bees better than they could actively compete with them.

About the only adaptive characters shown by inquilines are
differences in size. They run smaller than their hosts and the
small species belong to small hosts.

The characters by which the species may be distinguished
are unusually non-adaptive. The mutationists, with whom the
origin of species seems to be the same as the origin of specific
characters, might readily point to inquilines as species with
whose origin natural selection had nothing to do.

The inquilines, however, generally, if not always, have

120

Psyche

[August-October

different hosts with which their size and flight are correlated.
Natural selection clearly favors this diversification. My view is
that the inquilines separated first and got their specific differences
afterwards.

An inquiline producing mutants infesting the same host
could not produce more individuals and could not become the
basis of new evolution any more than one which did not produce
them.

As regards species in general I hold that everyone has selec-
tive characteristics, holds its own bionomic position, and is the
result of natural selection.

Note on Sphecodini. — According to Schuckard (7, 108), St.
Fargeau, Westwood and Latreille regarded these bees as inqui-
lines, while Kirby and Smith regarded them as nest-makers.
Mueller (9, 50) says they feed their young with the disgorged
surplus of their own food.

Literature Cited.

1. Frison, T. H. 1916. Note on the habits of Psithyrus varia-

hilis. Bull Brook. Ent. Soc. 11: 46-7.

2. Graenicher, S. 1905. Some observations on the life history

and habits of parasitic bees. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc. 3:
153-67.

3 , 1906. A contribution to our knowledge of the

visual memory of bees. Bull. Wis. N. H. Soc. 4: 138-9.
4. Robertson, C. 1899. On the flower visits of oligotropic bees.
Flowers and insects XIX. Bot. Gaz. 26: 27-37.

5 , 1899. Flower visits of oligotropic bees. Bot. Gaz.

28: 215.

6 . , 1924. Phenology of anthophilous insects. Flower

visits of insects II. Psyche 31: 93-111.

7. Shuckard, W. E. 1866. British bees.

8. Swenk, M. F. 1914. Studies of North American bees.

University Studies. Lincoln Nebr. 14: 1-36.

9. Mueller, H. 1883. Fertilisation of flowers.

1926] Descriptions of Four New Species of Eustidus

121

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES OF EUSTICTUS
(HEMIPTERA, MIRID,E)y

By Harry H. Knight,

Ames, Iowa.

Eustictus ainsliei n. sp.

This species runs to venatorius Van. D., in my key to the
species (Hem. Conn., 1923, p. 481), but is distinguished by the
long hairs on antennal segment I, by the shorter length of seg-
ment I as compared with width of head, by the long bristle-like
hairs on pronotum, and long hairs on hind femora instead of
spines.

cf. Length 6.4 mm., width 2.4 mm. Head: width 1.32
mm., vertex .23 mm. Rostrum, length 3 mm., extending upon
fourth ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length .98 mm.,
thickness .17 mm., set with erect bristle-like hairs, length of
several hairs greater than diameter of segment, mottled with
black and white; II, 2.7 mm., brownish black with a few fine
pale marks evident; III, 1.4 mm., with more pale than segment
II; IV, 1.35 mm., brownish black. Pronotum: length 1.23
mm., width at base 2.14 mm.

Coloration very suggestive of venatorius, but more broadly
white on hemelytra, basal half of pronotum, and front of head;
calli black, with five blackish rays extending back half way to
basal margin. Dorsum clothed with erect long hairs, distinctly
bristle-like on pronotum; apical half of femora and basal half of
hind tibiae set with long erect hairs, the hind femora without true
spines such as are found in venatorius.

Holotype: d April 14, Orlando, Florida (G. G. Ainslie),
collected at light; author’s collection. Named after the col-
lector, Mr. G. G. Ainslie who kindly presented the specimen.

Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Iowa
State College, Ames, Iowa.

Psyche

[August-October

l22

Eustictus spinipes n. sp.

Allies to mundus Uhler, but distinguished by the longer an-
tennal segment I and the strong spines on apical half of femora
and basal half of hind tibiae.

d. Length 4.9 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width 1.01
mm., vertex .36 mm.; eyes smaller and vertex much wider than
in mundus. Rostrum, length 2.46 mm., attaining base of fourth
ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length .81 mm., thick-
ness . 157 mm., set with short bristle-like hairs which in length
do not exceed half the width of segment; II, 2.2 mm.; Ill, 1 . 14
mm.; IV, .94 mm.; all the segments red without dark markings,
last segment somewhat darker red. Pronotum: length 1.06
mm., width at base 1 .67 mm.

Coloration very similar to mundus but with antennae reddish.
Hind femora with several long spines on apical half, occurring on
dorsal surface near apex only; hind tibiae set with regular rows of
strong spines, longer on basal half, length exceeding thickness of
tibia.

Holotype : d August 25, 1925, Sanford, Florida (E. D. Ball);
author’s collection.

Eustictus pilipes n. sp.

Coloration nearly as in spinipes, but differs in the long,
erect hairs on first antennal segment and the longer, erect hairs
on tibiae and femora.

$. Length 5.9 mm., width 2.2 mm. Head: width 1.13
mm., vertex .46 mm. Rostrum, length 2.93 mm., extending
upon fifth ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length .97
mm., thickness .18 mm., bearing erect bristle-like hairs, several
of which exceed thickness of segment; II, 2.77 mm.; Ill, 1.42
mm.; IV, 1.14 mm.; red, without black marks. Pronotum:
length 1 . 13 mm., width at base 1.89 mm.

Coloration nearly as in spinipes, but head, antennae, and
legs of deeper red. Spines on basal half of hind tibiae replaced by
long hairs several of which in length are equal to three times
thickness of tibia. Femora also bearing long hairs on ventral
margin, and apically on posterior and dorsal margins.

1926] Descriptions of Four New Species of Eustictus

123

Holotype : 9 August 30, 1925, Sanford, Florida (E. D. Ball);
author’s collection. Paratypes : 2$ July 18, 1894, Tavures,
Florida.

The coloration of this species would suggest that it might be
the female of spinipes, but of twelve species known from both
sexes, no variation of tibial spines and hairs, and type of hairs on
antennae occurs.

Eustictus pubescens n. sp.

Distinguished by the short but rather abundant pubescence
on legs, body and antennae; legs and antennae uniformly yellowish
without black marks.

$. Length 5.7 mm., width 2.74 mm. Head: width 1.2
mm., vertex .40 mm. Rostrum, length 2.29 mm., scarcely at-
taining posterior margins of intermediate coxae. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .68 mm., thickness .18 mm., clothed with very
short stiff pale hairs; II, 1.7 mm., somewhat more slender at
base; III, .97 mm.; IV, 1.11 mm.; uniformly yellowish. Pro-
notum: length 1.21 mm., width at base 2.3 mm.; rather spar-
sely and coarsely punctate; scutellum smooth.

Coloration rather uniformly yellowish, pronotal disk and
scutellum fuscous, calli paler. Embolium broad and flat, clear,
yellowish to red on apex, embolar margins thickly set with short
pubescence. Membrane, inner and apical angles of cuneus, fus-
cous. Legs thickly clothed with erect, short pale pubescent
hairs, tibial spines very short and confused with the hairs.

Holotype : 9 . June 11, 1913, Monticello, Florida (H. B.
Scammell); Cornell University collection.

124

Psyche

[August-October

METHODS OF ORIENTATION IN DRAGON-FLY LARVAE
By C. E. Abbott
Elgin, Illinois.

Most terrestial insects orient themselves through vision,
and most of them take advantage of the direction of light rays.
Although other factors may influence the direction in which a
given individual will travel, the visual, and possibly the olfactory,
senses seem to be those chiefly utilized in maintaining a direct
path. The only studies of a complete nature relating to this
phenomenon in aquatic insects were made by Holmes (1905).

In the following experiments, the larvae of Anax junius and
some species of Aeschna were employed. Two larvae were taken
from the water, and the left eye of one insect and the right eye of
the other covered with asphaltum. As soon as the asphaltum
hardened they were put back into the water for about an hour.
They were then removed and placed on a sheet of white paper.
Their courses were traced with a pencil as they crawled. Ten
such tracings were taken at one time; the animal was then
placed in the water and allowed to rest. Thirty tracings in all,
were taken for each of the two insects. The animal always turned
toward the side with the covered eye. Often, after a few trials,
the paths were almost straight; showing that habit tended to
overcome the turning. These experiments were conducted in
diffuse daylight.

Other experiments were tried with a beam from a 500 watt
bulb. A larva with the left eye covered was placed at right angles
to the beam and to the left of its source. In twenty-one trials it
turned five times to the left, eight to the right, four times it fol-
lowed a straight course, and finally turned four times to the right.
On the following evening it turned seven times to the left, eighteen
times to the right, once it took an irregular course, and once
turned to the right. Two evenings later it first followed a straight
course once, turned six times to the left, once followed a straight
course, and finally turned seven times to the right. On the same
evening, this insect was tried facing the light. Once it followed a

1926]

Methods of Orientation in Dragon-fly Larvce

125

straight course, once turned to the left, again move din a straight
course once, turned twice to the right, to the left once, moved
straight ahead once, turned to the right once, and resume 1 the
straight course five times. An insect with the right eye covered
entered the light at right angles and at the left of its source.
This larva turned to the right twice, took one irregular path,
turned to the right once, to the left twice, to the right once, and
to the left twenty-one times. When facing away from the source
of light, it first followed a straight course, and then turned to the
left twenty times. Facing the light, it turned always to the left.

Observations based on a study of these larvae in their natural
habitat or in aquaria gives some clue to the above irregularities.
The insects are strongly thigmatropic. When a number of them
are put into a vessel containing nothing but water, they will
cling to one another until a great mass of intertwined insects is
formed. This mass is not easily broken by the addition of chem-
icals, but very warm water will scatter the larvae. Normal-
ly, these larvae will seek out small sticks or the stems of plants
and cling to such objects. Usually the entire ventral surface of
the insect is in contact with this substratum, and the legs sur-
round it in a close embrace. This brings the long axis of the
insect’s body parallel to the object upon which it rests.

The revolving disc that Dolley (1916) used so successfully
in his experiments on Vanessa antiopa had no influence on the
young dragon-flies, either in or out of the water. The nature and
direction of light was a little more effective. Among aquatic
insects the tactile sense seems to be only a shade less important
than vision, and in may cases even more important. Anax and
Aeschna larvae orient primarily through contact stimuli. The
influence of vision in orientation is secondary.

Literature.

Dolley, W. L.

1916. Reactions to light in the mourning-cloak butterfly,
Vanessa antiopa. Jour. Exper. Zool. XX, p. 357.

126

Psyche

[August-October

Holmes, S. J.

1905. The reactions of Ranatra to light. Jour. Comp. Neur.
and Psych. XV, No. 4.

New name for Odynerus clypeatus Robertson. — On
account of Odynerus clypeatus Saussure 1852, this is changed to
Odynerus bradleyi Robertson. — Charles Robertson, Carlinville,
Illinois.

PIN-LABELS IN MULTIPLES OF 1000, ALIKE

ONE DOLLAR PER THOUSAND

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 3 cents each, in total and per line, per
1000. Trimmed so one cut makes a label.

G. V. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Schmitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33, Entomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

?7¥

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

Established in 1874

VOL. XXXIII DECEMBER 1926. No. 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Forel. E. A. Andrews.. . . 127
Color and Sex in the Indian Walking Stick, Dixippus morosus.

A. J. Mangelsdorf 151

Notes on the Behavior of Dineutes americanus. H. B. Smith 156

On the Megachile of South Dakota. T. B. Mitchell 162

A Species of Urocerus from Baltic Amber. C. T. Brues . 168

Melemcea magdalena Hulst. T. D. A. Cockerell 170

Professor Carlo Emery 171

Benjamin Pickman Mann 172

Index 175

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

President .
Vice-President
Secretary .
Treasurer

Excutive Committee^
Editor of Psyche

OFFICERS FOR 1926

. Mr. W. L. W. Field
Mr. O. E. Plath
Prof. J. Bequaert
Mr. F. H. Walker
Mr. C. A. Frost
. Mr. F. M. Carpenter
Mr. P. J. Darlington, Jr.
Prof. C. T. Brues

EDITORIAL BOARD OF PSYCHE

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

C. T. Brues, Harvard University

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

C. W. Johnson, Nathan Banks,

Boston Society of Natural History. Harvard University.
A. L. Melander, A. P. Morse,

College of the Peabody Museum,

City of New York, Salem, Mass.

J. H. Emerton, J. G. Needham,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. Wheeler,

Harvard University.

PSYCHE is published bi-monthly, the issues appearing in February, April, June, August,
October and December. Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $2.00 to sub-
scribers in the United States, foreign postage, 25 cents extra, Canada 15 cents, Single
copies, 40 cents.

Cheques and remittances should be addressed to Treasurer, Cambridge Entomological
Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston 30, Mass.

Orders for back volumes, missing numbers, notices of change of address, etc., should be
sent to Cambridge Entomological Club, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, 30, Mass.

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS.

Manuscripts intended for publication, books intended for review, and other editorial
matter, should be addressed to Professor C. T. Brues, Bussey Institution, Forest Hills,
Boston, 30 Mass.

AUTHOR’S SEPARATES.

Reprints of articles may be secured by authcws, if they are ordered before, or at the
time proofs are received for corrections. The cost of these will be furnished by the
Editor on application.

PSYCHE

VOL. XXXIII. DECEMBER No. 6

SEQUENTIAL DISTRIBUTION OF FORMICA EXSEC -
TOIDES FOREL.

By E. A. Andrews.

Johns Hopkins University.

Observations here recorded, indicate that the mounds made
by this ant arise and pass away in rhythms harmonious with
phases of forestation.

The continued life of this species may indeed be dependent
upon the migrations to new growths of trees. Trees that when
young furnish food for the ant, when mature may cut off sun-
light needed to make the mound a successful incubator for the
young.

Thus in fifteen years there has been found a migration of
mounds comparable to the moving on of some primitive peoples
dependent upon newly cleared forests.

According to the book upon ants, and to other writings of
that foremost student of these animals, Professor William Morton
Wheeler; the most common mound building ant of North Amer-
ica belongs in the species of Formica exsectoides Forel, and its
mounds have been observed in Nova Scotia, Ontario, Maine,
New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, New
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, North Carolina, Georgia, Wis-
consin, Illinois and Colorado, though there may be doubt as to
all the extreme western forms being of the same species as the
others.

In general these ants are spread along the Appalachian
region and are to be looked for in hilly or mountainous regions
where the land is wooded more or less. It is thus exceptional to
find these mounds near sea level as Wheeler observed them in
Staten Island and as I have seen a few in Massachusetts ten feet

128

Psyche

[December

above low tide and but few hundred feet from open salt water
and again near Baltimore in the region of Cowenton on the neck
between Bird River and the Gunpowder at an elevation of much
less than one hundred feet.

One important factor in restricting these mounds to hilly
country may well be not so much the elevation as the probable
association of good cultivation with level and lower lying land
while in the hills there are greater opportunities for partly wooded
regions, especially abandoned fields and clearings growing up
with new woods and left comparatively free from live stock and
human interferences, so that the colonies of ants may find both
food and freedom from disturbance for long periods of years.

The classical account of the mound building ants of America
is that of the enthusiastic student of ants, the late Rev. Henry
C. McCook, who camped out for a week in August 1876 amongst
the ant communities one mile north-east of Hollidaysburg near
Altoona, Pennsylvania, where there were some fifty acres of ant
mounds on the southwest base of Bush mountain belonging to
the Cambria Coal and Iron Co. This region of sandy, stoney soil
grown up with open woods of oak and few pines was known to the
people of the region as the “Ant City”: and at the present date
the trolley station there is labelled “Ant Hills.” In this com-
munity or city were no less than 1700 dwellings; 25 to 33 to the
acre. In other neighboring regions: Warriors Mark and Pine
Hill: there were in the former 30 to the acre (but some were
abandoned and moss grown) and in the latter 1800 dwellings at
the rate of 30 to 59 per acre.

Not only were the mounds so numerous but some were of
great size, 10-12 feet around the base and 2J^-3 feet high. A
photograph published by McCook shows a mound that was 25
feet around, 6 ft. 9 in. up the West front, 3 ft. 6 in. up the East,
4 ft. 4 in. on the South and 4 ft. 3 in. down the North face.
Another photograph represents a mound 24 inches in vertical
height and a third one 32 in height.

At Warriors Mark and Pine Hill he records even larger
mounds. A fine cone was 12 feet across over the top and 30 feet
around the base. While the largest of all three thousand or more
seen was 42 inches in vertical height and 58 feet around the base

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Foret 129

while a line across its top measured 24 feet. This was one of a
pair and the other measured 15 feet across the top and 47 feet
about the base. Both these great structures were built up upon
an old level charcoal hearth; and hence their age was limited.

No such large accumulation of these vast works of mound-
building ants seems to have been recorded elsewhere; but
Wheeler figures a mound in New Jersey 1 m. x 3.25 meters and
a mound of another species in Belgium as 2.15x9.8 meters.

In Maryland the mounds made by this ant are not un-
common in the wooded mountains of central and western coun-
tries where the summer, visitor often evicts them with little
regard for any claims that might be set up by these red and black
original inhabitants so that in time not only the demands of
agriculture but the thoughtless aspects of enjoyment of nature
may combine to exterminate the present mound builders.

In eastern Maryland one may find the mounds here and
there in Baltimore County, near Baltimore, as along the hills
West of the limestone valley in which lies Cockyesville, up the
Beaver Dam Run, and north of Green Spring valley where a
fine grass-grown mound was measured and photographed in
1906 by Professor Philip H. Friese, along the North Run, a mile
north of Stevenson. As described in a letter of that date this
mound was about thirty inches in height and a perfect cone
except for rounded top and evidently owed its steepness to being
covered with grasses, some of which were not represented among
the grasses of that neighborhood. And as above noted there are
quite a number of small medium mounds near the shore below
the Piedmont Plateau, in the region near Cowenton. While most
of these mounds stand alone or a few in a group, an unusually
populous settlement of ant’s mounds was found near Lutherville
and Timonium, some nine miles north of Baltimore, by the late
Professor Basil Sobers who called attention of the Baltimore
Naturalists Field Club to this favorable place for study of these
mound builders.

However these ants were earlier known to the late Professor
Philip Uhler, sometime Associate in Natural History in the
Johns Hopkins University and Provost of the Peabody Institute,
who told me that in his boyhood, when he lived at Lutherville,

130

Psyche

[December

these ant mounds were less numerous but individually larger.
That period was probably about 1850. This is in harmony with
the existence in 1905 of a few very large circular regions in-
dicating old mounds long since washed away.

The region in which these ant mounds of Timonium occur
is a large tract of deserted land of some 600 acres, roughly a mile
on each side, bounded on the West by the York turnpike, on
the East by a road leading out of the old Dulaney Valley and
Sweet Air Turnpike, on the North by the “cinder” road and on
the South by the open farming country of Long Quarter. This
region is largely given up to young woods and used as wood lots,
not pastured nor fenced for the most part, having been formerly
used as source of bog-iron ore for the Ashland Iron Ore Co. of
Ashland, Md. which left various large and small excavations
abandoned at different dates down to 1888 when the last work
was done. It is represented by diagram one, which shows the
positions of the ant mounds, but with the size exaggerated.

The land slopes gently from elevation of 400 feet in the
northwest to elevations of 300 toward the southeast and two
springs give rise to a little run which flows toward the Gunpowder.

The soil is poor with gravel and at the south a small outcrop
of crystalline limestone with two large excavations. The geo-
logical formation is said to be Potomac or lower Cretaceous.

A reconnaissance of this area made in December 1905 showed
that the ant mounds were located in two regions, a larger “town”
near the York road [above in the diagram] and a smaller “village”
to the south [to the right and below in the diagram] separated
from the larger settlement by a third of a mile of woods in which
however a few faint indications of the former existence of large
mounds suggested that at one time the two settlements might
have been connected. Ants carried in the following summer
from the mounds of the larger to the mounds of the smaller set-
tlement did not seem to excite hostile responses but were im-
mediately allowed to run into the mounds without being fought
by the inhabitants. Ants taken April 14, 1906 from the “village”
and put in a mound in “town” did not start up a fight, but the
queens were seized and dragged along into holes in the strange
mound. This may be taken as some indication that the ants in

1926J Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Forel 131

the two settlements were not of remotely different origin, but
probably all of one general society.

In the larger town 157 mounds were enumerated of which
95 were occupied and 62 deserted while in the village only 27
mounds were found; of these 22 were occupied, and 5 deserted.
The larger mounds were in the larger settlement, while the
village had the appearance of being a more recent growth from
immigration.

In size the mounds varied from 1 to 8 feet in diameter and
4 to 24 inches in vertical height.

Three general types of architectural effect were noted.
Some mounds were free from vegetation and showed fine conical
forms the resultant of the untiring efforts of the ants to carry up
onto the mound mouthfulls of earth and bits of stick and dead
leaf as well as large bits of stone and other objects to be found
on the surface of the ground near the mound, counteracted more
or less by the down rolling and washing of the materials in the
usual process of denudation of hills of all sizes. When the sub-
soil is red the mounds are red, when white, white, and again the
collections of small sticks may give grey effects.

A second type of mound common in grassy glades presents
more abrupt sides and artificial, tower-like contours from the
combination of the above factors complicated by the upgrowth
of certain grasses and other plants, as peppergrass, which tend
to holding the down-rolling materials in steep slopes. A third
and rare aspect is that of the mound partly coated over with
moss which makes the natural surface more resistant to denu-
dation and tends to emphasize differences in slope between the
faces of the mounds that do and do not support moss.

While the typical mound is nearly circular many are much
elongated as if made up of the fusion of two formerly separate
cones: while others elongate down steep slopes of the ground.

Changes in Distribution of Ant Mounds in the Timonium
Ant Community in 15 Years.

The census of the mounds of the entire region made in 1905
showed 184 mounds of which 117 were occupied and 67 deserted.

A second census made by several students in 1920 recorded

132

Psyche

[December

193, of which 182 were occupied and 10 or more deserted. The
impression, however, was that many mounds were smaller, that
there were not as many great mounds as fifteen years before;
and this is in harmony with the opinion of Professor Uhler that
the mounds of 1850 or so had been larger and fewer than fifty
years after that.

Diagram 1

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Ford 133

Actual survey showed that the many mounds were dis-
tributed differently from the mounds of 1905. The following
table shows the changes in distribution:

North Middle South

Active Deserted Active Deserted Active Deserted
1905 40 24 55 38 22 5

1920 33 9 65 1 84 1

Thus the deserted mounds of the north section had largely
disappeared, and so had those of the middle region and of the
southern region; however, the census of deserted mounds was
not as accurate in 1920 as in 1905.

The increase in active mounds was most pronounced in the
southern settlement or village where the number jumped up
from 22 to 84, nearly a 400% increase.

There was also an increase from 55 to 65 in the middle region
and a diminution in the north from 40 to 33. The increase was
greatest in the south, great in the middle, and negative in the
north.

The shift of population from the north and the occupation
of new mounds in the middle and south is shown at a glance in
the first diagram, which shows by dots the mounds that were
active in 1905 and by x marks the mounds deserted in 1905, and
by triangles the active mounds of 1920 and by squares the in-
active mounds of 1920.

Many of the active and very many of the deserted mounds
of 1905 were not extant at all in 1920. We see here that the more
easterly mounds of the community had been abandoned, all the
mounds of 1920 being to the west or to the south, -with few ex-
ceptions. None of the deserted mounds became reinhabited as
far as ascertained. After 15 years but two of the deserted mounds
were still discernible as traces as indicated by a square enclosing
an x. In 1920 three of the active mounds of 1905 had been de-
serted as indicated by squares enclosing dots. After 15 years,
some 25 mounds still remained active as indicated by triangles
around dots. But very many of the active mounds, shown by
the plain triangles, were new developments not directly con-
nected with the mounds of 1905.

The nearly pure constellations of these new mounds are,

134

Psyche

[December

near the York Road in the middle region, called the flats, and
the larger one in the south, village, region.

The area embraced by the population in 1920 is no more
extensive than in 1905 and the number of active mounds about
the same, but there was a shift of relative location of many
domiciles: the north losing, the middle and especially the south
village gaining many new mounds.

There had been increase in density of housing: in the north
and middle concentration had resulted from occupancy of about
one fourth the former area. Concentration is accompanied by
abandonment of some areas and migration into others but the
entire area is not abandoned nor fundamentally altered in its
interior, but rather one edge fades away as the opposite advances.
After fifteen years the northwest part is reorganized; there is
recession all along the east and great protrusion in the middle
west portion; while the south village expanded in all directions.

In the town the centre of population moved to the west;
destruction of some suburbs being compensated for by new
growths elsewhere.

Yet the entire occupied area has shrunken while holding
about the same number of domiciles.

Before considering possible causes of these shifts in popula-
tion, some details of change in the northwest region may be
considered. Of 61 nests mapped in 1905 only 18 were found, of
these 8 were still active and 10 dead; but three of these had been
dead in 1905, thus of the 18 found, 8 had continued 15 years and
7 had failed in that time. Of the 61, 21 were apparently
deserted in 1905. Thus, of 40 active nests, fifteen years left 7
remaining as vestiges and 8 as still active. Also there were still
remaining vestiges of three that were dead in 1905.

Table of amount of growth in

6 of the 8 that survived 15

years.

Mound No.

Gain in Height

In Diameter.

2 in.

34 in.

54 twin

12 36 N. S.

18 20 N. S.

Average 6

Average 23-27

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Forel 135

The mounds that continued active through 15 years had
grown variably, from 2 to 12 inches in height and from 5 to 50
inches in width. Each of the above eight mounds was a foot or
more in height in 1905 and doubtless of some years’ standing.

Special attention should be called to the pair of mounds No.
54 on the edge of a gravel pit which were always conspicuous
for dark color and coarse sandy surface due to the special en-
vironment ; there being hereabouts little but subsoil and a growth
of false indigo which in the fall yielded dark blackish leaves that
were collected on the nests to such an extent as to make these
appear very dark. The hills in 1905 were small but not ap-
parently young; one 9 by 24, the other 4 by 18 inches. In the
whole 15 years the former grew to be 11 by 29 and the latter 12
by 36. They had grown almost to touch at the base and one had
advanced a little over the edge of the cliff. From that period up
to the present, these two mounds remain but little changed,
being of very slow growth, apparently resulting from poor con-
ditions of soil and of vegetation.

In contrast, the mound No. 59 which was very large in
1905, being 2 feet by 5 feet, had in fifteen years grown to 32
inches by 96 inches, measuring 115 inches over its surface and
with a circumference of 22 feet. This mound in the midst of
Japanese honeysuckle has always been nearly clear of all but a
little grass and the vine has stopped rather abruptly at the moat
or clear area about the base, being restricted in growth by the
ants of this very successful nest. This mound still continues,
and though in the past few years it showed signs of weakness in
lack of growth and poor upkeep it is greatly recovered in 1926.

Many other cases were recorded showing marked indivi-
duality in the mounds, not only in architecture and location but
in longevity, rate and character of growth and decay.

The individuality of each mound is a result of interaction
of the environment and the special internal states of each com-
munity, as failure or success depends upon both external and
internal factors.

The mound is not only the abode of the adults but pre-
eminently the incubator for the young and thus the means of
securing the perpetuation of the race. The mound is not a tem-

136

Psyche

[December

porary seasonal affair like the nest of a wasp but may be of very
considerable permanence, one of the most enduring architectural
results of insect communism. In considering possible reasons
for differential success and failure as between mounds near to-
gether, it must be born in mind that these ants are long-lived
amongst insects. Ants were kept in captivity by Lubbock for
five or six years as workers and up to fifteen years of age in the
case of a female ant.

In nature ants of this species lie dormant about four months
of the year and it may be that thus they live longer than in cap-
tivity; nevertheless it is probable that the mound may outlast
the lives of the original builders and be possessed throughout
the generations.

Some of the mounds mapped in 1905 were already large and
remained active in 1920 and even in 1926. To attain that large
size probably requires several dr many years judging from the
measurements elsewhere recorded (Andrews, Growth of Ant
Mounds, Psyche, 32, 1925); so that a mound already large in
1905 may at this present writing be over thirty years old which
is in harmony with the estimates of McCook as to the time that
one mound may endure and in agreement with the fact that Forel
had a prosperous mound of a related European ant under obser-
vation for forty years. The final end of the existence of a mound
may be like that of a human city, variable, complex and to be
known only by detailed history — which has not as yet been
written up to the last day of any ant mound.

That the mound may persist longer than the original found-
ers of the mound is probable also from a described habit of this
ant to seize upon young female ants after swarming and to get
them into the old mound in some cases so that many mothers of
different ages are actually found in a well advanced mound.
Hence the deficit of population from old age may be compensated
for and the tribe or family be able to live on in the same old
mound, if all goes well.

As to empty mounds: beside desertion by migration any
one mound may lose its inhabitants either from internal or ex-
ternal causes, (sufficient disease or epidemics are not yet known)
but old age of the inhabitants would lead to an empty mound if

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Foret 137

the above process of substitution of younger for older did not
succeed in any one mound. Of external inimical factors there
are many, such as man’s culture of the field, his domesticated
animals tramping on ants and the mounds, his direct hostile
acts and the attacks from animals that feed on ants, as the skunk
and the woodpecker, also adverse influences of mosses and other
vegetation. In this Timonium region, the direct causes of the
extinction of life in moulds are not at all known.

On the other hand the differential dying off of many mounds
in one part of the area and the coincident appearance of new
mounds in another section of the area is a phenomenon that may
be correlated with environmental factors. As far as known
important enemies of the ants are largely absent from the whole
area and as impotent in one as in another section of the region
and the success or the failure of groups of mounds would seem
more likely due to some factors that have changed slowly through
the many years.

As in general Formica exsectoides is found where there are
trees but not dense old forests, it may be regarded as a dependent
upon certain stages of forestation.

In the north region of the diagram during the slow dis-
appearance of so many mounds there was greater growth of the
trees and increase in their age. In the middle region the inrush
of new mounds in fifteen years has been accompanied by the up-
springing of a new growth of young trees.

This correlation of many new mounds with new trees and
many empty mounds with old trees may well be significant. It
is supported by such facts as: the vestiges of old mounds in the
region between the ant “town and village” where the woods are
dense and old; the failure of a mound transplanted to the large
woods of “Homewood” and its better success when the ants
migrated spontaneously to the open edge of the wood in Wyman
Park; the great success of colonies in the Holidaysburg region
where mining operations kept the forest cut down in part; the
present flourishing of a large colony in the cut-over forests of
the neighboring Warriors Mark. (Andrews, Ent. News, 1925),
and the observation that this ant in early spring is more active in
regions of sunny exposure than in older woods.

138

Psyche

[December

If the trees and ants are interconnected possibly one or the
other of the two basal factors of animal success may be involved;
the gaining of food for energy of the individual ant or else the
proper conditions for reproduction and the continuance of the
species. One mound may not obtain food enough to keep up the
depletion in population, while another mound may obtain a sur-
plus of food and be able not only to maintain itself but actively to
colonize the surrounding neighborhood with new and rapidly
growing mounds.

Unfortunately little is known about the food of this par-
ticular mound building ant. In this region it is observed that
the ants climb the trees near their mounds and go out on the
branches and leaves; it is observed that they get honey dew
from some kinds of aphids or plant lice and from the black leaf
hopper Vanduzea arcuata Say. They are seen to drag various
dead insects into their mounds.

It may be assumed that these ants depend greatly upon
trees for their food supply which is partly at least carbohydrate
in nature. In artificial formicaries many kinds of ants can be
kept very long periods when fed chiefly sugar and water or honey.

If it be granted that ants derive their energies from food
supplied by trees, there may be an inverse ratio between the
food got and the work done in getting it, according to the height
and food-supplying character of the trees. If small young trees
give as much food per unit of leaf or photosynthetic element as
do the old trees, then the labor of going up the old tree to get the
food will be greater than going the short distance up the young
tree; and on an exceedingly tall tree, the ants might use up all
the energy acquired before they ever got down to the ground
again. Also, it may well be that the tender young shoots of
young trees feed more aphids and yield more sap than is available
from like area of the twigs of an old tree, so that it would ad-
vantage the ant to visit the young rather than the old tree.

From the data given in “Bau und Leben unserer Wald-
baume,” M. Buesgen, Jena, 1917, we infer that the total photo-
synthetic area of a young tree five or six years old may be some 4
square meters; but of an older tree 13 to 14 meters in height, from
8 to 24 square meters according as to whether it grows under

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsedoides Forel 139

shade or jutting up into the sunshine. In a crowded stand of
such trees each may have 12 square meters area of leaf. Each
of these crowded trees may then expand three times as much
leaf area as when young but it will be perhaps six times as high
as when young: thus the ant to get all over its green leaves will
have to run up twice as much trunk as when the tree was young.
We conclude that as long as the trees are young and have not
crowded one another and have plenty of sunshine their combined
leaf surface within the ant’s walking distance to its mound will
be greater than when these trees have grown crowded and tall,
since the stems of the trees increase more rapidly in height than
the entire leaf area expands.

In endeavoring to apply the above considerations to the
observed changes in distribution of the ant mounds we observe
that in the fifteen years the trees of the old wood in the north-
west area had grown older and the ground more densely shaded,
and the ants had not increased.

In the middle region where in 1905 the earth was quite bare
and very poor dump, spread out in a plain of several acres, there
had grown up more and more young trees, especially black locust,
gradually encroaching from the edges over more and more of the
bare area along with coarse grass and brambles and Japanese
honeysuckle. In this region the new ant mounds became very
abundant.

Again in the region of the “village”, where in 1905 trees were
few and far from the two old mine holes that were grass-grown,
there sprang up more and more young trees and here again the
number of ant hills greatly increased.

On the other hand, in the region where the large “stone
house” group of mounds had been in 1905 there was no increase
and no new trees, and besides the fields were cultivated and
there was some passing of vehicles along the wood edge.
Also the diminution along the older roads to the east may
have been due to the fact that trees had grown larger so that
there may not have been as good feeding conditions here, in
1920, as formerly.

There seems to be some correlation between the success of
new mounds and the presence of young vigorous trees, and some

140

Psyche

[December

correlation between the dying away of colonies of old mounds,
and the maturity of trees which brings shading and presumably
difficulties of food getting. The subject of shading as a cause of
decay is very important and may be the decisive factor in the
effect of old trees upon ant mounds.

Although in the Alps the natives may find their way by the
elongation of the E. W. axis of mounds of Formica exsecta (as
confirmed by Huber, 100 yrs. ago); — in Timonium, many nests
seem elongated N. S. with longer south slope, but that this is not
universal is indicated by the following measurements made for
me in April 1920 by Mr. Spielman.

Twenty vigorous nests in the region, on the flats, werg
measured as to diameters N. S. and E. W. and as to angles at th
top of the nest along those directions of compass as follows .

E. W. angle

N. S. angle

Diameter

Degrees

■ E. W.

Inches

N. S.

130

145

130

125

120

155

120

125

140

125

135

115

140

130

135

130

125

130

145

125

100

120

130

125

100

120

115

130

125

130

110

115

120

125

150

120

—

i 2475

2570

1082

1125

rage

123.75

128.5

54.1

56.25

While these

measurements

show that

some

nests do

have any extension toward the South, which would lower the
angle and increase the diameter N. S. as compared with the E.
W., yet on the average there is a slightly greater angle and greater
diameter in the N. S. direction.

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Foret 141

Moreover the angles, running from 100 to 155 degrees, are
much more uniform in the E. W. than in the N. S. directions;
thus there are no very flat nor steep angles E. W. while the ex-
tremes are all found in the N. S. direction.

When the above anigles are plotted on curves of frequency
it is seen that the E. W. angles cluster close to the 120-130
degree norm, in a steep curve, while the N. S. angles spread
widely right and left from an irregular flat curve having the same

norm.

Apparently there is some factor in the N. S. direction acting
to disturb the conical symmetry the materials of the nest would
exhibit if deposited without preference, like the sand in an hour
glass.

A second set of measurements of vigorous growing mounds
taken at random in the same general region rather newly oc-
cupied, was made in October 1920 by students, Spielman and
Lord, with the results given in the following table :

Height

Angle at top.

Angle of slope to horizon.

Distance
over top.

inches.

E. W.

N. S.

in inches

E.W. N. S.

104

110

80 92.5

121

102

42 39.5

121

123

91 90

131

130

31 28

12.5

126

124

46 53

112

115

3/3

40 43

11.75

108

126

43.5 50

114

126

43 . 5 50

120

125

84 : 87

100

110

77 80

110

125

54 55

120

125

90 89

130

125

89 85

110

105

54 54

120

125

58 55

m 258

1747

1796

482

487

483

436

923 951

rer.

116.5

119.7

32.5

61.5 63.5

From this table may be gathered that the average angle at
the top was slightly larger in the N. S. than in the E. W. direction
and that the distances over the top were somewhat greater, in

142

Psyche

[December

average, in the N. S. than in the E. W. directions; moreover the
four different angles made by the slopes N. S. E. and W. were
least in the S. and greater and almost equal in the other three,
on the average. This indicates a tendency for the south slope
to be spread out, increasing the angle at the top and the distance
over the top and diminishing the angle of slope on the south face.

These fifteen hills were steep cones, the angles at the top
being small, from 100 to 131 degrees and graphs indicate a norm
about 120-125. The angles on the W. and E. were similar in
variation from 26-34 and from 23-42 respectively while the angles
N. and S. show a wider range, 22-55 and 19-43 respectively.
Thus the most gentle slope was found on the south face and the
most abrupt slope, 55 degrees, on a north face.

The measurements over the top show the mounds to range
from 31 to 91 inches E. W. and 28 to 92.5 N. S. And curves of
these measurements show the norm of the N. S. distances to be
greater than that of the E. W., indicating again that the mounds
are prevailingly drawn out in the N. S. direction.

This slight average overgrowth of the southerly exposure
of many mounds in this Timonium region is due to more work
being put on that part of the mound and this is very patent in
some mounds whose northerly sides show but few ants over them
and even become abandoned to such an extent as to be no longer
thatched over with a compact layer of earth and organic frag-
ments, as are the perfect mounds, but are eaten out by the rain
so that some internal cavities are bared, as in an abandoned
roofless part of a human dwelling.

Irrespective of North and South, extra work upon only one
aspect of a mound is often very patent when the mound is reared
upon a slope, as often happens in this region of many old open
mine holes. Here the running of the soil down hill is ever counter-
acted by the ants placing more particles upon the steep slope till
the form of the mound departs very greatly from a cone of circular
base and becomes drawn out like a glacier. Investigation would
be needed to determine why the ants put more material on the
side from which it tends most to roll away but this may be con-
nected with the observed ability of the ants to repair breaches in
the mound, filling up cavities, and finally reconstructing perfect

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Forel 143

cones, when as much as half the mound has been taken away
completely.

Presumably the greater work on the south side is connected
with temperature or some other result of insolation. In general
the ants are very sluggish in cool weather and very increasingly
swift and active with high temperatures and we know from
horticultural experience that any mound of earth in these lati-
tudes tends to be noticeably warmer on the southerly expanse
and this difference in temperature might be the reason for greater
work put on that more sunny side just as Forel has assumed that
the early morning sun on some European mounds enables ants
to get to work earlier and so succeed in rearing more young on
the easterly slope of a mountain than on the westerly slope.

On the other hand the connection between sunshine and
mound building may be much more complex as is suggested by
the remarkable facts brought out by the investigations of this
ant, Formica exsectoides, by foresters in New England. It was
observed from 1912 onward that plantations of forest trees were
found to show dead regions about ant-mounds and after some
false clues it became evident that the ants took active part in
killing the trees.

H. B. Pierson (Jour, of Forestry, XX, 1922) described the
actual actions of the ants in biting and stinging the small trees
not far above the ground, resulting in death of the whole tree.
In other trees the ants killed the 'leaves. Mapping the dead trees
indicated that the ants killed the trees with reference to the sun,
the trees being damaged most greatly on the east, west and south
of the mounds. “As soon as the shadow of a tree was east on
the nest for any length of time, that tree was attacked.”

Some attacks of these ants upon vegetation near the mounds
were seen in the Timonium colonies as follows. About each
mound there is a well cleared area or moat on which most all
vegetation is checked and surface material carried off till the
underlying pebble or gravel is often exposed very markedly.
When the strongly encroaching Japanese honeysuckle is rampant
all over the adjacent area, its leaves and shoot tips are nibbled
by the ants as soon as they encroach onto the mound or even grow
within a foot of it. External to this circumferential band of de-

144

Psyche

[December

midation there are also attacks upon vegetation. In one case
catbriars growing to overhang the mound on the north were
attacked and the ants seen to nibble the bases of the leaves that
overhung the mound. In. other cases small shoots of poplar
about a foot in height were attacked, the twig nibbled near the
base and farther up irregularly and the bases of the leaves bitten
till the leaves shrivelled. Also rank upgrowing shoots of black-
berry arising after a wood fire that killed most all vegetation
down to the ground were seen to be attacked by these ants which
opened their jaws as wide as possible to bite the bark of the upper
parts of the bramble and at the bases of the leaves, which wilted
and drooped down. Some other smaller plants were also at-
tacked. The attack involves not only biting, but curving of body
and apparently ejection of acid and resulting brown dead areas
on the plant. Now these attacks were two to four feet from the
mounds and on all sides without any discerned reference to the
shading effects that might be assumed, in fact some of the objects
attacked could scarcely intercept any appreciable light and one
might compare the attack to that of an ant upon a new object
as upon the legs of a person standing near a nest, when the ant
runs up till something soft enough to be bitten is encountered
and then bites persistently in one spot. Also in founding a new
mound the ants did kill all the small plants in and close to the
mound when its foundation is first begun.

It may well be that the responses of the ants to sun and
shade are very complex and deeply ingrained and that the mere
warming of their bodies may not be the decisive factor in making
them work more on the sides of the mound exposed more to the
sunlight.

As the mound is largely useful as an incubator for the
young, the slight differences in temperature between various in-
ternal parts of the mound may be potent, as in sprouting seeds or
growing bulbs, and be the basis for the ants actions. In one
mound thermometers showed differences varying from 25.5° to
32°C. when the natural soil near by was 24°C., June 1926.

Whether investigation shall prove that the internal tem-
perature of the mound is a factor or not, the facts seem to be
that these ants do wdrk more on the sun side and that the

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides For el 145

mounds are most permanent and successful in places exposed to
the sun and less successful in deep shade. Thus the upgrowth of
trees would eventually introduce an adverse element in the per-
manence of the mound as being hostile to the optimum tem-
perature needed.

Attempts to establish transplanted mounds both in city
back-yard and in the old forest at Homewood, in 1906, 1916 and
again in 1926 proved futile; some communities of this ant,
Formica exsectoides planted at Homewood at various seasons of
the year were decimated by birds, especially robins and flickers.

Thus one influence of forestation upon this ant will be
through the bird fauna of the forest; for where the robin is
favored by the vegetation there can not be good stands of these
ant dwellings and when the trees have grown so large as to
furnish not only food but nesting sites for flickers, this ant cannot
be expected to flourish; hence again the older forest will be
inimical to Formica exsectoides.

Some of the facts as to association of trees and ant mounds
are represented more in detail in the second diagram-map which
embraces only the middle western part of the whole area in-
dicated in the first diagram-map.

The area mapped in the second diagram is about four acres
of sterile sandy iron soil from former iron ore pits, spread out in
a flat with steep bank running down to the York Road on the
west and roughly outlined to the east by abandoned wood
roads.

In 1905 this was largely a bare barren expanse with little
vegetation, few trees and about fifteen ant mounds; but by 1920
trees had come in over its eastern half and ant mounds had
scattered all over it as roughly suggested in the first diagram.
Both trees and mounds extended into the area from the east.

The first map shows that in 1905 these four acres had many
deserted mounds in the easterly part and some occupied mounds
in the middle part, but that in 1920 the population was chiefly
in the western part and made up of active mounds while many
mounds in the middle region had disappeared.

Along with this advance to the west and dying off to the
east there was a fifteen year growth of trees which is indicated

146

Psyche

[December

in the second diagram, the trees to the east becoming older and
new trees gradually growing up in the empty west.

That this same procession of forest and mounds is going on
still is indicated in the second diagram which is based upon a
detailed survey made in April 1920 by students, Hoffmeister,
Swartz and Kellum combined with a re-survey in June 1926.
The mounds present in 1920 are indicated by dots, except two
which were then deserted and are indicated by crosses. The
mounds grown up in the past four years are indicated by tri-
angles except those now deserted which are represented by
squares.

The last survey being made after a severe woods fire in the
winter had destroyed underbrush and many trees; mounds were
more conspicuous than formerly.

In the diagram the regions of little shade are left clear while
the extensions of the wooded area are outlined. It is noteworthy
that the woods to the east have spread largely over the area
leaving but a strip of clear ground separated from the York
Road by narrow band of trees.

The trees are chiefly young seedling oaks, black gum, maple,
tulip, dog-wood etc. of small size; with much black locust run-
ning rapidly from roots in the loose surface soil. The dense under-
growth of Japanese honeysuckle, catbriar, blackberry and
“weeds” extends out into the sunny areas.

Of the 118 mounds found in June 1926, 42 are in the main
open sunny region to the west, 11 in its chief extension toward
the east, about 28 in various small clear areas amidst the woods,
21 along the grass grown roads to the east; leaving only 15
mounds in the denser shade of the woods as contrasted with the
above 103 in the sun.

The old mounds of 1922 are largely in middle and eastern
not in the western part; about 37 central and east to 14 west.

On the other hand the new mounds of the past four years are
some 30 in the west, 22 in the mid region, and fifteen to the east
and of these 11 are along the grassy roads. Thus in four years
the advance of mounds has been into the sunny west, and along
the grass roads which were not previously occupied

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides For el

Diagran 2.

148

Psyche

[December

The considerable number of mounds in open spaces in the
woods is noteworthy : though not all open spaces contain mounds
most of them do and in the woods very few mounds are found
that are not surrounded by clear spaces of some extent.

In the reg'on immediately to the north of this second map,
dense thickets of new growth are interrupted by a few rounded
clear spaces each with a large ant mound within it, surrounded
by catbriars but not overshadowed by the trees that seem to have
grown densely up to a line about ten fee from the mound, and
stopped as if the presence of the ant community had prevented
other trees from growing up near to the mound.

The distribution of the 118 mounds shown in the second
map with reference to more or less shading, may be shown in the
following tabulation:

Entire number

Those in

shade

12%

Occupied

Deserted

118

Those in

sun

103

88%

Part found

in 1922

Those in

shade

51 in number

Those in

sun

95%

Those added in

4 years

Those in

shade

18%

67 in number

Those in

sun

80%

Thus whether we consider the entire number of mounds
shown on the map or the part there in 1922 or those added in the
past four years, the small percentage is in the shade, much the
largest in the sun.

Moreover almost all the mounds in the sun are occupied
while the mounds in the shade are for the greater part deserted.

While a deserted mound may be found in the sun this is not
common and it is also rare that an active community is found in
the shade.

The larger number of deserted mounds recorded in 1926 is
due to the wood fire having revealed old mounds long deserted
and concealed under thick growth of honeysuckle so as to be in-
visible. Many of these were doubtless deserted at the date of
the first survey.

Strangely enough the mounds that have become abandoned
in the past four years are chiefly along the old wood road to the
north, but no special reason for this is discovered and shading

1926] Sequential Distribution of Formica exsectoides Foret 149

does not seem to account for these exceptional cases. House
rubbish has been dumped in adjacent regions.

The interrelation of tree and ant is thus a sequential one,
the young tree supplying food, the older tree deterrent to breed-
ing by shading the mound. On the other hand, the result for
the trees of the ant’s activities is partly the furnishing of some
protection by the removal of injurious insects but also conversely,
defense of some enemies of the tree and in part, the destruction
of gome trees that may too soon shade the mound. Yet in the
long run this association allows the trees to become mature, thus
driving the ants to new regions of less shade; mounds dying off
and new ones being made near by till some of them eventually
become established in regions adjacent to trees but not over-
shaded by trees.

In the natural succession of forests it may be that the
position occupied by Formica exsectoides is that of a dependent
upon conditions in which the forest is temporarily interrupted or
destroyed as by fire or wind or small areas of defective soil and
that with eventual maturity of forest the ants must move grad-
ually in the course of very many years from place to place.

Human intervention while tending eventually to eliminate
Formica exsectoides may in some cases supply favorable con-
ditions, as in mining and deforestation operations and in aban-
donment of old fields to new growths as well as in actual planta-
tion of trees.

There is a general parallelism between the periods of time
required for many trees to reach maturity, and the presumed
length of existence of mounds of Formica exsectoides, thirty
years and more. The ultimate extinction of the community
living in any one mound may be brought about naturally by the
failure of that community to perpetuate individuals, to replace
those dying from accident and from old age; and this may be
due partly to lack of ability of the ants to obtain food sufficiently
from the crowns of old trees and partly from the lack of adequate
temperature for successful rearing of many young when the op-
timum temperature is reduced by the shading of the mound by
old trees.

150

Psyche

[December

Summary.

The ant Formica exsectoides constructs mounds in wooded
regions. Observations made near Baltimore Md. show that the
distribution of mounds occupied by a large community of colonies
varied through the years 1905-1926, older mounds being replaced
by newer ones in adjacent territory.

Individual mounds may persist many years or may be aban-
doned from unknown causes; but in general there seems a cor-
relation between mounds and forest growth; new mounds arise
in new forested regions and old mounds become vacant in older
forests.

The history of a colony is coordinate with tree life, and in
general will be briefer. It is inferred that the organic relation
between tree and ant colony is sequential; the new ant family or
colony obtaining food from younger trees (the growth of some of
which they may prevent); the older colony having to contend
against the greater shade and lesser food supply from the older
trees, may be unable to continue existence except by migration
into younger stages of forestation.

The “ tree-ant- association ” is complicated by such birds
as frequent certain stages of forest growth and do destroy such
ants.

1926]

Color and Sex in the Indian Walking Stick

151

COLOR AND SEX IN THE INDIAN WALKING STICK,
DIXIPPUS MOROSUS

By A. J. Mangelsdorf,

Harvard University, Bussey Institution.

In cultures of the Indian walking-stick, Dixippus morosus,
reared in the insectary at the Bussey Institution, it was observed
that in each generation there was a wide range of coloration
varying from a uniform green in some individuals to a brownish
black in others. Since this insect usually reproduces partheno-
genetically the question as to the behavior in inheritance of the
several color types appeared to be one of considerable interest.

Dobkiewicz (1912) had already shown that the color of
these insects is influenced by their surroundings. He reared
them in cages lined with colored paper, and found that those in
green and yellow cages remained light green throughout their
lives, while those in red and black cages had become quite black
by the time they had reached sexual maturity. However, the
occurrence in our cultures under what appeared to be a uniform
environment of green and dark brown individuals, in addition to
a number which were intermediate between the two extremes,
suggested that there might be inherent individual differences in
reactivity to a background of a given color.

To obtain further information on this question two females,
one a light green and the other a dark brown, were isolated and
their eggs saved. The eggs are dropped at the rate of two or
three a day, and egg-laying may extend over a period of three to
five months. Over one hundred eggs were obtained from each
female. They were placed in wide-mouthed bottles stoppered
with a cotton plug, and were stored in a damp situation in the
insectary. In about five months after the first eggs were laid,
hatching began.

Four cages were constructed, — two were lined with light
yellowish-green cheesecloth and two with the same material of a
very dark red color. After a number of eggs from both the green

152

Psyche

[December

and the brown parent had hatched, twenty-four young from
each female were selected and divided into two lots of twelve
each. One lot was then placed in a green cage, the other in a red
cage.

The insects at this stage were uniformly of a dull green color.
They were fed each night with shoots of Tradescantm fluminensis,
the remains of which were removed each morning to avoid obs-
curing the background.

No change could be observed after either the first or the
second moult. After the third moult, however, those in the
green cages had taken on a clearer, lighter shade of green, while
those in the red cages had become perceptibly darker. After
the fourth moult the difference was striking, — those in the green
cages remained a clear green, while those in the red cages were
dark brown. There was but little difference in the rate of change
between the progenies of the two females. Those from the green
parent showed, if anything, a more rapid change to brown than
did those from the brown parent.

To determine whether the change to dark brown could be
effected in the later stages of the life history, two individuals
were transferred from each of the green cages and placed with
their sisters in a red cage After passing through several moults,
they became almost dark as those which had occupied the red
cages from the beginning of the experiment

At the same time two brown individuals were removed from
each of the red cages and were placed with their sisters in the
green cages to determine whether the color change to brown is
reversible. In each case the middle pairs of legs of the transferred
individuals were removed to distinguish them from the others.
After several moults they had taken on a somewhat lighter
shade, and when mature they were of an indefinite greyish color;
but the dark pigment was never completely resorbed. The
middle legs, however, which were regenerated under the in-
fluence of the green background were of a peculiar bluish-green
shade, their color presenting a striking contrast to that of the
rest of the body.

In each of these cases no differences could be observed in
the reactivity of the two progenies.

1926] Color and Sex in the Indian Walking Stick 153

After the insects had attained sexual maturity, two other
green individuals were transferred to red cages and two dark
brown individuals to green cages. No color change was observed.
Apparently the color present after the last moult is permanent.

The question as to the reasons for the original variations in
color of individuals occupying the same environment as found
in our cultures remains unanswered. The only explanation
which suggests itself is the following: The insects feed during the
early part of the night attaching themselves before dawn to a
branch or any other suitable support, and remaining motionless
in the same spot throughout the day. They show a marked
tendency, in captivity at any rate, to return to the same support
day after day. If the slight differences which exist in the il-
lumination and background are sufficient to bring about the
differences in color, this habit may be responsible for the ob-
served variation.

Fryer (1913), working with a bisexual walking-stick, Cli-
tumnus cuniculus, from Ceylon, in which both yellow and green
forms are found, interpreted the color differences as being in-
herited. The color, according to his hypothesis, is due to action
of a single factor pair, yellow being dominant over green His
data, however, do not furnish the necessary proof for his hypo-
thesis. The males are uniformly of the same color, and he was
thus able to assign to the male used in a given mating the par-
ticular genetic constitution necessary to explain the proportions
obtained in the progeny; but apparently the tests necessary to
determine the correctness of his assumptions were not made.

The fact, as shown by Pantel and de Sinety (1918), that*
coloration in several other species of walking-sticks in addition
to Dixippus, is dependent upon the environment, suggests the
desirability of reexamining the behavior in Clitumnus from this
viewpoint.

Among a total of several thousand individuals reared in our
cultures, two males and one gymandromorph appeared. The
sporadic occurence of males and gymandromorphs has also been
reported by others. Nachtsheim (1922) has suggested that
non-disjunction is responsible for their appearance. In the Or-
thoptera generally, the female is characterized by the presence of

154

Psyche

[December

two X-chromosomes, the male by one. The loss of one X-chro-
mosome by non-disjunction or in any other manner would
presumably recult in maleness. If the loss occurred before the
first somatic division, the entire individual would be male,— if it
occurred later a gynandromorph would presumably result. In
the gynandromorph mentioned, the left side throughout the
entire length was typically typically female, the right side was
male, suggesting that the loss of an X-chromosome had occurred
at the first somatic division.

One of the males was placed in a cage with several females
which had just attained sexual maturity. Only females appeared
in their progenies. Copulation was not observed, but the, insects
were seldom examined at night. Nachsheim mated one of the
males which appeared in his cultures with females and observed
repeated copulation but with no effect upon the sex of the pro-
geny,— as in the progenies resulting from unmated individuals,
all were females. Since, according to Pehani (1924) normal sper-
matozoa were produced by one of the sporadic males studied by
him, it appears that the eggs have lost their capacity for fer-
tilization.

In forms whose eggs have the ability to develop partheno-
genetically and where parthenogenetic reproduction results
exclusively in females, a trend in the sex ratio is automatically
set up, which must end in the ultimate elimination of males
unless this effect is offset by some factor or factors such as
greater viability of males or of male-producing spermatozoa,
which tend to distort the sex ratio in the opposite direction. In
the Orthoptera, forms having the capacity for parthenogenetic
reproduction are known in which males are never found, others
in which males are rare, and still others in which the sex ratio is
near equality. It must be concluded that forms in the last
category have developed the capacity for parthenogenesis only
recently or, as already suggested, that the trend toward an excess
of females, which would otherwise be an inevitable concommitant
of thelyotokous parthenogenesis, is being offset by other factors
tending toward an excess of males.

1926]

Color and Sex in the Indian W aiding Stick

155

Literature.

Dobkiewicz, L. von. Einfluss der ausseren Umgebung auf die
Farbung der indischen Stabheuschrecken, Dixippus moro-
sus Biol. Zentralbl., 32. 1912, pp. 661-663.

Fryer, J. C. F. Preliminary Note on some Experiments with a
Polymorphic Phasmid. Journ. Genetics, 3, 1913-1914,

pp. 107-111.

Nachtsheim, H. Parthenogenese, Gynandromorphismus und
Geschlechtsbestimmung bei Phasmiden. Zeitschr. f.
Abst. u. Yererbgsl., 30: 287-289. 1923.

Pantel, J. and de Sinety, R. (1918). Reaction chromatique et
non chromatique de quelques phasmides (Orthopt.)
Bulletin Biologique, 52: 177-283.

156

Psyche

[December

NOTES ON THE BEHAVIOR OF DINEUTES
AMERICANUS

By Howard B. Smith,

Los Angeles, California.

A study of Dineutes americanus carried on in the vicinity of
Boston, Mass, during the past two years has led to some in-
teresting results which are briefly presented in the present note.
Recent papers (’23, Wilson, C. B.; ’25, Hatch, M. H.) have dealt
with the life history and ecology of this beetle and the following
observations serve to clear up certain points not included in the
accounts of these authors. Among the several families of water-
beetles, the Gyrinidse show more peculiar adaptations in structure
and, consequently, in behavior and mode of life.

Movement : — These beetles swim by means of the meso- and
metathoracic legs, which are so modified as to be almost useless
for land locomotion. While on the water D. americanus exhibits
perfect mobility and ease in swimming, on land it turns to an
awkward crawl, pulling itself along by the long forelegs, tilting
from side to side as the heavy unsupported body is dragged
across the uneven ground. Usually, however, when off the water
surface, the body is supported only by the front legs.

When about to swim the beetle extends the middle and hind
legs laterally, like a pair of oars They are then brought smartly
down to the caudal axis, which is their usual position at rest.
The forelegs are fitted into the grooves in the sternal plate adapted
to receive them or they may be extended on the surface film.
Sometimes they are used for cleaning the body or to assist in the
process of feeding. Because of the grooves in the sterna the legs
can be withdrawn and the body then presents a perfect “stream-
line” form. When alarmed the insect dives rapidly, carrying a
small silvery bubble at the abdominal tip.

Several experiments were undertaken to test the ability of
Dineutes to swim in media other than water. A beetle was
placed on the surface of 50% alcohol. It could not remain on

1926] Notes on the Behavior of Dineutes americanus 157

the surface, but swam about on the bottom of the dish showing
great energy and no loss of faculties during the minute it was in
the liquid. On being removed to the surface of water it at once
overturned and swam about belly-upward. When righted it
swam deeply, keeping the head under water. It was then placed
on a raft from which it dragged off with some difficulty and re-
mained quietly on the water. The legs were not apparently
capable of successful movement and at the end of five minutes
the body was relaxed and the beetle died without any indication
of activity. The experiment was repeated with weaker solutions
as shown in the table. With the denser liquids, the ability t°
keep afloat was perceptibly greater but in no case was it entirely
satisfactory due to the decrease in surface tension.

% Alcohol

Length of Life

% of time submerged
during one minute

5 minutes

total

2 “

total

30 “

60 “

undetermined

The lighter specific gravity of the medium in combination
with the fact that the alcohol serves to wet parts of the body
that are normally dry causes the difficulty in keeping afloat. As
these insects are easily drowned, death was probably from that
cause rather than from alcoholic poisoning.

A salt solution of the density of seawater (1.026) was also
used. There was no apparent t ouble in swimming but the
diving speed was very much slowed down. The beetle did not
object to the solution but finally crawled up the dish and es-
caped to the table.

During the fall of 1924 and the spring of 1925 a close watch
was kept on several ponds in the vicinity for indications of the
winter habits of this insect. One pond was especially scrutinized
because of its greater population during the summer months.

158

Psyche

[December

The peak of the population had been reached during the
third week in August when the pond was literally covered with
D. americanus, together with a few specimens of another species,
D. hornii. They remained on the deeper parts of the pond in
schools well away from the bank, where they were moderately
active and not easily alarmed. As the season advanced they split
into more or less compact groups which spent more and more of
their time near the shore. On October 4, there were two groups
remaining. One, including a few individuals, drifted about the
outlet; the other, a larger group, gathered on a shallow spot
about a stump on the western edge. At this time there were a
few specimens of Gyrinus scattered about also but on October
eighteenth no beetles were visible. A week later two individuals
were found widely separated. On November first, no insect life
was visible about the pond except a few black flies. After the ice
had formed beetles were found in the mud but none were resus-
citated.

The first appearance of D. americanus in the spring of 1925
was during the latter part of April, several weeks after the first
signs of insect activity. As may be seen from the accompanying
table, it is evident that Dineutes leaves hibernation somewhat
later than the Hemipterous back-swimmer of the genus Notonecta.

Date

Air Water

Mud

Prec.

Weather Time

March 28

11 °C 12}/2°C

11°C

0.18

Showers 2 p. m.

April 3

U%°C 10°C

9°C

thin clouds 1 p.m

One water strider and six back-swimmers observed.

April 11

11 C 12 C

10 C

Bright

2 :30 p.m.

Back swimmers abundant

April 23

19°C 16°C

12°C

Brigh

12 m

D. americanus first observed.

It will be readily seen from these data that the temperature
of both mud and water determin? the date of appearance. A
few days late , April 25, Dineutes was active on several other
ponds nearby in considerable numbers.

1926] Notes on the Behavior of Dineutes americanus

159

At the time of their appearance the beetles were extremely
active and copulation took place quite frequently. Previous to
mating the beetles swim along apparently without interest. The
male then makes a dash for the female and, if successful, rides on
her back holding on with his fore tarsi which are placed at the
juncture of the elytra and thorax. They swim thus for several
minutes, or more exactly the period varied as observed from one
to twelve minutes.

The population reached a peak in the first week in J une up
to which time the beetles had spent their time near shore. During

Fig. 1. Seasonal abundance of Dineutes americanus
at Boston, Mass.

the month the population decreased rapidly until at times it was
rather hard to find specimens. The curve resumed an upward
trend about the first of August and within ten days, thousands
were present. No copulation among these was noticed and the
insects preferred to lie quietly in the sunshine, or swim slowly
about on the deeper water. They are not easily alarmed and not
so readily disturbed by noise or movement as in the spring. The
following figure, based on careful estimates represents the fluc-
tuations of populations as observed for five years.

160

Psyche

[December

From this curve and data I conclude that there is but one
brood a year. The adult beetles emerge during the first few days
in August, remain quiet and inactive until forced by closing
waters to go into the mud for the winter. The survivors, few in
number, emerge in April and, after breeding, soon begin to die
out and disappear.

From observations made in a large concrete tank it is evident
that there is a high mortality during the winter. The above
statement is further shown to be probable by the death just
after copulating on May 9, 1925, of the two surviving members of
a colony which had been kept in a tank in a greenhouse during
the winter.

When first brought from the pond the beetles are greatly
disturbed and try to get out of the dish by swimming and later
attempt to climb the sides of the dish. At times they rustle their
wing covers thus producing a buzz. They become accustomed to
captivity after a while and finally are not alarmed even by quick
movements of the hands in their close vicinity. At this stage
they can be induced to feed from the fingers. I found few things
they would not attempt to eat as anything that floated was
eagerly seized and examined. Live mealy bugs, cracker crumbs,
bits of salmon and sardines, bread crumbs, apple parings, meat
and chocolate were all sampled besides many other materials.
The only requirement seemed that of ability to float. The pre-
pared fish food known as “Ant Eggs” composed mainly of ant
pupae made a good food and a ground meat scrap containing no
bone, put up by the Quaker Oats Company for poultry feed, was
also successful. As long as this food remained on the surface the
insects would rush about grabbing piece after piece. Sometimes
two would snatch the same piece or one would attempt to take a
portion from another. At such times they would dive and tear
about under water until one lost its hold.

The front legs are always used to hold and turn the food
about. Sometimes the beetles would attach themseleves to my
hand as I dipped it into the water. On such occasions the first
was sure to be followed by others all pushing and striving to get
at the particular place its neighbor occupied. They never were
able to pierce the skin, although their attemps produced a tern-

161

1926] Notes on the Behavior of Dineutes americanus

porary irritating sensation. Some individuals eat more than
others.

A darkened battery jar was used in studying the reaction
of these insects to light. If some practicable scheme can be
devised for covering the beetles eyes, better results will be ob-
tained. I found that adhesives interfere with the insect for it
usually spent its time trying to rub off the coverings, often with
success.

In the darkened tank the beetles remained quiet but when
light was admitted at the surface through a small hole in the
varnish activity ensued. The beetles swam about and tried to
get out but showed neither positive nor negative phototropism so
far as could be observed. Light was then admitted in a beam six
inches below the surface. The beetles left the surface and dived
to the point at which the light was admitted. This latter be-
havior was also noticed when the light was admitted only through
the lower opening. From this it is reasonable to believe that a
stimulation of the lower eyes results in a positive phototropic
response, while the upper pair do not show either form of photo-
tropic response with sufficient regularity to be determined.

A statement concerning the water line of the beetle seems
desirable. Hatch (’25) speaks in detail of the “stream-lines” of
the body and of its position on the water. He failed to notice
that the shadow cast on the floor of the tank by the beetle is not
a continuous ellipse in conformity with the shape of the body but
that, owing to the breaking of the surface film by the swimming
legs, the shadow really consists of two circles which indicates
that the body of the beetle is wet only at the point where the
swimming legs enter the water.

References.

Wilson, Charles B.

’23 Waterbeetles in Relation to Pondfish Culture, with Life-
histories of those found in Fishponds of Fairport, Iowa.
Bull. Bur. Fisheries, Vol. XXXIX, pp. 231-345, figs. 148.
Hatch, Melville H.

’25 An Outline of the Ecology of Gyrinidse. Bull. Brooklyn
Ent. Soc., Yol. XX, pp. 101-114.

1G2

Psyche

[December

ON THE MEGACHILE OF SOUTH DAKOTA1
By Theodore B. Mitchell.

The following records are based on a collection of bees of the
genus Megachile from South Dakota which were received from
Professor H. C. Severin.

Megachile latimanus Say.

14 cT cf, 19? $ • Elmira, Big Stone, Brookings (July-
Oct.),Milbank, Elk Point, Wentworth, Mobridge, Buffalo, L. Oak-
woodand and Ft. Pierre.

Megachile dentitarsis Sladen.

6 9$: Hot Springs, Rapid City, Newell and Interior (Aug.)
Megachile perihirta Ckll.

1 cT , 1 $ : Custer (no date) and Brookings (Aug. 27) .
Megachile inermis Prov.

lcf , 1 $ : Brookings (no date) and Harney Peak (July 22).
Megachile fidelis Cress.

lcf: Rapid Canyon (Aug. 4).

Megachile mendica Cress.

3c? cf, 1 9 : Brookings (June) and Custer (July).

Megachile generosa Cress.

I c? : Gettysburg (Aug. 12).

Megachile brevis Say.

II c?c\ 10 9 $ : Springfield, Hot Springs, Buffalo, Spear-
fish, Newell, Phillip, Ft. Pierre, Gettysburg, Capa, Elk Point,
Brookings, Interior and Custer (June-Sept.).

Megachile pugnata Say.

699: Custer (no date) and Rapid Canyon (Aug. 4). The
single specimen from Rapid Canyon has a small amount of pale
appressed pubescence on segment 6, approaching the condition

Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, North
Carolina State College, in cooperation with the Entomological Laboratory of
the Bussey Institution, Harvard University, (Bussey Institution No. 272).
Published with the approval of the Director of the North Carolina Experi-
ment Station as paper number 13 of the Journal Series.

1926]

On the Megachile of South Dakota

163

in M. pugnata pomonce Ckll., but the pubescence is white, not
ochraceous.

Megachile mucida Cress.

2 9 9: Spearfish (no date) and Harney Peak (July 22).
Megachile montivaga Cress.

1 9 : Custer (no date).

Megachile integra Cress.

1 d : Elk Point (Aug. 10, 1924, H. C. Severin).

Megachile vidua Sm.

8 cfd1, 2 9 9: Hot Springs, Custer, Whitewood, Lead and
Harney Peak (July).

Megachile pruina Sm.

3 d cP , 4 9 9 : Interior, Ft. Pierre, Martin, and Nowlin Co.
(Aug. and Sept.)

Megachile melanophoea Sm.

7 d d : Harney Peak, Lead and Custer (July).

Megachile relativa Cress.

2 c?d% 4 9 9: Harney Peak (July), Custer and Hot
Springs.

Megachile infragilis Cress.

5 9 9: Brookings (June and Aug.) and Newell (June).
This is very close to the preceeding species, the two being sep-
arable as follows:

Segment 6 of 9 with appressed golden pubescence and
erect light hair, sometimes with a few dark basal hairs,
margin of clypeus indistinctly emarginate medially;
clypeal margin in d with a distinct and quite strong

median tubercle relativa

Segment 6 of 9 with pubescence all dark and with
numerous erect black hairs, clypeal margin not at all
emarginate but slightly and broadly produced medially;
clypeal margin in d somewhat angulate medially, but
not tuberculate infragilis

Chelostomoides ruflmanus Rob.

1 d : Spearfish (July 28, 1924).

164

Psyche

[December

Megachile dakotensis n. sp.

c? . Face up to level of anterior ocellus densely clothed with
whitish pubescence, directed downward on the clypeus, upward
on the supraclypeal plate, and outward on the inner orbits,
thinner but entirely pale on the vertex and upper cheeks, longer
and pure white on the cheeks below; clypeus closely and dis-
tinctly punctate apex entire; mandibles reddish apically, 3-
dentate, middle tooth the smallest, the inferior tooth submedian,
slightly nearer the base, punctures sparse apically, fine and close
basally; cheeks shining, rather closely punctate, inferior angle
simple (not grooved or toothed); vertex rather closely and
deeply punctate, but shining between the punctures; lateral
ocelli nearer to adjacent eyes than to edge of the vertex; antennae
black, obscurely reddish below.

Thorax with pubescence entirely pale, pure white below,
rather loose and thin above; mesonotum closely punctate, tes-
sellated between the punctures which are crowded anteriorly
and laterally; scutellum more shining, with punctures somewhat
finer; pleura with punctures contiguous; propodeum shining,
very finely punctate, the punctures indistinct posteriorly, basal
triangle impunctate, very finely tessellated; tegulae ferruginous,
shining, with minute punctures; wings subhyaline, dusky api-
cally, nervures piceous, second submarginal cell receiving the
recurrent nervures at about equal distances from base and apex,
transverse median slightly before basal nervure.

Front coxae bare in front, black, shining, sparsely punctate,
with short, flattened, triangularly pointed spines which are
strongly divergent with respect to each other, no patch of red
bristles, spines and coxae with long white pubescence posteriorly;
front femora and tibiae black, inclined to reddish, white pubescent,
the femora keeled beneath, red on the face anterior to this keel,
finely punctate on the opposite face, smooth and shining above;
outer face of tibiae rather coarsely punctate, black except apex,
the two inner faces shining and reddish, apex of tibiae yellowish;
spur similarly colored; tarsi simple, not to any degree hollowed
out, but yellowish and with a prominent hair fringe behind, first
joint slightly shorter than joints 2-4; four posterior legs black,
but all the tibiae ferruginous apically, and the tarsi piceous, middle

1926]

On the Megachile of South Dakota

165

tarsi with a conspicuous white hair-fringe; hair on inner side of
tarsi pale yellow; spurs pale yellow; claws ferruginous basally,
piceous apically, deeply cleft.

Abdomen, except for a few short inconspicuous dark hairs
on segments 3 and 4, white pubescent, shining, the punctures
quite close but distinct; upper face of first segment very closely
punctate, the concavity smooth and shining; apical margin of
segments 2-5 very strongly depressed, especially on segments 4
and 5 where the apical portion of the disc overhangs somewhat
the depressed margin, the segments rather strongly depressed
basally also, giving the discs a rolled appearance; the depressed
apical margins are white faciate on segments 2-5, white tufts of
hair being present on the sides of segment 1 ; segment 5 is white
pubescent on basal half of disc; segment 6 also with white pubes-
cence basally, rugoso-punctate above the carina, the punctures lar-
ger and more nearly separate below; carina entire, rounded, with
irregular crenulations, morphological apex of segment cons-
picuously carinate on either side and with a small spine at each
extreme side; seventh segment quite evident, with a triangular
pointed spine; ventral segments 2 and 3 depressed apically
similarly as the dorsal segments, all the ventral segments shining,
distinctly punctate, and with apical fringes of rather long white
hairs. Length 10 mm.

. $ . Head broad, eyes not appreciably converging below;

supraclypeal plate closely punctate, punctures crowded laterally;
clypeus closely punctate, surface finely tessellated between the
punctures, apical margin smooth and shining, entire, slightly
produced laterally; mandibles broad, 4-dentate, a bevelled cut-
ting edge between the two inner teeth, shining, the punctures
sparse above, especially apically, faintly reddish near the apex,
fringed with yellowish hairs below; cheeks shining, but rather
closely punctured, quite broad; vertex with punctures close
medially except for an indistinct impunctate median line, the
punctures more widely separated laterally, deep; ocelli nearer to
nearest eye than to edge of vertex; antennae black, piceous below;
pubescence thin, white except for a few short inconspicuous dark
hairs on the vertex laterally.

Thorax with pubescence white except for dark hairs on disc

166

Psyche

[December

of mesonotum, with conspicuous white tufts of pubescence
around tubercles and behind wings; mesonotum with scattered
punctures medially, closely punctured anteriorly and laterally,
tessellate between the punctures; scutellum more finely and
closely punctate; pleura closely punctate, shining, with long thin
white hair; propodeum tessellate, with scattered fine punctures,
closer laterally, basal triangle tessellate but impunctate; tegulae
dark ferruginous, minutely punctate, with a small tuft of white
hair anteriorly; wings hyaline basally, dusky apically, the second
recurrent nervure entering the second submarginal cell somewhat
nearer the apex than the first does to the base; basal nervure
beyond transverse median; nervures piceous to ferruginous; legs
black, white pubescent, femora shining, sparsely punctate, outer
faces of tibiae strongly punctate, all the tibiae ferruginous at apex;
tarsi black, the middle and hind tarsi as broad as their tibiae, the
middle ones densely pubescent, all the tarsi yellowish pubescent
beneath; spurs yellowish-ferruginous; claws ferruginous basally,.
darker apically, without a distinct basal tooth.

Abdomen rather broad, ovoid, segments 3-5 strongly de-
pressed on the apical margin, but not so strongly as in the male,
with very deep transverse basal grooves, the anterior borders of
which are sharpty carinate, these carinate margins overlapping
the grooves; discs of segments shining, punctures strong but
well separated, finer and closer on basal segments, the portions
of the discs basad of the grooves finely tessellated and very
finely punctured; segment 6 obtusely triangular viewed from
above, straight in profile, with a median longitudinal ridge,
rather coarsely rugoso-punctate with appressed white pubescence,
tinged with brown apically, and a few black hairs at the sides
basally; the other dorsal segments are apparently white fasciate
(specimen somewhat rubbed), the fasciae entire on apical seg-
ments, very fine on basal segment, but tufted at sides; all the
segments except the first with rather course black hairs on the
discs laterally, which disappear dorsally; scopa white, black on
segment 6, and with a few black hairs apically on sides of segment
5. Length 13 mm.

Type: Male; Hot Springs, S. D., July 10, 1924. Allotype;
Ft. Pierre, S. D., Aug. 11, 1924 (Coll. S. D. State College).

1926]

On the Megachile of South Dakota

167

Paratypes: 1 male, topotypical; 1 female, McHenry, 111. (C. T.
Brues, Coll.); 1 female, Dallas Tex. (Coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.).

This belongs to the group of M. deflexa, indianorum and
mucorosa, those having the simple anterior tarsi and the entire
carina, from all of which it may be readily separated by the
abdominal characters.

168

Psyche

[December

A SPECIES OF UROCERUS FROM BALTIC AMBER.

By Charles T. Brues.

In a large collection of parasitic Hymenoptera of oligocene
age imbedded in Baltic Amber recently received from the Geolo-
gical Institute of the University of Konigsberg there is a single
fine specimen of wood-wasp referable to the genus Urocerus. As
very few fossil Siricidse have been described and as the family is
of particular interest on account of its early known occurrence in
the upper Jurassic, this species is described below.

cT. Length 16 mm. A rather well preserved specimen
showing the entire fore wing, antennae, legs and underside of
body. Antenae consisting of 21 segments, reaching to the tip
of the second sternite; flagellar joints of quite even length,

gradually more slender to the apex of the antenna; second fla-
gellar joint equal to the first, nearly four times as long as
thick. Posterior tibiae apparently not so distinctly flattened
as in the male of Urocerus cressoni Norton, although they cannot
be viewed exactly in the lateral aspect; with two short subequal
apical spurs and with two series of small bristles below, one along
each edge. Anterior wing (Fig. 1) typical for the genus; first
transverse cubitus with its lower end bent sharply downward and
entering the first discoidal cell at the basal fourth; second section
of radius fully two-thirds as long as the third and twice as long

Bussey Institution, Harvard University.

Urocerus klebsi sp. nov. (Fig. 1.)

Fig. 1. Urocerus klebsi sp. nov., anterior wing.

1926]

A Species of Urocerus from Baltic Amber

169

as the first; submedian cell very little longer than the median;
externomedian vein bent downward near apex, but entirely with-
out any stump of a vein; second recurrent nervure entering the
third cubital cell before its basal third; transverse lanceolate
vein obscured at its base, but apparently arising just before the
lower end of the transverse median vein. The apex of the ab-
domen has been removed in polishing the amber and cannot
be described.

Type in the collection of the Geologisches Institut of the
University of Konigsberg

This species differs from the European U. gigas and the
North American U. albicornis , calif ornicus and cressoni by the
insertion of the first transverse cubitus on the upper side of the
discoidal cell instead of on the basal vein. The one other North
American species, U. taxodii Ashm. is not in my collection, but
Bradley has published a good figure (Pomona Journ. Entom.,
vol. 5, p. 31) which shows the amber species to resemble taxodii
in this respect. The second section of the radius is proportion-
ately much longer than in any of the above-mentioned living
species except U. cressoni where it is as long as the third.

I have named this species in honor of Professor Klebs who
first reported the occurrence of Siricidae in amber. Klebs (TagbL
NaturfOrschervers., vol. 62, p. 269) in 1889 referred Baltic amber
specimens to Sirex, a closely similar genus. Quite probably the
present species may be the same form.

Sirex has been reported from the miocene beds of Radoboj.
This was described by Heer as “Ufocerites”, but later referred to
Paururus by Konow (Wiener Entom. Zeit., vol. 17, p. 87, 1898).
The name Paururus is now replaced by Sirex. To judge from
Heer’s figure the posterior tibiae and their metatarsi are flattened
much as in the peculiar Cuban genus Teredon and I cannot be
satisfied that Konow’s reference is correct although of course the
males of other genera show a tendency in this direction and
Heer’s specimen is probably a male; unfortunately the antennae
of “Urocerites” were not preserved, so that there is no indication
whether they were of the peculiar type of those of Teredon.
Heer has restored them in one figure, but entirely on the basis
of those of Sirex and Urocerus.

170

Psyche

[December

MELEMMA MAGDALENA HULST .

Hulst described this beautiful geometer in 1896, regarding it
as the type of a new genus, and remarking on the quite unique
pattern of the wings. The type was a female collected by Bruce,
with no locality stated nearer than “ Colorado. ” This specimen
has been figured by Barnes and McDunnough, Contr. N. A.
Lep., vol. 1. (1912) pi. XYI. M. morsicaria Hulst, referred by
Hulst to the same genus, is now removed to Sicya, but a second
Melemcea ( M . virgata Taylor) was described from Arizona
(Huachuca Mts.) in 1906.

On Sept. 11, 1926, I took a specimen of M. magdalena at
light at Grand Lake, Colorado, alt. 8,153 ft. The species must
certainly be rare, as I had never seen it during the many years I
have resided in Colorado. In the shape and pattern of the an-
terior wings there is a certain suggestion of theEuropeanCTiesfas
legatella Schiff., but I presume there is no close affinity.

T. D. A. Cockerell.

1926]

Obituary

171

PROFESSOR CARLO EMERY

The eminent zoologist Professor Carlo Emery, best known
to entomologists for his extensive and valuable contributions on
ants has died at the age of seventy-eight years. During his early
career he pursued a course in general medicine, but in 1872
decided to specialize in ophthalmology. However, in 1878 he
was appointed Professor of Zoology in the University of Cagliari
where he remained for several years until 1881 when he went to
the University of Bologna as Professor of Zoology a position
which he filled for thirty-five years until his death.

Among his earlier works, prior to 1869, are a text-book of
general zoology and papers on fishes and molluscs, but the long
period of fifty-six years (1869-1925) was devoted almost entirely
to a study of ants, upon which he published very extensively.
These many contributions have won him lasting fame in the
annals of entomology.

172

Psyche

[December

BENJAMIN PICKMAN MANN

Benjamin Pickman Mann, one of the founders of the Cam-
bridge Entomological Club and its first secretary and editor of
its journal “Psyche”, died March 22, 1926. He was born April
30, 1848, the son of Horace Mann, well known as a teacher and
advocate of public schools. He graduated from Harvard College
in 1870 and for several years lived in Cambridge, where meetings
of the Entomological Club were held at his residence in 1874.
In 1881 he entered the Entomological Bureau of the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture at Washington and in 1887 became an
examiner in the U. S. Patent Office. He was specially interested
in entomological literature and bibliography, and while editor
of Psyche, a record of entomological publications occupied a
large part of the journal. While in Washington he took part in
many organizations for social and public work. He was one of
the Childrens’ Guardians of the City, trustee of a church, member
of the Single Tax Association and of the Esperanto Associo.

Psyche, 1926,

Vol. XXXIII, Plate IV

BENJAMIN PICKMAN MANN
1848-1926

1926]

Index

177

PSYCHE

INDEX TO VOL. XXXIII, 1926.

INDEX TO AUTHORS.

Abbott, C. E. Death-feigning in A nax junius and Aeschna sp., 8.

Abbott, C. E. Methods of Orientation in Dragon-fly Larvae, 124.

Alexander, C. P. Undescribed Species of Dicranoptycha from Eastern North
America (Tipulidse) (Diptera), 54.

Andrews, E. A. Sequential Distribution of Formica exsedoides, 127.

Banks, Nathan. Descriptions of a Few American Diptera, 42.

Brues, C. T. Note on the Hymenopterous Family Rhopalosomatidse, 18.

Brues, C. T. A Species of Urocerus from Baltic Amber, 168.

Clark, A. H. Notes on the Odors of Some New England Butterflies, 1.

Cockerell, T. D. A. A New Fossil Moth from Florissant, 16.

Cockerell, T. D. A. A New Genus of Chalcidoid ILymenoptera (Callimomidae),
36.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Melemcea magdalena Hulst, 170.

Crampton, G. C. Thh Affinities of Grylloblatta indicated by a Study of the
Head and its Appendages, 77.

Cresson, E. T. Jr. Concerning the Types of Mallophora rex and chrysomela
Bromley, 91.

Darlington, P. J. Jr. The European Subgenus Actedium (Bembidion) in
North America, 32.

Drake, C. J. Notes on Some Tingitidse from Cuba (Hemiptera), 86.

Emerton, J. H. Spiders Eating Snakes, 60.

Emery, Professor Carlo, Obituary, 171.

Hungerford, H. B. Some Notonecta from South America, 11.

Johnson, C. W. The Distribution of Muscina pascuorum Meigen in North
America, 20.

Johnson, C. W. The Synonymy of Adina viridis (Say), 88.

Johnson, C. W. A Note on Beris annulifera (Bigot), 108.

Keeler, C. E. Recent work by Gabritschevsky on the Inheritance of Color
Varieties in Volucella bombylans, 22.

Knight, H. H. Descriptions of Four New Species of Eustictus (Hemiptera,
Miridse), 121.

178

Index

[December

Mangelsdorf, A. J. Color and Sex in the Indian Walking Stick, 151.

Mann, W. M. Some New Neotropical Ants, 97.

Mann, Benjamin Pickman, Obituary, 172.

Mitchell, T. B. On the Megachile of South Dakota, 162.

Mjoberg, Eric. The Strange Way in which the Vishnu Moth ( Trabala vishnu )
deposits her eggs in the Shape of Larvae, 6.

Morse, A. P. Two Vagrant Grasshoppers and a Moth, 53.

Myers, J. G. New or Little-Known Australasian Cicadas of the Genus Me-
lampsalta, with Notes on Songs by Iris Myers, 61.

Myers, J. G. Tillyard’s Work on Insect Phylogeny, 92.

Myers, J. G. Heteroptera in Ocean Drift, 110.

Robertson, Charles. Wing Veins of Bees as Strengthening Elements, 39.
Robertson, Charles, New Name for Odynerus clypeatus Robertson, 126.
Smith, H. B. Notes on the Behavior of Dineutes americanus, 156.

Van Duzee, M. C. New Species of North American Dolichopodidse, 45.
Wheeler, W. M. Social Habits of some Canary Island Spiders, 29.

1926]

Index

179

INDEX TO SUBJECTS.

All new genera, new species and new names are printed in Small Capital Letters

Acamatus peninsularis , 98

Acamatus sumichrasti, 99

Acanthocheila sigillata, 86

Actina nitens, 89

Adina viridis, 88, 90

Actedium in North America, 32

Adedium kusteri, 34

Actedium lachnophoroides, 34

Adedium pallidipenne, 34

Adelopsyche, 16

Adelopsyche frustrans, 16

Aeschna, death-feigning, 8

Alcidamea, habits of, 117

Alfaria bufonis, 101

Allactina, 89

Australasian cicadas, 61

Amegilla, habits of, 118

Amnestus spinifrons, 111

Amcebaleria helvola, var. angustifrons,A2>

Anax junius, death-feigning, 8

Andrena, habits of, 118

Aneurus inconstans, 111

Anosia plexippus, odor of, 4

Ant mounds, distribution of, 127

Anthemsessa, habits of, 118

Anthophora, habits of, 118

Ants, new neotropical, 97

Ants, sequential distribution of, 127

Aradus falleni, 110

Aradus quadrilineatus, 110

Aradus robustus, 110, 111

Aradus similis, 110

Argiope lobata, 29

Argynnis aphrodite, odor of, 2

Argynnis cybele, odor of, 2

Argyrodes argyrodes , 29

Argyrodes nephillce, 31

Argyroselenius eulophi, 116

Argyroselenius minimus, 116

Basilarchia archippus, odor of, 4
Beris annulifera, 108

Beris annulifera var. brunnipes,
109

Beris annulifera, var. luteipes, 109
Beris quadridentata, 88
Beris viridis, 88

Bees inquiline and nest-making, 116
Bembidion Icevigatum, 33
Bembidion scopulinum, 33
Bembidion ustulatum, 33
Blissus leucopterus, 111
Bombomelecta, habits of, 118
Bombus, 41
Bombus, habits of, 117
Book Review: Herrick’s Injurious In-
sects, 27

Brenthis montinus, odor of, 2
Brenthis myrina, odor of, 3
Butterflies, odor of, 1

Calliopsis, habits of, 118
Calobata kennicotti, 43
Capsus ater semiflavus, 111
Capsus ater tyr annus, 111
Centrias, habits of, 118
Cephen, habits of, 118
Ceramidia viridis, 53
Chesias legatella, 172
Chloralictus, habits of, 117
Cicada, see Melampsalta
Cicadas, songs of, 61
Clisoden, habits of, 118
Clitumnus cuniculus, 153
Colletes, phenology of, 116
Cossodes, 16
Corythuca gossypii, 111
Corythuca juglandis, 111
Corythuca spinosa, 87
Curtisapis, 41

Cryphula parallelogramma, 111
Ctenoneurus hochstetteri, 114
Cuban Tingitidse, 86
Cymus angustatus, 110

180

Index

[December

Cyrtophora citricola, 29
Cyrtophora opuntice, 29

Formica exsectoides , sequential distri-
bution of, 127
Fossil insects, 92
Fossil moth from Florissant, 16

Galgupha atra, 111
Galgupha nitiduloides , 111
Gerris rufoscutellatus, 111
Givira, 16

Death-feigning in dragon-flies, 8
Dialonia antennarice, 40
Dicranoptycha australis, 55
Dicranoptycha megaphallus, 57
Dicranoptycha pallida, 58
Dicranoptycha septemtrionis, 56
Dineutes americanus, behavior of, 156 Grammostola acteon, 60
Dineutes hornii , 158 Grylloblatta, affinities of, 79

Diptera, New American, 42 Gurnetia, 16

Dixippus morosus, inheritance of color

and sex, 151 Halictidse, habits and evolution,

Dolichopodidse, New North American, Hemiberis, 89

117

Dragonfly larvae, orientation of, 124
Drymus crassus, 110
Diukeona, 16

Eciton graciellae, 97

Heminomada obliterata, 40
Hemiptera in ocean drift, 110
Heterosarus, habits of, 118
Holcopasites, habits of, 118
Holocnemus rivulatus , 29
Holonomada, habits of, 118, 119

Eciton (Acamatus) peninsulare, 98 Hydrophorus albomaculatus, 47

Eciton ( Acamatus ) sumichrasti, 98
Emery, Carlo, 171
Emphoropsis, habits of, 118
Epeira adianta, 29
Epeira cacti-opuntice, 29
Epeolus, habits of, 119
Epeolus, phenology of, 116
Erebomyrma nevermanni, 103
Eremocoris ferns, 111, 112
Eugereon, 94
Eulema, 41

Eurema euterpe, odor of, 4
Eurymus philodice, odor of, 4
Eustictus ainslei, 121
Eustictus pilipes, 122
Eustictus pubescens, 123
Eustictus spinipes, 122
Eutreta angusta, 44
Eutreta hespera, 44

Flight of Vanessa, 4
Florissant, fossil moth from, 16
Formica exsecta, 140

Hydrophorus argentifacies, 51
Hydrophorus flavipennis, 48
Hydrophorus lividipes, 50
Hydrophorus maculipennis, 45
Hydrophorus nigrinervis, 46
Hymenochimaera, 19

Inheritance of color and sex, 151
Inquiline bees, 116

J unonia ccenia, odor of, 3

Lachnophorus, 32
Laertias philenor, odor of, 5
Leptodictyia bambusce, 86
Leptogenys peninsularis, 102
Leptopharsa myersi, 87
Leptopharsa unicarinata, 88
Leria helvola var angustifrons, 43
Lygus pratensis, 111

Macrocyttara, 16
Mallophora chrysomela, 91

Index

181

Mallophora rex, 91
Mann, B. Pickman, 172
Meadorus lateralis, 111
Mechanics of wing veins, 39
Megachile brevis, 162
Megachile dakotensis, 164
Megachile dentitarsis, 162
Megachile fidelis, 162
Megachile generosa, 162
Megachile habits of, 116
Megachile inermis, 162
Megachile infragilis, 163
Megachile integra, 163
Megachile melanophcea, 163
Megachile mendica, 162
Megachile montivaga, 163
Megachile mucida, 163
Megachile perhirta, 162
Megachile pruina, 163
Megachile pugnata, 162
Megachile pugnata pomonce, a 163
Megachile relativa, 163
Megachile rufimanus, 163
Megachile vidua, 163
Megormyrus, 36
Megormyrus amabilis, 37
Melampsalta angusta, 74, 75
Melampsalta bilinea, 74
Melampsalta binotata, 75
Melampsalta campbelli, 69
Melampsalta cassiope, 64
Melampsalta cruentata , 74
Melampsalta cutora, 75
Melampsalta hamiltoni, 74
Melampsalta labyrinthica, 63
Melampsalta latorea, 63
Melampsalta mackinlayi, 63
Melampsalta mangu . 67
Melampsalta melanesiana, 64
Melampsalta muta, 74
Melampsalta ochrina, 75
Melampsalta oromelaena, 65
Melampsalta quadricincta, 63
Melampsalta rosea, 74
Melampsalta rufescens, 74

Melampsalta sericea, 62

Melampsalta stradbrokensis, 63

Melampsalta subalpina, 74

Melampsalta waterhousei, 63

Melecta, habits of, 118

Melemcea magdalena, 17 1

Melemcea morsicaria, 17 1

Melemcea virgata, 171

Melissodes, habits of, 119

Melitoma, habits of, 119

Mendelian inheritance in Volucella, 22

Menecles insertus, 112

Mesotitan, 94

Microstelis, habits of, 117

Migrant butterflies, 4

Miocene moth, 16

Miridae, new species of, 121

Monanthia monotropidia, 86

Monobseus, 37

Monobceus hegeli, 37

Moth, fossil from Florissant, 16

Muscina pascuorum, distribution of, 20

N eoconocephalus triops, 53
Neotrypetes, habits of, 117
Nephilla plumipes, 31
Notonecta bicirca, 12
Notonecta bifasciata, 11, 15
Notonecta disturbata, 14
Notonecta insulata, 11
Notonecta lunata, 12
Notonecta minuta, 14
Notonecta nigra, 11
Notonecta polystolisma, 12
Notonecta polystolisma, var. spat-
ulata, 15

Notonecta rugosa, 11
Notonecta set ata, 12
Notonecta, South American, 11
Notonecta undulata, 11
Notonecta variabilis, 11
Notonecta virescens, 1 1

Ocean drift, 110
Odontomyia tumida, 42

182

Index

[December

Odors of butterflies, 1
Odynerus bradleyi, 126
Odynerus clypeatus, 126
Oliogotropus, habits of, 117
Oplacantha annulifera, 109
Orientation in dragonfly larvae, 124
Ormyrodes, 37
Ormyrodes petref actus, 37
Ormyrus, 37
Oxystoglossa confusa, 40
Ozophora picturata, 111

Panis omima erlang eriana, 18
Papilio glaucus, odor of, 4
Papilio polyxenes, odor of, 2, 4
Papilio troilus, odor of, 5
Paralictus, habits of, 117
Parandrena andrenoides, 40
Paururus, 169
Perdita obscurata , 39
Perditella boltonice, 41
Peryphus concolor , 32
Peryphus dilatatum, 32
Peryphus honestum, 32
Peryphus punctulatum, 32
Phylogeny of insects, 92
Podops cinctipes , 110, 111
Podisus maculiventris, 110
Podops parvula, 111
Polymorphism in Volucella, 22
Princidium, 32
Princidium concolor, 32
Princidium dilatatum, 32
Princidium honestum, 3
Princidium punctulatum, 32, 33
Princidium ruficolle, 32
Pseudopanurgus, habits of, 118
Pseudopanurgus compositarum, 39
Psithyrys, habits of, 117
Pterandrena, habits of, 118

Rhopalosoma abnorme, 118

Rhopalosoma poeyi, 18
Rhopalosomatidae, note on, IS

Schistocerca vaga,53
Sicya morsicaria, 172
Snakes eaten by spiders, 60
Social habits of spiders, 29
Speyeria idalia, odor of, 2
Spiders eating snakes, 60
Spiders, social habits of, 29
Stelidium, habits of, 117
Stratiomyia ocgidentis, 42
Strumigenys mirabilis, 104

Teleonemia sacchari, 86
Teredon, 169
Tetralonia, habits of, 114
Tingimyrmex, 104
Tingimyrmex mirabilis, 104
Tingitidae from Cuba, 86
Trabala vishnu, oviposition, 6
Trachandrena claytonice, 40
Trachandrena, habits of, 118
Tribaeus, 37

Triepeolus, habits of, 119

Urocerites, 169
Urocerus calif ornicus, 169
Urocerus cressoni, 169
Urocerus from Baltic amber, 168
Urocerus gig as, 169
Urocerus klebsi, 168

V anduzea arcuata, 138
Vanessa, flight of, 4
Vishnu moth, oviposition, 6
Volucella bombylans, varieties of, 22

Walking stick, inheritance in, 151
Wing veins of bees, 39

Xanthosarus, habits of, 116
Xylocopa, 41

PIM-LABELS m SVHJLTIPLES OF 1000* ALIKE

ONE DOLLAR PER THOUSAND

Smallest Type. Pure White Ledger Paper. Not over 4 Lines nor 30 Characters
(13 to a line) Additional Characters, 3 cents each, in total and per line, per
1000. Trimmed so one cut makes a label.

C. V. BLACKBURN, 7 Emerson St., STONEHAM 80, MASS.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

We are the Headquarters for Entomological
Supplies and Specimens.

Special attention is called to our hand made Schmitt boxes.

American Ent. Co. Steel Pins, Klaeger Pins, Life Histories
of Beneficial and Injurious Insects, Type, Mimicry
and Protective Coloration Collections; also Col-
lections of Household, Garden, Orchard,

Forest and Shade Tree Pests. Living
Pupae from November to March.

Exotic Insects of different orders;
also Biological material for
dissection.

Catalogue No. 33,JEntomological Supplies, free on application.

WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84-102 College Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

S co co >^p

■ g 1141 %/rf*

V-V '— vv^ss,

> 2 x^osv^x >

CO y" z co 2

iiiSNi NViNosHims S3 lava an libraries smithsonian institutio

\ CO _ ^ CO —

O ^OSV^

-J 2:

\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3iavaa
z El ^ ^ 2: r- Z

P . m P vv

dcJ5^ 2 '^T m ...

— wj £ l/l \ ±

iliSNI NVIN0SH1IWS SaidVdan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTII

Z „ . « Z .y- ■ “ Z ,v.

, ,yi /dffife I 1 dffifc 1 ^

O X; X

to *P%v c/>

'■'jc’; o -MpZffiL x o

_ >

CO 2 CO - CO W4

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3iaVda
to ~ _ tn rz co

IIISN! NVINQSH1IWS S3iavaail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN I NSTITUTl

f” v • Z r~ Z r-

OT A
73 fa
>

. ^ 3D p

rn 'K':\‘x%4‘ E* m '^osy^y ^ m X^os^

co •' £ co £ co

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IIAIS S3iavaa

> '^1^' 2 \\T' >

2 co * 2 co

msNi NviNosHiiws S3 lava an libraries smithsonian institute

CO — CO “

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3 I ava*

ov -,n ...

^ m

uiisni NViNosHims S3 1 ava a n~Li b r ar 1 es ^smithsonian institut

z co Z , CO Z ,v,». I

™

> S ' ' VT > ' £ x^osv^ >

^ c o " Z co Z

xixixsni nvinoshxiiais ssiavyan libraries Smithsonian institit

w ^ 5 cn —

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS ■ S3 I BV*

Z £ ^ ^ 2 r* 2

.^x 2 , rr, o r o

m m

inillSNI~NVINOSHilIAI$ S3 1 d Vd 8 l “Tu B RAR I E S ^SMITHSONIAN^ INST U

^ > W 2; J* N^Oiij^X ^

CO Z 00 * Z

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUUSNI NVIN0SH1MS S31UV*
co ~ co ~ co

O _ v^xixs^z q

inillSNI NVIN0SH1MS $3iavaai1 LIBRARI ES^ SMITHSONIAN^* INSTITU

RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIIDIUSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IBVL

00 tn 2: co

^ _ S

co 00 (t/

^ | y|..^A||

Lnill$Nl_NVIN0SHII&MSi/)$3 lavaail LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITU'

^ 2 \ to ~ o> ~

>**" =!

O XQyos^

RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION^NOIXnillSNI- NVINOSHilWS*” S3 I a Vi

2 y5 | 5 I

, rn

CO ± (/) . _

(jviNosHinNS S3 lava an libraries Smithsonian institu

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Psyche"

See other formats